SATO | CL4NX Plus | manual | Sato CL4NX Plus Manual

Sato CL4NX Plus Manual
Programming Reference
For printer model:
Copyrights
Any unauthorized reproduction of the contents of this document, in part or whole, is strictly prohibited.
Limitation of Liability
SATO Corporation and its subsidiaries in Japan, the U.S and other countries make no representations or
warranties of any kind regarding this material, including, but not limited to, implied warranties of
merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. SATO Corporation shall not be held responsible for errors
contained herein or any omissions from this material or for any damages, whether direct, indirect, incidental or
consequential, in connection with the furnishing, distribution, performance or use of this material.
Specifications and contents in this document are subject to change without notice.
Trademarks
 SATO is a registered trademark of SATO Holdings Corporation and its subsidiaries in Japan, the U.S.
and other countries.
 QR Code is a registered trademark of DENSO WAVE INCORPORATED.
 Wi-Fi® is a registered trademark of Wi-Fi Alliance.
 Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A.
 EPC global is a registered trademark of EPC global,INC.
 Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
 Wi-Fi DirectTM, WPATM and WPA2TM are trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance.
 The N Mark is a trademark or registered trademark of NFC Forum, Inc. in the United States and in other
countries.
 All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Version: CL4NX Plus-r01-01-08-19PR
©2019 SATO Corporation. All rights reserved.
Table of Contents
Part 1 SBPL Commands........................................ 10
Command list.................................................................................................................... 10
Initial Value of Operation Settings..................................................................................16
Font list.............................................................................................................................. 17
Example of Command reference.................................................................................... 20
Control commands........................................................................................................... 22
[ESC+A] Start Code........................................................................................................................... 22
[ESC+Z] Stop Code............................................................................................................................23
[ESC+Q] Print Quantity...................................................................................................................... 24
[ESC+ID] Job ID Number...................................................................................................................25
[ESC+WK] Job Name.........................................................................................................................27
[ESC+CR] Status 5 reply check setting............................................................................................. 28
Print Position Commands................................................................................................29
[ESC+H] Horizontal Print Position......................................................................................................29
[ESC+V] Vertical Print Position.......................................................................................................... 30
Modification Commands.................................................................................................. 31
[ESC+P] Character Pitch....................................................................................................................31
[ESC+L] Enlargement.........................................................................................................................33
[ESC+PS] Proportional Pitch..............................................................................................................34
[ESC+PR] Release Proportional Pitch............................................................................................... 35
[ESC+%] Rotation...............................................................................................................................36
[ESC+F] Sequential Number.............................................................................................................. 38
[ESC+FW] Ruled / Grid Line Print..................................................................................................... 40
[ESC+FC] Print Circle........................................................................................................................ 42
[ESC+FT] Print Triangle..................................................................................................................... 44
[ESC+(] Reverse Color Print.............................................................................................................. 46
[ESC+KC] Kanji Code........................................................................................................................ 48
[ESC+&] Store Form Overlay.............................................................................................................50
[ESC+/] Recall Form Overlay.............................................................................................................52
[ESC+0] Partial Edit........................................................................................................................... 53
[ESC+WD] Partial Copy..................................................................................................................... 54
[ESC+J] Journal Print.........................................................................................................................56
[ESC+RF] Recall Font & Logo...........................................................................................................57
[ESC+RM] Mirror Image.....................................................................................................................58
[ESC+KS] Kanji Set............................................................................................................................60
2
[ESC+AL] Field alignment.................................................................................................................. 61
Font commands................................................................................................................ 67
[ESC+X20] X20 Font (Basic size 5 x 9 dots).................................................................................... 67
[ESC+X21] X21 Font (Basic size 17 x 17 dots)................................................................................ 69
[ESC+X22] X22 Font (Basic size 24 x 24 dots)................................................................................ 71
[ESC+X23] X23 Font (Basic size 48 x 48 dots)................................................................................ 73
[ESC+X24] X24 Font (Basic size 48 x 48 dots)................................................................................ 75
[ESC+XU] XU Font (Basic size 5 x 9 dots)....................................................................................... 77
[ESC+XS] XS Font (Basic size 17 x 17 dots)................................................................................... 79
[ESC+XM] XM Font (Basic size 24 x 24 dots).................................................................................. 81
[ESC+XB] XB Font (Basic size 48 x 48 dots)................................................................................... 83
[ESC+XL] XL Font (Basic size 48 x 48 dots).................................................................................... 85
[ESC+OA] OCR-A Font......................................................................................................................87
[ESC+OB] OCR-B Font......................................................................................................................89
[ESC+U] U Font (Basic size 5 x 9 dots)............................................................................................91
[ESC+S] S Font (Basic size 8 x 15 dots).......................................................................................... 93
[ESC+M] M Font (Basic size 13 x 20 dots)....................................................................................... 95
[ESC+WB] WB Font (Basic size 18 x 30 dots)..................................................................................97
[ESC+WL] WL Font (Basic size 28 x 52 dots).................................................................................. 99
[ESC+$] Outline Font Design...........................................................................................................101
[ESC+$=] Outline Font Print............................................................................................................ 103
[ESC+RD] CG Font.......................................................................................................................... 105
[ESC+RG] Multiple Language.......................................................................................................... 110
[ESC+RH] Scalable Font..................................................................................................................115
[ESC+K1] 16 x 16 dots Kanji in Horizontal Line..............................................................................120
[ESC+K2] 24 x 24 dots Kanji in Horizontal Line..............................................................................122
[ESC+K3] 22 x 22 dots Kanji in Horizontal Line..............................................................................124
[ESC+K4] 32 x 32 dots Kanji in Horizontal Line..............................................................................126
[ESC+K5] 40 x 40 dots Kanji in Horizontal Line..............................................................................128
[ESC+K8] 16 x 16 dots Kanji in Horizontal Line with 1-byte Character........................................... 130
[ESC+K9] 24 x 24 dots Kanji in Horizontal Line with 1-byte Character........................................... 132
[ESC+KA] 22 x 22 dots Kanji in Horizontal Line with 1-byte Character...........................................134
[ESC+KB] 32 x 32 dots Kanji in Horizontal Line with 1-byte Character...........................................136
[ESC+KD] 40 x 40 dots Kanji in Horizontal Line with 1-byte Character.......................................... 138
[ESC+k1] 16 x 16 dots Kanji in Vertical Line...................................................................................140
[ESC+k2] 24 x 24 dots Kanji in Vertical Line...................................................................................142
[ESC+k3] 22 x 22 dots Kanji in Vertical Line...................................................................................144
[ESC+k4] 32 x 32 dots Kanji in Vertical Line...................................................................................146
[ESC+k5] 40 x 40 dots Kanji in Vertical Line...................................................................................148
[ESC+k8] 16 x 16 dots Kanji in Vertical Line with 1-byte Character................................................150
[ESC+k9] 24 x 24 dots Kanji in Vertical Line with 1-byte Character................................................152
[ESC+kA] 22 x 22 dots Kanji in Vertical Line with 1-byte Character............................................... 154
3
[ESC+kB] 32 x 32 dots Kanji in Vertical Line with 1-byte Character............................................... 156
[ESC+kD] 40 x 40 dots Kanji in Vertical Line with 1-byte Character............................................... 158
[ESC+T1] 16 x 16 dots External Font Registration......................................................................... 160
[ESC+T2] 24 x 24 dots External Font Registration......................................................................... 163
[ESC+K1(K2)] Horizontal Writing External Font Call....................................................................... 166
[ESC+k1(k2)] Horizontal Writing External Font Call........................................................................ 168
Barcode Commands....................................................................................................... 170
[ESC+B] Barcode (Ratio 1:3)........................................................................................................... 175
[ESC+D] Barcode (Ratio 1:2)...........................................................................................................178
[ESC+D] ~ [ESC+d] Barcode (with HRI)..........................................................................................181
[ESC+BD] Barcode (Ratio 2:5)........................................................................................................ 183
[ESC+BT] Barcode Ratio Registration............................................................................................. 186
[ESC+BW] Barcode Print by Specified Ratio...................................................................................187
[ESC+BC] CODE93 Barcode........................................................................................................... 191
[ESC+BF] UPC Add-on (Bookland)................................................................................................. 193
[ESC+BG] CODE128 (128A, 128B, 128C) Barcode........................................................................195
[ESC+BI] GS1-128 (UCC/EAN128) (Standard Carton ID Only)...................................................... 199
[ESC+BP] POSTNET....................................................................................................................... 201
[ESC+BS] USPS Barcode................................................................................................................ 203
[ESC+EU] Composite Symbol..........................................................................................................205
[ESC+BL] UPC-A Barcode (Without HRl)........................................................................................212
[ESC+BL] ~ [ESC+d] UPC-A Barcode (Specifying HRl)..................................................................214
[ESC+BM] UPC-A Barcode (With HRl)............................................................................................216
2D Codes......................................................................................................................... 218
[ESC+2D10] PDF417....................................................................................................................... 218
[ESC+2D12] Micro PDF417............................................................................................................. 221
[ESC+2D20] MaxiCode.................................................................................................................... 224
[ESC+2D30] QR Code (Model 2).................................................................................................... 227
[ESC+2D31] QR Code (Model 1).................................................................................................... 232
[ESC+2D32] Micro QR Code........................................................................................................... 236
[ESC+2D34] GS1 QR Code (Model 2)............................................................................................ 239
[ESC+2D50] DataMatrix (ECC200).................................................................................................. 267
[ESC+2D51] GS1 DataMatrix...........................................................................................................271
[ESC+2D70] Aztec Code..................................................................................................................275
[ESC+BQ] QR Code (Compatible command).................................................................................. 279
[ESC+BV] MaxiCode (Compatible command)................................................................................. 304
[ESC+BK] PDF417 (Compatible command).................................................................................... 306
[ESC+BX] DataMatrix (ECC200) (Compatible command)............................................................... 310
[ESC+DC] DataMatrix (ECC200) Data Specify (Compatible command)......................................... 311
[ESC+FX] DataMatrix (ECC200) Sequential Number (Compatible command)................................312
[ESC+QV] QR code version.............................................................................................................314
Graphic Commands........................................................................................................316
4
[ESC+G] Graphic Print..................................................................................................................... 316
[ESC+GM] BMP File Print................................................................................................................318
[ESC+GP] PCX File Print.................................................................................................................319
System Commands.........................................................................................................320
[ESC+CS] Print Speed..................................................................................................................... 320
[ESC+#F] Print Darkness................................................................................................................. 322
[ESC+#E] Print Darkness (Compatible command).......................................................................... 324
[ESC+A1] Media Size.......................................................................................................................326
[ESC+A3] Base Reference Point..................................................................................................... 328
[ESC+EP] Print End Position........................................................................................................... 330
[ESC+~] Multiple Cut........................................................................................................................333
[ESC+CT] Cut Number Unit............................................................................................................. 334
[ESC+NC] Eject and Cut..................................................................................................................335
[ESC+~A] Cut Number Unit............................................................................................................. 337
[ESC+~B] Eject and Cut.................................................................................................................. 338
[ESC+*] Memory Clear.....................................................................................................................340
[ESC+@] Offline............................................................................................................................... 342
[ESC+C] Reprint............................................................................................................................... 343
[ESC+E] Auto Line Feed..................................................................................................................344
[ESC+PO] Offset.............................................................................................................................. 346
[ESC+IG] Sensor Type.....................................................................................................................347
[ESC+PH] Print Method................................................................................................................... 348
[ESC+PM] Print mode...................................................................................................................... 349
[ESC+KM] Mincho (Kanji)................................................................................................................ 351
[ESC+KG] Gothic (Kanji)..................................................................................................................352
[ESC+CE] European Code Page..................................................................................................... 353
[ESC+TK] Forced Tear Off............................................................................................................... 355
[ESC+TW] Option Waiting Time.......................................................................................................356
[ESC+CL] Delete CR/LF.................................................................................................................. 357
[ESC+VB] Barcode Checker............................................................................................................ 358
[ESC+#] Base Reference Point........................................................................................................360
Calendar Commands...................................................................................................... 361
[ESC+WT] Calendar Setup.............................................................................................................. 361
[ESC+WP] Calendar Arithmetic (Add)............................................................................................. 362
[ESC+WA] Calendar Print................................................................................................................ 363
[ESC+WU] Expanded Calendar Print.............................................................................................. 366
Memory Card Commands.............................................................................................. 369
[ESC+CC] Card Slot for Use........................................................................................................... 369
[ESC+FM] Memory Card Initialization..............................................................................................370
[ESC+BJF] Memory Card Initialization.............................................................................................371
[ESC+FP] Memory Card Status Print.............................................................................................. 372
[ESC+BJS] Memory Card Status Print............................................................................................ 373
5
[ESC+&S] Form Overlay Registration..............................................................................................374
[ESC+&R] Form Overlay Call...........................................................................................................377
[ESC+YS] Format Registration........................................................................................................ 378
[ESC+/N] Registration of Field......................................................................................................... 381
[ESC+YR] Format Call..................................................................................................................... 383
[ESC+/D] Print of Field.....................................................................................................................384
[ESC+GI] Registration of Graphic.................................................................................................... 385
[ESC+GR] Graphic Call....................................................................................................................387
[ESC+GT] BMP File Registration.....................................................................................................388
[ESC+GC] BMP File Call................................................................................................................. 389
[ESC+PI] PCX File Registration.......................................................................................................390
[ESC+PY] PCX File Call.................................................................................................................. 391
[ESC+*] Memory Card Clear............................................................................................................392
[ESC+T1] Memory Card 16 x 16 dots External Font Registration...................................................394
[ESC+T2] Memory Card 24 x 24 dots External Font Registration...................................................396
[ESC+K1(K2)] Horizontal Writing External Font Call....................................................................... 398
[ESC+k1(k2)] Vertical Writing External Font Call.............................................................................400
[ESC+BJ ESC+BJD] TrueType Font Registration (Compatible command)..................................... 402
[ESC+BJT] TrueType Font Call (Compatible command)................................................................. 403
Intelligent Command...................................................................................................... 404
[ESC+IK] Label Feed Control...........................................................................................................404
XML Commands..............................................................................................................407
[ESC+/Y] Register Print Template Name......................................................................................... 407
[ESC+/X] Set XML Variable Name...................................................................................................408
[ESC+/R] Remove Print Template....................................................................................................409
[ESC+/S] Set Print Template Name................................................................................................. 410
[ESC+/G] Get Print Template Information........................................................................................411
Common commands for all languages........................................................................ 413
[DC2+PA] Printer Setting Command................................................................................................ 414
[DC2+PB] Printer Setting Information Acquisition............................................................................447
[DC2+PC] Printer Device Information Acquisition............................................................................450
[DC2+PD] Each Sensor Information Acquisition..............................................................................456
[DC2+PG] Printer Status Information Acquisition............................................................................ 458
[DC2+PH] Cancel Request.............................................................................................................. 462
[DC2+PI] Application Change.......................................................................................................... 463
[DC2+PN] Request to Return Label Pitch Size............................................................................... 465
[DC2+DB] Initialization......................................................................................................................467
[DC2+DC] Reset...............................................................................................................................470
[DC2+DD] Power OFF..................................................................................................................... 471
[DC2+DE] File Download................................................................................................................. 472
[DC2+DF] File Name Information Acquisition.................................................................................. 475
[DC2+DG] File Information Acquisition............................................................................................ 477
6
[DC2+DH] File Deletion....................................................................................................................479
Time zone list.................................................................................................................. 481
Part 2 Interface Specification.............................. 486
Overview.......................................................................................................................... 486
Overview........................................................................................................................................... 486
Combination of interface.................................................................................................................. 487
Communication Protocol............................................................................................... 488
Types of Communication Protocol and Reception Mode.................................................................488
Return status.................................................................................................................................... 490
Return Status of Status3...........................................................................................................492
Return Status of Status4...........................................................................................................496
Return Status of Status5...........................................................................................................501
READY/BUSY................................................................................................................................... 507
XON/XOFF........................................................................................................................................508
Status3.............................................................................................................................................. 509
Return Sequence.......................................................................................................................509
Reference flow chart................................................................................................................. 511
Status4.............................................................................................................................................. 513
Return Sequence.......................................................................................................................513
Status5.............................................................................................................................................. 516
Receiving Buffer Control........................................................................................................... 516
Return sequence....................................................................................................................... 516
RS-232C............................................................................................................................520
Basic Specifications..........................................................................................................................520
READY/BUSY................................................................................................................................... 522
Connection diagram.................................................................................................................. 522
I/O signal................................................................................................................................... 522
Timing Chart of Multiple Receive..............................................................................................523
XON/XOFF........................................................................................................................................524
Connection diagram.................................................................................................................. 524
I/O signal................................................................................................................................... 524
Timing Chart of Multiple Receive..............................................................................................525
Status5 Return..................................................................................................................................526
Connection diagram.................................................................................................................. 526
I/O signal................................................................................................................................... 526
Timing Chart.............................................................................................................................. 527
Status4.............................................................................................................................................. 530
Connection diagram.................................................................................................................. 530
I/O signal................................................................................................................................... 530
7
Timing Chart.............................................................................................................................. 531
Status3 Return..................................................................................................................................534
Connection diagram.................................................................................................................. 534
I/O signal................................................................................................................................... 534
Timing Chart.............................................................................................................................. 535
Notes.................................................................................................................................................537
IEEE1284.......................................................................................................................... 538
Basic Specifications..........................................................................................................................538
Connection diagram......................................................................................................................... 540
Connector pin assignment................................................................................................................541
I/O signal.......................................................................................................................................... 542
Timing Chart of Multiple Receive..................................................................................................... 543
USB...................................................................................................................................545
Basic Specifications..........................................................................................................................545
Connector Pin Assignment...............................................................................................................546
LAN/Wireless LAN.......................................................................................................... 547
Basic Specifications (LAN)............................................................................................................... 547
LAN settings / Display items..................................................................................................... 548
Basic Specifications(Wireless LAN)................................................................................................. 552
Wireless LAN setting/Display items.......................................................................................... 555
Software Specifications.................................................................................................................... 557
Specifications of TCP/IP...................................................................................................................557
Specifications of LPR....................................................................................................................... 557
Specifications of FTP....................................................................................................................... 557
NTP(Network Time Protocol)............................................................................................................ 558
Specifications of HTTP/HTTPS........................................................................................................ 559
Wireless LAN setting........................................................................................................................ 561
802.1x authentication and certification......................................................................................561
Socket Communication.....................................................................................................................562
Connection and Disconnection of Session...................................................................................... 563
TCP Connection Queue................................................................................................................... 565
Printer Status.................................................................................................................................... 567
Switching LAN and WLAN............................................................................................................... 570
Firewall..............................................................................................................................................571
Firewall function.........................................................................................................................571
Allowed services and ports setting........................................................................................... 571
Notes.................................................................................................................................................573
Common with LAN /Wireless LAN interface............................................................................. 573
Wireless LAN interface..............................................................................................................573
LAN Interface.............................................................................................................................573
Bluetooth..........................................................................................................................574
8
Basic Specifications..........................................................................................................................574
Bluetooth Settings............................................................................................................................ 577
CRC Transmission Data...................................................................................................................578
CRC Calculation Data...................................................................................................................... 579
Example of Transmission Data........................................................................................................ 580
CRC Error Display............................................................................................................................581
Transmission Sequence................................................................................................................... 582
Normal End................................................................................................................................582
In case where communication is lost while transferring print data........................................... 586
In case where communication is lost while transferring status after receiving print data.......... 587
Abnormal end when CRC check is enabled.............................................................................588
External signal interface................................................................................................ 589
Basic Specifications..........................................................................................................................589
Connector Pin Assignment...............................................................................................................591
I/O signal.......................................................................................................................................... 593
1) Input Signal........................................................................................................................... 593
2) Output signal.........................................................................................................................595
3) Output waiting for dispenser.................................................................................................597
Timing Waveform..............................................................................................................................598
USB HOST....................................................................................................................... 600
Basic Specifications..........................................................................................................................600
Connector Pin Assignment...............................................................................................................601
NFC................................................................................................................................... 602
Basic Specifications..........................................................................................................................602
Tag Mode.......................................................................................................................................... 604
Data Format...............................................................................................................................605
Transmission Sequence............................................................................................................ 606
Pass-through Mode.......................................................................................................................... 607
Data Format...............................................................................................................................608
Transmission Sequence............................................................................................................ 609
Handover Mode................................................................................................................................ 616
Notes about the Interface.............................................................................................. 617
9
Part 1 SBPL Commands
Command list
Control
Command
Function
ESC+A
<A>
Start Code
ESC+Z
<Z>
Stop Code
ESC+Q
<Q>
Print Quantity
ESC+ID
<ID>
Job ID Number
ESC+WK
<WK>
Job Name
ESC+CR
<CR>
Status 5 reply check setting
Print Position
Command
Function
ESC+H
<H>
Horizontal Print Position
ESC+V
<V>
Vertical Print Position
Modification
Function
Command
ESC+P
<P>
Character Pitch
ESC+L
<L>
Enlargement
ESC+PS
<PS>
Proportional Pitch
ESC+PR
<PR>
Release Proportional Pitch
ESC+%
<%>
Rotation
ESC+F
<F>
Sequential Number
ESC+FW
<FW>
Ruled/Grid Line Print
ESC+FC
<FC>
Print of Circles
ESC+FT
<FT>
Print Triangles
ESC+(
<(>
Reverse Color Print
ESC+KC
<KC>
Kanji Code
ESC+&
<&>
Store Form Overlay
ESC+/
</>
Recall Form Overlay
ESC+0
<0>
Partial Edit
ESC+WD
<WD>
Partial Copy
ESC+J
<J>
Journal Print
ESC+RF
<RF>
Recall Font & Logo
ESC+RM
<RM>
Mirror Image
ESC+KS
<KS>
Kanji set
10
Function
Command
ESC+AL
<AL>
Field alignment
Font
Command
Function
ESC+X20
<X20>
X20 Font (Basic size 5 x 9 dots)
ESC+X21
<X21>
X21 Font (Basic size 17 x 17 dots)
ESC+X22
<X22>
X22 Font (Basic size 24 x 24 dots)
ESC+X23
<X23>
X23 Font (Basic size 48 x 48 dots)
ESC+X24
<X24>
X24 Font (Basic size 48 x 48 dots)
ESC+XU
<XU>
XU Font (Basic size 5 x 9 dots)
ESC+XS
<XS>
XS Font (Basic size 17 x 17 dots)
ESC+XM
<XM>
XM Font (Basic size 24 x 24 dots)
ESC+XB
<XB>
XB Font (Basic size 48 x 48 dots)
ESC+XL
<XL>
XL Font (Basic size 48 x 48 dots)
ESC+OA
<OA>
OCR-A Font
ESC+OB
<OB>
OCR-B Font
ESC+U
<U>
U font
ESC+S
<S>
S font
ESC+M
<M>
M font
ESC+WB
<WB>
WB font
ESC+WL
<WL>
WL font
ESC+$
<$>
Outline Font Design
ESC+$=
<$=>
Outline Font Print
ESC+RD
<RD>
CG Font
ESC+RG
<RG>
Multiple language
ESC+RH
<RH>
Scalable font
ESC+K1
<K1>
16 x 16 dots Kanji in Horizontal Line
ESC+K2
<K2>
24 x 24 dots Kanji in Horizontal Line
ESC+K3
<K3>
22 x 22 dots Kanji in Horizontal Line
ESC+K4
<K4>
32 x 32 dots Kanji in Horizontal Line
ESC+K5
<K5>
40 x 40 dots Kanji in Horizontal Line
ESC+K8
<K8>
16 x 16 dots Kanji in Horizontal Line with 1-byte Character
ESC+K9
<K9>
24 x 24 dots Kanji in Horizontal Line with 1-byte Character
ESC+KA
<KA>
22 x 22 dots Kanji in Horizontal Line with 1-byte Character
ESC+KB
<KB>
32 x 32 dots Kanji in Horizontal Line with 1-byte Character
ESC+KD
<KD>
40 x 40 dots Kanji in Horizontal Line with 1-byte Character
ESC+k1
<k1>
16 x 16 dots Kanji in Vertical Line
ESC+k2
<k2>
24 x 24 dots Kanji in Vertical Line
ESC+k3
<k3>
22 x 22 dots Kanji in Vertical Line
ESC+k4
<k4>
32 x 32 dots Kanji in Vertical Line
ESC+k5
<k5>
40 x 40 dots Kanji in Vertical Line
11
Function
Command
ESC+k8
<k8>
16 x 16 dots Kanji in Vertical Line with 1-byte Character
ESC+k9
<k9>
24 x 24 dots Kanji in Vertical Line with 1-byte Character
ESC+kA
<kA>
22 x 22 dots Kanji in Vertical Line with 1-byte Character
ESC+kB
<kB>
32 x 32 dots Kanji in Vertical Line with 1-byte Character
ESC+kD
<kD>
40 x 40 dots Kanji in Vertical Line with 1-byte Character
ESC+T1
<T1>
16 x 16 dots External Font Registration
ESC+T2
<T2>
24 x 24 dots External Font Registration
ESC+K1(K2)
<K1(K2)>
Recall Horizontal Writing External Character
ESC+k1(k2)
<k1(k2)>
Recall Vertical Writing External Character
Barcode
Command
Function
ESC+B
<B>
Barcode (Ratio 1:3)
ESC+D
<D>
Barcode (Ratio 1:2)
ESC+D~ESC+d
<D>~<d>
Barcode (with HRI)
ESC+BD
<BD>
Barcode (Ratio 2:5)
ESC+BT
<BT>
Barcode Ratio Registration
ESC+BW
<BW>
Barcode Print by Specified Ratio
ESC+BC
<BC>
CODE93 Barcode
ESC+BF
<BF>
UPC Add-on
ESC+BG
<BG>
CODE128 Barcode
ESC+BI
<BI>
GS1-128 (UCC/EAN128)(Standard Carton ID Only)
ESC+BP
<BP>
POSTNET
ESC+BS
<BS>
USPS Barcode
ESC+EU
<EU>
Composite Symbol
ESC+BL
<BL>
UPC-A Barcode (Without HRI)
ESC+BL~ESC+d
<BL>~<d>
UPC-A Barcode (Specifying HRl)
ESC+BM
<BM>
UPC-A Barcode (With HRl)
2D Code
Command
Function
ESC+2D10
<2D10>
PDF417
ESC+2D12
<2D12>
Micro PDF417
ESC+2D20
<2D20>
MaxiCode
ESC+2D30
<2D30>
QR Code (Model 2)
ESC+2D31
<2D31>
QR Code (Model 1)
ESC+2D32
<2D32>
Micro QR Code
ESC+2D31
<2D34>
GS1 QR Code (Model 2)
ESC+2D50
<2D50>
DataMatrix (ECC200)
ESC+2D51
<2D51>
GS1 DataMatrix
ESC+2D70
<2D70>
Aztec Code
12
Function
Command
ESC+BQ
<BQ>
QR Code
ESC+BV
<BV>
MaxiCode
ESC+BK
<BK>
PDF417
ESC+BX
<BX>
DataMatrix (ECC200)
ESC+DC
<DC>
DataMatrix (ECC200) Data Specify
ESC+FX
<FX>
DataMatrix (ECC200) Sequential Number
ESC+QV
<QV>
QR code version
Graphic
Function
Command
ESC+G
<G>
Graphic Print
ESC+GM
<GM>
BMP File Print
ESC+GP
<GP>
PCX File Print
System
Command
Function
ESC+CS
<CS>
Print Speed
ESC+#F
<#F>
Print Darkness
ESC+#E
<#E>
Print Darkness (Compatible command)
ESC+A1
<A1>
Media Size
ESC+A3
<A3>
Base Reference Point
ESC+EP
<EP>
Print End Position
ESC+~
<~>
Multiple Cut
ESC+CT
<CT>
Cut Number Unit
ESC+NC
<NC>
Eject and Cut
ESC+~A
<~A>
Cut Number Unit
ESC+~B
<~B>
Eject and Cut
ESC+*
<*>
Clear
ESC+@
<@>
Offline
ESC+C
<C>
Reprint
ESC+E
<E>
Auto Line Feed
ESC+PO
<PO>
Offset
ESC+IG
<IG>
Sensor Type
ESC+PH
<PH>
Print Method
ESC+PM
<PM>
Specify operation mode
ESC+KM
<KM>
Mincho (Kanji)
ESC+KG
<KG>
Gothic (Kanji)
ESC+CE
<CE>
European Code Page
ESC+TK
<TK>
Forced Tear Off
ESC+TW
<TW>
Option Waiting Time
ESC+CL
<CL>
Delete CR/LF
13
Function
Command
ESC+VB
<VB>
Barcode Checker
ESC+#
<#>
Base Reference Point
Calendar
Command
Function
ESC+WT
<WT>
Calendar Setup
ESC+WP
<WP>
Calendar Arithmetic
ESC+WA
<WA>
Calendar Print
ESC+WU
<WU>
Expanded Calendar Print
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1 Option: Calendar IC
Memory Card
Command
Function
ESC+CC
<CC>
Card Slot for Use
ESC+FM
<FM>
Memory Card Initialization
ESC+BJF
<BJF>
Memory Card Initialization
ESC+FP
<FP>
Memory Card Status Print
ESC+BJS
<BJS>
Memory Card Status Print
ESC+&S
<&S>
Store Form Overlay
ESC+&R
<&R>
Recall Form Overlay
ESC+YS
<YS>
Format Registration
ESC+/N
</N>
Registration of Field
ESC+YR
<YR>
Format Call
ESC+/D
</D>
Print of Field
ESC+GI
<GI>
Registration of Graphic
ESC+GR
<GR>
Graphic Call
ESC+GT
<GT>
BMP File Registration
ESC+GC
<GC>
BMP File Call
ESC+PI
<PI>
PCX File Registration
ESC+PY
<PY>
PCX File Call
ESC+*
<*>
Memory Card Clear
ESC+T1
<T1>
Memory Card 16 x 16 dots External Font Registration
ESC+T2
<T2>
Memory Card 24 x 24 dots External Font Registration
ESC+K1(K2)
<K1(K2)>
Memory Card Horizontal Writing External Font Call
ESC+k1(k2)
<k1(k2)>
Memory Card Vertical Writing External Font Call
ESC+BJ
<BJ>
TrueType Font Registration
ESC+BJD
<BJD>
14
Function
Command
ESC+BJT
<BJT>
TrueType Font Call
Intelligent
Command
ESC+IK
<IK>
Function
Label Feed Control
XML
Command
Function
ESC+/Y
</Y>
Register Print Template Name
ESC+/X
</X>
Set XML Variable Name
ESC+/R
</R>
Remove Print Template
ESC+/S
</S>
Set Print Template Name
ESC+/G
</G>
Get Print Template Information
Common commands for all languages
Command
Function
DC2+PA
Printer Settings
DC2+PB
Printer Information Acquisition
DC2+PC
Printer Device Information Acquisition
DC2+PD
Each Sensor Information Acquisition
DC2+PG
Printer Status Information Acquisition
DC2+PH
Cancel Request
DC2+PI
Application Change
DC2+PN
Request to return label pitch size
DC2+DB
Initialize
DC2+DC
Reset
DC2+DD
Power Off
DC2+DE
File Download
DC2+DF
File Name Information Acquisition
DC2+DG
File Information Acquisition
DC2+DH
File Deletion
15
Initial Value of Operation Settings
The initial values of operation setting are as follows:
Item
Print speed
8 dots/mm
12 dots/mm
24 dots/mm
6 inch/s
6 inch/s
4 inch/s
Range: 2 to 14
Range: 2 to 14
Range: 2 to 6
Range of print
darkness
A
A
A
Print darkness
5
5
5
Range:
Range:
Range:
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,10
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,10
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,10
Start point
correction
+0
+0
+0
Designation of
proportional
pitch
Propotional pitch
Propotional pitch
Propotional pitch
16
Font list
Specify ESC + (relevant font command) to use residential fonts.
Font
Font type
Pitch
OCR-A (8 dots/mm)
Bitmap [OCR-A font] 15 x 22 dots
Fixed
OCR-B (8 dots/mm)
Bitmap [OCR-B font] 20 x 24 dots
Fixed
OCR-A (12 dots/mm)
Bitmap [OCR-A font] 22 x 33 dots
Fixed
OCR-B (12 dots/mm)
Bitmap [OCR-B font] 30 x 36 dots
Fixed
OCR-A (24 dots/mm)
Bitmap [OCR-A font] 44 x 66 dots
Fixed
OCR-B (24 dots/mm)
Bitmap [OCR-B font] 60 x 72 dots
Fixed
XU
Bitmap [Helvetica] 5 x 9 dots
Fixed / Proportional
XS
Bitmap [Universe Condensed Bold] 17 x 17 dots
Fixed / Proportional
XM
Bitmap [Universe Condensed Bold] 24 x 24 dots
Fixed / Proportional
XB
Bitmap [Universe Condensed Bold] 48 x 48 dots
Fixed / Proportional
XL
Bitmap [Sans Serif] 48×48 dots
Fixed / Proportional
X20
Bitmap [X20 font] 5 x 9 dots
Fixed
X21
Bitmap [X21 font] 17 x 17 dots
Fixed / Proportional
X22
Bitmap [X22 font] 24 x 24 dots
Fixed / Proportional
X23
Bitmap [X23 font] 48 x 48 dots
Fixed / Proportional
X24
Bitmap [X24 font] 48 x 48 dots
Fixed / Proportional
U
Bitmap [U font] 5 x 9 dots
Fixed
S
Bitmap [S font] 8 x 15 dots
Fixed
M
Bitmap [M font] 13 x 20 dots
Fixed
WB
Bitmap [WB font] 18 x 30 dots
Fixed
WL
Bitmap [WL font] 28 x 52 dots
Fixed
K1(k1)
Bitmap [Kanji font] 16 x 16 dots
Fixed
K2(k2)
Bitmap [Kanji font] 24 x 24 dots
Fixed
K3(k3)
Bitmap [Kanji font] 22 x 22 dots
Fixed
K4(k4)
Bitmap [Kanji font] 32 x 32 dots
Fixed
K5(k5)
Bitmap [Kanji font] 40 x 40 dots
Fixed
$(shape)
Outline font
Fixed / Proportional
$=(print)
Kanji Outline font
Fixed
RD
CG font [SATO CG Sleek]
Fixed / Proportional
CG font [SATO CG Stream]
Fixed / Proportional
RG
Multiple language font
Fixed / Proportional
RH
Scalable font
Fixed / Proportional
17
Expanded font
Font can be expanded by a factor of 1 to 36.
Internal bitmap fonts can also be expanded with a factor of 1 to 36.
Example: When a font in a size of 5 dots of width and 9 dots of height is expanded by a factor of 3,
the resulting font has a width of 15 dots and a height of 27 dots.
The input of enlargement ratio (height x enlargement ratio, width x enlargement ratio) for characters
to be printed is done as described below:
Width x expansion factor = width parameter setting value
Height x expansion factor = height parameter setting value
The Enlargement <L> decides the expansion of the character. This parameter is set as factor.
Example: If setting the factor to: <L>0304, the character is expanded by a factor of 3 in horizontal
direction (width) and a factor of 4 in vertical direction (height).
If an expansion factor is specified, also the pitch between the characters is automatically
determined.
Fixed pitch / proportional pitch
There are fonts which can select both the fixed pitch and the proportional pitch. You can set the
proportional pitch by <PS> command and release it by <PR> command or select [Application] menu
> [SBPL] > [Font Settings] on the screen.
Depending on the font type, the width of the proportional pitch does differ. Kata-kana is not affected
by the proportional pitch. However, when proportional pitch is applied to Kata-kana, the side space
of characters will be narrowed.
At the fixed pitch, the character width is according to the relevant font size selected.
Difference between outline font and bitmap font
Regarding the bitmap font, the height and the width of the font are predefined. The height of the
bitmap font is a little bit larger than the width.
The bitmap font is the largest in the font matrix.
For the font type and size refer to the font list previously described.
Regarding the outline font, if the height and the width of the font are set properly, the smooth scaling
algorithm of the printer allows a well-balanced font. It is also possible to define some style options
like a gray scale and a shadow setting.
Setting change of Eurocode
See below for the valid range of font command and Eurocode and Code Page that is enabled when
you change the Eurocode settings in GUI or DC2 commands.
The values for ESC, ENQ, SOH, STX, ETX, CAN, DEL, DC1, DC2 in standard mode and ESC,
ENQ, SOH, STX, ETX, CAN, DEL, DC1, DC2 in non-standard mode is out of valid range.
18
Command
Command name
<XU>
XU font (Basic size 5×9 dots)
<XS>
XS font (Basic size 17×17 dots)
<XM>
XM font (Basic size 24×24 dots)
<XB>
XB font (Basic size 48×48 dots)
<XL>
XL font (Basic size 48×48 dots)
<U>
U font
<S>
S font
<M>
M font
<WB>
WB font
<WL>
WL font
<$=>
Outline Font Print
<RD>
CG font
<RG>
The range of Eurocode
Code Page
Eurocode shall be 00H-FFH for
compatibility.
DOS 857
DOS 858
For compatibility
DOS 737
DOS 852
DOS 866
DOS 858
Eurocode shall be 00H-FFH
considering the use of GID (Glyph
Index).
Multiple language
DOS 857
DOS 858
Eurocode shall be 20H-FFH because
the range of character code is more
than 20H.
Note: A space will be printed in case if less
than 20H is specified.
<RH>
Scalable font
Eurocode shall be 00H-FFH
considering the use of GID (Glyph
Index).
Limitation on non-standard codes
Non-standard codes are available only in its default setting (Refer to the following chart). If control
code is set to the same code as high-order bytes of Kanji by changing the code intentionally, it is not
possible to use half-size characters which correspond to control code.
Function
Contents
Initial value
Standard
Protocol code
Non-standard
STX
02H
7BH
ETX
03H
7DH
ESC
1BH
5EH
ENQ
05H
4CH
CAN
18H
21H
19
Example of Command reference
1
2
[ESC+L] Enlargement
4
3
Hexadecimal code
5
Initial value
aa=01, bb=01
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes initial value at the next item
<A>.
6
7
[Function]
8
[Format]
ESC
L
Parameter
<1B>16
<4C>16
aabb
Specifying the enlargement ratio of font.
<L>aabb
•
Parameter
a [Horizontal enlargement ratio] = Valid range: 01 to 36
b [Vertical enlargement ratio] = Valid range: 01 to 36
9
[Coding Example]
Horizontal enlargement ratio: 4 times, Vertical enlargement ratio: 3 times
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>3<L>0403<XM>ABCD
<Q>2
<Z>
10
[Supplementary Explanation]
11
[Note]
12
[Valid Commands]
•
Enlarges the character pitch as well. When Character Pitch <P> is used at the same time, the
parameter value of horizontal enlargement ratio specified in Enlargement <L> will be reflected in
the subsequent specification <P>.
•
If increasing the enlargement ratio, design the print format that does not exceed printing area.
Font
<XU>
<XS>
<XM>
<XB>
<XL>
<OA>
<OB>
<K1>
<K2>
<K3>
<K4>
<K5>
<K8>
<K9>
<KA>
<KB>
<KD>
<k1>
<k2>
<k3>
<k4>
<k5>
<k8>
<k9>
<kA>
<kB>
<kD>
<U>
<S>
<M>
<X20>
<X21>
<X22>
<X23>
<X24>
<WB>
<WL>
Modification
<P>
<RF>
Graphic
<G>
<GM>
<GP>
Memory card
<GR>
<GC>
<PY>
20
1. Indicates command code.
2. Indicates command name.
3. Indicates command in Hexadecimal code.
4. Indicates parameter to be described in command.
5. Indicates initial value for command.
6. Indicates valid range of command.
◦
◦
◦
When the power is OFF
▪
The set parameter is maintained.
▪
The set parameter is not maintained.
▪
The set command is not maintained.
Valid range within items
▪
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is made.
▪
The set parameter becomes invalid.
▪
The set command becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
▪
The set parameter becomes initial value at the next item <A>.
▪
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is made.
▪
The set parameter becomes invalid.
▪
The set command becomes invalid.
7. Explains the function of command.
8. Explains the command and required parameter.
<L>AABB indicates the command ESC+L (<1B>16<4C>16) and two types of parameters such as
"aa" and "bb".
9. Shows the example of how the command is used.
This is the coding example programmed in BASIC output to the printer connected with
RS-232C.
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
ESC$=CHR$(&H1B)
OPEN “COM1:9600,N,8,1,RS,BIN” FOR OUTPUT AS #1
PRINT #1,ESC$;“A”;
PRINT #1,ESC$;“V100”;ESC$;“H200”;
PRINT #1,ESC$;“P3”;ESC$;“L0403”;
PRINT #1,ESC$;“XMABCD”;
PRINT #1,ESC$;“Q2”;
PRINT #1,ESC$;“Z”;
CLOSE #1
END
10. Provides the supplemental information of command function and parameter.
11. Provides notes and restriction for the use of command.
12. Shows the commands that come under the influence of used commands.
21
Control commands
[ESC+A] Start Code
Hexadecimal code
ESC
A
Parameter
<1B>16
<41>16
None
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set command is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set command becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set command becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying the start of data transmission.
[Format]
<A>
[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABCD
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Indicates the start of item and to be placed at the head of item.
-
Use Start Code <A> and Stop Code <Z> as a pair of commands.
[Note]
-
Setting value of all commands excluding a part of system commands will be set to default.
-
If this command is not specified, printing will not be performed.
22
[ESC+Z] Stop Code
Hexadecimal code
ESC
Z
Parameter
<1B>16
<5A>16
None
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set command is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set command becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set command becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying the end of data transmission.
[Format]
<Z>
[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABCD
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Indicates the end of item and to be placed at the tail of item.
-
Use Start Code <A> and Stop Code <Z> as a pair of commands.
[Note]
-
If this command is not specified, printing will not be performed.
23
[ESC+Q] Print Quantity
Hexadecimal code
ESC
Q
Parameter
<1B>16
<51>16
aaaaaa
Initial value
aaaaaa=1
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying the number of labels to print.
[Format]
<Q>aaaaaa
-
Parameter
a [Number of labels to print] = Valid range: 1 to 999999
[Coding Example]
Number of labels: 2
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABCD
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Print contents specified by Start Code <A> and Stop Code <Z> are regarded as 1 label, and the
number of reprints can be specified.
-
Use this command prior to Stop Code <Z>.
[Points]
-
Reprint will be performed based on the specified print quantity. If specifying Sequential Number
<F>, the value of sequential number that was set up for that field portion will be printed.
-
When this command is used in combination with Multiple Cut <~>, the actual print quantity
becomes the specified print quantity multipled by the specified value for the multiple cut.
24
[ESC+ID] Job ID Number
Hexadecimal code
ESC
ID
Parameter
<1B>16
<49>16<44>16
aa
aaaaa
Initial value
a=<20>16
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying job ID number for status return.
[Format]
<ID>aa
<ID>aaaaa
-
Parameter
a
[Job ID number]
Valid range:
00 to 99 (2 digits)
***** or 00000 to 99999 (5 digits)
[Coding Example]
Job ID Number: 01
<A>
<ID>01
<V>200<H>100<P>0<$>B,100,100,6
<$=>SATOPRINTER
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
When status return is used for interface protocol, the specified job ID number can be set to the
telegraphic status.
-
Status can be confirmed by sending status request (ENQ).
-
Include this command within items and use between Start Code <A> and Stop Code <Z>.
-
When Status 5 is used, the valid range of job ID becomes "00000 to 99999" and "*****." If "*****"
is specified, the item will not be managed by Job ID number.
[Points]
-
In status return interface protocol, this command becomes valid when status request (ENQ) is
received while printing (QTY≠0, includes at the time of Offline and Error).
-
In status return communication protocol, if status request (ENQ) is received when printing is not
in progress (QTY=0, No received data when power is ON), space (20H) will be set to status and
returned.
25
-
When Job ID Number <ID> is used more than twice within the items of Start Code <A> and
Stop Code <Z>, the last specified value becomes valid.
26
[ESC+WK] Job Name
Hexadecimal code
ESC
WK
Parameter
<1B>16
<57>16 <4B>16
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
Initial value
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa=<20> 16
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying job name for status return.
[Format]
<WK>aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
-
Parameter
a [Job Name] = ASCII code 16-digit, Shift JIS Kanji 8-digit
[Coding Example]
Job name: SATO
<A>
<ID>01
<WK>SATO
<V>200<H>100<P>0<$>B,100,100,6
<$=>SATOPRINTER
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
When Status4 is used for interface protocol, specified job name can be set to the telegraphic
status.
-
Status can be confirmed by sending status request (ENQ).
-
Include this command within items and use between Start Code <A> and Stop Code <Z>.
-
This command can be used in combination with Job ID Number <ID>.
[Points]
-
In status return interface protocol, this command becomes valid when status request (ENQ) is
received while printing (QTY≠0, includes at the time of Offline and Error).
-
In status return communication protocol, if status request (ENQ) is received when printing is not
in progress (QTY=0, No received data when power is ON), space (20H) will be set to status and
returned.
-
When Job name <WK> is used more than twice within the items of Start Code <A> and Stop
Code <Z>, the last specified value becomes valid.
-
For more information, refer to the "Interface Specifications."
27
[ESC+CR] Status 5 reply check setting
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC
CR
Parameter
<1B>16
<43>16<52>16
a(,b)
a=0
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
The BCC check of return and the item number check function are set up of the status5.
[Format]
<CR>a(,b)
-
Parameter
a [BCC check]
0 : BCC check disable (initial value)
1 : BCC check enable
b [Item number check] = 0 : Not checked(fixed value)(omissible)
[Coding Example]
<A>
<ID>*****
<CR>1,0
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
[item number check] is a fixed value.
-
This command cannot be used at the same time the print data.
-
Use is possible only during status5 protocol.
28
Print Position Commands
[ESC+H] Horizontal Print Position
Hexadecimal code
ESC
H
Parameter
<1B>16
<48>16
aaaa
Initial value
aaaa=1
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes initial value at the next item
<A>.
[Function]
Specifying horizontal print position from its start point by dot.
[Format]
<H>aaaa
-
Parameter
a [Horizontal Print Position] = Refer to [Initial Value and Valid Range of Parameter] section below.
[Coding Example]
Horizontal print position: 200 dots
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABCD
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Specifying the start of horizontal position for the print of text, barcode, ruled line and graphic.
[Points]
-
Any contents such as text, barcode, graphic exceed printing area will not be printed.
[Initial Value and Valid Range of Parameter]
Head density
Initial value
Valid range (dots)
203 dpi
1
1 to 832
305 dpi
1
1 to 1248
609 dpi
1
1 to 2496
29
[ESC+V] Vertical Print Position
Hexadecimal code
ESC
V
Parameter
<1B>16
<56>16
aaaaa
Initial value
aaaaa=1
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes initial value at the next item
<A>.
[Function]
Specifying vertical print position from its start point by dot.
[Format]
<V>aaaaa
-
Parameter
a [Vertical Print Position] = Refer to [Initial Value and Valid Range of Parameter] section below.
[Coding Example]
Vertical print position: 100 dots
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABCD
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Specifying the start of vertical position for the print of text, barcode, ruled line and graphics.
[Points]
-
Any contents such as text, barcode, graphic exceed printing area will not be printed.
[Initial Value and Valid Range of Parameter]
Head density
Initial value
Valid range (dots)
203 dpi
1
1 to 20000
305 dpi
1
1 to 18000
609 dpi
1
1 to 9600
30
Modification Commands
[ESC+P] Character Pitch
Hexadecimal code
ESC
P
Parameter
<1B>16
<50>16
aa
Initial value
aa=02
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.
Valid range between items;
The set parameter becomes initial value at the next item
<A>.
[Function]
Specifying character pitch by dot.
[Format]
<P>aa
-
Parameter
a [Character pitch] = Valid range: 00 to 99 dots
[Coding Example]
Character pitch: 10
<A>
<V>200<H>100<P>10<L>0202<XM>ABCD
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Character pitch means the character gap or font gap when selecting font or barcode.
-
Specified character pitch will be widened based on the ratio of Enlargement <L>.
-
The Character Pitch <P> maintains the parameter only in the field. Even if linefeed code [CR] is
specified in Auto Linefeed <E>, the character pitch remains the same without returning to initial
value. Start Code <A> can be used to reset to the initial value.
-
By specifying Character Pitch <P> just before the barcode specification, pitch command
becomes valid for barcode module.
Object barcode: NW-7, CODE39, Industrial 2of5, Matrix 2of5
For more information, refer to “(3) Intercharacter gap” in “Barcode Command.”
-
Data specification except numeric value or specification of over-digit will give the initial value.
31
[Valid Commands]
Font
<XU>
<XS>
<XM>
<XB>
<XL>
<OA>
<OB>
<RD>
<$=>
<K1>
<K2>
<K3>
<K4>
<K5>
<K8>
<K9>
<KA>
<KB>
<KD>
<k1>
<k2>
<k3>
<k4>
<k5>
<k8>
<k9>
<kA>
<kB>
<kD>
<U>
<S>
<M>
<WB>
<WL>
<X20>
<X21>
<X22>
<X23>
<X24>
Barcode
<B>
<D>
<D><d> <BD>
<BT>
<BW>
Modification
<RF>
32
[ESC+L] Enlargement
Hexadecimal code
ESC
L
Parameter
<1B>16
<4C>16
aabb
Initial value
aa=01, bb=01
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes initial value at the next item
<A>.
[Function]
Specifying the enlargement ratio of font.
[Format]
<L>aabb
-
Parameter
a [Horizontal enlargement ratio] = Valid range: 01 to 36
b [Vertical enlargement ratio] = Valid range: 01 to 36
[Coding Example]
Horizontal enlargement ratio: 4 times, Vertical enlargement ratio: 3 times
<A>
<V>200<H>100<P>3<L>0403<XM>ABCD
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Enlarges the character pitch as well. When Character Pitch <P> is used at the same time, the
parameter value of horizontal enlargement ratio specified in Enlargement <L> will be reflected in
the subsequent specification <P>.
[Points]
-
If increasing the enlargement ratio, design the print format that does not exceed printing area.
[Valid Commands]
Font
<XU>
<XS>
<XM>
<XB>
<XL>
<OA>
<OB>
<K1>
<K2>
<K3>
<K4>
<K5>
<K8>
<K9>
<KA>
<KB>
<KD>
<k1>
<k2>
<k3>
<k4>
<k5>
<k8>
<k9>
<kA>
<kB>
<kD>
<U>
<S>
<M>
<WB>
<WL>
<X20>
<X21>
<X22>
<X23>
<X24>
Modification
<P>
<RF>
Graphic
<G>
<GM>
<GP>
Memory Card
<GR>
<GC>
<PY>
33
[ESC+PS] Proportional Pitch
Hexadecimal code
ESC
PS
Parameter
<1B>16
<50>16<53>16
None
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set command is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set command is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes initial value at the next item
<A>.
[Function]
Specifying the proportional pitch.
[Format]
<PS>
[Coding Example]
<A>
<PS>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABCD
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
If data other than specified is set, proportional print will not be performed.
-
Initial value is "Proportional pitch" enabled by Proportional Pitch <PS>.
[Valid Commands]
Font
Modification
<XU>
<XS>
<XM>
<XB>
<XL>
<X21>
<X22>
<X23>
<X24>
<$><$=>
<RF>
34
<RD>
<RG>
<RH>
[ESC+PR] Release Proportional Pitch
Hexadecimal code
ESC
PR
Parameter
<1B>16
<50>16<52>16
None
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set command is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set command is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes initial value at the next item
<A>.
[Function]
Specifying the release of proportional pitch.
[Format]
<PR>
[Coding Example]
<A>
<PR>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABCD
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Initial value is "Proportional pitch" enabled by Proportional Pitch <PS>.
[Valid Commands]
Font
Modification
<XU>
<XS>
<XM>
<XB>
<XL>
<X21>
<X22>
<X23>
<X24>
<$><$=>
<RF>
35
<RD>
<RG>
<RH>
[ESC+%] Rotation
Hexadecimal code
ESC
%
Parameter
<1B>16
<25>16
a
Initial value
a=0
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes initial value at the next item
<A>.
[Function]
Specifying the counter-clockwise rotation of font and barcode.
[Format]
<%>a
-
Parameter
a [Rotative direction]
0: Parallel 1 (0 degree)
1: Serial 1 (90-degree)
2: Parallel 2 (180-degree)
3: Serial 2 (270-degree)
[Coding Example]
Font rotation: Parallel 2 (180-degree), Barcode rotation: Serial 1 (90-degree)
<A>
<%>2
<V>100<H>400<P>3<L>0403<XM>ABCD
<%>1
<V>400<H>200<BD>103160*123*
<Q>2
<Z>
36
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Position specification of Vertical Print Position <V> and Horizontal Print Position <H> are the
absolute value from its base reference point.
-
When the value of parameter "a" is between 4 and 9, it will be processed as a command error
and ignored. When the value other than numeric is specified, this will be ignored and printing
will be performed at 0 degree.
-
Print of barcode using Serial 1 or Serial 2 may cause blur. Drop the print speed for rotation print
of Serial 1 and Serial 2 for better performance.
Parallel 1
(0-degree)
Base ref.
point
Base ref.
point
Label feed direction
Parallel 2
(180-degree)
Label feed direction
Base ref.
point
Serial 1
(90-degree)
Base ref.
point
Label feed direction
Serial 2
(270-degree)
Label feed direction
[Valid Commands]
Font
Barcode
2D Code
<XU>
<XS>
<XM>
<XB>
<XL>
<OA>
<OB>
<RD>
<$=>
<K1>
<K2>
<K3>
<K4>
<K5>
<K8>
<K9>
<KA>
<KB>
<KD>
<k1>
<k2>
<k3>
<k4>
<k5>
<k8>
<k9>
<kA>
<kB>
<kD>
<U>
<S>
<M>
<WB>
<WL>
<X20>
<X21>
<X22>
<X23>
<X24>
<B>
<BC>
<BG>
<BI>
<D>
<D><d>
<BD>
<BT>
<BW>
<BL>
<BL><d>
<BM>
<BV>
<2D30>
<2D31> <2D32> <BQ>
<2D10> <BK>
<2D12> <2D20>
<2D50> <BX>
<2D51> <2D70>
Composite
Symbol
<EU>
Graphic
<G>
System
<E>
Modification
<GM>
<GP>
<RF>
<FW>
<FC>
Memory
Card
<GR>
<GC>
<PY>
Calendar
<WA>
<FT>
< (>
*1
*1 Optional RTC (Real Time Clock) Kit is required.
37
<BF>
[ESC+F] Sequential Number
Hexadecimal code
ESC
F
Parameter
<1B>16
<46>16
aaaabcccc(,dd,ee,f)
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying prior to the data specification command of font or barcode, and printing specified data in
a sequential order.
[Format]
<F>aaaabcccc(,dd,ee,f)
-
Parameter
a [Print quantity specification of identical contents] = Valid range : 1 to 9999
b [Increasing and decreasing specification]
+ : Addition
- : Subtraction
c [Setting of increasing and decreasing value] = Valid range : 1 to 9999
d [Valid digit number for sequential number] = Valid range : 1 to 99 When omitted: 8 (omissible)
e [Low-order invalid digit number] = Valid range : 0 to 99 When omitted: 0 (omissible)
f [Specification of Decimal/Hex sequential number]
0 : Decimal number When omitted: 0 (omissible)
1 : Hexadecimal
[Coding Example]
Print quantity specification of identical contents: 1, Increasing and decreasing specification: +,
Setting of increasing and decreasing value: 1, Valid digit number for sequential number: 5, Loworder
invalid digit number: 0
<A>
<V>100<H>100<P>2<L>0202
<F>1+1,5,0<XU>10000
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Sequential number can be specified up to 8 points per format.
-
Next print data from <F> command will be the initial value of sequential number.
-
Specify the required number of digits for sequential number to print it properly. If not specified,
sequential numbers may not be printed properly.
-
Specification of Black/White Reverse Print <(> is not valid for sequential numbered data.
-
Auto Linefeed <E> is not available.
-
Need to print font or barcode to print sequential number.
38
-
Digit number of sequential number should correspond to that of font/barcode data command.
If the digit number of sequential number is larger, sequential number printing will not be
performed.
-
If the print data immediately after the Sequential Number <F> becomes the sequential number
invalid command, the sequential number will be invalid.
[Valid Commands]
Font
Barcode
2D Code
<XU>
<XS>
<XM>
<XB>
<XL>
<OA>
<OB>
<RD>
<$=>
<U>
<S>
<M>
<WB>
<WL>
<J>
<X20>
<X21>
<X22>
<X23>
<X24>
<B>
<BC>
<BG>
<BI>
<D>
<D><d>
<BD>
<BT>
<BW>
<BP>
<BF>
<BL>
<BL><d>
<BM>
<2D50> <2D51>
39
[ESC+FW] Ruled / Grid Line Print
Hexadecimal code
ESC
<FW>
Parameter
<1B>16
<46>16<57>16
Rule aabccccc
Grid
aabbVcccccHddddd
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying the ruled / grid line.
[Format]
<FW>aabccccc : Print of ruled line
-
Parameter
a [Line width] = Valid range : 02 to 99 dots
b [Horizontal/vertical direction]
H : Horizontal direction
V : Vertical direction
c [Ruled line length] = Valid range : Refer to [Valid Range] section below.
<FW>aabbVcccccHddddd : Print of grid line
-
Parameter
a [Vertical line width] = Valid range : 02 to 99 dots
b [Horizontal line width] = Valid range : 02 to 99 dots
c [Vertical line length] = Valid range : Refer to [Valid Range] section below.
d [Horizontal line length] = Valid range : Refer to [Valid Range] section below.
[Coding Example 1]
Ruled line print, Line width: 4, Horizontal direction, Ruled line length: 400
Grid line print, Vertical line width: 8, Horizontal line width: 8, Vertical line length: 300, Horizontal line
length: 400
<A>
<V>100<H>200<FW>04H400
<V>300<H>200<FW>0808V300H400
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
When the print start position exceeds the printing area, the printing is not performed. (This will
not be a command error.)
-
Set line width according to the table below so the horizontal line width is more than 0.166 mm.
Head density
Line width
203 dpi (8 dots/mm)
2 dots or more
305 dpi (12 dots/mm)
2 dots or more
40
Head density
Line width
609 dpi (24 dots/mm)
4 dots or more
-
If setting the vertical line width wider, it will be widened to the right side against media feed
direction. If setting the horizontal line width wider, it will be widened to the lower side against
media feed direction.
-
If setting the grid line wider, it will be widened inward.
[Valid Range]
Head density
Valid range: Horizontal (dots)
Valid range: Vertical (dots)
203 dpi
1 to 832
1 to 20000
305 dpi
1 to 1248
1 to 18000
609 dpi
1 to 2496
1 to 9600
41
[ESC+FC] Print Circle
Hexadecimal code
ESC
FC
Parameter
<1B>16
<46>16<43>16
,aaa,bbb(,c,d)
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying the print of circle.
[Format]
<FC>,aaa,bbb(,c,d)
-
Parameter
a [Radius] = Valid range : 5 to 999 dots
b [Line width] = Valid range : 1 to 999 dots
c [Sectional number] = Valid range : 0 to 8 When omitted: 0 (omissible)
*See the details listed below.
d [Pattern] = Valid range : 0 to 3 When omitted: 0 (omissible)
0 : Solid line (black)
1 : Gray 1
2 : Gray 2
3 : Gray 3
-
Sectional number
Section 0
Section 1
Section 2
Section 3
Section 4
[Coding Example]
Solid line circle of 100 dots in radius, 8 dots in line width
<A>
<V>200<H>200
<FC>,100,8,0,0
<Q>1
<Z>
42
Section 5
Section 6
Section 7
Section 8
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
When the value outside of the range is specified for sectional number, it will be processed as
"0." (This will not be a command error.)
-
When the value outside of the range is specified for the designation of pattern, it will be
processed as "0." (This will not be a command error.)
-
Even when the print start position exceeds the printing area, the printing is performed. (This will
be a command error.)
-
This command sets the base reference point to the center of a circle.
0,0
<V>200
<H>200
100 in radius
-
This command can be registered to the format.
-
If setting the grid line wider, it will be widened inward.
43
[ESC+FT] Print Triangle
Hexadecimal code
ESC
FT
Parameter
<1B>16
<46>16<54>16
,aaaa,bbbb(,cccc,d)
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying the print of triangle.
[Format]
<FT>,aaaa,bbbb(,cccc,d)
-
Parameter
a [Length of sides] = Valid range : 10 to 2000 dots
b [Line width] = Valid range : 1 to 1000 dots
c [Length of base] = Valid range : 10 to 2000 dots (omissible)
When omitted, its value will be equal to the length of sides.
d [Pattern] = Valid range : 0 to 3 When omitted: 0 (omissible)
0 : Solid line (black)
1 : Gray 1
2 : Gray 2
3 : Gray 3
[Coding Example]
Length of sides: 100 dots, Line width: 8 dots, Length of base: 100 dots
<A>
<V>100<H>200
<FT>,100,8,100,0
<Q>1
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
When the value outside of the range is specified for pattern, it will be processed as "0." (This will
not be a command error.)
-
When the print start position exceeds the printing area, the printing is performed. (This will be a
command error.)
(When the print start position exceeds the printing area in the vertical direction, the label will be
fed.)
-
When the side length is not equal to the base length, printing will not be performed due to
command error.
-
This command sets the base reference point to the apex of a triangle.
44
0,0
<V>100
<H>200
a
a
a : Side length
b : Base length
b
-
This command can be registered to the format.
-
If setting the line wider, it will be widened inward.
-
If the base length is odd number, +1 will be added automatically to make even number.
45
[ESC+(] Reverse Color Print
Hexadecimal code
ESC
(
Parameter
<1B>16
<28>16
aaaa,bbbbb
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying black and white reverse print.
[Format]
<(>aaaa,bbbbb
-
Parameter
a [Specification of reverse area in horizontal direction]
Valid range: Refer to [Valid Range] section below.
b [Specification of reverse area in vertical direction]
Valid range: Refer to [Valid Range] section below.
[Coding Example]
Reverse area in horizontal direction: 200, Reverse area in vertical direction: 70
<A>
<V>50<H>50<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABC
<V>50<H>50<(>200,70
<Q>2
<Z>
Label feed direction
H50 (dots)
V50 (dots)
70 (dots)
200 (dots)
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Set this command next after the firm data string to be inversed. If it is set prior to the firm data
the data will be printed in black without inverse.
-
To set print start position, specify Horizontal Print Position <H> and Vertical Print Position <V>
prior to this command.
-
When the print start position exceeds the printing area, printing will not be performed due to
command error.
[Points]
-
For setting, keep the black print area under 30% of overall label.
46
[Valid Range]
Head density
Valid range: Area in
horizontal direction (dots)
Valid range: Area in
vertical direction (dots)
203 dpi
8 to 832
8 to 20000
305 dpi
8 to 1248
8 to 18000
609 dpi
8 to 2496
8 to 9600
47
[ESC+KC] Kanji Code
Hexadecimal code
ESC
KC
Parameter
<1B>16
<4B>16<43>16
a
Initial value
a=5
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes initial value at the next item
<A>.
[Function]
Specifying Kanji Code.
This command allows temporary switch-over between Kanji codes. Normally it is specified by
“Settings” mode of this product.
[Format]
<KC>a
-
Parameter
a [Kanji code]
0 : JIS code
1 : Shift JIS code
2 : Unicode (UTF-16)
3 : Unicode (UTF-8)
4 : BIG5 code
5 : GB18030 code
6 : KSC5601(EUC-KR) code
[Coding Example 1] For Kanji set (<KS>)=JISX208 Kanji, Shift JIS
<A>
<KS>1
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202
<K1>H81698A94816A83548367815B
<Q>2
<Z>
[Coding Example 2] For Kanji set (<KS>)=Compatible Kanji (JISX208),JIS
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>0
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202
<K1>H214A3374214B25352548213C
<Q>2
<Z>
[Coding Example 3] For Kanji set (<KS>)=JISX213 Kanji, Unicode (UTF-16)
<A>
<KS>2
<KC>2
48
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202
<K1>HFF08682AFF0930B530C830FC
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
There is no necessity to specify this command in the normal label printing.
-
To set Shift JIS as initial value, use settings mode of this product.
-
It is possible to specify multiple Kanji codes within 1 item.
-
Please use the appropriate Kanji code according to the Kanji set specified in Kanji Set <KS>.
-
When the Kanji set is changed, specify this command after Kanji Set <KS>.
[Parameter valid range]
Kanji Set <KS>
Kanji Code <KC> valid range
Japanese Compatible Kanji (JISX208)
0: JIS code
Japanese JIS208 Kanji (JISX208)
1: Shift JIS code
2: Unicode (UTF-16)
3: Unicode (UTF-8)
Japanese JIS213 Kanji (JISX213)
1: Shift JIS code
2: Unicode (UTF-16)
3: Unicode (UTF-8)
Chinese Simplified (GB18030)
3: Unicode (UTF-8)
5: GB18030 code
Chinese Traditional (BIG5)
3: Unicode (UTF-8)
4: BIG5 code
Korean (KSC5601)
3: Unicode (UTF-8)
6: KSC5601 (EUC-KR) code
49
[ESC+&] Store Form Overlay
Hexadecimal code
ESC
&
Parameter
<1B>16
<26>16
(aab...b)
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set command is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set command is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items;
The set command is valid until the next specification is
made.
[Function]
Specifying the registration of form overlay.
[Format]
<&>(aab...b)
-
Parameter
a [Registration key] = Valid range : 01 to 99 (omissible)
b [Comment] = Max. 16 bytes (omissible)
[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>50<FW>1010V800H750
<V>100<H>50<FW>0505V760H710
<V>150<H>100<XB>0MODEL
<&>01DATA1
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
This command saves fixed print contents to the printer and then, Recall Form Overlay </>
combines the contents with drawing of general data to print out.
-
Specify this command at the end of data string that is to be stored. Drawing valid range in form
overlay registration is same as printing area.
-
This command can register only one format. Use any code from 01 to 99 as a registration key.
-
To change contents, specify Clear Form Overlay (<*>&), and then register new storage data.
-
Invoke registered contents by Recall Form Overlay </>.
-
When specifying Media Size <A1>, it will be extracted in the specified area.
50
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Font
<XU>
<XS>
<XM>
<XB>
<XL>
<OA>
<OB>
<RD>
<$=>
<K1>
<K2>
<K3>
<K4>
<K5>
<K8>
<K9>
<KA>
<KB>
<KD>
<k1>
<k2>
<k3>
<k4>
<k5>
<k8>
<k9>
<kA>
<kB>
<kD>
<U>
<S>
<M>
<WB>
<WL>
<X20>
<X21>
<X22>
<X23>
<X24>
<B>
<BC>
<BG>
<BI>
<D>
<D><d>
<BD>
<BT>
<BW>
<BF>
<BL>
<BL><d> <BM>
<2D10>
<BK>
<2D12>
<2D20>
<BV>
<2D30>
<2D31>
<2D32>
<BQ>
<2D50>
<BX>
<2D51>
<2D70>
<RF>
Barcode
2D Code
Composite
Symbol
<EU>
Modification
<WD>
<FW>
<(>
Graphic
<G>
<GM>
<GP>
<RM>
51
<BP>
[ESC+/] Recall Form Overlay
Hexadecimal code
ESC
/
Parameter
<1B>16
<2F>16
(aa)
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set command is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set command is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set command is valid until the next specification is
made.
[Function]
Recalling form overlay.
[Format]
</>(aa)
-
Parameter
a [Registration key] = Valid Range : 01 to 99 (omissible)
[Coding Example]
<A>
</>01
<V>200<H>100<P>0<$>B,100,100,6
<$=>SATOPRINTER
<V>720<H>150<B>102100*95000012345*
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
This command invokes the contents registered by Store Form Overlay <&> to print.
-
When detecting this command in normal print data, it will be combined with drawing stored in
form overlay and printed.
-
The registration key is not checked, so that specifying wrong registration key does not raise an
error.
52
[ESC+0] Partial Edit
Hexadecimal code
ESC
0
Parameter
<1B>16
<30>16
None
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set command is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set command becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set command becomes invalid.
[Function]
Editing the portion in the previous print data.
[Format]
<0>
[Coding Example]
[DEF], a part of print data, is changed to [123].
First label
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABC
<V>200<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>DEF
<Q>1
<Z>
Second label
<A>
<0>
<V>200<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>123
<Q>1
<Z>
Label feed direction
1st label
ABC
DEF
2nd label
ABC
123
Partial
edit
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Use this command to edit only one part of previous print data.
-
Invoke the previous print data with this command to edit and print out. In this case, specify the
part of previous data to edit, and send change data to it.
-
Specified portion in the previous data will be cleared.
-
If Rotation <%> is included in the specified editing portion, keep it for partial editing.
-
Use this command with fixed pitch, same font or same digit number.
53
[ESC+WD] Partial Copy
Hexadecimal code
ESC
WD
Parameter
<1B>16
<57>16<44>16
VaaaaaHbbbbYcccccXdddd
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Copying specified area to another place.
[Format]
<WD>VaaaaaHbbbbYcccccXdddd
-
Parameter
a [Vertical start point of original data] = Valid range: Refer to [Valid Range] section below.
b [Horizontal start point of original data] = Valid range: Refer to [Valid Range] section below.
c [Vertical dot size of original data] = Valid range: Refer to [Valid Range] section below.
d [Horizontal dot size of original data] = Valid range: Refer to [Valid Range] section below.
[Coding Example]
Vertical start point of original data: 50, Horizontal start point of original data: 50,
Vertical dot size of original data: 200, Horizontal dot size of original data: 400
<A>
<V>50<H>50<P>2<L>0202<XU>ABCD
<V>300<H>100<WD>V50H50Y200X400
<Q>2
<Z>
ccccc
bbbb ABCD
AB CD
Label feed direction
dddd
aaaaa
Dotted line part indicates the copied area.
Actual print portion is "ABCD."
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
To locate the destination of copy, specify Vertical Print Position <V> and Horizontal Print
Position <H> prior to this command.
-
Destination of copy has to be outside of specified original data.
-
When the location of the copied area defined by Vertical Print Position <V> and Horizontal Print
Position <H> is outside of printing area, printing will not be performed due to command error.
54
[Valid Range]
Head density
Valid range: Horizontal
start point of original data
Valid range: Vertical start
point of original data
Horizontal dot size of
original data (dots)
Vertical dot size of
original data (dots)
203 dpi
1 to 832
1 to 20000
305 dpi
1 to 1248
1 to 18000
609 dpi
1 to 2496
1 to 9600
55
[ESC+J] Journal Print
Hexadecimal code
ESC
J
Parameter
<1B>16
<4A>16
a...a+CR<0D>16
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying the print of journal.
[Format]
<J>a...a+CR
-
Parameter
a [Journal print column] = Print data
CR [Control code (0DH)]
[Coding Example]
<A>
<J>
ABCD+CR
EFGH+CR
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
This command starts journal print from vertical position of 2 dots and horizontal position of 2
dots.
-
Character pitch is set to 2 dots and line pitch is set to 16 dots.
-
This command prints in 2 x 2 times of S font.
-
Use of this command in combination with other commands is invalid. But, only Reprint <C> and
Reverse Color Print <(> are available.
-
This command performs the line feed regardless of setting of CR/LF deletion.
56
[ESC+RF] Recall Font & Logo
Hexadecimal code
ESC
RF
Parameter
<1B>16
<52>16<46>16
aabbbb,n...n
Initial value
aa=01, bbbb=1
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Invoking and printing the font and logo downloaded with exclusive tool.
[Format]
<RF>aabbbb,n...n
-
Parameter
a [Font ID number] = Valid range: 01 to 99
b [Print digit] = Valid range: 1 to 9999
n [Print data] = data
[Coding Example 1]
To print [AB] in half size character with this command [Font ID No.: 01, Print digit: 4]
(Unicode; “A” is <0041>16, “B” is <0042>16)
<A>
<PS>
<V>100<H>100<L>0101
<RF>010004,<0041>16<0042>16
<Z>
[Coding Example 2]
When calling and printing logo [Font ID No.: 02 Print digit: 2]
<A>
<V>100<H>100<L>0101<RF>020002,<826B>16
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Specify the value of print data putting Unicode(UTF-16BE).
-
When calling and printing logo, specify [Print digit: 0002], [Print data: <826B>16].
-
For [Print Data] parameter, the byte order changes depending on compatibility settings for Font/
Logo call.
◦
Specify little endian when compatibility settings are enabled.
e.g.) Specify <4100> for character "A."
◦
Specify big endian when compatibility settings are disabled.
e.g.) Specify <0041> for character "A."
57
[ESC+RM] Mirror Image
Hexadecimal code
ESC
RM
Parameter
<1B>16
<52>16<4D>16
aaaa,bbbbb
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Performing mirror rotation of print data.
[Format]
<RM>aaaa,bbbbb
-
Parameter
a [Horizontal range of mirror rotation specification]
Valid range: Refer to [Valid Range for start position of mirroring] and
[Valid Range for mirror rotation] section below.
b [Vertical range of mirror rotation specification]
Valid range: Refer to [Valid Range for start position of mirroring] and
[Valid Range for mirror rotation] section below.
[Coding Example 1]
When the range of mirror rotation is specified:
<A>
<H>100<V>200<XS>12345
<H>100<V>200<RM>0200,0080
<Q>1
<Z>
[Coding Example 2]
When the range of mirror rotation is not specified:
<A>
<H>100<V>200<XS>12345
<RM>
<Z>
58
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
When the parameter "aaaa" and "bbbbb" are not specified, all print data specified prior to this
command will be rotated.
-
Data outside of printing area will not rotate.
-
If specifying this command for the item that does not contain print data, the command error will
occur.
-
This command cannot be used in combination with the commands that associated with reedition
of print data. Refer to the invalid commands list below. When the command that cannot use in
combination with is specified, print result is not guaranteed.
-
This command cannot be used in combination with some registration commands. Refer to
the invalid commands list below. When the command that cannot use in combination with is
specified, print result is not guaranteed.
-
This command cannot be used in combination with some of the modification commands. Refer
to the invalid commands list below. When the command that cannot use in combination with is
specified, print result is not guaranteed.
-
This command prints the mirror image of the print data put before the mirror rotation command
is specified. The data after the command does not rotate. Note that specifying this command
several times results rotating the data several times.
-
When the mirror image is applied for the barcode, reading of the barcode and the head damage
check are not guaranteed.
-
When executing the mirror image, the head damage check will be performed for all the areas
where rotated.
[Valid Range for start position of mirroring]
Head density
Valid range (dots)
Horizontal range of mirror
rotation specification
Vertical range of mirror
rotation specification
203 dpi
1 to 832
1 to 20000
305 dpi
1 to 1248
1 to 18000
609 dpi
1 to 2498
1 to 9600
[Valid Range for mirror rotation]
Head density
Valid range (dots)
Horizontal range
of mirror rotation
Vertical range of mirror rotation
203 dpi
8 to 832
8 to 20000
305 dpi
8 to 1248
8 to 18000
609 dpi
8 to 2498
8 to 9600
[Invalid Commands]
Command that
associated with
reediting.
<WD>
<F>
<(>
Registration
<GI>
<GT>
<PI>
Modification
<%>
<0>
<WA>
59
[ESC+KS] Kanji Set
Hexadecimal code
ESC
KS
Parameter
<1B>16
<4B>16<53>16
a
Initial value
a=3
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
[Function]
Specifying Kanji set.
[Format]
<KS>a
-
Parameter
a [Kanji Set] = Refer to [Initial Value and Valid Rangef of Parameter ] section blow.
[Coding Example]
Specifying GB18030
<A>
<KS>3
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Select the kanji set to be printed by using 16 x 16 dots horizontal writing kanji <K1> command,
24 x 24 dots horizontal writing <K2> command, 16 x 16 dots vertical writing kanji <k1>
command and 24 x 24 dots vertical dots <k2> command.
-
An appropriate Kanji code should be specified when switching the Kanji Set. If the right code is
not specified, the print may fail. Refer to Kanji Code <KC>.
[Initial Value and Valid Range of Parameter]
Initial value
3
Valid range
0: Japanese, Compatible Kanji (JISX208)
1: Japanese, JIS208 Kanji (JISX208)
2: Japanese, JIS213 Kanji (JISX213)
3: Chinese, Simplified Chinese characters (GB18030)
4: Reserved
5: Chinese, Traditional Chinese characters (BIG5)
6: Korean (KSX1001)
60
[ESC+AL] Field alignment
Hexadecimal code
ESC
AL
Parameter
<1B>16
<41>16<4C>16
a
Initial value
a=1
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set command is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items;
The set parameter becomes initial value at the next item
<A>.
[Function]
The base reference point specified with print positioning commands <H>, <V> is equal to the
"Alignment position" of this command. The field’s base reference points are changeable with
"Alignment position.” The supported fields are follows; All text fields, barcode, 2D barcode, graphics,
ruled lines and boxes etc.
[Format]
<AL>a
-
Parameter
a Alignment position
1: Top left
2: Top center
3: Top right
4: Middle left
5: Middle center
6: Middle right
7: Bottom left
8: Bottom center
9: Bottom right
61
[Field and alignment positions (for font command)]
The number inside the circle indicate the value of parameter a, "Alignment position (the positions
specified with print positioning commands <H>, <V>.”
BlogÁe
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
For horizontal orientation
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Field: The area that is rendered with one command
For vertical orientation
[Coding example]
Font's alignment position: Top Right, barcode alignment position: Bottom left
<A>
<AL>3
<V>100<H>700<P>3<L>0403<X22>,ABCD
<AL>7
<V>400<H>200<BD>103160*123*
<Q>2
<Z>
ABCD
<V>100<H>700
<V>400<H>200
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
The alignment position will ignore anything that was set, and sets the default "Top left" if the
value for parameter a was 0 or a non-numeric value.
-
If you select Middle or Bottom, the position may vary depending on the ascender line and
descender line of each field. Ascender/descender lines depend on each font, so not all fonts
may show like in the examples as below.
E.g.) Cases with and without 'ĺ' and 'g’
HHH
HĺH
To p
Middle
Bottom
To p
Middle
Bottom
HHg
Hĺg
62
To p
Middle
Bottom
To p
Middle
Bottom
-
Make sure to specify <H> and <V> to the field when you select Center and Right.
If they are not specified when specifying for the 2nd field, the trailing edge of the 1st field
becomes the base reference point of the 2nd field, which means that the parts of the 1st and
2nd field will overlap.
E.g.) If <H> and <V> are not specified to the 2nd field when specifying Center;
Center
Left
Left
Right
Center
Right
ABC
DEF
E.g.) If <H> and <V> are not specified to the 2nd field when specifying Right;
Center
Center
Left
Left
Right
Right
ABC
DEF
-
This product does not print if the positions specified with <H> and <V> (equal to "Alignment
position") if they are out of printing area.
-
There are cases where the rendered field may run off from printing area depending on
"Alignment position" and print position commands <H> and <V>. Command error (Position
Error) may occur depending on the conditions as described below.
ABC
6
ABC
ABC
5
8
ABC
5
In this case, command error will
not occur but the characters that
run over from printable range
will be missing.
The characters will not be printed
because it runs over from printable
range.
-
The composition of the field depends on the command when specifying "Alignment position" for
barcode and 2D code fields.
Ex.) When specifying barcode, 2D code without automatically attached human readables
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
9
63
Ex.) When specifying a barcode with automatically attached human readables (<BD>,<BM>
<BI> etc.)
1
-
3
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
The left alignment position in the top, middle, and bottom differs for barcodes such as UPC-A
and JAN/EAN-13 with <BD> / <BM> command since the human readable text is printed in the
left of the barcode.
Top left
Middle left
Bottom left
Notes:
-
Human readables are included in the field of "Field Alignment" for barcode.
-
This product works as below if the printing runs off printing area as a result of "Alignment
position."
◦
Position Error will occur and will not print if the top left of the barcode runs off.
◦
International models will print if the Top Left of the barcode does not run off the paper.
However some parts of the barcode will be missing.
◦
Barcodes will be printed if human readables run off the Left of the paper. However the
human readables will not be printed.
64
Command error
Prints only for
international
models
65
[Valid Commands]
Font
Barcode
<XU>
<XS>
<XM>
<XB>
<XL>
<OA>
<OB>
<WB>
<WL>
<X20>
<X21>
<X22>
<X23>
<X24>
<$=>
<RD>
<RH>
<RG>
<K1>
<K2>
<K3>
<K4>
<K5>
<K8>
<k1>
<k2>
<k3>
<k4>
<k5>
<k8>
<K1>
<k1>
(<K2>)
(<k2>)
<B>
<BC>
<BG>
<BI>
<D>
<D><d>
<BL>
<BL><d>
<BF>
2D Code
*2
<BS>
*3
*1
<U>
<S>
<M>
<K9>
<KA>
<KB>
<KD>
<k9>
<kA>
<kB>
<kD>
<BD>
<BW>
<BP>
<BM>
*1
<2D10>
<2D12>
<2D20> <2D30>
<2D31> <2D32>
<BX>
<BK>
<BV>
<BQ>
<FX>
<GM>
<GP>
Modification<FW>
<F>
<%>
<RF>
<L>
Memory
Card
<GR>
<GC>
<PY>
<BJT>
Calendar
<WA>
<2D50> <2D51>
Composite <EU>
Symbol
Graphic
<G>
System
<E>
<P>
<PS>
<PR>
*4
*1 The position depends on the specified human readable type and data. Make sure to specify just the right number of
characters for human readables data. Printing is not guaranteed if there are excess or insufficient human readables.
*2 <BF>: Bookland is a barcode which uses multiple commands such as <BD> and <BF>, <D>~<d> and <BF>. Please
arrange so that they are printed in expected positions since alignment positions are calculated by each field for this
command.
*3 <BS>: USPS Barcode has the same position as specifying Middle position in this command without specifying this
command. When you specify Middle position with this command, it prints to an alignment position equivalent to Bottom
position.
Example) Top left
Example) Middle left
Example) Bottom left
*4 This command requires optional calendar IC.
66
Font commands
[ESC+X20] X20 Font (Basic size 5 x 9 dots)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
X20
Parameter
<1B>16
<58>16<32>16<30>16
,n...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Font with the basic size of W5 x H9 dots is specified.
[Format]
<X20>,n...n
-
Parameter
n [Print data] = Data
[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<X20>,ABCDE
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
X20 font only allows the setting of a fixed pitch.
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
Barcode
<D><d>
<BL><d>
Calendar
<WA>
<%>
<F>
<&>
*1
*1 This command requires optional RTC (Real Time Clock) Kit.
67
</>
<0>
<WD>
X20 font character set
Basic size is 5 x 9 dots (width x height)
The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm and an enlargement ratio
of 3 (vertical/horizontal).
00H to 1FH are control code and not available.
68
[ESC+X21] X21 Font (Basic size 17 x 17 dots)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
X21
Parameter
<1B>16
<58>16<32>16<31>16
,n...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Font with the basic size of W17 x H17 dots is specified.
[Format]
<X21>,n...n
-
Parameter
n [Print data] = Data
[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<X21>,ABCDE
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
X21 Font allows the selection of fixed pitch and proportional pitch.
-
Setting of fixed pitch and proportional pitch can be configured with command or "Settings mode"
of this product.
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
Barcode
<D><d>
Calendar
<WA>
<%>
<PS>
<PR>
<BL><d>
*1
*1 This command requires optional RTC (Real Time Clock) Kit.
69
<F>
<&>
</>
<0>
<WD>
X21 font character set
Basic size is 17 x 17 dots (width x height)
The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm and an enlargement ratio
of 2 (vertical/horizontal).
00H to 1FH are control code and not available.
70
[ESC+X22] X22 Font (Basic size 24 x 24 dots)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
X22
Parameter
<1B>16
<58>16<32>16<32>16
,n...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Font with the basic size of W24x H24 dots is specified.
[Format]
<X22>,n...n
-
Parameter
n [Print data] = Data
[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<X22>,ABCDE
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
X22 Font allows the selection of fixed pitch and proportional pitch.
-
Setting of fixed pitch and proportional pitch can be configured with command or "Settings mode"
of this product.
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
Barcode
<D><d>
Calendar
<WA>
<%>
<PS>
<PR>
<BL><d>
*1
*1 This command requires optional RTC (Real Time Clock) Kit.
71
<F>
<&>
</>
<0>
<WD>
X22 font character set
Basic size is 24 x 24 dots (width x height)
The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm and an enlargement ratio
of 2 (vertical/horizontal).
00H to 1FH are control code and not available.
72
[ESC+X23] X23 Font (Basic size 48 x 48 dots)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
X23
Parameter
<1B>16
<58>16<32>16<33>16
,an...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Font with the basic size of W48 x H48 dots is specified.
[Format]
<X23>,an...n
-
Parameter
a [Smoothing]
0 : Smoothing disabled
1 : Smoothing ON (Only available if Enlargement <L> is between 3 and 12)
n [Print data] = Data
[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<X23>,0ABCDE
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
X23 Font allows the selection of fixed pitch and proportional pitch.
-
Setting of fixed pitch and proportional pitch can be configured with command or "Settings mode"
of this product.
-
When the smoothing is enabled, and Enlargement <L> is set to 1 or 2 or from 13 to 36, the
smoothing function will be ignored.
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
Barcode
<D><d>
<BL><d>
Calendar
<WA>
<%>
<PS>
<PR>
*1
*1 This command requires optional RTC (Real Time Clock) Kit.
73
<F>
<&>
</>
<0>
<WD>
X23 font character set
Basic size is 48 x 48 dots (width x height)
The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm and an enlargement ratio
of 1 (vertical/horizontal).
00H to 1FH are control code and not available.
74
[ESC+X24] X24 Font (Basic size 48 x 48 dots)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
X24
Parameter
<1B>16
<58>16<32>16<34>16
,an...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Font with the basic size of W48 x H48 dots is specified.
[Format]
<X24>,an...n
-
Parameter
a [Smoothing]
0 : Smoothing disabled
1 : Smoothing ON (Only available if Enlargement <L> is between 3 and 12)
n [Print data] = Data
[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<X24>,0ABCDE
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
X24 Font allows the selection of fixed pitch and proportional pitch.
-
Setting of fixed pitch and proportional pitch can be configured with command or "Settings mode"
of this product.
-
When the smoothing is enabled, and Enlargement <L> is set to 1 or 2 or from 13 to 36, the
smoothing function will be ignored.
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
Barcode
<D><d>
<BL><d>
Calendar
<WA>
<%>
<PS>
<PR>
*1
*1 This command requires optional RTC (Real Time Clock) Kit.
75
<F>
<&>
</>
<0>
<WD>
X24 font character set
Basic size is 48 x 48 dots (width x height)
The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm and an enlargement ratio
of 1 (vertical/horizontal).
00H to 1FH are control code and not available.
76
[ESC+XU] XU Font (Basic size 5 x 9 dots)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
XU
Parameter
<1B>16
<58>16<55>16
n...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Font with the basic size of: W5 x H9 dots is specified.
[Format]
<XU>n...n
-
Parameter
n [Print data] = Data
[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<XU>ABCDE
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
XU Font allows the selection of fixed pitch and proportional pitch.
-
Setting of fixed pitch and proportional pitch can be configured with command or "Settings mode"
of this product.
-
The character set varies according to setting of European Code Page <CE>.
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
Barcode
<D><d>
<BL><d>
Calendar
<WA>
<%>
<PS>
<PR>
*1
*1 This command requires optional RTC (Real Time Clock) Kit.
77
<F>
<&>
</>
<0>
<WD>
XU font character set
Basic size is 5 x 9 dots (width x height)
The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm and an enlargement ratio
of 3 (vertical/horizontal) and DOS 858.
00H to 1FH are control code and not available.
78
[ESC+XS] XS Font (Basic size 17 x 17 dots)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
XS
Parameter
<1B>16
<58>16<53>16
n...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Font with the basic size of W17 x H17 dots is specified.
[Format]
<XS>n...n
-
Parameter
n [Print data] = Data
[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<XS>ABCDE
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
XS Font allows the selection of fixed pitch and proportional pitch.
-
Setting of fixed pitch and proportional pitch can be configured with command or "Settings mode"
of this product.
-
The character set varies according to setting of European Code Page <CE>.
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
Barcode
<D><d>
<BL><d>
Calendar
<WA>
<%>
<PS>
<PR>
*1
*1 This command requires optional RTC (Real Time Clock) Kit.
79
<F>
<&>
</>
<0>
<WD>
XS font character set
Basic size is 17 x 17 dots (width x height)
The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm and an enlargement ratio
of 2 (vertical/horizontal) and DOS 858.
00H to 1FH are control code and not available.
80
[ESC+XM] XM Font (Basic size 24 x 24 dots)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
XM
Parameter
<1B>16
<58>16<4D>16
n...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Font with the basic size of W24x H24 dots is specified.
[Format]
<XM>n...n
-
Parameter
n [Print data] = Data
[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<XM>ABCDE
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
XM Font allows the selection of fixed pitch and proportional pitch.
-
Setting of fixed pitch and proportional pitch can be configured with command or "Settings mode"
of this product.
-
The character set varies according to setting of European Code Page <CE>.
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
Barcode
<D><d>
<BL><d>
Calendar
<WA>
<%>
<PS>
<PR>
*1
*1 This command requires optional RTC (Real Time Clock) Kit.
81
<F>
<&>
</>
<0>
<WD>
XM font character set
Basic size is 24 x 24 dots (width x height)
The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm and an enlargement ratio
of 2 (vertical/horizontal) and DOS 858.
00H to 1FH are control code and not available.
82
[ESC+XB] XB Font (Basic size 48 x 48 dots)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
XB
Parameter
<1B>16
<58>16<42>16
an...n
Initial value
a=0
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Font with the basic size of: W48 x H48 dots is specified.
[Format]
<XB>an...n
-
Parameter
a [Smoothing]
0 : Smoothing disabled
1 : Smoothing ON (Only available if expansion factor is between 3 and 9)
n [Print data] = Data
[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<XB>0ABCDE
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
XB Font allows the selection of fixed pitch and proportional pitch.
-
Setting of fixed pitch and proportional pitch can be configured with command or "Settings mode"
of this product.
-
When the smoothing is enabled, and Enlargement <L> is set to 1 or 2 or from 13 to 36, the
smoothing function will be ignored.
-
The character set varies according to setting of European Code Page <CE>.
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
Barcode
<D><d>
Calendar
<WA>
<%>
<PS>
<PR>
<BL><d>
*1
*1 This command requires optional RTC (Real Time Clock) Kit.
83
<F>
<&>
</>
<0>
<WD>
XB font character set
Basic size is 48 x 48 dots (width x height)
The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm and an enlargement ratio
of 1 (vertical/horizontal) and DOS 858.
00H to 1FH are control code and not available.
84
[ESC+XL] XL Font (Basic size 48 x 48 dots)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
XL
Parameter
<1B>16
<58>16<4C>16
an...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Font with the basic size of: W48 x H48 dots is specified.
[Format]
<XL>an...n
-
Parameter
a [Smoothing]
0 : Smoothing disabled
1 : Smoothing ON (Only available if expansion factor is between 3 and 9)
n [Print data] = Data
[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<XL>0ABCDE
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
XL Font allows the selection of fixed pitch and proportional pitch.
-
Setting of fixed pitch and proportional pitch can be configured with command or "Settings mode"
of this product.
-
When the smoothing is enabled, and Enlargement <L> is set to 1 or 2 or from 13 to 36, the
smoothing function will be ignored.
-
The character set varies according to setting of European Code Page <CE>.
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
Barcode
<D><d>
Calendar
<WA>
<%>
<PS>
<PR>
<BL><d>
*1
*1 This command requires optional RTC (Real Time Clock) Kit.
85
<F>
<&>
</>
<0>
<WD>
XL font character set
Basic size is 48 x 48 dots (width x height)
The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm and an enlargement ratio
of 1 (vertical/horizontal) and DOS 858.
00H to 1FH are control code and not available.
86
[ESC+OA] OCR-A Font
Hexadecimal code
ESC
OA
Parameter
<1B>16
<4F>16<41>16
n...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying OCR-A font.
[Format]
<OA>n...n
-
Parameter
n [Print data] = Data
[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>100<P>2<L>0202<OA>ABC
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Refer to the table below for font size of each head density.
[Font size table]
Head density
Font size (dots)
203 dpi
W15 x H22
305 dpi
W22 x H33
609 dpi
W44 x H66
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
Barcode
<D><d>
<BL><d>
Calendar
<WA>
<%>
<F>
<&>
*1
*1 This command requires optional RTC (Real Time Clock) Kit.
87
</>
<0>
<WD>
OCR-A font character set
OCR-A font specification.
The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm, a font size of 15 x 22,
and an enlargement ratio of 2 (vertical/horizontal).
00H to 1FH are control code and not available.
88
[ESC+OB] OCR-B Font
Hexadecimal code
ESC
OB
Parameter
<1B>16
<4F>16<42>16
n...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying OCR-B font.
[Format]
<OB>n...n
-
Parameter
n [Print data] = Data
[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<OB>ABC
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Refer to the table below for font size of each head density.
[Font size table]
Head density
Font size (dots)
203 dpi (8 dots/mm)
W20 x H24
305 dpi (12 dots/mm)
W30 x H36
609 dpi (24 dots/mm))
W60 x H72
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
Barcode
<D><d>
<BL><d>
Calendar
<WA>
<%>
<F>
*1
*1 This command requires RTC (Real Time Clock) Kit.
89
<&>
</>
<0>
<WD>
OCR-B font character set
OCR-B font specification.
The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm, a font size of 20 x 24,
and an enlargement ratio of 2 (vertical/horizontal).
00H to 1FH are control code and not available.
90
[ESC+U] U Font (Basic size 5 x 9 dots)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
U
Parameter
<1B>16
<55>16
n...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Font with the basic size of W5 x H9 dots is specified.
[Format]
<U>n...n
-
Parameter
n [Print data] = Data
[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<U>ABCDE
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
U font only allows the setting of a fixed pitch.
-
The character set varies according to setting of European Code Page <CE>.
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
Barcode
<D><d>
Calendar
<WA>
<%>
<F>
<&>
<BL><d>
*1
*1 This command requires optional RTC (Real Time Clock) Kit.
91
</>
<0>
<WD>
U font character set
Basic size is 5 x 9 dots (width x height)
The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm, an enlargement ratio of 3
(vertical/horizontal) and DOS 858.
00H to 1FH are control code and not available.
92
[ESC+S] S Font (Basic size 8 x 15 dots)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
S
Parameter
<1B>16
<53>16
n...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Font with the basic size of W8 x H15 dots is specified.
[Format]
<S>n...n
-
Parameter
n [Print data] = Data
[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<S>ABCDE
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
S font only allows the setting of a fixed pitch.
-
The character set varies according to setting of European Code Page <CE>.
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
Barcode
<D><d>
Calendar
<WA>
<%>
<F>
<&>
<BL><d>
*1
*1 This command requires optional RTC (Real Time Clock) Kit.
93
</>
<0>
<WD>
S font character set
Basic size is 8 x 15 dots (width x height)
The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm, an enlargement ratio of 3
(vertical/horizontal) and DOS 858.
00H to 1FH are control code and not available.
94
[ESC+M] M Font (Basic size 13 x 20 dots)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
M
Parameter
<1B>16
<4D>16
n...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Font with the basic size of W13 x H20 dots is specified.
[Format]
<M>n...n
-
Parameter
n [Print data] = Data
[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<M>ABCDE
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
M font only allows the setting of a fixed pitch.
-
The character set varies according to setting of European Code Page <CE>.
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
Barcode
<D><d>
Calendar
<WA>
<%>
<F>
<&>
<BL><d>
*1
*1 This command requires optional RTC (Real Time Clock) Kit.
95
</>
<0>
<WD>
M font character set
Basic size is 13 x 20 dots (width x height)
The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm, an enlargement ratio of 2
(vertical/horizontal) and DOS 858.
00H to 1FH are control code and not available.
96
[ESC+WB] WB Font (Basic size 18 x 30 dots)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
WB
Parameter
<1B>16
<57>16<42>16
an...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Font with the basic size of W18 x H30 dots is specified.
[Format]
<WB>an...n
-
Parameter
a [Smoothing]
0 : Smoothing disabled
1 : Smoothing ON (Only available if Enlargement <L> is between 3 and 12)
n [Print data] = Data
[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<WB>0ABCDE
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
WB font only allows the setting of a fixed pitch.
-
When the smoothing is enabled, and the expansion <L> command is set to 1 or 2 or from 13 to
36, the smoothing function will be ignored.
-
The character set varies according to setting of European Code Page <CE>.
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
Barcode
<D><d>
<BL><d>
Calendar
<WA>
<%>
<F>
<&>
*1
*1 This command requires optional RTC (Real Time Clock) Kit.
97
</>
<0>
<WD>
WB font character set
Basic size is 18 x 30 dots (width x height)
The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm, an enlargement ratio of 1
(vertical/horizontal) and DOS 858.
00H to 1FH are control code and not available.
98
[ESC+WL] WL Font (Basic size 28 x 52 dots)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
WL
Parameter
<1B>16
<57>16<4C>16
an...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Font with the basic size of W28 x H52 dots is specified.
[Format]
<WL>an...n
-
Parameter
a [Smoothing]
0 : Smoothing disabled
1 : Smoothing ON (Only available if Enlargement <L> is between 3 and 12)
n [Print data] = Data
[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<WL>0ABCDE
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
WL font only allows the setting of a fixed pitch.
-
When the smoothing is enabled, and the expansion <L> command is set to 1 or 2 or from 13 to
36, the smoothing function will be ignored.
-
The character set varies according to setting of European Code Page <CE>.
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
Barcode
<D><d>
<BL><d>
Calendar
<WA>
<%>
<F>
<&>
*1
*1 This command requires optional RTC (Real Time Clock) Kit.
99
</>
<0>
<WD>
WL font character set
Basic size is 28 x 52 dots (width x height)
The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm, an enlargement ratio of 1
(vertical/horizontal) and DOS 858.
00H to 1FH are control code and not available.
100
[ESC+$] Outline Font Design
Hexadecimal code
ESC
$
Parameter
<1B>16
<24>16
a,bbb,ccc,d
Initial value
a=A, bbb=50, ccc=50, d=0
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes initial value at the next item
<A>.
[Function]
Specifying the type, size, and shape of outline font.
[Format]
<$>a,bbb,ccc,d
-
Parameter
a [Font type]
A : Helvetica bold (Proportional)
B : Helvetica bold (Inter-character pitch fixed)
*1
K : Kanji specified by hexadecimal number
*1
L : Kanji specified by binary number
*1
k : Kanji (vertical) specified by hexadecimal number
*1
l : Kanji (vertical) specified by hexadecimal number
b [Font width] = Valid range: 1 to 999 dots
c [Font height] = Valid range: 1 to 999 dots
d [Font design]
0 : Normal font (Black)
1 : White characters on black background
2 : Grey font (Pattern 1)
3 : Grey font (Pattern 2)
4 : Grey font (Pattern 3)
5 : Font with shadow
6 : White characters with shadow on black background
7 : Mirrored font
8 : Normal italic font
9 : White italic characters with shadow on black background
*1 Will specify Kanji outline font.
[Coding Example]
Font type: A, font width: 100 dots,
font height: 100 dots, font design: 1
<A>
<V>100<H>100<P>2
<$>A,100,100,1<$=>SATO
<Q>2
<Z>
101
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Italic characters are tilt in an angle of 15-degree, within their specified width.
-
The outline font printing command <$=> shall be executed after the outline font design selection
<$>.
-
For the font design 1 through 9, if the specified dot setting is irregularly small, the font cannot be
identified.
-
If the font width / height are very small, there can be cases that the font is squeezed.
[Valid Commands]
Font
<$=>
Outline Font design
The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm.
102
[ESC+$=] Outline Font Print
Hexadecimal code
ESC
$=
Parameter
<1B>16
<24>16<3D>16
n...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying printing command of outline font.
[Format]
<$=>n...n
-
Parameter
n [Print data] = Data
[Coding Example]
Print data: SATO
<A>
<V>100<H>100<P>2
<$>A,100,100,1<$=>SATO
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
The outline font printing command <$=> shall be executed after the outline font design <$>.
-
Font height includes both ascender and descender area. For proportional pitch, the character
width of outline font differs depending on the font to be used.
-
Use character pitch command <P> to specify font pitch.
-
Italic characters are tilt in an angle of 15-degree, within their specified width. Font height
includes both ascender and descender area.
-
For the font design 1 through 9, if the specified dot setting is irregularly small, the font cannot be
identified.
-
If the font width / height are very small, there can be cases that the font is squeezed.
-
JIS, Shift JIS, or Unicode (UTF-16, UTF-8) can be used for Kanji outline font, which should
correspond with this product settings to proper printing. Specify Kanji code by <KC> command
or "Settings Mode" of this product.
[Valid Commands]
Print position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<%>
<$>
<F>
103
Calendar
<WA>
*1
*1 This command requires optional RTC (Real Time Clock) Kit.
Outline Font Character Set
Characters consists of Helvetica bold (fixed pitch), 50 x 50 dots, Standard font (Black)
The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm.
00H to 1FH are control code and not available.
104
[ESC+RD] CG Font
Hexadecimal code
ESC
<RD>
Parameter
<1B>16
<52>16<44>16
abc,ddd,eee,n...n
Initial value
b=0
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying CG font type, font style, font size, and print data.
[Format]
<RD>abc,ddd,eee,n...n
-
Parameter
a [Font type]
A [SATO CG Sleek]
B [SATO CG Stream]
Symbol
b
Parameter name
Character encoding
selection
105
Setting
value
Character set
-
Character set specified by <CE>
0
858 (initial value)
1
ISO 8859/1 Latin 1
2
ISO 8859/2 Latin 2
3
ISO 8859//9 Latin 5
4
CP737 DOS Greek
5
CP855 DOS Cyrillic
6
-
7
-
8
PC-850 Multilingual
9
CP852 DOS Central European
A
CP857 DOS Turkish
B
CP866 DOS Cyrillic II
C
CP1250 Windows Central European
D
CP1251 Windows Cyrillic
E
CP1252 Windows Western Latin 1
F
CP1253 Windows Greek
G
CP1254 Windows Turkish
H
-
I
-
J
CP1257 Windows Baltic
Symbol
Parameter name
Setting
value
Character set
K
CP869 IBM Greek
L
-
M
Japanese X0201
@
Unicode UTF-8
*1
*1: Specifying X0201 prints ISO 8859-1 Latin 1 character set.
c [Font style]
0 Standard
1 Bold
2 Italic
3 Bold + Italic
d [Width]
Valid Range: 004 to 999 (dots)
Valid Range: P02 to P99 (points)
e [Height]
Valid Range: 004 to 999 (dots)
Valid Range: P02 to P99 (points)
n [Print data] = Data
[Coding Example]
Font type: SATO CG Sleek, Width: 10 pts, Height: 10 pts
<A>
<V>100<H>100<P>2
<RD>A00,P10,P10,SATO
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
The font size is set by [dot number] or [point number].
-
The dot size does vary with printer type. (Refer to the table below)
Head density
Size of 1 dot (mm)
203 dpi
0.125
305 dpi
0.083
609 dpi
0.042
-
1 point is 0.35 mm.
-
Because this command is for the compatibility with previous one, use <RH> in general.
[Font size range]
Head density
Valid range:
Valid range:
Width range (dots)
Height range (dots)
203 dpi
4 to 832
4 to 999
305 dpi
5 to 999
5 to 999
106
Valid range:
Valid range:
Width range (dots)
Height range (dots)
Head density
609 dpi
9 to 999
9 to 999
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<%>
<F>
<PS>
107
<PR>
SATO CG Sleek font character set
SATO CG Sleek font settings
The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm, 40 × 40 points and DOS
858.
00H to 1FH are control code and not available.
108
SATO CG Stream font character set
SATO CG Stream Font settings
The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm, 40 × 40 points and DOS
858.
00H to 1FH are control code and not available.
109
[ESC+RG] Multiple Language
Hexadecimal code
ESC
RG
Parameter
<1B>16
<52>16<47>16
a,b,c,ddd,eee,ffff…fff
Initial value [aa]
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Printing multiple language fonts.
[Format]
<RG>a,b,c,ddd,eee,ffff…fff
[Parameter]
a : [Character code]
Character code of print data to be specified to a parameter f.
Refer to the table below.
b : [Font set] Font type for printing. Refer to the table below.
c : [Modification]
0: Standard
1: Italic
2: BOLD
3: BOLD+Italic
d : [Width]
Valid range: 20 to 999 (dots)
Valid range: P09 to P99 (points)
e : [Height]
Valid range: 20 to 999 (dots)
Valid range: P09 to P99 (points)
*One point is 0.35 mm.
f : [Print data] (character code)
[Character code list]
Parameter a
Character code
0
UNICODE(UTF-8)
1
UNICODE (UTF-16BE) *Recommended
2
S-JIS
3
BIG5
4
GB18030
5
KSX 1001 (EUC-KR)
-
Character set specified by <CE>
* If UTF-8 or X201 has been selected by <CE>, it is the value of the following.
<CE>: UTF-8, <RG> Parameter a: 0:UTF-8
110
Parameter a
Character code
<CE>: X201, <RG> Parameter a: 2:UTF-8
[Font set list]
Parameter
b
Font name
Font set
Font type
Character
code range
(UTF-16BE)
0
SATO Hebe Sans
WGL4
Hebe Serif
0020-FB02
1
SATO Hebe Sans Arabic
Arabic(Farsi)
Hebe Serif
0020-00FF,
+ISO8859-1
0600-06FF,
FE70-FEFC
2
SATO Hebe Sans Thai
Thai+ISO8859-1
Hebe Serif
0020-00FF,
0E01-0E5B
3
SATO Hebe Sans Hindi
Hindi+ISO8859-1
Hebe Serif
0020-00FF,
0901-097F
4
5
6
7
SATO Gothic Tradional
Chinese
WGL4
Hebe Serif
BIG5
MobileGothic
GB-18030
Crystalzhonghei
JISx0208(+NEC)
JISx0201
MobileGothic
KSX 1001
MobileGothic
WGL4
Hebe Serif
JISx0208(+NEC)
JISx0201
MobileGothic
KSX 1001
MobileGothic
GB-18030
Crystalzhonghei
BIG5
MobileGothic
SATO Gothic Simplified
Chinese
WGL4
Hebe Serif
GB-18030
Crystalzhonghei
SATO Gothic Korean
WGL4
Hebe Serif
KSX 1001
MobileGothic
JISx0208(+NEC)
JISx0201
MobileGothic
GB-18030
Crystalzhonghei
BIG5
MobileGothic
SATO Gothic Japanese
0020-FFE6
0020-FFE6
0020-FFE5
0020-FFE6
8
SATO Silver Serif
WGL4
Silver Serif
0020-FB02
9
SATO Mincho Tradional
Chinese
WGL4
Silver Serif
0020-FFE6
BIG5
Mincho
GB-18030
Shusong2M
JISx0208(+NEC)
JISx0201
CrystalMincho
KSX 1001
Mincho
WGL4
Silver Serif
JISx0208(+NEC)
JISx0201
CrystalMincho
10
SATO Mincho Japanese
111
0020-FFE6
Parameter
b
Font name
Font set
Font type
Character
code range
(UTF-16BE)
11
12
13
KSX 1001
Mincho
GB-18030
Shusong2M
BIG5
Mincho
SATO Mincho Simplified
Chinese
WGL4
Silver Serif
GB-18030
Shusong2M
SATO Mincho Korean
WGL4
Silver Serif
KSX 1001
Mincho
JISx0208(+NEC)
JISx0201
CrystalMincho
GB-18030
Shusong2M
BIG5
Mincho
Arabic+ISO8859-1
Roman
SATO Roman Arabic
0020-FFE5
0020-FFE6
0020-00FF,
0600-06FF,
FDF2, FE70-FEFC
14
SATO Hebe Sans Hebrew
Hebrew+ISO8859-1
Hebe Serif
0020-00FF,
05B0-05F4,
FB1D-FB4F
[Coding Example]
Character code = UTF16, Font set = SJIS, Modification = Standard, Width = 20 dots, Height = 20
dots, Print data = SATO
<A>
<V>100<H>100<P>2
<RG>1,5,0,20,20,<FF33>16<FF21>16<FF34>16<FF2F>16
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
When a character code other than UTF-16BE is specified, the character code will be converted
into UTF-16BE. If there were codes that cannot be converted, they are replaced by single
spaces.
-
When UTF-16BE is specified as a character code or character codes do not exist in the font set
after UTF-16BE conversion, these character codes are not printed. When a space or a square
are filled in the font set for the character code, these images are printed.
-
Print size may be smaller than specified character size with parameter in landscape and portrait
directions due to multi languages.
-
If input code is set to UTF-8, the size of character code is available up to 4 bytes. UTF-8 does
not support 5, 6 bytes.
-
If input code is set to UTF-16BE, the size of character code is available up to 2 bytes.
UTF-16BE does not support 3, 4 bytes.
-
Complex script languages (Arabic, Hindi, Thai), Hebrew are printed with proportional fonts,
regardless of setting of font type in order to use the formatter function and the combined font
function.
-
The linefeed code cannot be inserted among one word or one character code forming one
character for the complex script languages (Arabic, Hindi, Thai), Hebrew. If the linefeed is
inserted, the rendering result is not guaranteed.
112
-
Comply with Unicode 2.1 (note that if the first byte is 0x1b when UTF-16BE is specified, it is
judged as a ESC code).
-
When performing sequential number printing in Arabic, Hindi, Thai and Hebrew, the character
codes are rendered as a character string and it may not function properly.
-
This command does not support partial editing because the complex script languages (Arabic,
Hindi, Thai), Hebrew extract the character string for using the formatter function and the
combined font function.
-
Complex script languages (Arabic, Hindi, Thai), Hebrew render character codes as character
strings in order to use the formatter function and the combined font function. Other languages
render character codes in character units, so that a gap between fonts is different from that of
the complex script languages.
-
Note that when a combination of character codes and font sets is other than below table, the
expected character may not be printed.
Font set
Character code
WGL4, Arabic, Thai, Hindi, Hebrew
UNICODE (UTF-16BE), UNICODE (UTF-8)
Big5
UNICODE (UTF-16BE), BIG5, UNICODE (UTF-8)
SJIS
UNICODE (UTF-16BE), SJIS , UNICODE (UTF-8)
GB18030
UNICODE (UTF-16BE), GB18030, UNICODE
(UTF-8)
KSX1001 (EUC-KR)
UNICODE (UTF-16BE), KSX1001 (EUC-KR),
UNICODE(UTF-8)
-
SATO Roman Arabic does not correspond to Farsi.
-
Recommended fonts if you specify "-" in parameter a and print character set of <CE>
<CE>
Parameter a
<RG>
Official name
Parameter b
Font name
858
DOS 858
0
SATO Hebe Sans
88591
ISO 8859/1
8
SATO Silver Serif
88592
ISO 8859/2
88599
ISO 8859/9
850
DOS 850
852
DOS 852
855
DOS 855
857
DOS 857
737
DOS 737
866
DOS 866
1250
Win 1250
1251
Win 1251
1252
Win 1252
1253
Win 1253
1254
Win 1254
1257
Win 1257
869
IBM 869
UTF-8
UTF-8
201
X0201
5
SATO Gothic Japanese
113
<CE>
Parameter a
<RG>
Official name
Parameter b
10
Font name
SATO Mincho Japanese
[Valid Commands]
Print position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<%>
<F>
<PS>
<PR>
Multiple language sample
The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm and 28 x 28 point.
(vertical/horizontal).
114
[ESC+RH] Scalable Font
Hexadecimal code
ESC
RH
Parameter
<1B>16
<52>16<47>16
a,b…b,c,ddd,eee,f…f
Initial value [aa]
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Built-in scalable font and the TTF font downloaded using file download [DC2]DE of a common
command are printed.
[Format]
<RH>a,b…b,c,ddd,eee, ffff…fff
[Parameter]
a [Character code]
Input character code of printing data specifying to parameter f.
See the table "Input character code list" below
b [Font set] = Valid range: See the table "Built-in font set list" below.
c [Modification]
0 : Standard
1 : Bold
2 : Italic
3 : Bold + Italic
d [Width]
Valid range : 020 to 999 (dots)
Valid range : P09 to P99 (points)
e [Height]
Valid range : 020 to 999 (dots)
Valid range : P09 to P99 (points)
*One point is 0.35 mm.
*The valid range of height and width is 832 dots for 203 dpi.
f [Print Data] = Data
[Character code list]
Parameter a
Character code
0
UNICODE(UTF-8)
1
UNICODE (UTF-16BE) *Recommended
2
S-JIS
3
BIG5
4
GB18030
5
KSX 1001 (EUC-KR)
-
Character set specified by <CE>
* If UTF-8 or X201 has been selected by <CE>, it is the value of the following.
<CE>: UTF-8, <RH> Parameter a: 0:UTF-8
115
Parameter a
Character code
<CE>: X201, <RH> Parameter a: 2:UTF-8
[Built-in font set list]
Parameter b
Character code
SATOCGSleek.ttf
SATO CG Sleek
SATOCGStream.ttf
SATO CG Stream
SATOOCRA.ttf
SATO OCR-A
SATO0.ttf
SATO 0
SATOALPHABC.ttf
SATO Alpha Bold Condensed
SATOBETABI.ttf
SATO Beta Bold Italic
SATOFOLIOB.ttf
SATO Folio Bold
SATOFUTURAMC.ttf
SATO Futura Medium Condensed
SATOGAMMA.ttf
SATO Gamma
SATOOCRB.ttf
SATO OCR-B
SATOSANS.ttf
SATO Sans
SATOSERIF.ttf
SATO Serif
SATOSYM.ttf
SATO Symbol Set
SATOVICA.ttf
SATO Vica
SATOWING.ttf
SATO WingBats
[Coding Example 1] Printing of the built-in (scalable) font
Character code = UTF16BE, Font set = SATO CG Stream, Modification = Standard, Width = 20 dots,
Height = 20 dots, Print data = SATO
<A>
<V>100<H>100<P>2
<RH>1,SATOCGStream.ttf,0,20,20,<FF33>16<FF21>16<FF34>16<FF2F>16
<Q>2
<Z>
[Coding Example 2] Printing of the downloaded TrueType font
Character code = UTF16BE, Font set (The downloaded file name) = sample.ttf, Modification =
Standard, Width = 40 dots, Height = 40 dots, Print data = SATO
<A>
<V>100<H>100<P>2
<RH>1,sample.ttf,0,40,40,<FF33>16<FF21>16<FF34>16<FF2F>16
<Q>2
<Z>
[Coding Example 3] Printing of the downloaded TrueType font
Character code = UTF16BE, Font set (The downloaded file name) = sample.TTF, Modification =
Standard, Width = 40 dots, Height = 40 dots, Print data = SATO
<A>
<V>100<H>100<P>2
<RH>1,sample.TTF,0,40,40,<FF33>16<FF21>16<FF34>16<FF2F>16
<Q>2
<Z>
116
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
When a character code other than UTF-16 is specified, the character code will be converted into
UTF-16. If there are character codes that cannot be converted, all character strings specified as
a parameter error will be printed.
-
If the font corresponding to specified character code does not exist, an invalid image defined in
the font set will be printed.
-
Supports only the TTF that supports Unicode (UTF-16BE). If TTF does not support Unicode
(UTF-16BE), the specified character code is printed as GID (Glyph Index).
-
Recommended fonts if you specify "-" in parameter a and print character set of <CE>
<CE>
Parameter a
-
<RH>
Official name
Parameter b
Font name
858
DOS 858
SATOCGSleek.ttf
SATO CG Sleek
88591
ISO 8859/1
SATOCGStream.ttf
SATO CG Stream
88592
ISO 8859/2
88599
ISO 8859/9
850
DOS 850
852
DOS 852
855
DOS 855
857
DOS 857
737
DOS 737
866
DOS 866
1250
Win 1250
1251
Win 1251
1252
Win 1252
1253
Win 1253
1254
Win 1254
1257
Win 1257
869
IBM 869
UTF-8
UTF-8
201
X0201
‐
‐
Size that can be specified in the "character set" is up to 32 bytes. Also, you can specify
character will be only the following characters.
◦
Alphabet
◦
Numeric
◦
Hyphen ("-")
◦
Underscore ("_")
◦
Period (".")
-
Character may not be printed correctly if small character size is specified to downloaded TTF
font. Please fully check on print result.
-
Print size may be smaller than specified character size with parameter in landscape and portrait
directions due to multi languages.
-
If input code is set to UTF-8, the size of character code is available up to 4 bytes. UTF-8 does
not support 5, 6 bytes.
117
-
Complex script languages (Arabic, Hindi, Thai), Hebrew are printed with proportional fonts,
regardless of setting of font type in order to use formatter function and ligature function.
-
The linefeed code cannot be inserted among one word or one character code forming one
character for the complex script languages (Arabic, Hindi, Thai), Hebrew. If the linefeed is
inserted, the rendering result is not guaranteed.
-
Note that if the first byte is 0x1b when UTF-16BE is specified, it is judged as a ESC code.
-
If the first two bytes are specified to range of surrogate pairs (0xD800 to 0xDBFF) when
UTF-16BE is specified, it will be replaced with half size space on the condition that the last two
bytes are not within the range of surrogate pairs (0xDC00 to 0xDFFF).
-
When performing sequential number printing in Arabic, Hindi, Thai and Hebrew, the character
codes are rendered as a character string and it may not function properly.
-
Complex script languages (Arabic, Hindi, Thai), Hebrew render character codes as character
strings in order to use formatter function and ligature function. Other languages render character
codes in character units, so that a gap between fonts is different from that of the complex script
languages.
-
Note that when a combination of character codes and font sets is other than below table, the
expected character may not be printed.
Font set
Character code
WGL4, Arabic, Thai, Hindi, Hebrew
UNICODE (UTF-16BE), UNICODE (UTF-8)
BIG5
UNICODE (UTF-16BE), BIG5, UNICODE (UTF-8)
SJIS
UNICODE (UTF-16BE), SJIS , UNICODE (UTF-8)
GB18030
UNICODE (UTF-16BE), GB18030, UNICODE
(UTF-8)
KSX1001 (EUC-KR)
UNICODE (UTF-16BE), KSX1001 (EUC-KR),
UNICODE(UTF-8)
[Valid Commands]
Print position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<%>
<F>
<PS>
118
<PR>
Scalable font sample
The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm and 30×30 point. (vertical/
horizontal).
119
[ESC+K1] 16 x 16 dots Kanji in Horizontal Line
Hexadecimal code
ESC
K1
Parameter
<1B>16
<4B>16<31>16
an...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying 16 x 16 (width x height) dots horizontal written Kanji character print.
[Format]
<K1>an...n
-
Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. Refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command for the available character codes.
[Coding Example 1]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Horizontal enlargement ratio: 3, Vertical enlargement ratio: 5
<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<K1>H81698A94816A83548367815B
<Q>2
<Z>
[Coding Example 2]
JIS binary code, Horizontal enlargement ratio: 2, Vertical enlargement ratio: 3
<A>
<KC>0
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0203
<K1>B! J3T! K%5%H! <
<Q>2
<Z>
120
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
HEX characters = Kanji Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Binary code = Kanji Code 2 bytes / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12
-
Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
-
When the language setting of this product is Japanese or Simplified Chinese or Traditional
Chinese or Korean, printing follows the language setting.
-
Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.
Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.
[Points]
-
With the highlighting function the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
-
Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
-
When the Kanji mode is set to [China, Traditional Chinese (BIG5)], it will be a command error.
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
<%>
<&>
</>
121
<0>
<WD>
[ESC+K2] 24 x 24 dots Kanji in Horizontal Line
Hexadecimal code
ESC
K2
Parameter
<1B>16
<4B>16<32>16
an...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying 24 x 24 (width x height) dots horizontal written Kanji character print.
[Format]
<K2>an...n
-
Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. Refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command for the available character codes.
[Coding Example 1]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Horizontal enlargement ratio: 3, Vertical enlargement ratio: 5
<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<K2>H81698A94816A83548367815B
<Q>2
<Z>
[Coding Example 2]
JIS binary code, Horizontal enlargement ratio: 2, Vertical enlargement ratio: 3
<A>
<KC>0
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0203
<K2>B! J3T! K%5%H! <
<Q>2
<Z>
122
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
HEX characters = Kanji Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Binary code = Kanji Code 2 bytes / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12
-
Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
-
When the language setting of this product is Japanese or Simplified Chinese or Traditional
Chinese or Korean, printing follows the language setting.
-
Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.
Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.
[Points]
-
With the highlighting function the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
-
Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
<%>
<&>
</>
123
<0>
<WD>
[ESC+K3] 22 x 22 dots Kanji in Horizontal Line
Hexadecimal code
ESC
K3
Parameter
<1B>16
<4B>16<33>16
an...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying 22 x 22 (width x height) dots horizontal written Kanji character print.
[Format]
<K3>an...n
-
Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. Refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command for the available character codes.
[Coding Example 1]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Horizontal enlargement ratio: 3, Vertical enlargement ratio: 5
<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<K3>H81698A94816A83548367815B
<Q>2
<Z>
[Coding Example 2]
JIS binary code, Horizontal enlargement ratio: 2, Vertical enlargement ratio: 3
<A>
<KC>0
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0203
<K3>B! J3T! K%5%H! <
<Q>2
<Z>
124
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
HEX characters = Kanji Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Binary code = Kanji Code 2 bytes / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12
-
Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
-
Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.
Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.
[Points]
-
With the highlighting function the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
-
Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
-
When the Kanji mode setting is [Japan, Compatible Kanji] or [China, Simplified Chinese
(GB18030)] or [China, Traditional Chinese (BIG5)] or [Korean (KSX1001)], it will be a command
error.
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
<%>
<&>
</>
125
<0>
<WD>
[ESC+K4] 32 x 32 dots Kanji in Horizontal Line
Hexadecimal code
ESC
K4
Parameter
<1B>16
<4B>16<34>16
an...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying 32 x 32 (width x height) dots horizontal written Kanji character print.
[Format]
<K4>an...n
-
Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. Refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command for the available character codes.
[Coding Example 1]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Horizontal enlargement ratio: 3, Vertical enlargement ratio: 5
<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<K4>H81698A94816A83548367815B
<Q>2
<Z>
[Coding Example 2]
JIS binary code, Horizontal enlargement ratio: 2, Vertical enlargement ratio: 3
<A>
<KC>0
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0203
<K4>B! J3T! K%5%H! <
<Q>2
<Z>
126
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
HEX characters = Kanji Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Binary code = Kanji Code 2 bytes / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12
-
Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
-
Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.
Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.
[Points]
-
With the highlighting function the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
-
Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
-
When the Kanji mode setting is [Japan, Compatible Kanji] or [China, Simplified Chinese
(GB18030)] or [China, Traditional Chinese (BIG5)] or [Korean (KSX1001)], it will be a command
error.
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
<%>
<&>
</>
127
<0>
<WD>
[ESC+K5] 40 x 40 dots Kanji in Horizontal Line
Hexadecimal code
ESC
K5
Parameter
<1B>16
<4B>16<35>16
an...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying 40 x 40 (width x height) dots horizontal written Kanji character print.
[Format]
<K5>an...n
-
Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. Refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command for the available character codes.
[Coding Example 1]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Horizontal enlargement ratio: 3, Vertical enlargement ratio: 5
<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<K5>H81698A94816A83548367815B
<Q>2
<Z>
[Coding Example 2]
JIS binary code, Horizontal enlargement ratio: 2, Vertical enlargement ratio: 3
<A>
<KC>0
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0203
<K5>B! J3T! K%5%H! <
<Q>2
<Z>
128
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
HEX characters = Kanji Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Binary code = Kanji Code 2 bytes / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12
-
Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
-
Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.
Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.
[Points]
-
With the highlighting function the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
-
Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
-
When the Kanji mode setting is [Japan, Compatible Kanji] or [China, Simplified Chinese
(GB18030)] or [China, Traditional Chinese (BIG5)] or [Korean (KSX1001)], it will be a command
error.
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
<%>
<&>
</>
129
<0>
<WD>
[ESC+K8] 16 x 16 dots Kanji in Horizontal Line with 1-byte
Character
Hexadecimal code
ESC
K8
Parameter
<1B>16
<4B>16<38>16
an...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying 16 x 16 (width x height) dots horizontal written Kanji character print and W8 x H16 dots
half size character in horizontal line.
[Format]
<K8>an...n
-
Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. Refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command for the available character codes.
[Coding Example]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Data: 株式会社サト<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<K8>H8A948EAE89EF8ED0BBC4B0
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
HEX characters = Kanji Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Binary code = Kanji Code 2 bytes / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12
-
Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
-
Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.
Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.
130
[Points]
-
With the highlighting function the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
-
Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
-
This command is not available for JIS code print data.
-
For the half size character (1-byte character code), printing will be performed in W8 x H16 dots.
-
For the full size character (2-byte character code), printing will be performed in W16 x H16 dots.
-
When the Kanji mode is set to [China, Traditional Chinese (BIG5)], it will be a command error.
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
<%>
<&>
</>
131
<0>
<WD>
[ESC+K9] 24 x 24 dots Kanji in Horizontal Line with 1-byte
Character
Hexadecimal code
ESC
K9
Parameter
<1B>16
<4B>16<39>16
an...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying 24 x 24 (width x height) dots horizontal written Kanji character print and W12 x H24 dots
half size character in horizontal line.
[Format]
<K9>an...n
-
Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. Refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command for the available character codes.
[Coding Example]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Data: 株式会社サト<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<K9>H8A948EAE89EF8ED0BBC4B0
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
HEX characters = Kanji Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Binary code = Kanji Code 2 bytes / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12
-
Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
-
Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.
Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.
132
[Points]
-
With the highlighting function the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
-
Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
-
This command is not available for JIS code print data.
-
For the half size character (1-byte character code), printing will be performed in W12 x H24
dots.
-
For the full size character (2-byte character code), printing will be performed in W24 x H24 dots.
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
<%>
<&>
</>
133
<0>
<WD>
[ESC+KA] 22 x 22 dots Kanji in Horizontal Line with 1-byte
Character
Hexadecimal code
ESC
KA
Parameter
<1B>16
<4B>16<41>16
an...n
Initial value
Shift-JIS
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying 22 x 22 (width x height) dots horizontal written Kanji character print and W11 x H22 dots
half size character in horizontal line.
[Format]
<KA>an...n
-
Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. Refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command for the available character codes.
[Coding Example]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Data: 株式会社サト<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<CC>0
<KA>H8A948EAE89EF8ED0BBC4B0
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
HEX characters = Kanji Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Binary code = Kanji Code 2 bytes / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12
-
Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
-
Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.
Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.
134
[Points]
-
With the highlighting function the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
-
Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
-
This command is not available for JIS code print data.
-
For the half size character (1-byte character code), printing will be performed in W11 x H22
dots.
-
For the full size character (2-byte character code), printing will be performed in W22 x H22 dots.
-
When the Kanji mode setting is [Japan, Compatible Kanji] or [China, Simplified Chinese
(GB18030)] or [China, Traditional Chinese (BIG5)] or [Korean (KSX1001)], it will be a command
error.
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
<%>
<&>
</>
135
<0>
<WD>
[ESC+KB] 32 x 32 dots Kanji in Horizontal Line with 1-byte
Character
Hexadecimal code
ESC
KB
Parameter
<1B>16
<4B>16<42>16
an...n
Initial value
Shift-JIS
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying 32 x 32 (width x height) dots horizontal written Kanji character print and W16 x H32 dots
half size character in horizontal line.
[Format]
<KB>an...n
-
Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. Refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command for the available character codes.
[Coding Example]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Data: 株式会社サト<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<CC>0
<KB>H8A948EAE89EF8ED0BBC4B0
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
HEX characters = Kanji Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Binary code = Kanji Code 2 bytes / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12
-
Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
-
Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.
Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.
136
[Points]
-
With the highlighting function the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
-
Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
-
For the half size character (1-byte character code), printing will be performed in W16 x H32
dots.
-
For the full size character (2-byte character code), printing will be performed in W32 x H32 dots.
-
This command is not available for JIS code print data.
-
When the Kanji mode setting is [Japan, Compatible Kanji] or [China, Simplified Chinese
(GB18030)] or [China, Traditional Chinese (BIG5)] or [Korean (KSX1001)], it will be a command
error.
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
<%>
<&>
</>
137
<0>
<WD>
[ESC+KD] 40 x 40 dots Kanji in Horizontal Line with 1-byte
Character
Hexadecimal code
ESC
KD
Parameter
<1B>16
<4B>16<44>16
an...n
Initial value
Shift-JIS
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying 40 x 40 (width x height) dots horizontal written Kanji character print and W20 x H40 dots
half size character in horizontal line.
[Format]
<KD>an...n
-
Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. Refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command for the available character codes.
[Coding Example]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Data: 株式会社サト<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<CC>0
<KD>H8A948EAE89EF8ED0BBC4B0
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
HEX characters = Kanji Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Binary code = Kanji Code 2 bytes / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12
-
Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
-
Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.
Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.
138
[Points]
-
With the highlighting function the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
-
Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
-
For the half size character (1-byte character code), printing will be performed in W20 x H40
dots.
-
For the full size character (2-byte character code), printing will be performed in W40 x H40 dots.
-
This command is not available for JIS code print data.
-
When the Kanji mode setting is [Japan, Compatible Kanji] or [China, Simplified Chinese
(GB18030)] or [China, Traditional Chinese (BIG5)] or [Korean (KSX1001)], it will be a command
error.
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
<%>
<&>
</>
139
<0>
<WD>
[ESC+k1] 16 x 16 dots Kanji in Vertical Line
Hexadecimal code
ESC
k1
Parameter
<1B>16
<6B>16<31>16
an...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying 16 x 16 (width x height) dots vertical written Kanji character print.
[Format]
<k1>an...n
-
Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. Refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command for the available character codes.
[Coding Example 1]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Horizontal enlargement ratio: 3, Vertical enlargement ratio: 5
<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<k1>H81698A94816A83548367815B
<Q>2
<Z>
[Coding Example 2]
JIS binary code, Horizontal enlargement ratio: 2, Vertical enlargement ratio: 3
<A>
<KC>0
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0203
<k1>B! J3T! K%5%H! <
<Q>2
<Z>
140
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
HEX characters = Kanji Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Binary code = Kanji Code 2 bytes / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12
-
Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
-
Print result of two bytes under bar "_" is vertical line (excluding when the kanji mode is [Japan,
Compatible kanji]).
-
When the language setting of this product is Japanese or Simplified Chinese or Traditional
Chinese or Korean, printing follows the language setting.
-
Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.
Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.
[Points]
-
With the highlighting function the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
-
Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
-
When the Kanji mode is set to [China, Traditional Chinese (BIG5)], it will be a command error.
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
<%>
<&>
</>
141
<0>
<WD>
[ESC+k2] 24 x 24 dots Kanji in Vertical Line
Hexadecimal code
ESC
k2
Parameter
<1B>16
<6B>16<32>16
an...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying 24 x 24 (width x height) dots vertical written Kanji character print.
[Format]
<k2>an...n
-
Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. Refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command for the available character codes.
[Coding Example 1]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Horizontal enlargement ratio: 3, Vertical enlargement ratio: 5
<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<k2>H81698A94816A83548367815B
<Q>2
<Z>
[Coding Example 2]
JIS binary code, Horizontal enlargement ratio: 2, Vertical enlargement ratio: 3
<A>
<KC>0
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0203
<k2>B! J3T! K%5%H! <
<Q>2
<Z>
142
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
HEX characters = Kanji Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Binary code = Kanji Code 2 bytes / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12
-
Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
-
Print result of two bytes under bar "_" is vertical line (excluding when the kanji mode is [Japan,
Compatible kanji]).
-
When the language setting of this product is Japanese or Simplified Chinese or Traditional
Chinese or Korean, printing follows the language setting.
-
Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.
Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.
[Points]
-
With the highlighting function the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
-
Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
<%>
<&>
</>
143
<0>
<WD>
[ESC+k3] 22 x 22 dots Kanji in Vertical Line
Hexadecimal code
ESC
k3
Parameter
<1B>16
<6B>16<33>16
an...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying 22 x 22 (width x height) dots vertical written Kanji character print.
[Format]
<k3>an...n
-
Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. Refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command for the available character codes.
[Coding Example 1]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Horizontal enlargement ratio: 3, Vertical enlargement ratio: 5
<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<k3>H81698A94816A83548367815B
<Q>2
<Z>
[Coding Example 2]
JIS binary code, Horizontal enlargement ratio: 2, Vertical enlargement ratio: 3
<A>
<KC>0
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0203
<k3>B! J3T! K%5%H! <
<Q>2
<Z>
144
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
HEX characters = Kanji Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Binary code = Kanji Code 2 bytes / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12
-
Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
-
Print result of two bytes under bar "_" is vertical line.
-
Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.
Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.
[Points]
-
With the highlighting function the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
-
Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
-
When the Kanji mode setting is [Japan, Compatible Kanji] or [China, Simplified Chinese
(GB18030)] or [China, Traditional Chinese (BIG5)] or [Korean (KSX1001)], it will be a command
error.
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
<%>
<&>
</>
145
<0>
<WD>
[ESC+k4] 32 x 32 dots Kanji in Vertical Line
Hexadecimal code
ESC
k4
Parameter
<1B>16
<6B>16<34>16
an...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying 32 x 32 (width x height) dots vertical written Kanji character print.
[Format]
<k4>an...n
-
Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. Refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command for the available character codes.
[Coding Example 1]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Horizontal enlargement ratio: 3, Vertical enlargement ratio: 5
<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<k4>H81698A94816A83548367815B
<Q>2
<Z>
[Coding Example 2]
JIS binary code, Horizontal enlargement ratio: 2, Vertical enlargement ratio: 3
<A>
<KC>0
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0203
<k4>B! J3T! K%5%H! <
<Q>2
<Z>
146
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
HEX characters = Kanji Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Binary code = Kanji Code 2 bytes / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12
-
Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
-
Print result of two bytes under bar "_" is vertical line.
-
Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.
Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.
[Points]
-
With the highlighting function the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
-
Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
-
When the Kanji mode setting is [Japan, Compatible Kanji] or [China, Simplified Chinese
(GB18030)] or [China, Traditional Chinese (BIG5)] or [Korean (KSX1001)], it will be a command
error.
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
<%>
<&>
</>
147
<0>
<WD>
[ESC+k5] 40 x 40 dots Kanji in Vertical Line
Hexadecimal code
ESC
k5
Parameter
<1B>16
<6B>16<35>16
an...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying 40 x 40 (width x height) dots vertical written Kanji character print.
[Format]
<k5>an...n
-
Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. Refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command for the available character codes.
[Coding Example 1]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Horizontal enlargement ratio: 3, Vertical enlargement ratio: 5
<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<k5>H81698A94816A83548367815B
<Q>2
<Z>
[Coding Example 2]
JIS binary code, Horizontal enlargement ratio: 2, Vertical enlargement ratio: 3
<A>
<KC>0
<V>100<H>100<P>2<L>0203
<k5>B! J3T! K%5%H! <
<Q>2
<Z>
148
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
HEX characters = Kanji Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Binary code = Kanji Code 2 bytes / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12
-
Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
-
Print result of two bytes under bar "_" is vertical line.
-
Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.
Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.
[Points]
-
With the highlighting function the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
-
Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
-
When the Kanji mode setting is [Japan, Compatible Kanji] or [China, Simplified Chinese
(GB18030)] or [China, Traditional Chinese (BIG5)] or [Korean (KSX1001)], it will be a command
error.
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
<%>
<&>
</>
149
<0>
<WD>
[ESC+k8] 16 x 16 dots Kanji in Vertical Line with 1-byte
Character
Hexadecimal code
ESC
k8
Parameter
<1B>16
<6B>16<38>16
an...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying 16 x 16 (width x height) dots vertical written Kanji character print and W8 x H16 dots half
size character in horizontal line.
[Format]
<k8>an...n
-
Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. Refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command for the available character codes.
[Coding Example]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Data: 株式会社サト<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<k8>H8A948EAE89EF8ED0BBC4B0
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
HEX characters = Kanji Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Binary code = Kanji Code 2 bytes / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12
-
Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
-
Print result of two bytes under bar "_" is vertical line (excluding when the kanji mode is [Japan,
Compatible kanji]).
-
Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.
150
Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.
[Points]
-
With the highlighting function the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
-
Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
-
This command is not available for JIS code print data.
-
For the half size character (1-byte character code), printing will be performed in W8 x H16 dots.
-
For the full size character (2-byte character code), printing will be performed in W16 x H16 dots.
-
When the Kanji mode is set to [China, Traditional Chinese (BIG5)], it will be a command error.
[Notes]
-
When half-sized character with voiced/P-sound consonant mark is specified, each part of
character appears as a single character.
e.g.) When the word "バー" is specified, it will be written separately such as " ハ ", " ゙ ", " ー ".
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
<%>
<&>
</>
151
<0>
<WD>
[ESC+k9] 24 x 24 dots Kanji in Vertical Line with 1-byte
Character
Hexadecimal code
ESC
k9
Parameter
<1B>16
<6B>16<39>16
an...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying 24 x 24 (width x height) dots vertical written Kanji character print and W12 x H24 dots half
size character in vertical line.
[Format]
<k9>an...n
-
Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. Refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command for the available character codes.
[Coding Example]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Data: 株式会社サト<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<k9>H8A948EAE89EF8ED0BBC4B0
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
HEX characters = Kanji Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Binary code = Kanji Code 2 bytes / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12
-
Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
-
Print result of two bytes under bar "_" is vertical line (excluding when the kanji mode is [Japan,
Compatible kanji]).
-
Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.
152
Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.
[Points]
-
With the highlighting function the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
-
Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
-
This command is not available for JIS code print data.
-
For the half size character (1-byte character code), printing will be performed in W12 x H24
dots.
-
For the full size character (2-byte character code), printing will be performed in W24 x H24 dots.
[Notes]
-
When half-sized character with voiced/P-sound consonant mark is specified, each part of
character appears as a single character.
e.g.) When the word "バー" is specified, it will be written separately such as " ハ ", " ゙ ", " ー ".
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
<%>
<&>
</>
153
<0>
<WD>
[ESC+kA] 22 x 22 dots Kanji in Vertical Line with 1-byte
Character
Hexadecimal code
ESC
kA
Parameter
<1B>16
<6B>16<41>16
an...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying 22 x 22 (width x height) dots vertical written Kanji character print and W11 x H22 dots half
size character in vertical line.
[Format]
<kA>an...n
-
Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. Refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command for the available character codes.
[Coding Example]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Data: 株式会社サト<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<CC>0
<kA>H8A948EAE89EF8ED0BBC4B0
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
HEX characters = Kanji Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Binary code = Kanji Code 2 bytes / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12
-
Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
-
Print result of two bytes under bar "_" is vertical line.
-
Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.
154
Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.
[Points]
-
With the highlighting function the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
-
Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
-
This command is not available for JIS code print data.
-
For the half size character (1-byte character code), printing will be performed in W11 x H22
dots.
-
For the full size character (2-byte character code), printing will be performed in W22 x H22 dots.
-
When the Kanji mode setting is [Japan, Compatible Kanji] or [China, Simplified Chinese
(GB18030)] or [China, Traditional Chinese (BIG5)] or [Korean (KSX1001)], it will be a command
error.
[Notes]
-
When half-sized character with voiced/P-sound consonant mark is specified, each part of
character appears as a single character.
e.g.) When the word "バー" is specified, it will be written separately such as " ハ ", " ゙ ", " ー ".
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
<%>
<&>
</>
155
<0>
<WD>
[ESC+kB] 32 x 32 dots Kanji in Vertical Line with 1-byte
Character
Hexadecimal code
ESC
kB
Parameter
<1B>16
<6B>16<42>16
an...n
Initial value
Shift-JIS
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying 32 x 32 (width x height) dots vertical written Kanji character print and W16 x H32 dots half
size character in horizontal line.
[Format]
<kB>an...n
-
Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. Refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command for the available character codes.
[Coding Example]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Data: 株式会社サト<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<CC>0
<kB>H8A948EAE89EF8ED0BBC4B0
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
HEX characters = Kanji Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Binary code = Kanji Code 2 bytes / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12
-
Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
-
Print result of two bytes under bar "_" is vertical line (excluding when the kanji mode is
[Compatible kanji]).
-
Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.
156
Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.
[Points]
-
With the highlighting function the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
-
Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
-
This command is not available for JIS code print data.
-
For the half size character (1-byte character code), printing will be performed in W16 x H32
dots.
-
For the full size character (2-byte character code), printing will be performed in W32 x H32 dots.
-
When the Kanji mode setting is [Japan, Compatible Kanji] or [China, Simplified Chinese
(GB18030)] or [China, Traditional Chinese (BIG5)] or [Korean (KSX1001)], it will be a command
error.
[Notes]
-
When half-sized character with voiced/P-sound consonant mark is specified, each part of
character appears as a single character.
e.g.) When the word "バー" is specified, it will be written separately such as " ハ ", " ゙ ", " ー ".
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
<%>
<&>
</>
157
<0>
<WD>
[ESC+kD] 40 x 40 dots Kanji in Vertical Line with 1-byte
Character
Hexadecimal code
ESC
kD
Parameter
<1B>16
<6B>16<44>16
an...n
Initial value
Shift-JIS
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying 40 x 40 (width x height) dots vertical written Kanji character print and W20 x H40 dots half
size character in vertical line.
[Format]
<kD>an...n
-
Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. Refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command for the available character codes.
[Coding Example]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Data: 株式会社サト<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<CC>0
<kD>H8A948EAE89EF8ED0BBC4B0
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
HEX characters = Kanji Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Binary code = Kanji Code 2 bytes / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
-
Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12
-
Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
-
Print result of two bytes under bar "_" is vertical line.
-
Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.
158
Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.
[Points]
-
With the highlighting function the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
-
Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
-
This command is not available for JIS code print data.
-
For the half size character (1-byte character code), printing will be performed in W20 x H40
dots.
-
For the full size character (2-byte character code), printing will be performed in W40 x H40 dots.
-
When the Kanji mode setting is [Japan, Compatible Kanji] or [China, Simplified Chinese
(GB18030)] or [China, Traditional Chinese (BIG5)] or [Korean (KSX1001)], it will be a command
error.
[Notes]
-
When half-sized character with voiced/P-sound consonant mark is specified, each part of
character appears as a single character.
e.g.) When the word "バー" is specified, it will be written separately such as " ハ ", " ゙ ", " ー ".
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
<%>
<&>
</>
159
<0>
<WD>
[ESC+T1] 16 x 16 dots External Font Registration
Hexadecimal code
ESC
T1
Parameter
<1B>16
<54>16<31>16
abbn...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Registering 16 x 16 dots external fonts.
[Format]
<T1>abbn...n
-
Parameter
a [Registration data selection]
H: Registration code in HEX character
B: Registration code in binary code
b [Registration font code address]
Using Kanji set <KS> command to set Japanese (0,1,2)
JIS code
H: Up to 95 registrations from "21" to "7F" is available.
B: Up to 95 registrations from 21H to 7FH is available.
Shift JIS code
H: Up to 95 registrations from "40" to "9E" is available.
B: Up to 95 registrations from 40H to 9EH is available.
Unicode<ph> (UTF-16, UTF-8)
H: Up to 95 registrations from "00" to "5E" is available.
B: Up to 95 registrations from 00H to 5EH is available.
Using Kanji set <KS> command to set other than Japanese
(3 (China Simplified Chinese), 5 (China Traditional Chinese), 6 (Korean))
GB18030, BIG5, KSC5601(EUC-KR) code
H: Up to 95 registrations from "21" to "7F" is available.
B: Up to 95 registrations from 21H to 7FH is available.
Unicode (UTF-8)
H: Up to 95 registrations from "00" to "5E" is available.
B: Up to 95 registrations from 00H to 5EH is available.
n [Registered external font data] = Data
[Coding Example 1]
Registration data in JIS HEX character.
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>0
<CC>0
<T1>H21
00FF...............FF00
<Z>
<A>
<KS>0
160
<KC>0
<CC>0
<V>100<H>200<K1>H9021
<Q>2
<Z>
[Coding Example 2]
Registration data in Shift JIS binary code.
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>1
<CC>0
<T1>B<40>16
<00FF.............FF00>16
<Z>
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>1
<CC>0
<V>100<H>200<K1>B<90>16<40>16
<Q>2
<Z>
[Coding Example 3]
Registration data in Unicode binary code.
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>2
<CC>0
<T1>B<00>16
<00FF ............FF00>16
<Z>
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>2
<CC>0
<V>100<H>200<K1>B<E0>16<00>16
<Q>2
<Z>
[Coding Example 4]
Register in the user registration memory.
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>1
<CC>1
<T1>B<40>16
<00FF ............FF00>16
<Z>
161
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Registering 16 x 16 dots external fonts in the internal memory or user registration memory.
-
The code to specify in the registration font code address needs to match the Kanji Set <KS>
and Kanji Code <KC>.
-
Overwriting registration data is available.
-
The order of data registration is as follows.
-
The data registered in the memory of this product will be deleted at the power off. In this case,
you need to register the data again.
External character file [16 x 16]
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D31
D32
16 dots
8 dots
8 dots
D2
D4
D6
D8
D10
D12
D14
D16
D18
D20
D22
D24
D26
D1
D3
D5
D7
D9
D11
D13
D15
D17
D19
D21
D23
D25
D27
D29
D31
16 dots
D28
D30
D32
When registering the external characters described above, D1 data becomes <01>16 and D2
data becomes <80>16 because D1 consists of [00000001], D2 consists of [10000000].
In the same manner, D3 is <03>16, D4 is <00>16, D5 is <3F>16, D6 is <FC>16, and the external
registration data will be <018003003FFC…..>16 up to D32.
[Points]
-
The data registered in the user registration memory will be maintained after the power is off.
-
You cannot use the internal memory in combination with the user registration memory.
-
Specify the slot to register.
If <CC> command is not sent after the power on, the data is registered in the internal memory.
162
[ESC+T2] 24 x 24 dots External Font Registration
Hexadecimal code
ESC
T2
Parameter
<1B>16
<54>16<32>16
abbn...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Registering 24 x 24 dots external fonts.
[Format]
<T2>abbn...n
-
Parameter
a [Registration data selection]
H: Registration code in HEX character
B: Registration code in binary code
b [Registration font code address]
Using Kanji set <KS> command to set Japanese (0,1,2)
JIS code
H: Up to 95 registrations from "21" to "7F" is available.
B: Up to 95 registrations from 21H to 7FH is available.
Shift JIS code
H: Up to 95 registrations from "40" to "9E" is available.
B: Up to 95 registrations from 40H to 9EH is available.
Unicode<ph> (UTF-16, UTF-8)
H: Up to 95 registrations from "00" to "5E" is available.
B: Up to 95 registrations from 00H to 5EH is available.
Using Kanji set <KS> command to set other than Japanese
(3 (China Simplified Chinese), 5 (China Traditional Chinese), 6 (Korean))
GB18030, BIG5, KSC5601(EUC-KR) code
H: Up to 95 registrations from "21" to "7F" is available.
B: Up to 95 registrations from 21H to 7FH is available.
Unicode (UTF-8)
H: Up to 95 registrations from "00" to "5E" is available.
B: Up to 95 registrations from 00H to 5EH is available.
n [Registered external font data] = Data
[Coding Example 1]
Registration data in JIS HEX character.
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>0
<CC>0
<T2>H21
00FF ............FF00
<Z>
<A>
<KS>0
163
<KC>0
<CC>0
<V>100<H>200<K2>H9021
<Q>2
<Z>
[Coding Example 2]
Registration data in Shift JIS binary code.
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>1
<CC>0
<T2>B<40>16
<00FF.............FF00>16
<Z>
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>1
<CC>0
<V>100<H>200<K2>B<90>16<40>16
<Q>2
<Z>
[Coding Example 3]
Registration data in Unicode binary code.
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>2
<CC>0
<T2>B<00>16
<00FF ............FF00>16
<Z>
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>2
<CC>0
<V>100<H>200<K2>B<E0>16<00>16
<Q>2
<Z>
[Coding Example 4]
Register in the user registration memory.
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>1
<CC>1
<T2>B<41>16
<00FF ............FF00>16
<Z>
164
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Registering 24 x 24 dots external fonts in the internal memory or user registration memory.
-
The code to specify in the registration font code address needs to match the Kanji Set <KS>
and Kanji Code <KC>.
-
Overwriting registration data is available.
-
The order of data registration is as follows.
-
The data registered in the memory of this product will be deleted at the power off. In this case,
you need to register the data again.
External character file [24 × 24]
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D70
D71
D72
24 dots
8 dots
8 dots
8 dots
D2
D1
D4
D7
D10
D13
D16
D19
D22
D25
D28
D31
D34
D37
D40
D43
D46
D49
D52
D55
D58
D61
D64
D67
D70
D3
D6
D9
D12
D15
D18
D21
D24
D27
D30
D33
D36
D39
D42
D45
D48
D51
D54
D57
D60
D63
D66
D69
D72
24 dots
D71
When registering the external characters described above, D1 data becomes <00>16 and D2
data becomes <3C>16 and D3 data becomes <00>16 because D1 consists of [00000000], D2
consists of [00111100] and D3 consists of [00000000].
In the same manner, D4 is <00>16 , D5 is <3C>16, D6 is <00>16, and the external registration
data will be <003C00003C00…..>16 up to D72.
[Points]
-
The data registered in the user registration memory will be maintained after the power is off.
-
You cannot use the internal memory in combination with the user registration memory.
-
Specify the slot to register.
If <CC> command is not sent after the power on, the data is registered in the internal memory.
165
[ESC+K1(K2)] Horizontal Writing External Font Call
Hexadecimal code
ESC
K1(K2)
Parameter
<1B>16
<4B>16<31>16
ab...b
(<4B>16<32>16)
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Invoking horizontal external characters saved in the memory of this product to print out.
[Format]
<K1>ab...b
<K2>ab...b
-
Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX character
B: Binary code
I: HEX character letters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX character letters, highlight function
D: Binary code, highlight function
K: HEX character letters, smoothing and highlight function
E: Binary character letters, smoothing and highlight function
b [Registration code]
Using Kanji set <KS> command to set Japanese (0,1,2)
JIS code
H, I, J, K: "9021" to "907F"
B, C, D, E: 9021H to 907FH
Shift JIS code
H, I, J, K: "F040" to "F09E"
B, C, D, E: F040H to F09EH
Unicode (UTF-16)
H, I, J, K: "E000" to "E05E"
B, C, D, E: E000H to E05EH
Unicode (UTF-8)(UTF-16 E000 to E05E expressed in UTF-8)
H, I, J, K: "EE8080" to "EE819E"
B, C, D, E: EE8080H to EE819EH
Using Kanji set <KS> command to set other than Japanese
(3 (China Simplified Chinese), 5 (China Traditional Chinese), 6 (Korean))
GB18030, BIG5, KSC5601(EUC-KR) code
H, I, J, K: "8021" to "807F"
B, C, D, E: 8021H to 807FH
Unicode (UTF-8)(UTF-16 E000 to E05E expressed in UTF-8)
H, I, J, K: "EE8080" to "EE819E"
B, C, D, E: EE8080H to EE819EH
166
[Coding Example 1]
Invokes 16 x 16 dots external character, Registration data in JIS HEX character
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>0
<T1>H21
00FF.............FF00
<Z>
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>0
<V>100<H>200<K1>H9021
<Q>2
<Z>
[Coding Example 2]
Invokes 24 x 24 dots external character, Registration data in Shift JIS binary code
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>1
<T2>B<40>16
<00FF ............FF00>16
<Z>
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<K2>B<F0>16<40>16
<Q>2
<Z>
[Coding Example 3]
Invokes 16 x 16 dots external character, Registration data in Unicode character
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>2
<T1>H01
00FF.............FF00
<Z>
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>2
<V>100<H>200<K1>HE001
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
If the print out is not performed properly, register the data again.
-
You cannot call the external characters registered as JIS/Shift JIS character as Unicode, and
vice versa.
-
Valid data of registration code vary according to the Kanji set command <KS>.
167
[ESC+k1(k2)] Horizontal Writing External Font Call
Hexadecimal code
ESC
k1(k2)
Parameter
<1B>16
<6B>16<31>16
ab...b
(<6B>16<32>16)
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Invoking vertical external characters saved in the memory of this product to print out.
[Format]
<k1>ab...b
<k2>ab...b
-
Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX character
B: Binary code
I: HEX character letters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX character letters, highlight function
D: Binary code, highlight function
K: HEX character letters, smoothing and highlight function
E: Binary character letters, smoothing and highlight function
b [Registration code]
Using Kanji set <KS> command to set Japanese (0,1,2)
JIS code
H, I, J, K: "9021" to "907F"
B, C, D, E: 9021H to 907FH
Shift JIS code
H, I, J, K: "F040" to "F09E"
B, C, D, E: F040H to F09EH
Unicode (UTF-16)
H, I, J, K: "E000" to "E05E"
B, C, D, E: E000H to E05EH
Unicode (UTF-8)(UTF-16 E000 to E05E expressed in UTF-8)
H, I, J, K: "EE8080" to "EE819E"
B, C, D, E: EE8080H to EE819EH
Using Kanji set <KS> command to set other than Japanese
(3 (China Simplified Chinese), 5 (China Traditional Chinese), 6 (Korean))
GB18030, BIG5, KSC5601(EUC-KR) code
H, I, J, K: "8021" to "807F"
B, C, D, E: 8021H to 807FH
Unicode (UTF-8)(UTF-16 E000 to E05E expressed in UTF-8)
H, I, J, K: "EE8080" to "EE819E"
B, C, D, E: EE8080H to EE819EH
168
[Coding Example 1]
Invokes 16 x 16 dots external character, Registration data in JIS HEX character
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>0
<T1>H21
00FF.............FF00
<Z>
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>0
<V>100<H>200<k1>H9021
<Q>2
<Z>
[Coding Example 2]
Invokes 24 x 24 dots external character, Registration data in Shift JIS binary code
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>1
<T2>B<40>16
<00FF ............FF00>16
<Z>
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<k2>B<F0>16<40>16
<Q>2
<Z>
[Coding Example 3]
Invokes 16 x 16 dots external character, Registration data in Unicode character
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>2
<T1>H01
00FF.............FF00
<Z>
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>2
<V>100<H>200<k1>HE001
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
If the print out is not performed properly, register the data again.
-
You cannot call the external characters registered as JIS/Shift JIS character as Unicode, and
vice versa.
-
Valid data of registration code vary according to the Kanji set command <KS>.
169
Barcode Commands
In barcode specification, print of various barcodes, change of bar width ratio, and print of guard bar
or human-readable information can be performed by the specification (B, D, BD) after ESC.
The contents may vary depending on the specification. This and next page should be read closely
and followed.
Refer to the table below for the specification of B, D, and BD.
[Specification of Bar Width Ratio]
Barcode specification
parameter
Barcode specification
<B>
<D>
<BD>
0
CODABAR(NW-7)
1:3
1:2
2:5
1
CODE39
1:3
1:2
2:5
2
ITF
1:3
1:2
2:5
5
Industrial 2of5
1:3
1:2
2:5
6
Matrix 2of5
1:3
1:2
2:5
(1) Bar Width Ratio
Barcode is composed of Narrow Bar, Wide Bar, Narrow Space and Wide Space. Bar width ratio is
the proportion of Narrow Bar and Wide Bar.
-
Barcode specification (Ratio 1:3) <B>
This barcode is composed of Narrow Bar [1] and Wide Bar [3].
-
Barcode specification (Ratio 1:2) <D>
This barcode is composed of Narrow Bar [1] and Wide Bar [2].
-
Barcode specification (Ratio 2:5) <BD>
This barcode is composed of Narrow Bar [2] and Wide Bar [5].
If specifying bar width ratio for your own convenience, register the ratio with Bar Width Ratio <BT>
and print labels with Print of Specified Bar Width Ratio <BW>.
(2) Width of Narrow Bar and Height of Barcode
Narrow bar indicates the narrow bar width, and bar height indicates the height of barcode.
For instance, printing narrow bar for 1 dot in head density of 8 dots/mm (203 dpi), the narrow bar
width will be 0.125 mm and barcode scanner may have a reading problem. To avoid this problem,
set the narrow bar to 2 dots so that the narrow bar width will be 0.25 mm and this will improve the
scanner reading condition.
There is a necessity to set the narrow bar width based on head density of this product or
performance of barcode scanner. In bar width ratio, [Narrow bar width] specification sets the width of
bar.
e.g.)
When bar width ratio = 1:3 and narrow bar width is 3 dots, bar width ratio becomes 3:9.
Bar height is to specify the height of barcode, and proper height based on the scanner type can be
set.
170
(3) Intercharacter Gap
Intercharacter gap is the space between two adjacent barcode characters in a discrete barcode.
To specify and enable intercharacter gap, insert Character Pitch <P> right before barcode
specification such as <B>, <D> and <BD> or Print of Barcode with Registered Ratio <BW>. If not,
initial value (2 dots) will be set.
Intercharacter gap is designable for the following barcodes.
-
NW-7
-
CODE39
-
Industrial 2of5
-
Matrix 2of5
Intercharacter gap is the multiplier of values specified with Character Pitch <P> and narrow bar
width.
e.g.)
When Character Pitch <P> is 3 and narrow bar width is 2 dots: Intercharacter gap = 3 x 2 = 6
(dots)
(4) Designation of Human Readable Information (HRI) and Guard Bar
For UPC-A and JAN/EAN 8 and 13 digits barcode, availability of human-readable information
(hereinafter HRI) and guard bar can be specified.
Barcode
specification
parameter
3
4
H
Barcode
specification
JAN/EAN13
JAN/EAN8
UPC-A
Barcode specification
parameter
H
<B>
<D>
<BD>
HRI: Nil
HRI: Nil
HRI: Available
Guard bar: Nil
Guard bar:
Available
Guard bar:
Available
HRI: Nil
HRI: Nil
HRI: Available
Guard bar: Nil
Guard bar:
Available
Guard bar:
Available
HRI: Nil
HRI: Nil
HRI: Available
Guard bar: Nil
Guard bar:
Available
Guard bar:
Available
Barcode specification
UPC-A
<BM>
HRI: Available
HRI: Nil
Guard bar: Available
Guard bar: Available
(1) Specification of <B> (No HRI, No guard bar)
If specifying <B>, following barcode will be printed.
Label feed
direction
(2) Specification of <D> (No HRI, Guard bar available)
If specifying <D>, following barcode will be printed.
171
<BL>
Label feed
direction
Guard bar
[Note]
-
HRI is printable specifying <Character Type> data subsequently to <D>.
-
For more information, refer to Barcode Specification (Selection of HRI) <D>~<d>.
(3) Specification of <BD> (HRI and guard bar available)
If specifying <BD>, following barcode will be printed.
Label feed
direction
HRI(JAN/EAN 13)
Label feed
direction
HRI(JAN/EAN 8)
Label feed
direction
HRI(UPC-A)
[Barcode Specification Only]
Barcode specification parameter
Barcode specification
<B>
C
CODE93
Barcode only
E
UPC-E
Barcode only
G
CODE128
Barcode only
I
UCC/EAN 128 for standard carton
ID
Barcode only
Z
Customer Barcode
Barcode only
172
Note
-
In this case, barcode will not have specification such as Bar Width Ratio and HRI.
-
HRI will not be printed when barcode is error for barcode with HRI.
(5) Composition of Check Digit
Refer to the table below for check digit in each barcode.
[Composition of C/D]
Barcode
specification
parameter
3
Barcode
specification
JAN/EAN13
Input digit No.
12 digits
Print digit number and contents
13-digit
(Input data of barcode + C/D)
C/D is calculated by modulus10.
13 digits
13-digit
(Input data of barcode) C/D is not
checked.
4
JAN/EAN8
7 digits
8 digits
(Input data of barcode + C/D)
C/D is calculated by modulus10.
8 digits
8-digit
(Input data of barcode) C/D is not
checked.
C
CODE93
Max. 99 digits
C/D is calculated by modulus47.
E
UPC-E
6-digit only
C/D is calculated by modulus10.
G
CODE128
-
C/D is calculated by modulus103.
H
UPC-A
11-digit only
12-digit (Input data of barcode + C/D)
C/D is calculated by modulus10.
I
UCC/EAN128 for
standard carton ID
17-digit only
C/D is calculated by modulus103.
UCC/EAN128
(6) Barcode Rotation Print
Print direction of barcode can be rotated. Note that when specifying Serial 1 and Serial 2 for barcode
rotation, it may cause blurring due to barcode enlargement ratio.
Avoid printing of 1-dot narrow bar since1 dot becomes 0.125 / 0.083 / 0.042 mm when head density
is 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) or 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) or 24 dots/mm (609 dpi).
Parallel 1: Forward feed print
Parallel 2: Backfeed print at 180-degree rotation
Serial 1: Forward feed print at 90-degree rotation
Serial 2: Forward feed print at 270-degree rotation
* Forward feed: Prints horizontally to label feed direction
1) To print with Parallel 1 and Parallel 2, specify enlargement ratio of bar width so that narrow bar
gets at least 2 dots. ("L" indicates the enlargement ratio to the bar width ratio.)
173
Head density
8 dots/mm
12 dots/mm
24 dots/mm
Bar width ratio 1:2
2L or more
2L or more
4L or more
Bar width ratio 1:3
2L or more
2L or more
4L or more
Bar width ratio 2:5
1L or more
1L or more
2L or more
UPC-A/EAN/JAN
2L or more
2L or more
4L or more
2) If printing in serial 1 or serial 2 mode, specify the bar width expansion factor so that when using a
8 dots/mm or 12 dots/mm head the width of the narrow bar is at least 3 dots.
Head density
8 dots/mm
12 dots/mm
24 dots/mm
Bar width ratio 1:2
3L or more
3L or more
6L or more
Bar width ratio 1:3
3L or more
3L or more
6L or more
Bar width ratio 2:5
2L or more
2L or more
4L or more
UPC-A/EAN/JAN
3L or more
3L or more
6L or more
3) If printing in serial 1 or serial 2, reduce the print speed.
(7) Printing Barcode Exceeding the Area of Media Size (<A1>)
When printing barcode or HRI exceeding the area of media size (<A1>), the barcode and HRI inside
the media will be printed.
Example of printing UPC-A (with HRI) exceeding the area of media size
Media size area
Printing of barcode and HRI.
174
[ESC+B] Barcode (Ratio 1:3)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
B
Parameter
<1B>16
<42>16
abbcccn...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying a barcode with a ratio of 1:3 between narrow bar and wide bar.
[Format]
<B>abbcccn...n
-
Parameter
a [Barcode type] = Refer to table below
b [Narrow bar width] = Valid range : 01 to 36 dots
c [Barcode height] = Valid range : 001 to 999 dots
n [Print data] = Data
Barcode types (Ratio of module composition may not be available depending on the barcode.)
a
0
Barcode type
CODABAR(NW-7)
Descriotion
Set print data including Start/Stop character.
Ratio
1:3
Start/Stop characters are [A, B, C, D, E, N, T, a, b, c, d, e, n, t,
*]. Note that scan result of the characters [E, N, T, a, b, c, d, e,
n, t] is [D, B, A, A, B, C, D, D, B, A, C].
e.g.) When barcode print data is [123], specify [A123A].
Barcode character pitch becomes enabled.
For print data, refer to the CODABAR (NW-7) code table.
1
CODE39
Set print data including Start/Stop character.
1:3
Start/Stop Character is [*].
e.g.) When barcode print data is [12345], specify [*12345*].
Barcode character pitch becomes enabled.
For print data, refer to the CODE39 code table.
2
ITF
Specify print data in even-numbered digit.
1:3
If specifying in odd-numbered digit, add "0" to the head of print
data.
For print data, refer to the ITF code table.
3
JAN/EAN13
This barcode has no guard bars and no human-readable
characters.
For print data, refer to the JAN/EAN13 code table.
4
JAN/EAN8
This barcode has no guard bars and no human-readable
characters.
For print data, refer to the JAN/EAN8 code table.
5
Industrial 2of5
Barcode character pitch becomes enabled.
For print data, refer to the Industrial 2of5 code table.
175
Fixed
(11, 12, 13
digits)
Fixed
(7, 8 digits)
1:3
a
6
Barcode type
Matrix 2of5
Descriotion
Barcode character pitch becomes enabled.
Ratio
1:3
For print data, refer to the Matrix 2of5 code table.
A
MSI
Print data can be specified up to 13-digit.
Fixed
Refer to the code list of the MSI for the print data.
C
CODE93
Refer to CODE93 <BC>.
Fixed
E
UPC-E
Specify 6-digit number for print data.
Fixed
For print data, refer to the UPC-E code table.
F
UPC add-on code
Bookland
Refer to UPC add-on code/Bookland <BF>.
Fixed
G
CODE128
Refer to CODE128 Barcode <BC>.
Fixed
H
UPC-A
This barcode has no guard bars and no human-readable
characters.
Fixed
For print data, refer to the UPC-A code table.
I
GS1-128(UCC/EAN128)
Refer to GS1-128 (UCC/EAN128) <BI>.
Fixed
P
Postnet
Refer to the Postnet specification <BP>.
Fixed
S
USPS code
Refer to the USPS code specification <BS>.
Fixed
[Coding Example 1]
Barcode type: CODE39, Narrow bar width: 03, Height of barcode: 120, Print data: *1234AB*
<A>
<V>100<H>100<B>103120*1234AB*
<Q>2
<Z>
[Coding Example 2]
Barcode type: JAN8, Narrow bar width: 02, Height of barcode: 080, Print data: 4912345
<A>
<V>100<H>100<B>4020804912345
<Q>2
<Z>
176
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
The inter-character pitch of the barcode is valid at CODABAR (NW-7), CODE39, Industrial 2of5
and Matrix 2of5. The barcode inter-character pitch is set by specifying the character pitch <P>
immediately before.
If not set, the inter-character pitch will be of the same size as a narrow space and will become
multiples of a narrow bar.
Command
<B>
-
Ratio
1:3
Narrow
space width
1
<P>
specification
Gap between characters
Narrow bar
width is [1]
Narrow bar
width is [2]
None
1
2
<P>0
1
2
<P>1
1
2
<P>2
2
4
<P>3
3
6
<P>4
4
8
For print data of each barcode type, refer to the code tables of barcode.
[Notes]
-
If the value other than valid range is set, command error will occur and barcode will not be
printed.
-
Barcode will be printed even if the data exceed the printable area.
-
Increasing narrow bar width may exceed the printing area.
-
Scanner may not read the barcode with valid character pitch when Character Pitch <P> is
increased. Also, increasing the narrow bar width may cause the same type of problem. For
more information, refer to the documentation of your scanner.
-
For specifying the narrow bar width, consider the reading compatibility of scanner and head
density beforehand.
◦
203 dpi: 2 dots or more
◦
305 dpi: 2 dots or more
◦
609 dpi: 4 dots or more
-
Adjust Print Speed <CS> or Print Darkness <#F> if there is a problem in barcode reading.
-
Matrix 2of5 will be expressed as Coop2of5/NEC2of5.
-
If Start/Stop character is not included in print data at the time of CODABAR (NW-7) or CODE39
specified, barcode will be printed; however, scanner cannot read it.
-
If sending the print data including check digit at the time of JAN/EAN13 or JAN/EAN8 specified,
set the correct calculated value. Barcode will be printed even when the data includes improper
check digit; however, scanner cannot read it.
177
[ESC+D] Barcode (Ratio 1:2)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
D
Parameter
<1B>16
<44>16
abbcccn...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying a barcode with a ratio of 1:2 between narrow bar and wide bar.
[Format]
<D>abbcccn...n
-
Parameter
a [Barcode type] = Refer to table below
b [Narrow bar width] = Valid range : 01 to 36 dots
c [Barcode height] = Valid range : 001 to 999 dots
n [Print data] = Data
Barcode types (Ratio of module composition may not be available depending on the barcode.)
a
0
Barcode type
CODABAR(NW-7)
Contents
Set print data including Start/Stop character.
Ratio
1:2
Start/Stop characters are [A, B, C, D, E, N, T, a, b, c, d, e, n, t, *].
Note that scan result of the characters [E, N, T, a, b, c, d, e, n, t, *]
is [D, B, A, A, B, C, D, D, B, A, C].
e.g.) When barcode print data is [123], specify [A123A].
Barcode character pitch becomes enabled.
For print data, refer to the CODABAR(NW-7) code table.
1
CODE39
Set print data including Start/Stop character.
1:2
Start/Stop Character is [*].
e.g.) When barcode print data is [12345], specify [*12345*].
Barcode character pitch becomes enabled.
For print data, refer to the CODE39 code table.
2
ITF
Specify print data in even-numbered digit.
1:2
If specifying in odd-numbered digit, add "0" to the head of print
data.
For print data, refer to the ITF code table.
3
JAN/EAN13
This barcode has guard bars and no human-readable characters.
Fixed
For print data, refer to the JAN/EAN13 code table.
4
JAN/EAN8
This barcode has guard bars and no human-readable characters.
Fixed
For print data, refer to the JAN/EAN8 code table.
5
Industrial 2of5
Barcode character pitch becomes enabled.
1:2
For print data, refer to the Industrial 2of5 code table.
6
Matrix 2of5
Barcode character pitch becomes enabled.
For print data, refer to the Matrix 2of5 code table.
178
1:2
a
H
Barcode type
UPC-A
Contents
Ratio
This barcode has guard bars and no human-readable characters.
Fixed
For print data, refer to the UPC-A code table.
[Coding Example 1]
Barcode type: CODABAR(NW-7), Narrow bar width: 03, Height of barcode: 120, Print data: A1234A
<A>
<V>100<H>100<D>003120A1234A
<Q>2
<Z>
[Coding Example 2]
Barcode type: ITF, Narrow bar width: 02, Height of barcode: 080, Print data: 98002345678163
<A>
<V>100<H>100<D>20208098002345678163
<Q>2
<Z>
[Coding Example 3]
Barcode type: UPC-A, Narrow bar width: 03, Height of barcode: 120, Print data: 20123948573
<A>
<V>240<H>100<D>H0312020123948573
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
The inter-character pitch of the barcode is valid at CODABAR (NW-7), CODE39, Industrial 2of5
and Matrix 2of5. The barcode inter-character pitch is set by specifying the character pitch <P>
immediately before.
If not set, the inter-character pitch will be of the same size as a narrow space and will become
multiples of a narrow bar.
e.g.)
Command
<D>
Ratio
1:2
Narrow
space width
1
<P>
specification
Gap between characters
Narrow bar
width is [1]
Narrow bar
width is [2]
None
1
2
<P>0
1
2
<P>1
1
2
<P>2
2
4
<P>3
3
6
<P>4
4
8
179
-
For print data of each barcode type, refer to the code tables of barcode.
[Notes]
-
If the value other than valid range is set, command error will occur and barcode will not be
printed.
-
Barcode will be printed even if the data exceed the printable area.
-
Increasing narrow bar width may exceed the printing area.
-
Scanner may not read the barcode with valid character pitch when Character Pitch <P> is
increased. Also, increasing the narrow bar width may cause the same type of problem. For
more information, refer to the documentation of your scanner.
-
For specifying the narrow bar width, consider the reading compatibility of scanner and head
density beforehand.
◦
203 dpi: 2 dots or more
◦
305 dpi: 2 dots or more
◦
609 dpi: 4 dots or more
-
Adjust Print Speed <CS> or Print Darkness <#F> if there is a problem in barcode reading.
-
Matrix 2of5 will be expressed as Coop2of5/NEC2of5.
-
If Start/Stop character is not included in print data at the time of CODABAR(NW-7) or CODE39
specified, barcode will be printed; however, scanner cannot read it.
-
If sending the print data including check digit at the time of JAN/EAN-13 or JAN/EAN-8
specified, set the correct calculated value. Barcode will be printed even when the data includes
improper check digit; however, scanner cannot read it.
180
[ESC+D] ~ [ESC+d] Barcode (with HRI)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
D~d
Parameter
<1B>16
<44>16 ~ Character type
abbcccn...n ~ <d>n...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying character type of human readable interpretation (HRI) for barcode.
[Format]
<D>abbcccn...n ~ <d>n...n
-
Parameter
a [Barcode type]
3: JAN/EAN13
4: JAN/EAN8
H: UPC-A
b [Narrow bar width] = Valid range : 01 to 36 dots
c [Height of barcode] = Valid range: 001 to 999 dots
n [Print data] = Barcode data
d [Character type]
OA
OB
XU
XS
XM
XB
XL
U
S
M
WB
WL
X20
X21
X22
X23
X24
n [Print data] = HRI data
181
[Coding Example]
Barcode type: JAN/EAN13, Narrow bar width: 03, Barcode height: 120, Barcode data:
4902471000793, Character type: XU, HRI data: 4902471000793
<A>
<V>100<H>200<D>3031204902471000793
<XU>4902471000793
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Adds HRI characters with specified font.
-
When the data other than specified value is set, printing will not be performed. When barcode
enlargement ratio is small and character type is large, HRI text may be overlapped with each
other.
-
This product will lay out HRI properly.
-
HRI for JAN/EAN8, JAN/EAN13, UPC-A will be printed properly in the conditions below.
For 203 dpi (8 dots/mm) : Appropriate Narrow bar width is [02], [03]
For 305 dpi (12 dots/mm) : Appropriate Narrow bar width is [03], [04]
For 609 dpi (24 dots/mm) : Appropriate Narrow bar width is [06], [07], [08]
-
HRI will not be printed when barcode is an error for barcode with HRI.
-
When specifying <P> and <L>, (<P>02<d>n...n, <L><d>n...n), HRI characters are not printed.
182
[ESC+BD] Barcode (Ratio 2:5)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
BD
Parameter
<1B>16
<42>16<44>16
abbcccn...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying a barcode with a ratio of 2:5 between narrow bar and wide bar.
[Format]
<BD>abbcccn...n
-
Parameter
a [Barcode type] = Refer to table below
b [Narrow bar width] = Valid range : 01 to 36 dots
c [Barcode height] = Valid range : 001 to 999 dots
n [Print data] = Data
Barcode types (Ratio of module composition may not be available depending on the barcode.)
a
0
Barcode type
UNICODE(NW-7)
Contents
Set print data including Start/Stop character.
Ratio
2:5
Start/Stop characters are [A, B, C, D, E, N, T, a, b, c, d, e, n, t,
*]. Note that scan result of the characters [E, N, T, a, b, c, d, e,
n, t, *] is [D, B, A, A, B, C, D, D, B, A, C].
e.g.) When barcode print data is [123], specify [A123A].
Barcode character pitch becomes enabled.
For print data, refer to the CODABAR(NW-7) code table.
1
CODE39
Set print data including Start/Stop character.
2:5
Start/Stop Character is [*].
e.g.) When barcode print data is [12345], specify [*12345*].
Barcode character pitch becomes enabled.
For print data, refer to the CODE39 code table.
2
ITF
Specify print data in even-numbered digit.
2:5
If specifying in odd-numbered digit, add "0" to the head of print
data.
For print data, refer to the ITF code table.
3
JAN/EAN13
This barcode has guard bars and human-readable characters.
Fixed
For print data, refer to the JAN/EAN13 code table.
4
JAN/EAN8
This barcode has guard bars and human-readable characters.
Fixed
For print data, refer to the JAN/EAN8 code table.
5
Industrial 2of5
Barcode character pitch becomes enabled.
2:5
For print data, refer to the Industrial 2of5 code table.
6
Matrix 2of5
Barcode character pitch becomes enabled.
For print data, refer to the Matrix 2of5 code table.
183
2:5
a
H
Barcode type
UPC-A
Contents
This barcode has guard bars and human-readable characters.
Ratio
Fixed
For print data, refer to the UPC-A code table.
[Coding Example 1]
Barcode type: CODABAR(NW-7), Narrow bar width: 03, Height of barcode: 120, Print data: A1234A
<A>
<V>100<H>100<BD>003120A1234A
<Q>2
<Z>
[Coding Example 2]
Barcode type: ITF, Narrow bar width: 03, Height of barcode: 120, Print data: 98002345678163
<A>
<V>100<H>100<BD>20212098002345678163
<Q>2
<Z>
[Coding Example 3]
Barcode type: UPC-A, Narrow bar width: 03, Height of barcode: 120, Print data: 20123948573
<A>
<V>240<H>100<BD>H0312020123948573
<Q>2
<Z>
184
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
The inter-character pitch of the barcode is valid at CODABAR (NW-7), CODE39, Industrial 2of5
and Matrix 2of5. The barcode inter-character pitch is set by specifying the character pitch <P>
immediately before.
If not set, the inter-character pitch will be of the same size as a narrow space width.
Command
<BD>
Ratio
2:5
Narrow
space width
2
<P>
specification
Gap between characters
Narrow bar
width is [1]
Narrow bar
width is [2]
None
2
4
<P>0
2
4
<P>1
1
2
<P>2
2
4
<P>3
3
6
<P>4
4
8
-
For print data of each barcode type, refer to the code tables of barcode.
-
HRI for JAN/EAN8, JAN/EAN13, UPC-A will be printed properly in the conditions below.
For 203 dpi (8 dots/mm) : Narrow bar width must be [02], [03]
For 305 dpi (12 dots/mm) : Narrow bar width must be [03], [04]
For 609 dpi (24 dots/mm) : Narrow bar width must be [06], [07], [08]
HRI will not be printed if the value other than the listed above is specified.
[Notes]
-
If the value other than valid range is set, command error will occur and barcode will not be
printed.
-
Barcode will be printed even if the data exceed the printable area.
-
Increasing narrow bar width may exceed the printing area.
-
Scanner may not read the barcode with valid character pitch when Character Pitch <P> is
increased. Also, increasing the narrow bar width may cause the same type of problem. For
more information, refer to the documentation of your scanner.
-
For specifying the narrow bar width, consider the reading compatibility of scanner and head
density beforehand.
-
Adjust Print Speed <CS> or Print Darkness <#F> if there is a problem in barcode reading.
-
Matrix 2of5 will be expressed as Coop2of5/NEC2of5.
-
If Start/Stop character is not included in print data at the time of CODABAR (NW-7) or CODE39
specified, barcode will be printed; however, scanner cannot read it.
-
If sending the print data including check digit at the time of JAN/EAN-13 or JAN/EAN-8
specified, set the correct calculated value. Barcode will be printed even when the data includes
improper check digit; however, scanner cannot read it.
185
[ESC+BT] Barcode Ratio Registration
Hexadecimal code
ESC
BT
Parameter
<1B>16
<42>16<54>16
abbccddee
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
[Function]
Specifying the ratio of the narrow bar in regard to the wide bar.
[Format]
<BT>abbccddee
-
Parameter
a [Barcode type]
0: CODABAR(NW-7)
1: CODE39
2: ITF
5: Industrial 2of5
6: Matrix 2of5 (Coop2of5, NEC2of5)
b [Narrow space] = Valid range : 01 to 99 dots
c [Wide space] = Valid range : 01 to 99 dots
d [Narrow bar] = Valid range : 01 to 99 dots
e [Wide bar] = Valid range : 01 to 99 dots
[Coding Example]
Barcode type: CODE39, Narrow space: 03, Wide space: 05, Narrow bar: 03, Wide bar: 05
<A>
<BT>103050305
<V>100<H>200<BW>01233*ABCD*
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
To print barcode with specified ratio, insert Barcode print by specified ratio <BW> after this
command.
-
When <BW> and the Print Quantity <Q> command are not specified, only the registration of bar
width ratio of narrow and wide bars will be performed.
-
Only one ratio can be registered.
-
If the data other than specified is set, this will not be registered due to command error.
-
Matrix 2of5 will be expressed as Coop2of5/NEC2of5.
186
[ESC+BW] Barcode Print by Specified Ratio
Hexadecimal code
ESC
BW
Parameter
<1B>16
<42>16<57>16
aabbbn...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying barcode ratio, saved by <BT>.
[Format]
<BW>aabbbn...n
-
Parameter
a [Narrow bar] = Valid range : 01 to 36 dots
b [Height of Barcode] = Valid Range : 001 to 999 (dots)
n [Print data] = Barcode data
[Coding Example]
Narrow bar: 02, Height of Barcode: 120
<A>
<BT>103060306
<V>100<H>200<BW>02120*ABCD*
<Q>2
<Z>
187
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
The inter-character pitch of the barcode is valid at CODABAR (NW-7), CODE39, Industrial 2of5
and Matrix 2of5. The barcode inter-character pitch is set by specifying the character pitch <P>
immediately before.
If not set, the inter-character pitch will be of the same size as a narrow space and will become
multiples of a narrow bar.
e.g.)
Command
<BT>
Ratio
3:5
Narrow
space width
3
<P>
specification
Gap between characters
Narrow bar
width is [1]
Narrow bar
width is [2]
None
3
6
<P>0
3
6
<P>1
1
2
<P>2
2
4
<P>3
3
6
<P>4
4
8
-
If there is no Registration of Bar Width Ratio <BT>, barcode based on pre-registered bar
width ratio of narrow and wide bars will be printed. Note that specification of <BT> is required
beforehand to print.
-
For print data of each barcode type, refer to the code tables of barcode.
[Notes]
-
If the value other than valid range is set, command error will occur and barcode will not be
printed.
-
Barcode will be printed even if the data exceed the printable area.
-
Increasing narrow bar width may exceed the printing area.
-
Scanner may not read the barcode with valid character pitch when Character Pitch <P> is
increased. Also, increasing the narrow bar width may cause the same type of problem. For
more information, refer to the documentation of your scanner.
-
For specifying the narrow bar width, consider the reading compatibility of scanner and head
density beforehand.
-
Adjust Print Speed <CS> or Print Darkness <#F> if there is a problem in barcode reading.
-
Matrix 2of5 will be expressed as Coop2of5/NEC2of5.
-
If Start/Stop character is not included in print data at the time of CODABAR (NW-7) or CODE39
specified, barcode will be printed; however, scanner cannot read it.
188
CODABAR (NW-7) Code table
B8
B7
B6
B5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
S
0
0
1
0
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 1 1
0 0 1 0 2
0 0 1 1 3
0 1 0 0 4
0 1 0 1 5
0 1 1 0 6
0 1 1 1 7
1 0 0 0 8
1 0 0 1 9
1 0 1 0 A
1 0 1 1 B
1 1 0 0 C
1 1 0 1 D
1 1 1 0 E
1 1 1 1 F
0
1
2
$
*
+
.
/
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
I
0
1
0
1
3
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
:
4
5
A
B
C
D
E
T
N
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
6
7
8
a
b
c
d
e
1
0
0
1
S
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
9
A
B
1
1
0
0
O
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
C
D
E
F
t
n
-
As a standard, 0x20 (SP) is not available, and no error will occur to this product and space will
be printed due to the specification.
-
Characters which can be used as Start/Stop characters are [A, B, C, D, E, N, T, a, b, c, d, e, n, t,
*] in the code table.
-
Characters [$, +, -, ., /, 0~9, :] can be used as print data.
189
CODE39 Code table
B8
B7
B6
B5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 1 1
0 0 1 0 2
0 0 1 1 3
0 1 0 0 4
0 1 0 1 5
0 1 1 0 6
0 1 1 1 7
1 0 0 0 8
1 0 0 1 9
1 0 1 0 A
1 0 1 1 B
1 1 0 0 C
1 1 0 1 D
1 1 1 0 E
1 1 1 1 F
0
1
S
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
2 3
SP 0
1
2
3
$ 4
% 5
6
7
8
9
*
+
4
.
/
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
I
0
1
0
1
5
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
190
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
S
1
0
1
0
6
7
8
9
A
1
0
1
1
B
1
1
0
0
O
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
C
D
E
F
[ESC+BC] CODE93 Barcode
Hexadecimal code
ESC
BC
Parameter
<1B>16
<42>16<43>16
aabbbccn...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying CODE93 barcode.
[Format]
<BC>aabbbccn...n
-
Parameter
a [Narrow bar width] = Valid range : 01 to 36 dots
b [Height of Barcode] = Valid Range : 001 to 999 dots
c [Digit number of data] = Valid Range : 01 to 99
n [Print data] = Barcode data (Refer to the CODE93 – Code Table.)
[Coding Example]
Narrow bar width: 02, Barcode height: 120, Number of digit: 12, Print data: ABCD123456xy
<A>
<V>100<H>200<BC>0212012ABCD123456xy
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Check Digit is an auto-generation.
-
Start Code <A> and Stop Code <Z> will be automatically added.
-
Maximum entry digit number of data is 99.
-
[Digit number of data] and number of input data have to be equal.
-
Command error will occur when number of input data and [Digit number of data] are not
matched.
191
CODE93 Code table
B8
B7
B6
B5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 1 1
0 0 1 0 2
0 0 1 1 3
0 1 0 0 4
0 1 0 1 5
0 1 1 0 6
0 1 1 1 7
1 0 0 0 8
1 0 0 1 9
1 0 1 0 A
1 0 1 1 B
1 1 0 0 C
1 1 0 1 D
1 1 1 0 E
1 1 1 1 F
0
1
S
0
0
1
0
2
SP
!
”
#
$
%
&
’
(
)
*
+
,
.
/
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
I
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
3 4 5 6
0 @ P `
1 A Q a
2 B R b
3 C S c
4 D T d
5 E U e
6 F V f
7 G W g
8 H X h
9 I Y i
:
J Z j
; K [ k
\
< L
l
= M ] m
> N ^ n
? O _ o
[00H to 7FH] can be available for CODE93.
192
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
S
1
0
1
0
7 8
p
q
r
s
t
u
v
w
x
y
z
{
|
}
-
9
A
0
1
1
1
DEL
1
0
1
1
B
1
1
0
0
O
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
C
D
E
F
[ESC+BF] UPC Add-on (Bookland)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
BF
Parameter
<1B>16
<42>16<46>16
aabbbn...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying UPC Add-on code (Bookland).
[Format]
<BF>aabbbn...n
-
Parameter
a [Narrow bar width] = Valid range : 01 to 36 dots
b [Height of barcode] = Valid range : 001 to 999 dots
n [Print data] = Numeric (0 to 9) : 2, 5 digits
[Coding Example]
Narrow bar: 03, Height of Barcode: 120
<A>
<H>325<V>725<BD>H0315009827721123
<H>640<V>760<BF>0312021826
<H>655<V>730<OB>21826
<Q>1
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
If specifying the value other than 2 and 5 digits, barcode will not be printed.
-
Only numeric can be specified as print data. (Refer to code table.)
-
No HRI
-
When printed only UPC add-on <BF>, it cannot be scanned.
Scan is available only when it is printed with UPC code.
193
UPC Add-on Barcode Code table
B8
B7
B6
B5
B4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
B3
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
B2
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
B1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
S
0
0
1
0
0
1
2
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
I
0
1
0
1
3
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
4
5
194
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
6
7
8
1
0
0
1
S
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
9
A
B
1
1
0
0
O
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
C
D
E
F
[ESC+BG] CODE128 (128A, 128B, 128C) Barcode
Hexadecimal code
ESC
BG
Parameter
<1B>16
<42>16<47>16
aabbbn...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying CODE128 barcode.
[Format]
<BG>aabbbn...n
-
Parameter
a [Narrow bar width] = Valid range : 01 to 36 dots
b [Height of Barcode] = Valid Range : 001 to 999 dots
n [Print data] = Barcode data (Refer to the CODE128 – Code Table.)
[Coding Example]
Narrow bar width: 02, Barcode height: 120, Print data: ABCD123456 (Start character A)
<A>
<V>100<H>200<BG>02120>GABCD123456
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Specify [START CODE] at the head of print data.
◦
START CODE A = [>G]
◦
START CODE B = [>H]
◦
START CODE C = [>I]
-
C/D is an auto-generation.
-
About "START CODE";
◦
When using "START CODE C," specify print data in even-numbered digit.
◦
When "START CODE C" is set to print data in odd-number digit, specify "START CODE A”
or "B" to change the first one character of print data. And then specify the rest of data with
"Code Set Character C" to change it to even-numbered digit.
e.g.1) 15 digits [123456789012345] : <B>1<C>23456789012345
e.g.2) 9 digits / Alphanumeric 6 digits [123456789ABC123] : <C>12345678<B>9ABC123
◦
When odd digits are specified with START CODE C, the behavior changes depending on
the settings of this product.
195
◦
▪
Prints with 0 (zero) added to the last digit of the print data when Settings menu ->
[Application] menu -> [SBPL] menu -> [Compatible] -> [CODE128(C) Zero Fill] is
enabled from menu.
▪
Settings menu -> [Application] menu -> [SBPL] menu -> [Compatible] -> [CODE128(C)
Zero Fill] is disabled.
When start character is omitted, data will be printed with "START CODE B."
196
CODE128 Code table
VA LUE
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
Co de A
SP
!
”
#
$
%
&
’
(
)
*
+
,
.
/
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
:
;
<
=
>(注意 4.)
?
@
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Co de B
SP
!
”
#
$
%
&
’
(
)
*
+
,
.
/
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
:
;
<
=
>(注意 4.)
?
@
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
Q
R
S
T
U
V
197
Co de C
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
VA LUE
Co de
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
W
X
Y
Z
[
\
]
^
_
NUL
SOH
STX
ETX
EOT
ENQ
ACK
BEL
BS
HT
LF
VT
FF
CR
SO
SI
DLE
DC1
DC2
DC3
DC4
NAK
SYN
ETB
CAN
EM
SUB
ESC
FS
GS
RS
US
FNC3
FNC2
98
99
100
101
102
SHIFT
Code-C
Code-B
FNC4
FNC1
103
104
105
START
A
Co de
>SP
>!
>”
>#
>$
>%
>&
>’
>(
>)
>*
>+
>,
>>.
>/
>0
>1
>2
>3
>4
>5
>6
>7
>8
>9
>:
>;
><
>=
>>
>?
>@
>A
>B
>C
>D
>E
>F
CODE A
B
C
B
Co de
W
X
Y
Z
[
\
]
^
_
‘
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
p
q
r
s
t
u
v
w
x
y
z
{
|
}
~
DEL
>?
FNC3 >@
FNC2 >A
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
SHIFT
>B
Code-C >C
FNC4
>D
Code-A >E
FNC1
>F
98
99
>D
>E
>F
Code-B
Code-A
FNC1
C
>G
>H
>I
Note
-
If START character (start code) is omitted, it works as code B, but 2-byte characters cannot be
specified.
-
STOP character (stop code) is added in this product automatically.
-
Code after VALUE64 in Code A and Code B should be specified as 2 character code with ">”
attached.
-
Specification code for ">" is ">J.”
198
[ESC+BI] GS1-128 (UCC/EAN128) (Standard Carton ID Only)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
BI
Parameter
<1B>16
<42>16<49>16
aabbbcn...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying GS1-128 (UCC/EAN128) barcode for Standard Carton ID.
[Format]
<BI>aabbbcn...n
-
Parameter
a [Narrow bar width] = Valid range : 01 to 36 dots
b [Height of Barcode] = Valid Range : 001 to 999 dots
c [Barcode expository font specification]
0: No HRI
1: HRI is available (Upper part of barcode)
2: HRI is available (Under part of barcode)
n [Print data] = Barcode data (Fixed 17 digits)
For barcode data, refer to the GS1-128 (UCC/EAN128) code table.
EAN128 (Barcode for Standard Carton ID)
◦
Identifier of a continuous code for freight packaging
◦
Type of packaging
◦
Country/manufacturer code
◦
Serial No. for shipping container
◦
Check digit
Note that check digit is automatically added; therefore, specify data in 17 digits excluding check digit.
[Coding Example ]
Narrow bar width: 05, Height of barcode: 080, HRI: Available (Under part of barcode), Print data:
12345678901234567
<A>
<V>100<H>200<BI>05080212345678901234567
<Q>2
<Z>
199
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
UCC128 code is exclusive to Standard Carton ID. When printing in EAN128, designed for the
markets in the medical, fresh food, or flowers and plants, use CODE128 Barcode <BG> to
specify print data with application identification or separator that matches each specification.
-
Start character code, function character, end character code, and identification code
(corresponds to [00] only) are added automatically.
-
Modulus 10 check character and modulus 103 check character are automatically generated.
-
Sequential number of barcode data is available.
-
Line pitch between barcode and expository font is fixed at 10 dots.
-
If the width of expository font is wider than that of barcode, it starts printing from the print start
position of barcode.
-
If the width of expository font is narrower than that of barcode, expository font will be aligned to
the center of barcode for printing.
-
Prints expository font in OCR-B.
-
If expository font is outside of printing area, it will not be printed. When selecting [HRI is
available], specify Vertical Print Position <V> and Horizontal Print Position <H> in consideration
of print of expository font.
-
If the bar code commentary font specification to specify other than 0, 1, 2, operation is the same
as the bar code commentary font specified 0.
ITF, Matrix 2of5, Industrial 2of5, UPC-A, JAN/EAN8, JAN/EAN13, UPC-E, GS1-128 (UCC/EAN128), MSI
Code table
B8
B7
B6
B5
B4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
B3
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
B2
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
B1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
S
0
0
1
0
0
1
2
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
I
0
1
0
1
3
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
4
5
200
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
6
7
8
1
0
0
1
S
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
9
A
B
1
1
0
0
O
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
C
D
E
F
[ESC+BP] POSTNET
Hexadecimal code
ESC
BP
Parameter
<1B>16
<42>16<50>16
n...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying POSTNET barcode.
[Format]
<BP>n...n
-
Parameter
n = Print data (Refer to the POSTNET Code Table)
Note that the digits other than specified below are not allowed.
- 5 digits (POSTNET-32 format)
- 6 digits (POSTNET-37 format)
- 9 digits (POSTNET-52 format)
- 11 digits (POSTNET-62 Delivery Point format)
[Coding Example]
Postal code: 11 digits: 01234567890
<A>
<V>100<H>200<BP>01234567890
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
If specifying the value other than 5, 6, 9, and 11 digits for print data, it will be ignored.
-
Only numeric can be specified as print data.
201
POSTNET Code table
S
B8
B7
B6
B5
B4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
B3
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
B2
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
B1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
2
I
0
0
1
1
3
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
0
0
4
0
1
0
1
5
202
S
0
1
1
0
6
0
1
1
1
7
1
0
0
0
8
1
0
0
1
9
1
0
1
0
A
O
1
0
1
1
B
1
1
0
0
C
1
1
0
1
D
1
1
1
0
E
1
1
1
1
F
[ESC+BS] USPS Barcode
Hexadecimal code
ESC
BS
Parameter
<1B>16
<42>16<53>16
aabbbccccccddddddddd(e...e)
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Printing USPS code.
[Format]
<BS>aabbbccccccddddddddd(e...e)
-
Parameter
a [Barcode ID] = Fixed 2 digits
Note: 0 to 4 should be specified for the 2nd digit.
b [Service Type ID] = Fixed 3 digits
c [Mailer ID] = Fixed 6 digits
d [Serial Number] = Fixed 9 digits
e [Routing Code] = Fixed 5 digits or fixed 9 digits or fixed 11 digits(can be omitted)
[Coding Example]
Barcode ID: 53, Service Type ID: 379, Customer Identifier: 777234, Serial Number: 994544928,
Routing Code: 51135759461
<A>
<V>100<H>200<BS>5337977723499454492851135759461
<Q>1
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
For available parameter, refer to USPS code table in next page.
203
USPS Code table
S
B8
B7
B6
B5
B4 B3 B2 B1
I
S
O
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
2
2
0
0
1
1
3
3
0
1
0
0
4
4
0
1
0
1
5
5
0
1
1
0
6
6
0
1
1
1
7
7
1
0
0
0
8
8
1
0
0
1
9
9
1
0
1
0
A
1
0
1
1
B
1
1
0
0
C
1
1
0
1
D
1
1
1
0
E
1
1
1
1
F
204
[ESC+EU] Composite Symbol
Hexadecimal code
ESC
EU
Parameter
<1B>16
<45>16<55>16
aabbccn...n
aabbcccn...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying the composite symbol of EAN and UCC.
[Format 1]
<EU>aabbccn...n
-
Parameter
a [Type of composite symbol]
01 : GS1 DataBar Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
02 : GS1 DataBar Truncated Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
03 : GS1 DataBar Stacked Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
04 : GS1 DataBar Stacked Omni-Directional (CC-A/CC-B)
05 : GS1 DataBar Limited Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
06 : GS1 DataBar Expanded Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
/GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (CC-A/CC-B)
07 : UPC-A Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
08 : UPC-E Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
09 : EAN13 Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
10 : EAN8 Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
b [Narrow bar] = 01 to 12 dots
c [Segment width] = 02 to 22 (Even number only)
* Only GS1 DataBar Expanded Composite (CC-A/CC-B) are supported.
n [Print data] = Data
Maximum number of digit for 1D barcode data
GS1 DataBar Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
13 digits
GS1 DataBar Truncated Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
13 digits
GS1 DataBar Stacked Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
13 digits
GS1 DataBar Stacked Omni-Directional (CC-A/CC-B)
13 digits
GS1 DataBar Limited Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
13 digits
GS1 DataBar Expanded Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
74 digits
/GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (CC-A/CC-B)
UPC-A Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
11 digits
UPC-E Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
Fixed 10 digits
Specify with "XX00000XXX" (X: variable) format.
EAN13 Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
12 digits
EAN8 Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
7 digits
205
◦
Check digit is automatically calculated and added.
◦
To specify the print of composite symbol, delimit one-dimensional data and two-dimensional
data with ‘|’ (7Ch).
Data = One-dimensional data | Two-dimensional data
◦
Data of GS1 DataBar Composite (CC-A/CC-B) are needed to be specified between the 1st
and 16th digit of GS1 DataBar Expanded Composite (CC-A/CC-B) data.
◦
GS1 DataBar Expanded Composite (CC-A/CC-B) can contain GS1 DataBar Composite
(CC-A/CC-B) data and 74 digits of numeric character and 41 digits of alphabet.
(When numeric characters and alphabets are mixed, GS1 DataBar Composite (CC-A/CCB)
data and 41 digit characters can be specified.)
Ex 1) AI(01)+Product ID code 4912345000019+AI(15)+ Best before date is set at
30.Nov.2012:
(01)04912345000019(15)121130
Ex 2) AI(01)+Product ID code 4912345000019+AI(17)+Expiration date is set at
31.Jan.2013+AI(10)+lot # ABC123:
(01)04912345000019(17)20130131(10)ABC123
◦
When specified data do not reach the maximum digits, blank is filled by zero.
◦
2D data can contain up to 338 digits, but it varies by the type of Barcode.
◦
Barcode may stick out of the label depending on data and the number of digit, and scanner
cannot read it. Adjust print data beforehand so that the barcode can fit to the label.
◦
For UPC-A Composite, you can only specify 11 digits for data entry, however when 12 digits
is specified for the compatibility purpose, EAN13 Composite (CC-A/CC-B) is generated.
[Format 2]
<EU>aabbcccn...n
-
Parameter
a [One-dimensional barcode type]
11 : GS1-128 Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
12 : GS1-128 Composite (CC-C)
b [Minimum bar width] = 01 to 12 dots
c [Barcode height] = 001 to 500 dots
* Specify barcode height when minimum bar width is "01."
* When specifying minimum bar width "03," Barcode height "100,"
Barcode height become 300 dots.
n [Print data] = Data
Maximum number of digits that can specify by merging 1D and 2D (There is a limit for the
maximum number of digits of 1D data.)
GS1-128 (UCC/EAN128) with CC-A/B
338 digits
GS1-128 (UCC/EAN128) with CC-C
2324 digits
Maximum number of digits that can specify 1D data
GS1-128 (UCC/EAN128) with CC-A/B
48 digits
GS1-128 (UCC/EAN128) with CC-C
48 digits
◦
To specify the print of composite symbol, delimit one-dimensional data and two-dimensional
data with ‘|’ (7Ch).
Data = One-dimensional data | Two-dimensional data
◦
Use ‘#’(23H) to specify CC-A/B (Micro PDF), FNC1 (GS) of CC-C (for PDF417) as data.
206
◦
2D data for GS1-128 (UCC/EAN128) With CC-A/B can contain up to 338 digits.
◦
Barcode part of GS1-128 Composite is GS1-128 (UCC/EAN128).
◦
When 2D data of GS1-128 (UCC/EAN128) with CC-A/B are less than 56 digits, it is
identified as CC-A, and identified as CC-B when data size is between 57 digits and 338
digits automatically.
◦
The number of digits varies depending on the width of the barcode in GS1-128 (UCC/
EAN128) With CC-C, and the maximum number of digits of combination of the 1D and 2D
is 2372 digits.
[Coding Example 1]
GS1 DataBar Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
<A>
<V>100<H>100
<EU>01040361234567890|11990102
<Q>1
<Z>
[Coding Example 2]
GS1 DataBar Truncated Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
<A>
<V>100<H>100
<EU>02040361234567890|11990102
<Q>1
<Z>
[Coding Example 3]
GS1 DataBar Stacked Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
<A>
<V>100<H>100
<EU>03040341234567890|17010200
<Q>1
<Z>
[Coding Example 4]
GS1 DataBar Stacked Omni-Directional (CC-A/CC-B)
207
<A>
<V>100<H>100
<EU>04040341234567890|17010200
<Q>1
<Z>
[Coding Example 5]
GS1 DataBar Limited Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
<A>
<V>100<H>100 <EU>05040351234567890|21ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUV
<Q>1
<Z>
[Coding Example 6]
GS1 DataBar Expanded Composite(CC-A/CC-B)
<A>
<V>100<H>100
<EU>0605220104912345678904
<Q>1
<Z>
[Coding Example 7]
GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked(CC-A/CC-B)
<A>
<V>100<H>100
<EU>0605020104912345678904
<Q>1
<Z>
[Coding Example 8]
UPC-A Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
208
<A>
<V>100<H>100
<EU>0704331234567890|991234-abcd
<Q>1
<Z>
[Coding Example 9]
UPC-E Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
<A>
<V>100<H>100
<EU>08041200000123|15021231
<Q>1
<Z>
[Coding Example 10]
EAN13 Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
<A>
<V>100<H>100
<EU>0904331234567890|991234-abcd
<Q>1
<Z>
[Coding Example 11]
EAN8 Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
<A>
<V>100<H>100
<EU>10041234567|21A12345678
<Q>1
209
<Z>
[Coding Example 12]
GS1-128 Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
<A>
<V>100<H>100
<EU>11040260103212345678906|21A1B2C3D4E5F6G7H8
<Q>1
<Z>
[Coding Example 13]
GS1-128 Composite (CC-C)
<A>
<V>100<H>100
<EU>120402600030123456789012340|02130123456789
093724#101234567ABCDEFG
<Q>1
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Parameter varies depending on one-dimensional barcode type. Segment width can be specified
only for DataBar Expanded Composite (CC-A/CC-B) (EU06). Barcode height can be specified
only for GS1-128 (UCC/EAN-128) (EU11, EU12).
-
If the value is not set to the data portion, composite symbol will not be printed.
-
Parameter for print data is available up to 2361 digits including 1D barcode data and 2D
barcode data as a specification for this command. Available number for 2D barcode data varies
depending on the type of 1D barcode and/or mixture of alphabets and number. When specified
data exceed the maximum digits, barcode may not be printed properly.
-
Entire size of composite symbol changes depending on the specification of narrow bar width.
-
If composite symbol exceeds the printing area, only the portion located within the area will be
printed. Also, a scanner might read the value of such composite symbol occasionally.
-
Height and width of 2D barcode of the composite symbol is adjusted by 1D barcode data size.
When the width of 1D barcode is narrow, it cannot be printed even the size of data is less than
the maximum number of digit.
-
Print of HRI cannot be designated with this command.
-
Rotation <%> is available, and Enlargement <L> is invalid.
-
When specifying 11 (production date), 12 (term of payment), 13 (packing date), 15 (sales
period), 17 (warranty period) for application identifier, set correct data YYMMDD. When the
incorrect date is set, print result is not guaranteed.
-
When specifying GS1 DataBar as a barcode type, specify 2D Barcode data with the format
based on application identifier.
-
GS1 DataBar Expanded Composite (CC-A/CC-B) is stacked automatically by segment width
and data size and printed as GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (CC-A/CC-B).
210
-
Barcode generation module has been modified for improvement. How the generated image
looks may differ due to the change, however the read result is the same.
Code table for Composite Symbol 2D Barcode
S
B8
B7
B6
B5
B4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
B3
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
B2
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
B1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
I
S
O
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
2
SP
!
”
3
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
:
;
<
=
>
?
4
5
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
6
7
p
q
r
s
t
u
v
w
x
y
z
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
%
&
’
(
)
*
+
,
.
/
A
a
B
b
C
c
D
d
E
e
F
f
G
g
H
h
I
i
J
j
K
k
L
l
M
m
N
n
O _ o
* Use ‘#’(23H) for specifying FNC1.
211
[ESC+BL] UPC-A Barcode (Without HRl)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
BL
Parameter
<1B>16
<42>16<4C>16
abbcccn...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Set the height of character barcode of the first digit and the last digit to the same height of the guard
bar.
[Format]
<BL>abbcccn...n
-
Parameter
a [Barcode type] = H : UPC-A(Fixed ‘H’)
b [Narrow bar width] = Valid range : 01 to 36 dots
c [Height of Barcode] = Valid Range : 001 to 999 dots
n [Print data] = Data : 11 fixed digits
[Coding Example]
Barcode type: UPC-A, Narrow bar width: 03, Height of barcode: 120, Print data: 01234567890
<A>
<H>100<V>100<BL>H0312001234567890
<Q>2
<Z>
212
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
This command supports UPC-A only. When barcode type is specified other than "H," command
error occurs.
-
Setting of Guard bar, HRI and ratio is described as follows.
Guard bar: Available
HRI: Nil
Ratio: Fix
-
When the parameter value exceeds the range, operation is not supported.
-
When printing UPC-A with <D>, all character barcodes have the same height. When <BL>
is used, the height of the character barcode of the start digit and the last digit have the same
height of the guard bar.
Guide bar
Character barcode
First digit
Character barcode
Guide bar
Last digit
UPC-A specifying <D>
Guide bar
Character barcode
First digit
Character barcode
Guide bar
Last digit
UPC-A specifying <BL>
213
[ESC+BL] ~ [ESC+d] UPC-A Barcode (Specifying HRl)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
BL~d
Parameter
<1B>16
<42>16<4C>16 ~ character
type
abbcccn...n ~ <d>n...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Set the height of character barcode of the first digit and the last digit to the same height of the guard
bar.
[Format]
<BL>abbcccn...n~<d>n...n
-
Parameter
a [Barcode type] = H : UPC-A (Fixed ‘H’)
b [Narrow bar width] = Valid range : 01 to 36 dots
c [Height of barcode] = Valid range : 001 to 999 dots
n [Print data] = Data : Fixed 11 digit
d [Font type]
OA
OB
XU
XS
XM
XB
XL
U
S
M
WB
WL
n [Print data] = HRI data : fixed 12 digits
[Coding Example]
Barcode type: UPC-A, Narrow bar width: 02, Barcode height: 120, Barcode data: 01234567890,
Font type: XS, HRI data: 01234567890
<A>
<H>100<V>100<BL>H0212001234567890
<XS>01234567890
<Q>2
<Z>
214
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
This command supports UPC-A only. When barcode type is specified other than "H," command
error occurs.
-
Recommended to specify [02] or [03] for the narrow bar width.
-
Check digit (12th digit) for HRI data should be set the calculation result of modulus 10.
-
Setting of Guard bar, HRI and ratio is described as follows.
Guard bar: Available
HRI: Available
Ratio: Fix
-
When the parameter value exceeds the range, operation is not supported.
-
If barcode with human readable text has errors, the human readable text is printed in a normal
font.
-
All character barcode have the same height when printing UPC-A specifying <D> and then
<font>. The first and the last character barcode have the same height to the guard bar when
printing UPC-A specifying <BL> and then <font>. When printing UPC-A specifying <D> and
<font>, HRI can be printed under the first digit and the last digit because the height of the
first digit and the last digit of the barcode is low. When printing UPC-A specifying <BL> and
<font>, the height of the first digit and the last digit of the barcode is high, and the font interval is
narrower than previous case.
Guide bar
Guide bar
Character barcode
Character barcode
Last digit
First digit
UPC-A specifying <D> + <font>
Guide bar
Guide bar
Character barcode
Character barcode
First digit
Last digit
UPC-A specifying <BL> + <font>
215
[ESC+BM] UPC-A Barcode (With HRl)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
BM
Parameter
<1B>16
<42>16<4D>16
abbcccn...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Set the height of character barcode of the first digit and the last digit to the same height of the guard
bar.
[Format]
<BM>abbcccn...n
-
Parameter
a [Barcode type] = H : UPC-A(Fixed ‘H’)
b [Narrow bar width] = Valid range : 01 to 36 dots
c [Height of Barcode] = Valid Range : 001 to 999 dots
n [Print data] = Data : 11 fixed digits
[Coding Example]
Barcode type: UPC-A, Narrow bar width: 02, Height of barcode: 120, Print data: 20123948573
<A>
<H>100<V>100<BM>H0212020123948573
<Q>2
<Z>
216
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
This command supports UPC-A only. When barcode type is specified other than "H," command
error occurs.
-
HRI needs following conditions;
203 dpi (8 dots /mm) : Set Narrow bar width to [02] or [03]
305 dpi (12 dots/mm) : Set Narrow bar width to [03] or [04]
609 dpi (24 dots/mm) : Set Narrow bar width to [06] or [07] or [08]
HRI will not be printed if the value other than the listed above is specified.
-
Setting of Guard bar, HRI and ratio is described as follows.
Guard bar: Available
HRI: Available
Ratio: Fix
-
When the parameter value exceeds the range, operation is not supported.
-
When printing UPC-A with <BD>, all character barcodes have the same height. When <BM>
is used, the height of the character barcode of the start digit and the last digit have the same
height of the guard bar. When printing UPC-A with <BD>, HRI can be printed under the first
digit and the last digit because the height of the first digit and the last digit of the barcode is
low. When printing UPC-A specifying <BM>, the height of the first digit and the last digit of the
barcode is high, and the font interval is narrower than previous case.
UPC-A specifying <BD>
UPC-A specifying <BM>
217
2D Codes
[ESC+2D10] PDF417
Hexadecimal code
ESC
2D10
Parameter
<1B>16
<32>16<44>16 <31>16 <30>16
,aa,bb,c,dd,ee(,f)
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying PDF417.
[Format] (Setup part)
<2D10>,aa,bb,c,dd,ee(,f)
-
Parameter
a [Minimum module width] = Valid Range : 01 to 27 dots
b [Minimum module height] = Valid Range : 01 to 72 dots
c [Security level] = Valid Range : 0 to 8
d [Number of data code words per one line]
Valid Range : 01 to 30
00 : Automatic (Width varies depending on number of data)
e [Number of line per symbol]
Valid Range : 03 to 90
00 : Automatic (Height varies depending on number of data)
f [Code type]
0 : Normal, When omitted 0(can be omitted)
1 : Truncated
[Format] (Data part)
<DN>mmmm,n...n
-
Parameter
m [Number of data] = Valid Range
n [Print data] = Data
: 1 to 2681 bytes
218
[Coding Example 1]
Minimum module width: 03 dots, Minimum module height: 09 dots, Security level: 3, Number of data
code words per line: 03, Number of line per symbol: 18
<A>
<V>100<H>200<2D10>,03,09,3,03,18
<DN>0010,0123456789
<Q>2
<Z>
[Coding Example 2]
Minimum module width: 03 dots, Minimum module height: 09 dots, Security level: 3, Number of data
code words per line: 03, Number of line per symbol: 18, Code type: Truncated
<A>
<V>100<H>200<2D10>,03,09,3,03,18,1
<DN>0010,0123456789
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Base print position of PDF417 is specified by Vertical Print Position <V> and Horizontal Print
Position <H>.
<V>100<H>200<2D10>***. . . . . . **
-
When d=e=00, aspect ratio will be at 1:2 based on the number of print data.
-
When parameter d and e does not match number of data, print may not be performed properly.
-
When setting security level high, parameter d or e should have large number.
-
Recommended to specify 2 dots or more for 8 dots/mm and 12 dots/mm printhead and 4 dots
or more for 24 dots/mm printhead because the minimum module width and minimum module
height of QR code may not be read by the scanner.
-
Barcode generation module has been modified for improvement. How the generated image
looks may differ due to the change, however the read result is the same.
-
According to a specifying symbol size, higher security level than specified security level may be
set.
-
PDF417 module may raise the security level up when there is an empty space in PDF417
barcode.
219
[Points]
-
Sequential number is not available.
-
Specifying print position by automatic line feed is not available.
-
Print 00H to FFH is available.
-
Format registration is available.
-
Enlarging minimum module size improves print quality.
-
Increasing security level improves read rate.
-
Print height varies depending on the character such as numeric only, alphabet only or mixture of
numeric and alphabets.
PDF417 Code table
B8
B7
B6
B5
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 1
0 0 1 0
0 0 1 1
0 1 0 0
0 1 0 1
0 1 1 0
0 1 1 1
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 1
1 0 1 0
1 0 1 1
1 1 0 0
1 1 0 1
1 1 1 0
1 1 1 1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
S
0
0
1
0
2
SP
!
"
#
$
%
&
'
(
)
*
+
,
.
/
0
0
1
1
3
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
:
;
<
=
>
?
0
1
0
0
4
@
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
PDF417 can specify from 00H to FFH.
220
I
0
1
0
1
5
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
[
\
]
^
_
0 0
1 1
1 1
0 1
6 7
` p
a q
b r
c s
d t
e u
f v
g w
h x
i y
j z
k {
l |
m }
n ~
o DEL
1
0
0
0
8
1
0
0
1
9
S
1
0
1
0
A
1
0
1
1
B
1
1
0
0
C
O
1
1
0
1
D
1
1
1
0
E
1
1
1
1
F
[ESC+2D12] Micro PDF417
Hexadecimal code
ESC
2D12
Parameter
<1B>16
<32>16<44>16 <31>16 <32>16
,aa,bb,c,dd(,e)
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying Micro PDF417.
[Format] (Setup part)
<2D12>,aa,bb,c,dd(,e)
-
Parameter
a [Minimum module width] = Valid Range : 01 to 27 dots
b [Minimum module height] = Valid Range : 01 to 72 dots
c [Number of data code words per row] (Cols) = Valid Range : 1 to 4
d [Number of rows per symbol] (Rows) = Valid Range : 2 rows
e [Binary mode]
0 : Normal, When omitted 0 (Can be omitted)
1 : Binary mode
[Format] (Data part)
<DN>mmmm,n...n : When [Binary mode] is 1 (Binary mode)
<DS>n...n : When [Binary mode] is 0 (Normal)
-
Parameter
m [Number of data] = Valid Range : 0001 to 0366 bytes
n [Print data] = Data
[Coding Example]
Module width: 02 dots, Minimum module height: 04 dots, Data code word per row: 1, Rows per
symbol: 14
<A>
<V>100<H>200<2D12>,02,04,1,14
<DN>0010,0123456789
<Q>2
<Z>
221
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Number of row per symbol is decided by number of data code words per row.
For details, refer to "Micro PDF417 – symbol size and number of data" below.
-
Recommended to specify 2 dots or more for 8 dots/mm and 12 dots/mm printhead and 4 dots
or more for 24 dots/mm printhead because the minimum module width and minimum module
height of QR code may not be read by the scanner.
-
Barcode generation module has been modified for improvement. How the generated image
looks may differ due to the change, however the read result is the same.
Note: Symbol size of Micro PDF417 has 34 types and shown in the table below.
Micro PDF417 – symbol size and number of data
Symbol size
Cols (c)
1
2
3
4
Maximum number of data
Rows (d)
Alphabet (A-Z)
Numeric only
Binary mode
11
6
8
3
14
12
17
7
17
18
26
10
20
22
32
13
24
30
44
18
28
38
55
22
8
14
20
8
11
24
35
14
14
36
52
21
17
46
67
27
20
56
82
33
23
64
93
38
26
72
105
43
6
10
14
6
8
18
26
10
10
26
38
15
12
34
49
20
15
46
67
27
20
66
96
39
26
90
132
54
32
114
167
68
38
138
202
82
44
162
237
97
4
14
20
8
6
22
32
13
8
34
49
20
10
46
67
27
12
58
85
34
15
76
111
45
222
Symbol size
Cols (c)
Maximum number of data
Rows (d)
Alphabet (A-Z)
Numeric only
Binary mode
20
106
155
63
26
142
208
85
32
178
261
106
38
214
313
128
44
250
366
150
Way of mixing alphabets (Capital, lower case), numeric characters and control codes differs by
combination of number of characters.
Micro PDF417 Code table
B8
B7
B6
B5
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 1
0 0 1 0
0 0 1 1
0 1 0 0
0 1 0 1
0 1 1 0
0 1 1 1
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 1
1 0 1 0
1 0 1 1
1 1 0 0
1 1 0 1
1 1 1 0
1 1 1 1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
S
0
0
1
0
2
SP
!
"
#
$
%
&
'
(
)
*
+
,
.
/
0
0
1
1
3
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
:
;
<
=
>
?
0
1
0
0
4
@
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
I
0
1
0
1
5
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
[
\
]
^
_
0 0
1 1
1 1
0 1
6 7
` p
a q
b r
c s
d t
e u
f v
g w
h x
i y
j z
k {
l |
m }
n ~
o DEL
1
0
0
0
8
1
0
0
1
9
S
1
0
1
0
A
1
0
1
1
B
1
1
0
0
C
Micro PDF417 can specify 00H to FFH to print data when binary mode is specified.
223
O
1
1
0
1
D
1
1
1
0
E
1
1
1
1
F
[ESC+2D20] MaxiCode
Hexadecimal code
ESC
2D20
Parameter
<1B>16
<32>16<44>16 <32>16 <30>16
,a(,bbb,ccc,d...d)
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying MaxiCode.
[Format] (Setup part)
<2D20>,a(,bbb,ccc,d...d)
-
Parameter
a [Mode]
2 : Transportation (Numeric)
3 : Transportation (Alphanumeric)
4 : Standard symbol
6 : Reader programing
* Following parameter must be specified when specifying mode 2 or mode 3.
When specifying mode 4 or mode 6, the parameter should be omitted.
b [Service class] = Valid Range : 001 to 999 (Numeric)
c [Country code] = Valid Range : 001 to 999 (Numeric)
d [Postal code] = Valid Range : 0 to 999999999 (Mode 2)
000000 to 999999 (Mode 3)
* Mode 2: Max 9 digits (Numeric only)
Mode 3: Fixed 6 digits (Capital alphabet)
[Format] (Data part)
<DN>mmmm,n...n
-
Parameter
m [Number of Data] = Valid Range : 1 to 138
n [Print data] = Data
* 00H cannot be specified.
Mode
Service class
Country code
Postal code
Maximum print data
Numeric only
2
Fixed 3 digits
Fixed 3 digits
Max. 9 digits
3
(Numeric only)
(Numeric only)
Fixed 6 digits
(Alphanumeric)
4
Omission
6
224
Alphanumeric
123
84
138
93
[Coding Example]
Mode: Transportation (Numeric only), Service class: 003, Country code: 081, Postal code:
123456789
<A>
<V>100<H>200<2D20>,2,003,081,123456789
<DN>0010,0123456789
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Size of MaxiCode are not changed by number of data for printing.
-
If the parameter other than the description is specified or number of print data does not match,
printing is not performed.
-
When specifying mode 4 and mode 6, number of print data must be specified over 12. When
number of print data is specified less than 11, scanner cannot read printed MaxiCode.
-
The maximum number of print data varies depending on the print data combination when using
the print data other than alphanumeric code.
-
Barcode generation module has been modified for improvement. How the generated image
looks may differ due to the change, however the read result is the same.
225
MaxiCode Code table
S
B8
B7
B6
B5
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 1
0 0 1 0
0 0 1 1
0 1 0 0
0 1 0 1
0 1 1 0
0 1 1 1
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 1
1 0 1 0
1 0 1 1
1 1 0 0
1 1 0 1
1 1 1 0
1 1 1 1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
2
SP
!
"
#
$
%
&
'
(
)
*
+
,
.
/
I
0
0
1
1
3
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
:
;
<
=
>
?
0
1
0
0
4
@
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
S
0
1
0
1
5
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
[
\
]
^
_
MaxiCode can specify from 01H to FFH.
226
0 0
1 1
1 1
0 1
6 7
` p
a q
b r
c s
d t
e u
f v
g w
h x
i y
j z
k {
l |
m }
n ~
o DEL
1
0
0
0
8
1
0
0
1
9
O
1
0
1
0
A
1
0
1
1
B
1
1
0
0
C
1
1
0
1
D
1
1
1
0
E
1
1
1
1
F
[ESC+2D30] QR Code (Model 2)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
2D30
Parameter
<1B>16
<32>16<44>16 <33>16 <30>16
,a,bb,c,d(,ee,ff,gg)
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying QR Code (Model 2).
[Format] (Setup part)
<2D30>,a,bb,c,d(,ee,ff,gg)
-
Parameter
a [Error Correction Level]
L : 7%
M : 15%
Q : 25%
H : 30%
b [Size of one side of cell] = Valid Range : 01 to 99 dots
* Specify more than 02 dots, otherwise scanner may have reading problem.
04 dots or more is recommended for stable operation.
c [Data setup mode]
0 : Manual setup
1 : Automatic setup
* Note that data is specified differently depending on this setting.
d [Concatenation mode]
0 : Normal mode
1 : Concatenation mode
Following parameter must be specified when specifying 1 (Concatenation mode) in
Concatenation mode. Omit following parameter in normal mode.
e [Number of partitions of concatenation mode] = Valid Range : 01 to 16
* Number of partitions: Specifying how many QR code are to be concatenated divided by
Concatenation mode.
f [Sequential number partitioned by concatenation mode] = Valid Range : 01 to 16
* Sequential number: Specifying what number is it of divided QR code.
g [Concatenation mode parity data] = Valid Range : 00 to FF
* Parity data: Specifying exclusive OR of all the print data in divided QR code with HEX
characters.
227
[Format] (Data part)
Manual setup (Data setup mode)
<DS>k,n...n : Use when input mode specification is Numeric mode, Alphanumeric mode and Kanji
mode.
<DN>mmmm,n...n : Use when specifying by binary.
Automatic setup (Data setup mode)
<DN>mmmm,n...n : Change input mode automatically according to input data.
-
Parameter
k [Input mode]
1 : Numeric mode
2 : Alphanumeric mode
3 : Kanji mode (Shift JIS Kanji code)
* Specify only when specifying Manual setup in Data setting mode.
* There is binary specification other than above, but data specification command is different.
m [Number of data] = Valid Range : 1 to 2953
* Specify when specifying Automatic setup in Data setting mode or specifying binary
specification in Manual setup.
n [Print data] = Data
[Format] (version)
<QV>pp :
-
Use when specifying the version.
Parameter
pp [Version] = 00 to 40 (MODEL2)
* This setting is used when fixing the size of QR symbol with the version command.
When not specified, it becomes Auto. Specifying 00 also becomes Auto. It does not
become a parameter error from 00 to 40.
* Refer to “[ESC+QV] QR code version” for details.
[Supplementary Explanation1]
-
When specifying Kanji in <DN>, specify size that is 2 x number of Kanji characters.
-
For <DN> in Automatic setup, when 80H to 9FH and E0H to FFH is specified as data, it is
handed as Kanji mode, and cannot specify them as binary.
[Coding Example 1]
Error correction level: 7%, Size of one side of cell: 05, Data setup mode: Manual setup,
Concatenation mode: Normal
<A>
<V>100<H>200<2D30>,L,05,0,0
<DS>1,012345
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation2]
-
If the parameter other than the description is specified or number of print data does not match,
printing is not performed.
228
-
Data specification command in data part varies according to parameter setup or specified data.
[Coding Example 2]
Error correction level: 7%, Size of one side of cell: 04, Mixed specification of Manual setup (Data
setup mode)
In Manual setup, you can proceed specifying data in specified input mode (Numeric, Alphanumeric,
Kanji, Binary).
<A>
<V>100<H>200
<2D30>,L,04,0,0
<DS>3,サトー
<DN>0010,0123456789
<DS>1,123
<Q>1
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation3]
-
Parameter part to be followed by Data part. Data part and data part should be specified in a row.
When do not specify in a row, print result may not be secured.
-
Total number of data (n) need to be less than 7000 bytes. Maximum number of blocks in data
part specified in a row is 200.
[Coding Example 3]
Error correction level: 7%, Size of one side of cell: 05, Data setup mode: Manual setup,
Concatenation mode: Normal, Version 5
<A>
<V>100<H>200<2D30>,L,05,0,0
<QV>5
<DS>1,012345
<DN>0004,6789
<Q>1
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation4]
-
Specify <QV> command between <2Dxx> and <DN>/<DS>.
-
When resulted in a parameter error, it will be handled in the same manner of no specification.
-
It does not become a parameter error from 00 to 40 (Set the value within the range
corresponding to each model).
Setting range(MODEL2): 00 to 40
-
Sending the data exceeding the data size of specified version will result in error and QR code is
not printed.
229
QR Code data size list (Model 2)
Version
1
Error
Correction
Numeric
AlphaNumeric
Kanji
Binary
L
41
25
10
17
M
34
20
8
14
21×21
Q
27
16
7
11
H
17
10
4
7
2
L
77
47
20
32
M
63
38
16
26
25×25
Q
48
29
12
20
H
34
20
8
14
3
L
127
77
32
53
M
101
61
26
42
29×29
Q
77
47
20
32
H
58
35
15
24
4
L
187
114
48
78
M
149
90
38
62
33×33
5
37×37
6
41×41
7
45×45
8
49×49
9
53×53
10
57×57
Q
111
67
28
46
H
82
50
21
34
L
255
154
65
106
M
202
122
52
84
Q
144
87
37
60
H
106
64
27
44
L
322
195
82
134
M
255
154
65
106
Q
178
108
45
74
H
139
84
36
58
L
370
224
95
154
M
293
178
75
122
Q
207
125
53
86
H
154
93
39
64
L
461
279
118
192
M
365
221
93
152
Q
259
157
66
108
H
202
122
52
84
L
552
335
141
230
M
432
262
111
180
Q
312
189
80
130
H
235
143
60
98
L
652
395
167
271
M
513
311
131
213
Q
364
221
93
151
H
288
174
74
119
230
Version
Error
Correction
11
L
772
468
198
M
604
366
155
251
61×61
Q
427
259
109
177
H
331
200
85
137
12
L
883
535
226
367
M
691
419
177
287
65×65
Q
489
296
125
203
H
374
227
96
155
13
L
1022
619
262
425
M
796
483
204
331
Q
580
352
149
241
H
427
259
109
177
L
1101
667
282
458
M
871
528
223
362
Q
621
376
159
258
H
468
283
120
194
L
1250
758
320
520
M
991
600
254
412
Q
703
426
180
292
H
530
321
136
220
L
1408
854
361
586
M
1082
656
277
450
Q
775
470
198
322
H
602
365
154
250
L
1548
938
397
644
M
1212
734
310
504
Q
876
531
224
364
H
674
408
173
280
L
1725
1046
442
718
M
1346
816
345
560
Q
948
574
243
394
H
746
452
191
310
19
L
1903
1153
488
792
M
1500
909
384
624
93×93
Q
1063
644
272
442
69×69
14
73×73
15
77×77
16
81×81
17
85×85
18
89×89
Numeric
AlphaNumeric
Kanji
Binary
321
H
813
493
208
338
20
L
2061
1249
528
858
M
1600
970
410
666
97×97
Q
1159
702
297
482
H
919
557
235
382
Version
21
101×101
22
105×105
Error
Correction
Numeric
AlphaNumeric
Kanji
Binary
L
2232
1352
572
929
M
1708
1035
438
711
Q
1224
742
314
509
H
969
587
248
403
L
2409
1460
618
1003
M
1872
1134
480
779
Q
1358
823
348
565
H
1056
640
270
439
23
L
2620
1588
672
1091
M
2059
1248
528
857
109×109
Q
1468
890
376
611
H
1108
672
284
461
24
L
2812
1704
721
1171
M
2188
1326
561
911
113×113
Q
1588
963
407
661
H
1228
744
315
511
L
3057
1853
784
1273
M
2395
1451
614
997
Q
1718
1041
440
715
H
1286
779
330
535
L
3283
1990
842
1367
M
2544
1542
652
1059
Q
1804
1094
462
751
H
1425
864
365
593
25
117×117
26
121×121
27
125×125
28
L
3517
2132
902
1465
M
2701
1637
692
1125
Q
1933
1172
496
805
H
1501
910
385
625
L
3669
2223
940
1528
M
2857
1732
732
1190
Q
2085
1263
534
868
H
1581
958
405
658
29
L
3909
2369
1002
1628
M
3035
1839
778
1264
133×133
Q
2181
1322
559
908
129×129
H
1677
1016
430
698
30
L
4158
2520
1066
1732
M
3289
1994
843
1370
137×137
Q
2358
1429
604
982
H
1782
1080
457
742
231
Version
31
141×141
32
145×145
33
149×149
34
153×153
35
157×157
36
161×161
37
165×165
38
169×169
Error
Correction
Numeric
AlphaNumeric
Kanji
Binary
L
4417
2677
1132
1840
M
3486
2113
894
1452
Q
2473
1499
634
1030
H
1897
1150
486
790
L
4686
2840
1201
1952
M
3693
2238
947
1538
Q
2670
1618
684
1112
H
2022
1226
518
842
L
4965
3009
1273
2068
M
3909
2369
1002
1628
Q
2805
1700
719
1168
H
2157
1307
553
898
L
5253
3183
1347
2188
M
4134
2506
1060
1722
Q
2949
1787
756
1228
H
2301
1394
590
958
L
5529
3351
1417
2303
M
4343
2632
1113
1809
1283
Q
3081
1867
790
H
2361
1431
605
983
L
5836
3537
1496
2431
M
4588
2780
1176
1911
Q
3244
1966
832
1351
H
2524
1530
647
1051
L
6153
3729
1577
2563
M
4775
2894
1224
1989
Q
3417
2071
876
1423
H
2625
1591
673
1093
L
6479
3927
1661
2699
M
5039
3054
1292
2099
Q
3599
2181
923
1499
H
2735
1658
701
1139
39
L
6743
4087
1729
2809
M
5313
3220
1362
2213
173×173
Q
3791
2298
972
1579
H
2927
1774
750
1219
40
L
7089
4296
1817
2953
M
5596
3391
1435
2331
177×177
Q
3993
2420
1024
1663
H
3057
1852
784
1273
[ESC+2D31] QR Code (Model 1)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
2D31
Parameter
<1B>16
<32>16<44>16 <33>16 <31>16
,a,bb,c,d(,ee,ff,gg)
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying QR Code (Model 1).
[Format] (Setup part)
<2D31>,a,bb,c,d(,ee,ff,gg)
-
Parameter
a [Error Correction Level]
L : 7%
M : 15%
Q : 25%
H : 30%
b [Size of one side of cell] = Valid Range : 01 to 99 dots
* Specify more than 02 dots, otherwise scanner may have reading problem.
04 dots or more is recommended for stable operation.
c [Data setup mode]
0 : Manual setup
1 : Automatic setup
* Note that data is specified differently depending on this setting.
d [Concatenation mode]
0 : Normal mode
1 : Concatenation mode
Following parameter must be specified when specifying 1 (Concatenation mode) in
Concatenation mode. Omit following parameter in normal mode.
e [Number of partitions of concatenation mode] = Valid Range : 01 to 16
* Number of partitions: Specifying how many QR code are to be concatenated divided by
Concatenation mode.
f [Sequential number partitioned by concatenation mode] = Valid Range : 01 to 16
* Sequential number: Specifying what number is it of divided QR code.
g [Concatenation mode parity data] = Valid Range : 00 to FF
* Parity data: Specifying exclusive OR of all the print data in divided QR code with HEX
characters.
[Format] (Data part)
Manual setup (Data setup mode)
<DS>k,n...n : Use when input mode specification is Numeric mode, Alphanumeric mode and Kanji
mode.
232
<DN>mmmm,n...n : Use when specifying by binary.
Automatic setup (Data setup mode)
<DN>mmmm,n...n : Change input mode automatically according to input data.
-
Parameter
k [Input mode]
1 : Numeric mode
2 : Alphanumeric mode
3 : Kanji mode (Shift JIS Kanji code)
* Specify only when specifying Manual setup in Data setting mode.
* There is binary specification other than above, but data specification command is different.
m [Number of data] = Valid Range : 1 to 486
* Specify when specifying Automatic setup in Data setting mode or specifying binary
specification in Manual setup.
n [Print data] = Data
[Format] (version)
<QV>pp :
-
Specify when specifying the version.
Parameter
pp [Version] = 00 to 14 (MODEL1)
* This setting is used when fixing the size of QR symbol with the version command.
When not specified, it becomes Auto. Specifying 00 also becomes Auto. It does not
become a parameter error from 00 to 40.
* Refer to “[ESC+QV] QR code version” for details.
[Supplementary Explanation1]
-
When specifying Kanji in <DN>, specify size that is 2 x number of Kanji characters.
-
For <DN> in Automatic setup, when 80H to 9FH and E0H to FFH is specified as data, it is
handed as Kanji mode, and cannot specify them as binary.
[Coding Example 1]
Error correction level: 7%, Size of one side of cell: 05, Data setup mode: Manual setup,
Concatenation mode: Normal
<A>
<V>100<H>200<2D31>,L,05,0,0
<DS>1,012345
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation2]
-
If the parameter other than the description is specified or number of print data does not match,
printing is not performed.
-
Data specification command in data part varies according to parameter setup or specified data.
[Coding Example 2]
Error correction level: 7%, Size of one side of cell: 04, Mixed specification of Manual setup (Data
setup mode)
233
In Manual setup, you can proceed specifying data in specified input mode (Numeric, Alphanumeric,
Kanji, Binary).
<A>
<V>100<H>200
<2D31>,L,04,0,0
<DS>3,サトー
<DN>0010,0123456789
<DS>1,123
<Q>1
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation3]
-
Parameter part to be followed by Data part. Data part and data part should be specified in a row.
When do not specify in a row, print result may not be secured.
[Coding Example 3]
Error correction level: 7%, Size of one side of cell: 05, Data setup mode: Manual setup,
Concatenation mode: Normal, Version 5
<A>
<V>100<H>200<2D31>,L,05,0,0
<QV>5
<DS>1,012345
<DN>0004,6789
<Q>1
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation4]
-
Specify <QV> command between <2Dxx> and <DN>/<DS>.
-
When resulted in a parameter error, it will be handled in the same manner of no specification.
-
It does not become a parameter error from 00 to 40 (Set the value within the range
corresponding to each model).
Setting range(MODEL1): 00 to 14
-
Sending the data exceeding the data size of specified version will result in error and QR code is
not printed.
234
QR Code data size list (Model 1)
Version
Error
Correction
1
21×21
2
25×25
3
29×29
4
33×33
5
37×37
6
41×41
7
45×45
8
49×49
9
53×53
Numeric
Alphanumeric
L
40
24
10
17
M
33
20
8
14
Q
25
15
6
11
H
16
10
4
7
L
81
49
20
34
M
66
40
17
28
Q
52
31
13
22
H
33
20
8
14
L
131
79
33
55
M
100
60
25
42
Q
81
49
20
34
H
52
31
13
22
L
186
113
48
78
M
138
84
35
58
Q
114
69
29
48
H
76
46
19
32
L
253
154
65
106
M
191
116
49
80
Q
157
95
40
66
H
105
63
27
44
L
321
194
82
134
M
249
151
64
104
Q
201
122
51
84
H
133
81
34
56
Kanji
Binary
L
402
244
103
168
M
311
188
80
130
Q
253
154
65
106
H
167
101
43
70
L
493
299
126
206
M
378
229
97
158
Q
301
183
77
126
H
203
123
52
85
L
585
354
150
244
M
441
267
113
184
Q
369
223
94
154
H
239
145
61
100
235
Version
Error
Correction
10
57×57
11
61×61
12
65×65
13
69×69
14
73×73
Numeric
Alphanumeric
Kanji
Binary
L
690
418
177
287
M
526
319
135
219
Q
433
262
111
180
H
291
176
74
121
L
800
485
205
333
M
608
368
156
253
Q
493
299
126
205
H
342
207
87
142
L
915
555
234
381
M
694
421
178
289
Q
579
351
148
241
H
390
236
100
162
L
1030
624
264
429
M
790
479
202
329
Q
656
398
168
273
H
454
275
116
189
L
1167
707
299
486
M
877
531
225
365
Q
738
447
189
307
H
498
302
127
207
[ESC+2D32] Micro QR Code
Hexadecimal code
ESC
2D32
Parameter
<1B>16
<32>16<44>16 <33>16 <32>16
,a,bb,c
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying QR Code (Micro QR Code).
[Format] (Setup part)
<2D32>,a,bb,c
-
Parameter
a [Error Correction Level]
L : 7%
M : 15%
Q : 25%
b [Size of one side of cell] = Valid Range : 01 to 99 dots
* Specify more than 02 dots, otherwise scanner may have reading problem.
04 dots or more is recommended for stable operation.
c [Data setup mode]
0 : Manual setup
1 : Automatic setup
[Format] (Data part)
Manual setup (Data setup mode)
<DS>k,n...n : Use when input mode specification is Numeric mode, Alphanumeric mode and Kanji
mode.
<DN>mmmm,n...n : Use when specifying by binary.
Automatic setup (Data setup mode)
<DN>mmmm,n...n : Change input mode automatically according to input data.
-
Parameter
k [Input mode]
1 : Numeric mode
2 : Alphanumeric mode
3 : Kanji mode (Shift JIS Kanji)
* There is binary specification other than above, but data specification command is different.
m [Number of data] = Valid Range : 1 to 15
* Specify when specifying Automatic setup in Data setting mode.
n [Print data] = Data
236
[Format] (version)
<QV>pp :
-
Specify when specifying the version.
Parameter
pp [Version] = 00 to 04 (MicroQR M1 to M4)
* This setting is used when fixing the size of QR symbol with the version command.
When not specified, it becomes Auto. Specifying 00 also becomes Auto.
It does not become a parameter error from 00 to 40.
* Refer to “[ESC+QV] QR code version” for details.
[Supplementary Explanation1]
-
When specifying Kanji in <DN>, specify size that is 2 x number of Kanji characters.
-
For <DN> in Automatic setup, when 80H to 9FH and E0H to FFH is specified as data, it is
handed as Kanji mode, and cannot specify them as binary.
[Coding Example 1]
Error correction level: 7%, Size of one side of cell: 04
<A>
<V>100<H>200<2D32>,L,04,0
<DS>1,012345
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation2]
-
If the parameter other than the description is specified or number of print data does not match,
printing is not performed.
-
Data specification command in data part varies according to parameter setup or specified data.
[Coding Example 2]
Error correction level: 7%, Size of one side of cell: 04, Mixed specification of Manual setup (Data
setup mode)
In Manual setup, you can proceed specifying data in specified input mode (Numeric, Alphanumeric,
Kanji, Binary).
<A>
<V>100<H>200
<2D32>,L,04,0
<DS>3,サトー
<DN>0010,0123456789
<DS>1,123
<Q>1
<Z>
237
[Supplementary Explanation3]
-
Parameter part to be followed by Data part. Data part and data part should be specified in a row.
When do not specify in a row, print result may not be secured.
Micro QR Code Data size list
Version
Error correction
M1 (11x11)
L (Error detection
only)
5
-
-
-
M2 (13x13)
L
10
6
-
-
M
8
5
-
-
L
23
14
6
9
M
18
11
4
7
L
35
21
9
15
M
30
18
8
13
Q
21
13
5
9
M3 (15x15)
M4 (17x17)
Numeric
Alphanumeric
Kanji
Binary
[Coding Example 3]
Error correction level: 7%, Size of one side of cell: 05, Data setup mode: Manual setup,
Concatenation mode: Normal, printed in version M4
<A>
<V>100<H>200<2D32>,L,05,0,0
<QV>4
<DS>1,012345
<DN>0004,6789
<Q>1
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation4]
-
Specify <QV> command between <2Dxx> and <DN>/<DS>.
-
When resulted in a parameter error, it will be handled in the same manner of no specification.
-
It does not become a parameter error from 00 to 40 (Set the value within the range
corresponding to each model).
For MicroQR, the setting range is from 00 to 04.
-
Sending the data exceeding the data size of specified version will result in error and QR code is
not printed.
238
[ESC+2D34] GS1 QR Code (Model 2)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
2D34
Parameter
<1B>16
<32>16<44>16 <33>16 <34>16
,a,bb
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying GS1 QR Code (Model 2).
[Format] (Setup part)
<2D34>,a,bb
-
Parameter
a [Error Correction Level]
L : 7%
M : 15%
Q : 25%
H : 30%
b [Size of one side of cell] = Valid Range : 01 to 99 dots
* Specify more than 02 dots when head density is 12dot/mm, otherwise scanner may have
reading problem.
[Format] (Data part)
Automatic setup (Data setup mode)
<DN>mmmm,n...n : Change input mode automatically according to input data.
-
Parameter
m
n
[Number of data] = Valid Range : 1 to 7087
[Print data] = Data
* Use when fix the size of QR symbol by specifying the version. When not specified,
it will be specified automatically.
[Format] (version)
<QV>pp :
-
Use when specifying the version.
Parameter
pp [Version] = 00 to 40 (GS1 QR)
* This setting is used when fixing the size of QR symbol with the version command. When
not specified, it becomes Auto. Specifying 00 also becomes Auto. It becomes a parameter
error when a value is specified other than from 00 to 40.
* See “[ESC+QV] QR code version” for details.
[Supplementary Explanation1]
-
AI identifier's fixed length and variable length are not be checked. AI identifier is not checked
too. When specifying AI identifier which supported the variable data character string, please
include FNC1(@1) at the end of data.
239
-
If you want to include @ character in the data string data, please enter @@.
-
Do not specify @ data other than FNC1(@1), @(@@) in the data string data.
If only one @ character is specified, the @ character will be deleted.
Sample : If you specify 12345@6789 (all 10 characters), it will encode with 123456789 (9
characters).
-
If only @1 is specified in the data string, a command error will occur.
-
If "%" is included in the print data, there is a possibility that "%" can not be correctly scanned
depending on the type of input data or the scanner. If "%" is not scanned correctly, please
specify "%%". For details, please contact each scanner maker.
-
Checking of valid data specified in GS1 QR code is not implemented.
-
GS1 QR code does not support the manual setting mode.
-
GS1 QR code does not support the concatenation mode.
[Coding example 1]
Error correction level: 7%, Size of one side of cell: 5, Concentration mode: Normal, Version5 Data :
(01)04912345123459(10)ABC123<FNC1>(96)11022888
<A>
<V>100<H>200<2D34>,L,05
<QV>5
<DN>0036,010491234512345910ABC123@19611022888
<Q>1
<Z>
[Coding example 2]
Error correction level: 7%, Size of one side of cell: 5, Concentration mode: Normal, Version5 Data :
(01)04993191000019(8200)www.sato.co.jp
<A>
<V>100<H>200<2D34>,L,05
<QV>5
<DN>0034,01049931910000198200www.sato.co.jp
<Q>1
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation2]
-
Specify QR Code Version <QV> command between <2Dxx> and <DN>.
-
When resulted in a parameter error, it will be handled in the same manner of no specification.
-
It become a parameter error when a value is specified other than from 00 to 40.
Setting range (GS1 QR code): 00 to 40 (Set the value within the range corresponding to each
model).
-
Sending the data exceeding the data size of specified version will result in error and GS1 QR
code is not printed.
240
List of QR code data size (for GS1 QR)
Version
1
21×21
2
25×25
3
29×29
4
33×33
5
37×37
6
41×41
7
45×45
8
49×49
9
53×53
10
57×57
Error
Correction
Chinese
Number Alphanumeric characters
Binary
L
40
24
10
17
M
33
20
8
14
Q
25
15
6
11
H
16
10
4
7
L
76
46
19
32
M
61
37
16
26
Q
47
28
12
20
H
33
20
8
14
L
126
76
32
53
M
100
60
25
42
Q
76
46
19
32
H
57
34
14
24
L
186
113
48
78
M
148
90
38
62
Q
109
66
28
46
H
81
49
21
34
L
253
154
65
106
M
201
122
51
84
Q
144
87
36
60
H
105
63
27
44
L
321
194
82
134
M
253
154
65
106
Q
177
107
45
74
H
138
84
35
58
L
369
223
94
154
M
292
177
75
122
Q
205
124
52
86
H
153
92
39
64
L
460
279
118
192
M
364
220
93
152
Q
258
156
66
108
H
201
122
51
84
L
551
334
141
230
M
431
261
110
180
Q
311
188
80
130
H
234
142
60
98
L
651
395
167
271
M
512
310
131
213
Q
363
220
93
151
H
286
174
73
119
241
Version
11
61×61
12
65×65
13
69×69
14
73×73
15
77×77
16
81×81
17
85×85
18
89×89
19
93×93
20
97×97
Error
Correction
Chinese
Number Alphanumeric characters
Binary
L
771
467
198
321
M
603
366
154
251
Q
426
258
109
177
H
330
200
84
137
L
882
534
226
367
M
690
418
177
287
Q
488
296
125
203
H
373
226
95
155
L
1021
619
262
425
M
795
482
204
331
Q
579
351
148
241
H
426
258
109
177
L
1100
667
282
458
M
870
527
223
362
Q
620
376
159
258
H
466
283
119
194
L
1249
757
320
520
M
99
0
600
254
412
Q
702
425
180
292
H
529
320
135
220
L
1407
853
361
586
M
1081
655
277
450
Q
774
469
198
322
H
601
364
154
250
L
1546
938
396
644
M
1210
734
310
504
Q
874
530
224
364
H
673
408
172
280
L
1724
1045
442
718
M
1345
815
345
560
Q
946
574
242
394
H
745
451
191
310
L
1902
1152
487
792
M
1498
908
384
624
Q
1062
643
272
442
H
812
492
208
338
L
2060
1248
528
858
M
1599
969
410
666
Q
1158
702
297
482
H
918
556
235
382
Version
Error
Correction
21
L
2230
1352
572
929
M
1707
1035
438
711
Q
1222
741
314
509
H
968
587
248
403
101×101
22
105×105
23
109×109
24
113×113
25
117×117
26
121×121
27
125×125
28
129×129
29
133×133
30
137×137
Chinese
Number Alphanumeric characters
Binary
L
2408
1459
617
1003
M
1870
1134
479
779
Q
1357
822
348
565
H
1054
639
270
439
L
2619
1587
671
1091
M
2058
1247
527
857
Q
1467
889
376
611
H
1107
671
284
461
L
2811
1704
721
1171
M
2187
1326
561
911
Q
1587
962
407
661
H
1227
744
314
511
L
3056
1852
783
1273
M
2394
1451
614
997
Q
1717
1040
440
715
H
1285
779
329
535
L
3282
1989
841
1367
M
2542
1541
652
1059
Q
1803
1093
462
751
H
1424
863
365
593
L
3516
2131
901
1465
M
2700
1636
692
1125
Q
1932
1171
495
805
H
1500
909
384
625
L
3667
2223
940
1528
M
2856
1731
732
1190
Q
2083
1263
534
868
H
1579
957
405
658
L
3907
2368
1002
1628
M
3035
1839
778
1264
Q
2179
1321
559
908
H
1675
1015
429
698
L
4157
2159
1066
1732
M
3288
1993
843
1370
Q
2357
1428
604
982
H
1781
1079
456
742
242
Version
Error
Correction
31
L
4416
2676
1132
1840
M
3485
2112
893
1452
141×141
Q
2472
1498
634
1030
H
1896
1149
486
790
32
145×145
33
149×149
34
153×153
35
157×157
36
161×161
37
165×165
38
169×169
39
173×173
40
177×177
Chinese
Number Alphanumeric characters
Binary
L
4685
2839
1201
1952
M
3691
2237
946
1528
Q
2669
1618
684
1112
H
2021
1225
518
842
L
4963
3008
1272
2068
M
3907
2368
1002
1628
Q
2803
1699
719
1168
H
2115
1306
552
898
L
5251
3183
1347
2188
M
4133
2505
1060
1722
Q
2947
1786
756
1228
H
2299
1394
589
958
L
5527
3350
1417
2303
M
4342
2631
1113
1809
Q
3081
1866
789
1283
H
2359
1430
605
983
L
5835
3536
1496
2431
M
4587
2780
1176
1911
Q
3243
1965
831
1351
H
2523
1529
647
1051
L
6151
3728
1577
2563
M
4774
2893
1224
1989
Q
3415
2070
876
1423
H
2623
1590
672
1093
L
6478
3926
1661
2699
M
5038
3053
1292
2099
Q
3598
2180
922
1499
H
2734
1657
701
1139
L
6742
4086
1728
2809
M
5311
3219
1362
2213
Q
3790
2297
792
1579
H
2926
1773
750
1219
L
7087
4295
1817
2953
M
5595
3391
1434
2331
Q
3991
2419
1023
1663
H
3055
1852
783
1273
List of QR code data size (for Model 2)
Version
Error
Correction
1
L
41
M
Q
21 x 21
2
25 x 25
3
29 x 29
4
33 x 33
5
37 x 37
6
41 x 41
7
45 x 45
8
49 x 49
9
53 x 53
10
57 x 57
Chinese
characters
Binary
25
10
17
34
20
8
14
27
16
7
11
H
17
10
4
7
L
77
47
20
32
M
63
38
16
26
Q
48
29
12
20
H
34
20
8
14
L
127
77
32
53
M
101
61
26
42
Q
77
47
20
32
H
58
35
15
24
Number
Alphanumeric
L
187
114
48
78
M
149
90
38
62
Q
111
67
28
46
H
82
50
21
34
L
255
154
65
106
M
202
122
52
84
Q
144
87
37
60
H
106
64
27
44
L
322
195
82
134
M
255
154
65
106
Q
178
108
45
74
H
139
84
36
58
L
370
224
95
154
M
293
178
75
122
Q
207
125
53
86
H
154
93
39
64
L
461
279
118
192
M
365
221
93
152
Q
259
157
66
108
H
202
122
52
84
L
552
335
141
230
M
432
262
111
180
Q
312
189
80
130
H
235
143
60
98
L
652
395
167
271
M
513
311
131
213
Q
364
221
93
151
H
288
174
74
119
243
Version
Error
Correction
11
L
772
M
Q
61 x 61
12
65 x 65
13
69 x 69
14
73 x 73
15
77 x 77
16
81 x 81
17
85 x 85
18
89 x 89
19
93 x 93
Chinese
characters
Binary
468
198
321
604
366
155
251
427
259
109
177
H
331
200
85
137
L
883
535
226
367
M
691
419
177
287
Q
489
296
125
203
H
374
227
96
155
619
262
425
L
97 x 97
1022
Alphanumeric
M
796
483
204
331
Q
580
352
149
241
H
427
259
109
177
667
282
458
M
871
528
223
362
Q
621
376
159
258
H
468
283
120
194
758
320
520
L
L
1101
1250
M
991
600
254
412
Q
703
426
180
292
H
530
321
136
220
L
1408
854
361
586
M
1082
656
277
450
Q
775
470
198
322
H
602
365
154
250
L
1548
938
397
644
M
1212
734
310
504
Q
876
531
224
364
H
674
408
173
280
L
1725
1046
442
718
M
1346
816
345
560
Q
948
574
243
394
H
746
452
191
310
L
1903
1153
488
792
M
1500
909
384
624
Q
1063
644
272
442
813
493
208
338
L
2061
1249
528
858
M
1600
970
410
666
Q
1159
702
297
482
557
235
382
H
20
Number
H
919
Version
Error
Correction
Number
21
L
2232
1352
572
929
M
1708
1035
438
711
Q
1224
742
314
509
H
969
587
248
403
L
2409
1460
618
1003
M
1872
1134
480
779
Q
1358
823
348
565
H
1056
640
270
439
L
2620
1588
672
1091
M
2059
1248
528
857
Q
1468
890
376
611
H
1108
672
284
461
L
2812
1704
721
1171
M
2188
1326
561
911
Q
1588
963
407
661
H
1228
744
315
511
L
3057
1853
784
1273
M
2395
1451
614
997
Q
1718
1041
440
715
H
1286
779
330
535
L
3283
1990
842
1367
M
2544
1542
652
1059
Q
1804
1094
462
751
H
1425
864
365
593
L
3517
2132
902
1465
M
2701
1637
692
1125
Q
1933
1172
496
805
H
1501
910
385
625
L
3669
2223
940
1528
M
2857
1732
732
1190
Q
2085
1263
534
868
H
1581
958
405
658
L
3909
2369
1002
1628
M
3035
1839
778
1264
Q
2181
1322
559
908
H
1677
1016
430
698
L
4158
2520
1066
1732
M
3289
1994
843
1370
Q
2358
1429
604
982
H
1782
1080
457
742
101 x 101
22
105 x 105
23
109 x 109
24
113 x 113
25
117 x 117
26
121 x 121
27
125 x 125
28
129 x 129
29
133 x 133
30
137 x 137
Alphanumeric
Chinese
characters
Binary
244
Version
Error
Correction
Number
Alphanumeric
31
L
4417
2677
1132
1840
M
3486
2113
894
1452
Q
2473
1499
634
1030
H
1897
1150
486
790
L
4686
2840
1201
1952
M
3693
2238
947
1538
Q
2670
1618
684
1112
H
2022
1226
518
842
L
4965
3009
1273
2068
M
3909
2369
1002
1628
Q
2805
1700
719
1168
H
2157
1307
553
898
L
5253
3183
1347
2188
M
4134
2506
1060
1722
Q
2949
1787
756
1228
H
2301
1394
590
958
L
5529
3351
1417
2303
M
4343
2632
1113
1809
Q
3081
1867
790
1283
H
2361
1431
605
983
L
5836
3537
1496
2431
M
4588
2780
1176
1911
Q
3244
1966
832
1351
H
2524
1530
647
1051
L
6153
3729
1577
2563
M
4775
2894
1224
1989
Q
3417
2071
876
1423
H
2625
1591
673
1093
L
6479
3927
1661
2699
M
5039
3054
1292
2099
Q
3599
2181
923
1499
H
2735
1658
701
1139
L
6743
4087
1729
2809
M
5313
3220
1362
2213
Q
3791
2298
972
1579
H
2927
1774
750
1219
L
7089
4296
1817
2953
M
5596
3391
1435
2331
Q
3993
2420
1024
1663
H
3057
1852
784
1273
141 x 141
32
145 x 145
33
149 x 149
34
153 x 153
35
157 x 157
36
161 x 161
37
165 x 165
38
169 x 169
39
173 x 173
40
177 x 177
Chinese
characters
Binary
QR Code (Numeric mode) Code table
B8
B7
B6
B5
B4 B3 B2 B1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
S
0
0
1
0
2
0
0
1
1
3
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
I
0
1
0
1
5
0
1
0
0
4
0
1
1
0
6
0
1
1
1
7
1
0
0
0
8
1
0
0
1
9
S
1
0
1
0
A
1
0
1
1
B
1
1
0
0
C
O
1
1
0
1
D
1
1
1
0
E
1
1
1
1
F
QR Code (Alphanumeric mode) Code table
B8
B7
B6
B5
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 1
0 0 1 0
0 0 1 1
0 1 0 0
0 1 0 1
0 1 1 0
0 1 1 1
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 1
1 0 1 0
1 0 1 1
1 1 0 0
1 1 0 1
1 1 1 0
1 1 1 1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
S
0
0
1
0
2
SP
$
%
*
+
.
/
0
0
1
1
3
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
:
0
1
0
0
4
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
245
I
0
1
0
1
5
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
0
1
1
0
6
0
1
1
1
7
1
0
0
0
8
1
0
0
1
9
S
1
0
1
0
A
1
0
1
1
B
1
1
0
0
C
O
1
1
0
1
D
1
1
1
0
E
1
1
1
1
F
QR Code (Binary mode) Code table
B8
B7
B6
B5
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 1
0 0 1 0
0 0 1 1
0 1 0 0
0 1 0 1
0 1 1 0
0 1 1 1
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 1
1 0 1 0
1 0 1 1
1 1 0 0
1 1 0 1
1 1 1 0
1 1 1 1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
S
0
0
1
0
2
SP
!
"
#
$
%
&
'
(
)
*
+
,
.
/
0
0
1
1
3
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
:
;
<
=
>
?
0
1
0
0
4
@
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
I
0
1
0
1
5
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
[
\
]
^
_
0
1
1
0
6
`
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
0
1
1
1
7
p
q
r
s
t
u
v
w
x
y
z
{
|
}
~
DEL
[00H to 7FH], [A0H to DFH] can be available for QR code.
246
1
0
0
0
8
1
0
0
1
9
S
1
0
1
0
A
1
0
1
1
B
1
1
0
0
C
O
1
1
0
1
D
1
1
1
0
E
1
1
1
1
F
QR Code (Kanji mode) Code table
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
[ESC+2D50] DataMatrix (ECC200)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
2D50
Parameter
<1B>16
<32>16<44>16 <35>16 <30>16
,aa,bb,ccc,ddd
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying DataMatrix Code (ECC200).
[Format] (Setup part)
<2D50>,aa,bb,ccc,ddd
-
Parameter
a [Horizontal cell size] = Valid Range : 01 to 99 dots
b [Vertical cell size] = Valid Range : 01 to 99 dots
c [Number of cell in one line]
Valid Range : 010 to 144
000 : (Auto-setting)
d [Number of cell lines]
Valid Range : 008 to 144
000 : (Auto-setting)
[Format] (Data part)
<DN>mmmm,n...n
-
Parameter
m [Number of data] = Valid Range : 1 to 3116
n [Print data] = Data
* When print 7EH, specify "7EH, 7EH."
* If Parameter other than above is specified or print data does not match, printing is
not performed.
[Coding Example]
Horizontal cell size: 3 dots, Vertical cell size: 3 dots
<A>
<V>100<H>200<2D50>,03,03,000,000
<DN>0010,0123456789
<Z>
267
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
If the parameter other than the description is specified or number of print data does not match,
printing is not performed.
-
When specifying print format, secure more than 2 mm blank space in four sides of the
DataMatrix for read margin for the scanner.
-
When print data is 7EH, specify "7EH, 7EH." Number of data will be "0002."
-
When Auto setup (000) is applied for [Number of cell in one row] and [Number of cell lines],
square DataMatrix is printed.
-
The number of addressable data at data part is depending on data format. Following chart
shows the number of addressable data (When the number of cell is set automatically or the
maximum number of cell is specified).
Data format
-
Data format
Number of data
Numeric
3116
Alphanumeric
2335
Binary (00H to FFH)
1556
The symbol may not be read by a scanner when the cell size is smaller. In the above case,
specify enough cell size for the scanner.
268
* Symbol size of DataMatrix (ECC200) is following 30 types.
Symbol size and number of data of DataMatrix (ECC200)
Rectangle
Square
Symbol size
Maximum data digits
Number of cell
in one line(c)
Number of
cell line(d)
Number of
block
Numeric
Alphanumeric
Binary
10
10
1
6
3
1
12
12
1
10
6
3
14
14
1
16
10
6
16
16
1
24
16
10
18
18
1
36
25
16
20
20
1
44
31
20
22
22
1
60
43
28
24
24
1
72
52
34
26
26
1
88
64
42
32
32
4
124
91
60
36
36
4
172
127
84
40
40
4
228
169
112
44
44
4
288
214
142
48
48
4
348
259
172
52
52
4
408
304
202
64
64
16
560
418
278
72
72
16
736
550
366
80
80
16
912
682
454
88
88
16
1152
862
574
96
96
16
1392
1042
694
104
104
16
1632
1222
814
120
120
36
2100
1573
1048
132
132
36
2608
1954
1302
144
144
36
3116
2335
1556
18
8
1
10
6
3
32
8
2
20
13
8
26
12
1
32
22
14
36
12
2
44
31
20
36
16
2
64
46
30
48
16
2
98
72
47
* Mixture of Numeric, Alphanumeric and Control code varies according to number of characters.
269
DataMatrix Code table
S
I
S
O
B8 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
B7 0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
B6 0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
B5 0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
B4 B3 B2 B1
0
0
0
0
0
SP 0
@
P
`
p
0
0
0
1
1
!
1
A
Q
a
q
0
0
1
0
2
”
2
B
R
b
r
0
0
1
1
3
#
3
C
S
c
s
0
1
0
0
4
$
4
D
T
d
t
0
1
0
1
5
%
5
E
U
e
u
0
1
1
0
6
&
6
F
V
f
v
0
1
1
1
7
’
7
G
W
g
w
1
0
0
0
8
(
8
H
X
h
x
1
0
0
1
9
)
9
I
Y
i
y
1
0
1
0
A
*
:
J
Z
j
z
1
0
1
1
B
+
;
K
[
k
{
1
1
0
0
C
,
<
L
\
l
|
1
1
0
1
D
-
=
M ] m }
1
1
1
0
E
.
>
N
^
n
1
1
1
1
F
/
? O
_
o DEL
[00H to FFH] can be available for DataMatrix.
When print 7EH, specify "7EH, 7EH."
270
~
[ESC+2D51] GS1 DataMatrix
Hexadecimal code
ESC
2D51
Parameter
<1B>16
<32>16<44>16 <35>16 <31>16
,aa,bb,ccc,ddd
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying GS1 DataMatrix Code.
[Format] (Setup part)
<2D51>,aa,bb,ccc,ddd
-
Parameter
a [Horizontal cell size] = Valid Range : 01 to 99 dots
b [Vertical cell size] = Valid Range : 01 to 99 dots
c [Number of cell in one line]
Valid Range : 010 to 144
000 : (Auto-setting)
d [Number of cell lines]
Valid Range : 008 to 144
000 : (Auto-setting)
[Format] (Data part)
<DN>mmmm,n...n
-
Parameter
m [Number of data] = Valid Range : 1 to 3116
n [Print data] = Data
* When print 7EH, specify "7EH, 7EH."
* When print 1BH, specify "1BH, 1BH."
* When print FNC1, specify “1BH, 31H.”
* If Parameter other than above is specified or print data do not match,
print is not secured.
[Coding Example]
Horizontal cell size: 3 dots, Vertical cell size: 3 dots
<A>
<V>100<H>200<2D51>,03,03,000,000
<DN>0014, <1B>161100123456789
<Q>2
<Z>
* <1B>16 specifies character code "1BH.”
271
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
If Parameter other than above is specified or print data do not match, printing is not performed.
-
When specifying print format, secure more than 2 mm blank space in four sides of the
DataMatrix for read margin for the scanner.
-
When print data is 7EH, specify "7EH, 7EH." Number of data will be "0002."
-
When [7EH] is specified solely, the command error occurs and the code will not be printed.
-
When print data is 1BH, specify "1BH, 1BH." Number of data will be "0002."
-
When print data is FNC1, specify "1BH, 31H." Number of data will be "0002."
-
When [1BH] is specified solely, printing and the content of printing will not be guaranteed.
-
When Auto setup (000) is applied for "Number of cell in one row” and "Number of cell lines,"
square symbol is printed.
-
When the same value other than 000 is specified (manual setting) in the "number of cell in one
row" and "number of cell lines," square symbol will be printed.
-
When different value other than 000 is specified (manual setting) in the "number of cell in one
row" and "number of cell lines," rectangle DataMatrix will be printed.
-
The number of addressable data at data part is depending on data format. Available data
number is as follows.
(Number of cell is auto setting or the maximum cell number is specified):
Data format
Data format
Number of data
Numeric
3116
Alphanumeric
2335
Binary (00H to FFH)
1556
-
The symbol may not be read by a scanner when the cell size is smaller. In the above case,
specify enough cell size for the scanner.
-
The symbol size available in the GS1 DataMatrix is limited to the 30 types in the below table.
Also, the maximum number of data is limited depending on the symbol size. Refer to the "The
maximum digit of the number of data" table.
-
Make sure to specify 1BH and 31H at the beginning of the data.
272
* The symbol size of DataMatrix(ECC200) is fixed to the following 30 types.
Symbol size and number of data of GS1 DataMatrix
Rectangle
Square
Symbol size
Maximum data digits
Number of cell
in one line(c)
Number of
cell line(d)
Number of
block
Numeric
Alphanumeric
Binary
10
10
1
6
3
1
12
12
1
10
6
3
14
14
1
16
10
6
16
16
1
24
16
10
18
18
1
36
25
16
20
20
1
44
31
20
22
22
1
60
43
28
24
24
1
72
52
34
26
26
1
88
64
42
32
32
4
124
91
60
36
36
4
172
127
84
40
40
4
228
169
112
44
44
4
288
214
142
48
48
4
348
259
172
52
52
4
408
304
202
64
64
16
560
418
278
72
72
16
736
550
366
80
80
16
912
682
454
88
88
16
1152
862
574
96
96
16
1392
1042
694
104
104
16
1632
1222
814
120
120
36
2100
1573
1048
132
132
36
2608
1954
1302
144
144
36
3116
2335
1556
18
8
1
10
6
3
32
8
2
20
13
8
26
12
1
32
22
14
36
12
2
44
31
20
36
16
2
64
46
30
48
16
2
98
72
47
* Mixture of Numeric, Alphanumeric and Control code varies according to number of characters.
273
GS1 DataMatrix Code table
B8
B7
B6
B5
B4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
B3
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
B2
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
FNC1
B1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
Data n
1BH
0
0
0
1
1
S
0
0
1
0
2
SP
!
"
#
$
%
&
'
(
)
*
+
,
.
/
I
0
0
1
1
3
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
:
;
<
=
>
?
0
1
0
0
4
@
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
Data n+1
31H
GS1 DataMatrix can specify from 00H to FFH.
When print 7EH, specify "7EH, 7EH."
When print 1BH, specify "1BH, 1BH."
When specifying FNC1, specify “1BH, 31H.”
274
0
1
0
1
5
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
[
\
]
^
_
0 0
1 1
1 1
0 1
6 7
`
p
a q
b r
c s
d t
e u
f
v
g w
h x
i
y
j
z
k {
l
|
m }
n ~
o DEL
1
0
0
0
8
1
0
0
1
9
S
1
0
1
0
A
1
0
1
1
B
1
1
0
0
C
O
1
1
0
1
D
1
1
1
0
E
1
1
1
1
F
[ESC+2D70] Aztec Code
Hexadecimal code
ESC
2D70
Parameter
<1B>16
<32>16<44>16 <37>16 <30>16
,a,bb,cc,dd,e,f...f
Initial value [aa]
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying Aztec Code.
[Format] (Setup part)
<2D70>,a,bb,cc,dd,e,f...f
-
Parameter
a [Symbol Type]
0 : Full Range Symbol
1 : Compact Symbol
b [ECC Percentage]
0 : Default error correction level
01 to 99 : Error correction percentage
c [Symbol Size]
0 : Automatic minimization
1 to 4 : 1 to 4 – layer (Compact Symbol) * Following symbol size table reference.
4 to 32 : 4 to 32 – layer (Full Range Symbol) * Following symbol size table reference.
d [Number of symbols for structured append]
0 : Encodes without append
1 : Automatic Setting
2 to 26 : Append structured blocks
e [Message ID]
Y : Specify Message ID for structured bound symbol
N : No Message ID
f [Message ID for structured bound symbol]
Printable ASCII string (0x21 to 0x7E) with maximum 24 bytes.
[Format] (Data part)
<DS>n..n
// for ASCII data
<DN>mmmm,n..n // for Binary data
-
Parameter
m [Number of Data] = 0001 to 1914
- Set this parameter when Print data is in Binary.
n [Print data] = Data
- When selecting [1BH], make sure to specify [1BH,1BH].
- When selecting [FNC1], make sure to specify [1BH,30H].
- When selecting [ECI], make sure to specify [1BH,*]. (‘*’ refers from 31H to 36H.)
275
[Coding Example]
Symbol Type: Compact, ECC Percentage: Default, Symbol Size: 2 layer, Structured Append:
Without append, Message ID: No, Message ID for structured bound symbol: None, Barcode Data:
THIS IS TEST.
<A>
<V>0100<H>0100<L>0404
<2D70>,1,0,2,0,N,<DS>THIS IS TEST
<Q>1
<Z>
-
Generated Label
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
When parameters other than the description are specified, symbol may not print.
-
When the size of the Aztec code is small, the symbol might not be able to read according to the
performance of the scanner. In that case, please magnify the size of the symbol to make it large
enough by using <L> command maintaining the same ratio of magnification for both length and
width.
-
The smallest symbol size is 15x15 modules and largest is 151x151 modules. Available Aztec
code formats and its maximum capacity are as follows:
Symbol size table
Parameter c
Format
Digit
Text
Binary data
1
15x15 Compact
13
12
6
2
19x19 Compact
40
33
19
3
23x23 Compact
70
57
33
4
27x27 Compact
110
89
53
4
31x31
128
104
62
5
37x37
178
144
87
6
41x41
232
187
114
7
45x45
294
236
145
8
49x49
362
291
179
9
53x53
433
348
214
10
57x57
516
414
256
11
61x61
601
482
298
12
67x67
691
554
343
13
71x71
793
636
394
14
75x75
896
718
446
15
79x79
1008
808
502
16
83x83
1123
900
559
17
87x87
1246
998
621
18
91x91
1378
1104
687
19
95x95
1511
1210
753
20
101x101
1653
1324
824
276
Parameter c
Format
Digit
Text
Binary data
21
105x105
1801
1442
898
22
109x109
1956
1566
976
23
113x113
2116
1694
1056
24
117x117
2281
1826
1138
25
121x121
2452
1963
1224
26
125x125
2632
2107
1314
27
131x131
2818
2256
1407
28
135x135
3007
2407
1501
29
139x139
3205
2565
1600
30
143x143
3409
2728
1702
31
147x147
3616
2894
1806
32
151x151
3832
3067
1914
-
Aztec code is settable within the range (00H – FFH). For Binary data, user needs to set the data
number properly by using the <DN> command. If Data number and Print data does not match,
symbol will not print properly.
-
When print data is 1BH, specify [1BH, 1BH]. Number of data will be "0002."
-
Use [1BH,*] in pairs within input data when presenting ECI. ‘*’ refers from 31H to 36H. The
number in the following FLG(1) - FLG(6) are the number of digits of the data to be used for ECI.
<ESC>1→FLG(1): The number of digits specified for ECI data is 1 digits.
<ESC>2→FLG(2): The number of digits specified for ECI data is 2 digits.
<ESC>3→FLG(3): The number of digits specified for ECI data is 3 digits.
<ESC>4→FLG(4): The number of digits specified for ECI data is 4 digits.
<ESC>5→FLG(5): The number of digits specified for ECI data is 5 digits.
<ESC>6→FLG(6): The number of digits specified for ECI data is 6 digits.
e.g.)A sample data with <ESC>4 : <ESC>41111ABCDE
The scanned data when <ESC>4 will be "\001111ABCDE" ( '\' may differ depending on scanner
settings).
1) <ESC>4 means FLG(4). The succeeding "1111"(4 digits) will be treated as ECI data.
2) Since it is short by 2 digits, 0 is padded in the beginning to make it "\001111.”
-
The message ID is enabled only when it is separated to print after automatic setting with
"Number of symbols for structured append" with specifying "Append structured blocks.”
277
Aztec Code Table
S
b8
b7
b6
b5
B4 b3 b2 b1
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 1
0 0 1 0
0 0 1 1
0 1 0 0
0 1 0 1
0 1 1 0
0 1 1 1
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 1
1 0 1 0
1 0 1 1
1 1 0 0
1 1 0 1
1 1 1 0
1 1 1 1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
2
SP
!
”
#
$
%
&
’
(
)
*
+
,
.
/
I
0
0
1
1
3
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
:
;
<
=
>
?
0
1
0
0
4
@
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
Data n
Data n+1
FNC1
1BH
30H
ECI
1BH
31H to 36H
0 0
1 1
0 1
1 0
5 6
P `
Q a
R b
S c
T d
U e
V f
W g
X h
Y i
Z j
[ k
\ l
] m
^ n
_ o
S
0
1
1
1
7
p
q
r
s
t
u
v
w
x
y
z
{
1
0
0
0
8
1
0
0
1
9
}
~
DEL
[00H to FFH] can be available for Aztec Code.
When specifying 1BH, specify “1BH, 1BH.”
When specifying FNC1, specify “1BH, 30H.”
When specifying ECI, specify “1BH,*.” (‘*’ refers from 31H to 36H.)
278
O
1
0
1
0
A
1
0
1
1
B
1
1
0
0
C
1
1
0
1
D
1
1
1
0
E
1
1
1
1
F
[ESC+BQ] QR Code (Compatible command)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
BQ
Parameter
<1B>16
<42>16<51>16
Manual setup: abcc,(ddeeff,)g(hhhh)n
Auto setup: abcc,(ddeeff,)gn
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying 2D code QR code.
[Format] (Setup part)
Manual setup: <BQ>abcc,(ddeeff,)g(hhhh)n
Auto setup: <BQ>abcc,(ddeeff,)0n
-
Parameter
a [Error correction level]
1 : 7% High density level (L)
2 : 15% Standard level (M)
3 : 30% High reliability level (H)
4 : 15% reliability level (Q)
b [Concatenation mode]
0 : Normal mode
1 : Concatenation mode
c [Size of one side of cell]
Valid Range : 01 to 99 (dot)
e.g.) cc=04
4 dots
4 dots
Feed direction
d [Number of partitions by concatenation mode]
Valid range : 01 to 16
e [Sequential number partitioned by concatenation mode]
Valid range : 01 to 16
f [Concatenation mode parity data]
Valid range : 00 to FF
g [Character mode]
0 : Auto setup mode
1 : Number mode
2 : Alphanumeric mode
3 : Binary mode
4 : Kanji mode
h [Number of data]
Valid range : 0001 to 1167 (digits)
n [Print data] = Data
279
[Coding Example]
Error correction level: 30%, Concatenation mode: Normal, Size of one side of cell: 10
<A>
<V>100<H>200<BQ>3010,112345
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Carry out XOR logic operation of all the partitioned print data of the QR code and then, specify
this operation data in hexadecimal character. This is what we call [Parity data].
-
When character mode is set to other than binary mode, it is not necessary to set data number
parameter.
[Precautions during use]
-
This is the command of the old specification. Recommend the use of <2D31>.
280
QR Code data size list (Model 1)
Version
Error
Correction
1
21×21
2
25×25
3
29×29
4
33×33
5
37×37
6
41×41
7
45×45
8
49×49
Numeric
Alphanumeric
L
40
24
10
17
M
33
20
8
14
Q
25
15
6
11
H
16
10
4
7
L
81
49
20
34
M
66
40
17
28
Q
52
31
13
22
H
33
20
8
14
L
131
79
33
55
M
100
60
25
42
Q
81
49
20
34
H
52
31
13
22
L
186
113
48
78
M
138
84
35
58
Q
114
69
29
48
H
76
46
19
32
L
253
154
65
106
M
191
116
49
80
Q
157
95
40
66
H
105
63
27
44
L
321
194
82
134
M
249
151
64
104
Q
201
122
51
84
H
133
81
34
56
L
402
244
103
168
M
311
188
80
130
Q
253
154
65
106
H
167
101
43
70
L
493
299
126
206
M
378
229
97
158
Q
301
183
77
126
H
203
123
52
85
Kanji
Binary
281
Version
9
53×53
10
57×57
11
61×61
12
65×65
13
69×69
14
73×73
Error
Correction
Numeric
Alphanumeric
Kanji
Binary
L
585
354
150
244
M
441
267
113
184
Q
369
223
94
154
H
239
145
61
100
L
690
418
177
287
M
526
319
135
219
Q
433
262
111
180
H
291
176
74
121
L
800
485
205
333
M
608
368
156
253
Q
493
299
126
205
H
342
207
87
142
L
915
555
234
381
M
694
421
178
289
Q
579
351
148
241
H
390
236
100
162
L
1030
624
264
429
M
790
479
202
329
Q
656
398
168
273
H
454
275
116
189
L
1167
707
299
486
M
877
531
225
365
Q
738
447
189
307
H
498
302
127
207
QR Code (Numeric mode) Code table
B8
B7
B6
B5
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 1
0 0 1 0
0 0 1 1
0 1 0 0
0 1 0 1
0 1 1 0
0 1 1 1
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 1
1 0 1 0
1 0 1 1
1 1 0 0
1 1 0 1
1 1 1 0
1 1 1 1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
S
0
0
1
0
2
0
0
1
1
3
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
I
0
1
0
1
5
0
1
0
0
4
0
1
1
0
6
0
1
1
1
7
1
0
0
0
8
1
0
0
1
9
S
1
0
1
0
A
1
0
1
1
B
1
1
0
0
C
O
1
1
0
1
D
1
1
1
0
E
1
1
1
1
F
QR Code (Alphanumeric mode) Code table
B8
B7
B6
B5
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 1
0 0 1 0
0 0 1 1
0 1 0 0
0 1 0 1
0 1 1 0
0 1 1 1
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 1
1 0 1 0
1 0 1 1
1 1 0 0
1 1 0 1
1 1 1 0
1 1 1 1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
S
0
0
1
0
2
SP
$
%
*
+
.
/
0
0
1
1
3
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
:
0
1
0
0
4
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
282
I
0
1
0
1
5
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
0
1
1
0
6
0
1
1
1
7
1
0
0
0
8
1
0
0
1
9
S
1
0
1
0
A
1
0
1
1
B
1
1
0
0
C
O
1
1
0
1
D
1
1
1
0
E
1
1
1
1
F
QR Code (Binary mode) Code table
B8
B7
B6
B5
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 1
0 0 1 0
0 0 1 1
0 1 0 0
0 1 0 1
0 1 1 0
0 1 1 1
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 1
1 0 1 0
1 0 1 1
1 1 0 0
1 1 0 1
1 1 1 0
1 1 1 1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
S
0
0
1
0
2
SP
!
"
#
$
%
&
'
(
)
*
+
,
.
/
0
0
1
1
3
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
:
;
<
=
>
?
0
1
0
0
4
@
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
I
0
1
0
1
5
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
[
\
]
^
_
0
1
1
0
6
`
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
0
1
1
1
7
p
q
r
s
t
u
v
w
x
y
z
{
|
}
~
DEL
[00H to 7FH], [A0H to DFH] can be available for QR code.
283
1
0
0
0
8
1
0
0
1
9
S
1
0
1
0
A
1
0
1
1
B
1
1
0
0
C
O
1
1
0
1
D
1
1
1
0
E
1
1
1
1
F
QR Code (Kanji mode) Code table
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
[ESC+BV] MaxiCode (Compatible command)
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC
BV
Parameter
<1B>16
<42>16<56>16
a,b,c,ddddddddd,eee,fff,n...n
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying MaxiCode.
[Format]
<BV>a,b,c,ddddddddd,eee,fff,n...n
-
Parameter
a [Symbol number] = Valid Range : 1 to 8
b [Number of symbol digit] = Valid Range : 1 to 8
c [Mode]
2 : Transportation only
3 : Transportation only
4 : Standard symbol
6 : Reader programing
d [Postal code] = Valid Range : 0 to 999999999 (Mode 2)
000000 to 999999 (Mode 3)
* Mode 2: Max 9 digits (Numeric only)
* Mode 3: Fixed 6 digits (Capital alphabet)
e [Country code] = Valid Range : 001 to 999
f [Service class] = Valid Range : 001 to 999
n [Low priority message] = Alphanumeric/Symbol
Mode
Service Class
Country code
Postal code
Maximum print data
Numeric only
2
Fixed 3 digits
Fixed 3 digits
Max. 9 digits
3
(Numeric only)
(Numeric only)
Fixed 6 digits
(Alphanumeric)
4
Omission
Alphanumeric
123
84
138
93
6
[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<BV>1,1,2,123456789,001,002,SAHTHA
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Size of MaxiCode are not changed by number of data for printing.
-
If the parameter other than the description is specified or number of print data does not match,
printing is not performed.
304
-
When specifying mode 4 and mode 6, number of print data must be specified over 12. When
number of print data is specified less than 11, scanner cannot read printed MaxiCode.
[Precautions during use]
-
This is the command of the old specification. Recommend the use of <2D20>.
MaxiCode Code table
S
B8
B7
B6
B5
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 1
0 0 1 0
0 0 1 1
0 1 0 0
0 1 0 1
0 1 1 0
0 1 1 1
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 1
1 0 1 0
1 0 1 1
1 1 0 0
1 1 0 1
1 1 1 0
1 1 1 1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0 0
0 0
1 1
0 1
2 3
SP 0
! 1
" 2
# 3
$ 4
% 5
& 6
' 7
( 8
) 9
* :
+ ;
, <
- =
. >
/ ?
I
0
1
0
0
4
@
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
0
1
0
1
5
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
[
\
]
^
_
[01H to FFH] can be available for MaxiCode.
305
S
0 0
1 1
1 1
0 1
6 7
` p
a q
b r
c s
d t
e u
f v
g w
h x
i y
j z
k {
l |
m }
n ~
o DEL
1
0
0
0
8
1
0
0
1
9
O
1
0
1
0
A
1
0
1
1
B
1
1
0
0
C
1
1
0
1
D
1
1
1
0
E
1
1
1
1
F
[ESC+BK] PDF417 (Compatible command)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
BK
Parameter
<1B>16
<42>16<4B>16
aabbcddeeffffg...g(,h)
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying PDF417.
[Format] (Setup part)
<BK>aabbcddeeffffg...g(,h)
-
Parameter
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
[Minimum module width] = Valid range : 01 to 27 dots
[Minimum module height] = Valid range : 01 to 72 dots
[Security level] = Valid range : 0 to 8
[Number of data code words per digit]
Valid range : 01 to 30
00 : Automatic (Width varies depending on the number of data specified)
[Digit number per symbol]
Valid range : 03 to 90
00 : Automatic (Height varies depending on the number of data specified)
[Digit number of data] = Valid data : 0001 to 2681
[Print data] = Data
[PDF code type]
When omitted : PDF417
T : Truncated scale
M : Micro PDF
[Coding Example]
Minimum module width: 03 dots, Minimum module height: 09 dots, Security level: 3, Number of data
code words per line: 03, Number of line per symbol: 18
<A>
<V>100<H>200<BK>0309303180010PDF1234567
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Minimum module width can be set to 01 and 02; the read, this may not be read properly.
-
Minimum module height can be set to 01, 02 and 03; the read, this may not be read properly.
-
When d=e=00, aspect ratio will be at 1:2 based on the number of print data.
-
When specifying security level high, parameter d or e should have large number.
-
Maximum number of digit of data is 2681, but it varies depending on Minimum module size,
Security level and type of print data.
-
When parameter d and e does not match number of data, print may not be performed properly.
306
-
When Micro PDF is specified by PDF type, number per symbol is specified by number of data
codeword per line, and accordingly maximum number of data digit is specified. For details, refer
to "Symbol size and number of data of MicroPDF417" below.
-
When specifying Micro PDF by PDF code type, security level is disabled.
[Points]
-
Sequential number is not available.
-
Specifying print position by automatic line feed is not available.
-
Print 00H to FFH is available.
-
Format registration is available.
-
Enlarging minimum module size improves print quality.
-
Increasing security level improves read rate.
-
Print height varies depending on the character such as numeric only, alphabet only or mixture of
numeric and alphabets.
[Notes]
-
This is the command of the old specification. Recommend the use of <2D10>.
307
Note: Symbol size of Micro PDF417 has 34 types and shown in the table below.
Micro PDF417 – symbol size and number of data
Symbol size
Cols (c)
1
2
3
4
Maximum number of data
Rows (d)
Alphabet (A-Z)
Numeric only
Binary mode
11
6
8
3
14
12
17
7
17
18
26
10
20
22
32
13
24
30
44
18
28
38
55
22
8
14
20
8
11
24
35
14
14
36
52
21
17
46
67
27
20
56
82
33
23
64
93
38
26
72
105
43
6
10
14
6
8
18
26
10
10
26
38
15
12
34
49
20
15
46
67
27
20
66
96
39
26
90
132
54
32
114
167
68
38
138
202
82
44
162
237
97
4
14
20
8
6
22
32
13
8
34
49
20
10
46
67
27
12
58
85
34
15
76
111
45
20
106
155
63
26
142
208
85
32
178
261
106
38
214
313
128
44
250
366
150
Mix of Alphabet (Capital letter, small letter), Numeric and Control code varies depending on number
of combined characters.
308
PDF417 Code table
B8
B7
B6
B5
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 1
0 0 1 0
0 0 1 1
0 1 0 0
0 1 0 1
0 1 1 0
0 1 1 1
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 1
1 0 1 0
1 0 1 1
1 1 0 0
1 1 0 1
1 1 1 0
1 1 1 1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
S
0
0
1
0
2
SP
!
"
#
$
%
&
'
(
)
*
+
,
.
/
0
0
1
1
3
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
:
;
<
=
>
?
0
1
0
0
4
@
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
PDF417 can specify from 00H to FFH.
309
I
0
1
0
1
5
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
[
\
]
^
_
0 0
1 1
1 1
0 1
6 7
` p
a q
b r
c s
d t
e u
f v
g w
h x
i y
j z
k {
l |
m }
n ~
o DEL
1
0
0
0
8
1
0
0
1
9
S
1
0
1
0
A
1
0
1
1
B
1
1
0
0
C
O
1
1
0
1
D
1
1
1
0
E
1
1
1
1
F
[ESC+BX] DataMatrix (ECC200) (Compatible command)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
BX
Parameter
<1B>16
<42>16<58>16
aabbccddeeefffghh
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying DataMatrix Code (ECC200).
[Format] (Setup part)
<BX>aabbccddeeefffghh
-
Parameter
a [Format ID]
Valid Range : 01 (Fixed)
b [Error correction level]
Valid Range : 20 (Fixed)
c [Cell width]
Valid Range : 01 to 99 (dot per cell)
d [Cell pitch]
Valid Range : 01 to 99 (dot per cell)
e [Number of cells per line]
Valid Range : 010 to 144
000 : (Auto setup)
f [Number of cell lines]
Valid Range : 008 to 414
000 : (Auto setup)
g [Mirror image]
Valid Range : 0 (Fixed)
h [Size of guide cell]
Valid Range : 01 (Fixed)
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
01 and 02 are designable for [Cell width] and [Cell Pitch]; however, they may not be read
properly. In this case, 00 will be an error.
-
If 000 is specified for both [Number of cells per line] and [Number of cell lines], optimum matrix
size is set automatically based on the Number of data.
[Notes]
-
This is the command of the old specification. Recommend the use of <2D50>.
310
[ESC+DC] DataMatrix (ECC200) Data Specify (Compatible
command)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
DC
Parameter
<1B>16
<44>16<43>16
n...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying data for DataMatrix (ECC200).
[Format] (Setup part)
<DC>n...n
-
Parameter
n [Print data] = Data
[Coding Example]
Cell width: 02, Cell pitch: 02, Number of cells per line: 000 (Auto setup), Number of cell lines: 000
(Auto setup), Print data: 1234567890
<A>
<V>100<H>200
<BX>01200202000000001
<DC>1234567890
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
DataMatrix (ECC200) can specify from 00H to FFH. Note that 05H, 10H, 11H, 12H, 18H, 1BH
cannot be specified because they are printer control codes. When specifying control code for
data, use DataMatrix <2D50>.
Data format
Data format
Number of data
Numeric
3116
Alphanumeric
2335
Binary (00H to FFH)
1556
* Value in above table shows the maximum number of data that can be specified as barcode
data.
[Notes]
-
This is the command of the old specification. Recommend the use of <2D50>.
311
[ESC+FX] DataMatrix (ECC200) Sequential Number
(Compatible command)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
FX
Parameter
<1B>16
<46>16<58>16
aaabcccdddeee
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying sequential number for DataMatrix (ECC200).
[Format] (Sequential number part)
<FX>aaabcccdddeee
-
Parameter
a [Number of duplication to print]
Valid Range : 001 to 999
b [Flag of increase and decrease]
+ : Increment
- : Decrement
c [Number of increase and decrease]
Valid Range : 001 to 999
d [Specification of digit position]
Valid Range : 001 to 999
e [Number of digit]
Valid Range : 001 to 999
[Coding Example]
Number of duplication to print: 001, Flag of increase and decrease: +, Number of increase and
decrease: 001, Digit position: 005, Number of digit: 003
<A>
<V>100<H>200
<FX>001+001005003
<BX>01100202000000001
<DC>00006000
<Q>2
<Z>
[Notes]
-
This is the command of the old specification. Recommend the use of <2D50>.
312
GS1 DataMatrix (ECC200) Code table (<DC>)
S
B8
B7
B6
B5
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 1
0 0 1 0
0 0 1 1
0 1 0 0
0 1 0 1
0 1 1 0
0 1 1 1
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 1
1 0 1 0
1 0 1 1
1 1 0 0
1 1 0 1
1 1 1 0
1 1 1 1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
2
SP
!
"
#
$
%
&
'
(
)
*
+
,
.
/
I
0
0
1
1
3
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
:
;
<
=
>
?
0
1
0
0
4
@
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
0
1
0
1
5
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
[
\
]
^
_
S
0 0
1 1
1 1
0 1
6 7
` p
a q
b r
c s
d t
e u
f v
g w
h x
i y
j z
k {
l |
m }
n ~
o DEL
1
0
0
0
8
1
0
0
1
9
O
1
0
1
0
A
1
0
1
1
B
1
1
0
0
C
1
1
0
1
D
1
1
1
0
E
1
1
1
1
F
[00H to FFH] can be available for GS1 DataMatrix (ECC200).
(Note that 05H, 10H, 11H, 18H, 1BH cannot be specified because they are printer control codes.)
When specifying 7EH, specify “7EH, 7EH.”
313
[ESC+QV] QR code version
Hexadecimal code
ESC
QV
Parameter
<1B>16
<51>16<56>16
aa
Initial value
aa=00
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set command is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes initial value at the next item
<A>.
[Function]
Specifying any QR code version can print the code with fixed cell size.
When not specified, it becomes the auto setting.
[Format]
<QV>aa
-
Parameter
a [Version number]
Valid range : 00 to 40
(Specifying this range does not become a parameter error.
An error may arise for some QR code types, while analyzing the image.)
Print valid MODE1 : 00 to 14 (00: Auto setting)
MODE2 : 00 to 40 (00: Auto setting)
MicroQR : 00 to 04 (M1 to M4) (00: Auto setting)
[Coding Example 1]
MODEL 1, Error correction: H, Cell size font: 05, Manual setting, Normal mode, Version 14
<A>
<V>100<H>100<2D31>,H,05,0,0
<QV>14
<DN>0011,0123456789X
<Q>1
<Z>
[Coding Example 2]
MODEL 2, Error correction: H, Cell size font: 05, Manual setting, Normal mode, Version 35
<A>
<V>100<H>100<2D30>,H,05,0,0
<QV>35
<DN>0011,0123456789X
<Q>1
<Z>
314
[Coding Example 3]
MicroQR, Error correction: L, Cell size font: 05, Manual setting, Version M3
<A>
<V>100<H>100<2D32>,L,05,0
<QV>3
<DN>005,01234
<Q>1
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
MODEL 1: up to 14, MODEL 2 up to 40, MicroQR: up to 4
The valid parameter range is from 0 to 40 and it varies depending on the QR code type.
-
For MicroQR, 1 to 4 correspond with M1 to M4.
-
Specifying <QV>0 becomes Auto (Default: Compatible with the existing code).
-
Sending the data exceeding the data size of specified version will result in error and QR code is
not printed.
-
Specify <QV> command between <2Dxx> and <DN>/<DS>.
-
It does not affect other than QR code.
-
When resulted in a parameter error, it will be handled in the same manner of no specification.
[About the version]
Refer to the specifications of QR code for details.
Refer to the QR code specification for details. Version 1: 21 x 21 cells, Version 2: 25 x 25 cells, …,
Version 40: 177 x 177 cells.
For MicroQR, M1 to M4 = 11 x 11 to 17 x 17 cells, smaller than MODEL 1/2.
315
Graphic Commands
[ESC+G] Graphic Print
Hexadecimal code
ESC
G
Parameter
<1B>16
<47>16
aabbbcccn...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying the print of graphic.
[Format]
<G>abbbcccn...n
-
Parameter
a [Data specification by HEX and BIN]
H : Hex data
Specify graphic data as 2 characters of ASCII 0-F which is equal to 8 dots,
output it as hex code corresponding to ASCII.
B : Binary data
Specify graphic data as one byte of binary which is equal to 8 dots.
b [Specification of crosswise graphic area per byte]
Valid range: Refer to [Initial value of parameter and Valid Range] section below.
c [Specification of lengthwise graphic area per byte]
Valid range: Refer to [Initial value of parameter and Valid Range] section below.
n [Graphic data]
[Coding Example 1]
[H: HEX data] is specified for [Data specification by HEX and BIN]
[□] is printed with the below specification.
<A>
<V>50<H>50
<G>H001001FF818181818181FF
<Q>1
<Z>
[Coding Example 2]
[B: Binary data] is specified for [Data specification by HEX and BIN]
[□] is printed with the below specification.
<A>
<V>50<H>50
<G>B001001<FF818181818181FF>16
316
<Q>1
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Specification of [B] has shorter program description than that of specification [H]; and, transfer
data length is 50 percent shorter. This could be advantage in data capacity.
-
Specification of Rotation <%> and Enlargement <L> are available.
-
Enlargement <L> should be placed just before Graphic Print <G>.
-
When using Rotation <%> and Enlargement <L> commands at the same time, specify <%>
command before <L>.
-
The crosswise maximum byte and lengthwise maximum byte are specified in [Initial value of
parameter and Valid Range] section below, however, it is possible to specify up to 999 bytes to
have compatibility with the old model.
It is possible to print less than 2937600 bytes as the graphic data.
-
The calculation of graphic data size is [crosswise maximum byte x lengthwise maximum byte x
8].
[Initial value for parameter and Valid range]
Head density
Maximum byte in
horizontal direction
Maximum byte in
vertical direction
203 dpi
104
400
305 dpi
156
600
609 dpi
312
999
317
[ESC+GM] BMP File Print
Hexadecimal code
ESC
GM
Parameter
<1B>16
<47>16<4D>16
aaaaa,n...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying the print of BMP file created by such as Image editing application.
[Format]
<GM>aaaaa,n...n
-
Parameter
a [Total bytes of BMP file]
n [Data]
[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>50<H>50<GM>04500,<424D00...00>16
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Data is sent in binary data (Outputs 8-dot, one byte in binary all at once) (BMP file size = Total
byte size, BMP file data = data).
-
When [Total bytes of BMP file] is not matching the transfer data, this may become the cause of
malfunction.
-
Total bytes are the file size displayed at [Property] and such.
-
BMP file is available in Black/White mode only. In color mode, printing is not guaranteed.
Also, this command is not valid for BMP compressed file. Make sure that the file extension is set
to [BMP] before printing.
-
Rotation <%> and Enlargement <L> are available.
-
Enlargement <L> should be placed just before this command.
-
When using Rotation <%> and Enlargement <L> at the same time, specify <%> command
before <L>.
318
[ESC+GP] PCX File Print
Hexadecimal code
ESC
GP
Parameter
<1B>16
<47>16<50>16
aaaaa,n...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying the print of PCX file created by such as Image editing application.
[Format]
<GP>aaaaa,n...n
-
Parameter
a [Total bytes of PCX file]
n [Data]
[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>50<H>50<GP>04500,XXXXXXXXXXXX
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Data is sent in binary data (Outputs 8-dot, one byte in binary all at once) (PCX file size = Total
byte size, PCX file data = data).
-
When [Total bytes of PCX file] is not matching the transfer data, this may become the cause of
malfunction.
-
Total bytes are the file size displayed at [Property] and such.
-
PCX file is available in Black/White mode only. In color mode, printing is not guaranteed.
Also, this command is not valid for PCX compressed file. Make sure that the file extension is set
to [PCX] before printing.
-
Rotation <%> and Enlargement <L> are available.
-
Enlargement <L> should be placed just before this command.
-
When using Rotation <%> and Enlargement <L> at the same time, specify <%> command
before <L>.
319
System Commands
[ESC+CS] Print Speed
Hexadecimal code
ESC
CS
Parameter
<1B>16
<43>16<53>16
aa
Initial value
Refer to [Parameter Initial Value and Specified Range] section below.
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
[Function]
Specifying the speed of printing.
[Format]
<CS>aa
-
Parameter
a [Print speed] = Refer to [Initial value for parameter and Valid range] section below.
[Coding Example]
<A>
<CS>4
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Print speed value specified by the command or "Settings" mode is maintained.
[Points]
-
If the value over valid range is specified, command error will occur and print speed will not be
changed.
-
Use default set operation of this product to set back the value to the initial one.
-
If print mode is linerless cutter, the maximum speed would be 6 inches/sec and initial value
would be 4 inches/sec. Command error does not occur if 7 inches/sec to maximum for each
model has been specified. In that case, the value will not be set.
320
[Initial value for parameter and Valid range]
Head density
Initial value
Parameter valid range
Print speed corresponding
to parameter
203 dpi
6
2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10,
11, 12, 13, 14
2: 2 (inch/s) 50.8 (mm/s)
305 dpi
6
2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10,
11, 12, 13, 14
4: 4 (inch/s) 101.6 (mm/s)
2, 3, 4, 5, 6
6: 6 (inch/s) 152.4 (mm/s)
609 dpi
4
3: 3 (inch/s) 76.2 (mm/s)
5: 5 (inch/s) 127.0 (mm/s)
7: 7 (inch/s) 177.8 (mm/s)
8: 8 (inch/s) 203.2 (mm/s)
9: 9 (inch/s) 228.6 (mm/s)
10: 10 (inch/s) 254.0 (mm/s)
11: 11(inch/s) 279.4(mm/s)
12: 12(inch/s) 304.8(mm/s)
13: 13(inch/s) 330.2(mm/s)
14: 14(inch/s) 355.6(mm/s)
321
[ESC+#F] Print Darkness
Hexadecimal code
ESC
#F
Parameter
<1B>16
<23>16<46>16
ab or aab
Initial value
Refer to [Print darkness level range] and [Print darkness range] section below.
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
[Function]
Specifying print darkness.
[Format]
<#F>ab
<#F>aab
-
Parameter
a [Print darkness level specification]
1 ↑ Lightest
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 ↓ Darkest
b [Print darkness specification]
A to F (omissible)
This parameter is usually "A."
The parameter valid range differs depending on the model.
Refer to [Print darkness range] section below.
[Coding Example]
<A>
<#F>5A
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Print darkness value specified by the command or "Settings" mode is maintained.
[Notes]
-
If the value over valid range is specified, command error will occur and print darkness will not be
changed.
-
Initial value can be set by default setting operation of this product.
322
[Print darkness level range]
Initial value
5
Parameter valid range
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10
When setting outside of valid range
Command error will occur when other values than parameter
valid range in the left is specified.
[Print darkness range]
Initial value
A
Parameter valid range
A
When setting outside of valid range
From B to F are reserved. The same darkness as A.
Print darkness other than from A to F will be replaced with A.
(It will not be a command error.)
323
[ESC+#E] Print Darkness (Compatible command)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
#E
Parameter
<1B>16
<23>16<45>16
ab
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
[Function]
Specifying print darkness.
[Format]
<#E>ab
-
Parameter
a [Print darkness level specification]
1 ↑ Lightest
2
3
4
5 ↓ Darkest
b [Print darkness specification]
A to F (omissible)
This parameter is usually "A."
The parameter valid range differs depending on the model.
Refer to [Print darkness range] section below.
[Coding Example]
<A>
<#E>3A
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Print darkness value specified by the command.
[Notes]
-
This command is for the compatibility with previous one. The print darkness level obtained by
DC2+PB, and the print darkness level on the display screen becomes twice the value set by this
command.
324
[Print darkness level range]
Parameter valid range
1, 2, 3, 4, 5
When setting outside of valid range
Command error will occur when other values than parameter valid
range in the left is specified.
[Print darkness range]
Parameter valid range
A
When setting outside of valid range
From B to F are reserved. The same darkness as A.
Print darkness other than from A to F will be replaced with A. (It will not be a
command error.)
325
[ESC+A1] Media Size
Hexadecimal code
ESC
A1
Parameter
<1B>16
<41>16<31>16
aaaabbbb
VaaaaaHbbbb
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
[Function]
Specifying media size.
[Format]
<A1>aaaabbbb (a, b fixed) *Media size is less than 9999.
<A1>VaaaaaHbbbb (a, b variable)
-
Parameter
a [Height of label] = Valid range : Refer to [Valid Range] section below.
b [Width of label] = Valid range : Refer to [Valid Range] section below.
[Valid Range]
Head density
Width of label (dots)
Height of label (dots)
203 dpi
1 to 832
1 to 20000
305 dpi
1 to 1248
1 to 18000
609 dpi
1 to 2496
1 to 9600
[Coding Example 1]
Label length: 800 dots, label width: 640 dots
<A>
<A1>08000640
<Z>
[Coding Example 2]
Label length: 800 dots, label width: 640 dots
<A>
<A1>V800H640
<Z>
[Coding Example 3]
Label length: 1200 dots, label width: 40 dots
<A>
<A1>12000040
<Z>
326
[Coding Example 4]
Label length: 1200 dots, label width: 40 dots
<A>
<A1>V1200H40
<Z>
[Coding Example 5]
Label length: 11200 dots, label width: 240 dots
<A>
<A1>V11200H240
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
If using the label smaller than the head width, use this command for specifying the media size
and adjust the start point position corresponding to the media size.
-
For specifying the media size, include the size of backing paper.
(Side alignment, 8 dots/mm)
Start point
1
1
80mm×100mm
Label feed
direction
100mm
Label
800dots
(1200dots)
1249mm
9992dots
80mm
640dots
(14988dots)
(960dots)
167.5mm
1340dots
(2010dots)
Value inside ( ) is 12 dots/mm
(Center alignment, 8 dots/mm)
Start point
1
1
80mm×100mm
Label feed
direction
100mm
Label
800dots
(1200dots)
80mm
640dots
(960dots)
600mm
4800dots
(7200dots)
112mm
896dots
(1344dots)
Value inside ( ) is 12 dots/mm
327
[ESC+A3] Base Reference Point
Hexadecimal code
ESC
A3
Parameter
<1B>16
<41>16<33>16
VabbbbbHcdddd
Initial value
a=+,b=00000,c=+,d=0000
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained. (with the start point
correction)
The set parameter is maintained. (without the start point
correction)
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
[Function]
Changing the start point coordinate. This is set in "Settings" mode of this product (normally).
[Format]
<A3>VabbbbbHcdddd
-
Parameter
a [Vertical start point correction sign] = +, b [Vertical start point correction (Number of dots)]
Refer to [Valid range and saving parameter] section below.
c [Horizontal start point correction sign] = +, d [Horizontal start point correction (Number of dots)]
Refer to [Valid range and saving parameter] section below.
[Coding Example]
<A>
<A3>V+10H+10
<Z>
Original start point
b
Feed direction
d
New start point
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
If changing start point correction and being located outside of printing area, printing may not be
performed.
328
-
When changing start point correction through multiple label formats, correction will affect all of
the formats.
[Points]
-
This command is effective prior to the "Settings" mode settings of this product.
-
The offset value specified by Base Reference Point <A3> with the start point correction sign
is not saved. Thus, the offset value specified by Base Reference Point <A3> is maintained
until the change is made by the next <A3> or the power is off (See [Valid range and saving
parameter]).
-
The offset value specified by the <A3> command without the sign (+/-) is registered in [Printing]
> [Imaging] too. Thus, the offset value specified by Base Reference Point <A3> is maintained
even the power is off. However this is a format to be compatible with the older models. Please
specify the sign (+/-) in normal operation (See [Valid range and saving parameter]).
[Valid range and saving parameter]
Head density
Horizontal start point
correction (dots)
Vertical start point
correction (dots)
Saving parameter
203 dpi
-831 to +831
-19999 to +19999
With (+/-) sign: Not saved
305 dpi
-1247 to +1247
-17999 to +17999
Without (+/-) sign: Saved
609 dpi
-2495 to +2495
-9599 to +9599
*1
*1 The setting "without sign" is only applicable to the old model printers. Please specify the sign (+/-) in normal operation.
329
[ESC+EP] Print End Position
Hexadecimal code
ESC
EP
Parameter
<1B>16
<45>16<50>16
[,aaaaa]
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set command is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set command becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set command becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying the label stop position in the sensor ignored mode.
[Format]
<EP>[,aaaaa]
-
Parameter
a [print stop position] = Refer to [Range of specification] section below.
[Specified Range]
Head density
Height of label (dots)
203 dpi
0 to 20000
305 dpi
0 to 18000
609 dpi
0 to 9600
[Coding Example 1]
<A>
<A1>14240832
<Z>
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XS>ABCD
<Q>2
<EP>
<Z>
330
Example) 8 dots/mm, 12 dots/mm
Start point
1
Stop position without
command <EP>
1249mm
Feed direction
1
Feed direction
9992 dots
(14988 dots)
ABCD
Stop position with
command <EP>
104mm
832 dots
(1248 dots)
Value inside( ) is 12 dots/mm
[Coding Example 2]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XS>ABCD
<Q>2
<EP>,128
<Z>
Print stop position
Feed direction
ABCD
128 dots
Label stop position
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Use this command in the sensor invalid mode.
-
Use this command in combination with Media Size <A1>.
-
When you specify the parameter, the last position of printing + value specified in parameter will
be the stop position of label.
However, if last position of printing + position specified in parameter exceeds label length, the
size is truncated to label length.
-
If you specify Media Size <A1> in Format Registration <YS> and Form Overlay Registration
<&S> make sure to specify Print End Position <EP> when you specify Format Call <YR> and
Form Overlay Call <&R>.
-
The label stop position depends on the following combination. The table below shows which
commands will be adopted by the combination of <A1>, <EP> and settings in [Setting] menu.
<A1>
○
<EP>
Without
parameter
Settings
in
With
[Settings]
parameter
menu
○
-
-
Adopted
command /
Setting
<A1>
331
Remarks
<A1>
<EP>
Without
parameter
Settings
in
With
[Settings]
parameter
menu
Adopted
command /
Setting
Remarks
○
-
○
-
<EP>
○
-
-
○
LCD (Print End
Position)
○
○
-
○
<A1>
○
-
○
○
<EP>
-
○
-
-
<A1>
<A1> is adopted after power ON, if <A1>
has been designated once.
LCD (Label
Length)
Settings in [Setting] menu is adopted after
power ON, if <A1> is not specified even
once.
If you do not specify of the <EP>.
-
-
○
-
<EP>
-
-
-
○
LCD (Print End
Position)
If you do not specify of the <EP>.
-
○
-
○
<A1>
<A1> is adopted after power ON, if <A1>
has been designated once.
LCD (Label
Length)
Settings in [Setting] menu is adopted after
power ON, if <A1> is not specified even
once.
-
-
○
○
<EP>
332
[ESC+~] Multiple Cut
Hexadecimal code
ESC
~
Parameter
<1B>16
<7E>16
aaaa
Initial value
aaaa=1
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes initial value at the next item
<A>.
[Function]
Specifies the number of labels to print between each cut.
[Format]
<~>aaaa
-
Parameter
a [Number of prints before cutting] = Valid Range : 0 to 9999
[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABC
<Q>4
<~>2
<Z>
Cut
Cut
Cut
Cut
ABC
ABC
ABC
ABC
ABC
ABC
ABC
ABC
2 pcs
4 pcs
Feed direction
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Valid only for Cutter models.
-
If this command is not specified in Cutter mode, each label will be cut off after printed.
-
In case the parameter "a" is set to 0, no label will be cut.
-
The product of Qty and value of "aaaa" shall not exceed the maximum number "999999.”
-
This command <~> shall be put after Qty<Q>. <Q>, in this case, is to specify number of sheets
to be cut.
333
[ESC+CT] Cut Number Unit
Hexadecimal code
ESC
CT
Parameter
<1B>16
<43>16<54>16
aaaa
Initial value
aaaa=1
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes initial value at the next item
<A>.
[Function]
Cutting labels at a specified interval in a print job.
[Format]
<CT>aaaa
-
Parameter
a [Number of labels between each cut] = Qty range : 0 to 9999
[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABC
<CT>2
<Q>7
<Z>
1 label left
Cut
Cut
Cut
Cut
ABC
ABC
ABC
ABC
ABC
ABC
ABC
2 pcs
7 pcs
Feed direction
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Valid only for Cutter models.
-
If the parameter is not specified by this command <CT>, each label will be cut after being
printed.
-
In case the parameter "a" is set to 0, no label will be cut.
-
Set this command before <Q> command.
-
This command may not be used in combination with other cut commands <~>.
334
[ESC+NC] Eject and Cut
Hexadecimal code
ESC
NC
Parameter
<1B>16
<4E>16<43>16
None
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set command is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set command becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set command becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying eject and cut operation.
[Format]
<NC>
[Coding Example]
<A>
<NC>
<Z>
(1) Label stop position
A:
Printed
B:
Not printed
C:
Not printed
D:
Not printed
(1)
(2)
(3)
(2) Command received
(4)
(3) Label is fed to the cut position.
(5)
(4) Label is cut off.
(5) Label is back fed to the print position.
Feed direction
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Valid only for Cutter models.
-
This command is used to cut the last label remaining in the printer.
-
This command <NC> should be used by differentiating between Start Code <A> and Stop Code
<Z>.
-
This command <NC> may not be used in combination with other commands.
-
This command <NC> is valid when the printer still holds the label which is not cut after being
printed.
335
[Notes]
-
This command is used to cut remaining label in printer after the commands <CT>0 or <~>0 is
executed.
336
[ESC+~A] Cut Number Unit
Hexadecimal code
ESC
~A
Parameter
<1B>16
<7E>16<41>16
aaaa
Initial value
aaaa=1
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes initial value at the next item
<A>.
[Function]
Specifying the number of labels for each cut.
[Format]
<~A>aaaa
-
Parameter
a [Number of labels between each cut] = Valid range : 0 to 9999
[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABC
<~A>2
<Q>7
<Z>
1 label left
Cut
Cut
Cut
Cut
ABC
ABC
ABC
ABC
ABC
ABC
ABC
2 pcs
7 pcs
Feed direction
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Valid only for Cutter models.
-
If the parameter is not specified by this command <~A>, each label will be cut after being
printed.
-
In case the parameter "a" is set to 0, no label will be cut.
-
Set this command before Print Quantity <Q>.
-
This command may not be used in combination with other cut commands <~>.
337
[ESC+~B] Eject and Cut
Hexadecimal code
ESC
~B
Parameter
<1B>16
<7E>16<42>16
None
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set command is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set command becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set command becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying eject and cut operation.
[Format]
<~B>
[Coding Example]
<A>
<~B>
<Z>
(1) Label stop position
A:
Printed
B:
Not printed
C:
Not printed
D:
Not printed
(1)
(2)
(3)
(2) Command received
(4)
(3) Label is fed to the cut position.
(5)
(4) Label is cut off.
(5) Label is back fed to the print position.
Feed direction
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Valid only for Cutter models.
-
This command is used to cut the last label remaining in the printer.
-
This command <~B> should be used by differentiating between Start Code <A> and Stop Code
<Z>.
-
This command <~B> may not be used in combination with other commands.
-
This command <~B> is valid when the printer still holds the label which is not cut after being
printed.
338
[Notes]
-
This command is used to cut remaining label in printer after the commands <~A>0 or <~>0 is
executed.
339
[ESC+*] Memory Clear
Hexadecimal code
ESC
*
Parameter
<1B>16
<2A>16
a[bbb...b]
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Clearing the contents registered in the internal memory.
[Format]
<*>a
-
Parameter
a [Item to be cleared]
Not specified : Single item buffer, Receive buffer, Edit buffer (Reprint is not possible)
Multi item buffer, Receive buffer, Edit buffer (Clears job in parsing)
T : User defined characters area
& : Form overlay
X : All clear
(Receive buffer, Edit buffer, User defined characters, form overlay)
Note the job, which is currently in progress, will not be cleared.
[Coding Example1] Clear receive and edit buffer
<A>
<*>
<Z>
[Coding Example2] All clear
<A>
<*>X
<Z>
[Coding Example3] Clear user-defined characters
<A>
<*>T
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Set this command between Start Code <A> and Stop Code <Z>.
-
This command <*> (a=X) will clear all the data sent before the command. However, the data
which is completely parsed before the command will not be cleared. X will also clear userdefined characters and form overlay.
[Points]
-
After the command <*> is executed, have an interval of more than 100 ms before sending next
print data.
340
-
The job in printing will not be terminated by the command <*>.
341
[ESC+@] Offline
Hexadecimal code
ESC
@
Parameter
<1B>16
<40>16
None
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set command is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set command becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set command becomes invalid.
[Function]
Set this product offline.
[Format]
<@>
[Coding Example]
<A>
<@>
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Set this command between Start Code <A> and Stop Code <Z>.
-
Select single-item-buffer for data transmission mode.
-
When this command is used at offline state, this command is ignored.
342
[ESC+C] Reprint
Hexadecimal code
ESC
C
Parameter
<1B>16
<43>16
None
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set command is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set command becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set command becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifies to reprint the last label.
[Format]
<C>
[Coding Example]
<A>
<C>
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Since the last print data will be cleared by powering off, reprint operation will not be available
after this product rebooted.
-
The Forced Tear Off <TK> and Eject and Cut <~B> do not execute reprinting.
[Points]
-
In case the print data contains sequential numbering by Sequential Number <F>, the same
number will be printed.
343
[ESC+E] Auto Line Feed
Hexadecimal code
ESC
E
Parameter
<1B>16
<45>16
aaa
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifies amount of line spacing and CR (Line feed).
[Format]
<E>aaa
-
Parameter
a [line spacing] = valid range :
0 to 999 dots
[Coding Example]
<A>
<E>10
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<XM>ABCDE+CR
FGHIJ+CR
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
When CR (0DH) is specified, linefeed based on line pitch will be performed.
-
Rotation <%> can be used in combination with this command.
-
This command may be used in a job and change the line spacing as necessary.
-
Specify this command before designating the consecutive print of 1-line.
-
Specifying font command executes the line feed regardless of CR/LF deletion setting.
-
Performing auto linefeed by the designation of CR (0DH), print start position of linefeed will be
determined based on the pitch specified with Auto Line Feed <E> and the value specified with
Horizontal Print Position <H> designated after Auto Line Feed <E>. In case that Print Position
<H> is specified several times after Auto Line Feed <E>, return position by CR (0DH) will be at
the end of Print Position <H>.
344
[Print sample]
<A><E>0
<V>100<H>100
<XM>ABC
<V>100<H>150
<XM>ABC+CR
DEF
<Z>
Font data to specify the base
reference point
Font data to specify the base
reference point
<V>100<H>100<XM>ABC
<V>100<H>150<XM>ABC+CR
ABC ABC
DEF
Line Feed
Font data include line feed
345
[ESC+PO] Offset
Hexadecimal code
ESC
PO
Parameter
<1B>16
<50>16<4F>16
abcc
Initial value
a=0, b=+, cc=00
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
[Function]
Gives offset to media’s stop position on the fly.
[Format]
<PO>abcc
-
Parameter
a [Offset]
0 : Cut posotion
1 : Dispenser posotion
2 : Tear-off posotion
3 : Print start posotion
b [Offset direction]
+ : Feed forward
- : Backward
c [Amount of offset] = Valid range : 00 to 99 (dots)
[Coding Example]
<A>
<PO>3+08
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
This command does not need to be set in normal printing.
-
Please specify an appropriate value when the printing is off, which is unique for each product.
This product will not work properly if you do not specify appropriate value.
346
[ESC+IG] Sensor Type
Hexadecimal code
ESC
IG
Parameter
<1B>16
<49>16<47>16
a
Initial value
a=1
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
[Function]
Specifies the sensor type.
[Format]
<IG>a
-
Parameter
a [Sensor type]
0 : Reflective (I-mark)
1 : Transmissive (Gap)
2 : Sensor disabled
[Coding Example]
<A>
<IG>1
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
This command does not need to be set in normal printing.
-
The set parameter is maintained after turning off this product.
-
Do not use this command while printing operation as sensor may not work properly.
-
Receiving print command after changing the sensor type executes printing after backfeed
except specifying the "ignore sensor" to the sensor type. Feed motion is not performed after
turning the product's power off and then power on.
-
Command error occurs when setting printer operation mode to [Tear-Off] and [Dispenser] and
specifying sensor type to 2 (Ignore sensor).
-
When printer operation mode is set to [Linerless cutter], the range will be available only in
0: Reflective sensor (I-MARK) and 2: Ignore sensor. When 1: Transmissive sensor (GAP) is
specified, there will be no command error. In that case, the value will not be set.
347
[ESC+PH] Print Method
Hexadecimal code
ESC
PH
Parameter
<1B>16
<50>16<48>16
a
Initial value
a=0
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
[Function]
Specifying print method.
[Format]
<PH>a
-
Parameter
a [Print method]
0 : Thermal transfer
1 : Direct Thermal
[Coding Example]
<A>
<PH>0
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Delimit Start Code <A> and Stop Code <Z> with this command for use.
-
The set parameter is maintained after turning off this product.
348
[ESC+PM] Print mode
Hexadecimal code
ESC
PM
Parameter
<1B>16
<50>16<4D>16
a
Initial value [aa]
a=0
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
[Function]
Specifying print mode.
[Format]
<PM>a
-
Parameter
a [Print mode]
0: Continuous
1: Tear-off
2: Cutter (head position)
3: Cutter (cutter position)
4: Cutter (no backfeed)
5: Linerless cutter (cutter position)
7: Dispense (head position)
8: Dispense (dispensing position)
B: Cutter motion (cutter position + cut & print)
[Coding Example]
<A>
<PM>0
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
The valid operation mode vary by installed options.
Option
Specify operation mode
None
Continuous, Tear-off
Dispense mode
Continuous, Tear-off, Dispense (Head position), Dispense (Dispensing position)
Cutter mode
Continuous, Cutter (Head position), Cutter (Cutter position), Cutter (No backfeed)
Linerless cutter
Linerless cutter (Cutter position)
Printer does not shift to the specified print operation mode if anything other than the above is
specified.
-
The below explains how each print operation mode works.
Continuous
This product stays still after printing.
349
Tear-off
The media will be fed up to the tear-off edge after printed. Then this product, after receiving
next print data, will back feed the next label to the print head position.
Cutter (Head position)
This product will back feed the label up to the print head position immediately after the last
label is cut.
Cutter (Cutter position)
This product, after receiving the next print data, will back feed the media to the print head
position.
Cutter (No backfeed)
No back feed. Printer feeds label till the edge of label to cut label.
Linerless cutter (Cutter position)
The mode performing following operation that receive print data, then backfeed to the print
head position, after that print and cut the label after completing printing.
Dispense (Head position)
Back feeds the labels to head position after dispensing.
Dispense (Dispensing position)
The media will be fed up to the head position after data receiving and the label will be fed to
the dispensing position after printing.
Cutter (Cutter position + Cut during print)
When receiving print data, this product cuts the last label while printing a label.
350
[ESC+KM] Mincho (Kanji)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
KM
Parameter
<1B>16
<4B>16<4D>16
None
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
[Function]
Sets Kanji font style to Mincho.
[Format]
<KM>
[Coding Example]
<A>
<KM>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304
<K1>H82508A94816A83548367815B
<KG>
<V>200<H>200<P>2<L>0304
<K1>H82508A94816A83548367815B
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
It is possible to specify multiple Kanji codes within 1 item.
351
[ESC+KG] Gothic (Kanji)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
KG
Parameter
<1B>16
<4B>16<47>16
None
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
[Function]
Sets Kanji font style to Gothic.
[Format]
<KG>
[Coding Example]
<A>
<KG>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304
<K1>H82508A94816A83548367815B
<KM>
<V>200<H>200<P>2<L>0304
<K1>H82508A94816A83548367815B
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
It is possible to specify multiple Kanji codes within 1 item.
352
[ESC+CE] European Code Page
Hexadecimal code
ESC
CE
Parameter
<1B>16
<43>16<45>16
a...a(,b)
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is maintained.
Valid range within items
The set command is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set command is valid until the next specification is
made.
[Function]
Specify the European code page to be used.
[Format]
<CE>a...a(,b)
-
Parameter
a [Code page name] = Valid range : refer to the [Code page parameter] below.
b [Code page setting maintain] = Valid range : P (fixed)
Specify [P] to retain selected code page. (omissible)
When omitted, the selected code page is not retained.
[Coding Example 1] Win 1253 setting
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<CE>1253<XU>ABCDE
<Q>2
<Z>
[Coding Example 2] DOS 855 setting
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<CE>855<XU>ABCDE
<Q>2
<Z>
[Code page parameter]
Parameter a
858
Official name
DOS 858
Supplementary explanation
Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro character
Default Code page proprietary to SATO.
88591
ISO 8859/1
ISO 8859-1 Latin 1
88592
ISO 8859/2
ISO 8859-2 Latin 2
88599
ISO 8859/9
ISO 8859-9 Latin 5
850
DOS 850
Latin 1 Multilingual
852
DOS 852
Latin 2
855
DOS 855
Cyrillic
857
DOS 857
Turkish
353
Parameter a
Official name
Supplementary explanation
737
DOS 737
Greek
866
DOS 866
Cyrillic II
1250
Win 1250
Central Europe
1251
Win 1251
Cyrillic
1252
Win 1252
Western Latin 1
1253
Win 1253
Greek
1254
Win 1254
Turkish
1257
Win 1257
Baltic
869
IBM 869
IBM 869 Greek
201
X0201
Japanese X0201 *1
UTF-8
UTF-8
Unicode encoding in UTF-8
*1: Specifying X0201 to perform following operation.
Bitmap font (for U font, S font, M font, WB font and WL font): Print with X0201 character set. XU
font, XS font, XM font, XB font and XL font: Print with default -858 (DOS 858) character set.
CG font: Print with 88591 (ISO 8859-1 Latin 1) character set.
[Code page support font]
Following bitmap fonts are extended for supporting European code page.
Font name
Size (dots)
Type face
U
5x9
Helvetica
S
8x15
Universal Condensed
M
13x20
Universal Condensed
WB
18x30
Universal
WL
28x52
Sans Serif Bold
XU
5x9
Helvetica
XS
17x17
Universal Condensed Bold
XM
24x24
Universal Condensed Bold
XB
48x48
Universal Condensed Bold
XL
48x48
Universal
Refer to the European code page specification for the print character set.
354
[ESC+TK] Forced Tear Off
Hexadecimal code
ESC
TK
Parameter
<1B>16
<54>16<4B>16
None
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Executes Tear off compulsory.
[Format]
<TK>
[Coding Example]
<A>
<TK>
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
This command can be specified only in Tear off mode.
-
With this command, this product executes Tear off motion without waiting the time set by Option
Waiting Time <TW>. If the next data is received before Tear off motion, Tear off is executed
compulsory.
-
This command cannot be used in combination with other commands. Please send the
command independently.
[Notes]
-
This command can be used to shorten print time set at Option Waiting Time, if it is sure that
there is no following item.
355
[ESC+TW] Option Waiting Time
Hexadecimal code
ESC
TW
Parameter
<1B>16
<54>16<57>16
aaa
Initial value
aaa=000
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Setting the option standby time.
[Format]
<TW>aaa
-
Parameter
aaa
[Waiting time] = Valid range
: 000, 005 to 200 (unit: 100 ms)
[Coding Example] (waiting time = 1.5 seconds)
<A>
<TW>015
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
This command specifies, in Tear-off mode, the waiting time between print completion and Tearoff motion.
-
The set parameter becomes valid soon after receiving the command and will be retained after
power off.
356
[ESC+CL] Delete CR/LF
Hexadecimal code
ESC
CL
Parameter
<1B>16
<43>16<4C>16
a
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
[Function]
Deletes CR/LF included in print commands.
[Format]
<CL>a
-
Parameter
a [Delete CR/LF]
0 : Do not delete CR/LF
1 : Deletes CR/LF
[Coding Example]
<A>
<CL>1
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Delimit Start Code <A> and Stop Code <Z> with this command for use.
-
This command cannot be used in combination with other commands.
357
[ESC+VB] Barcode Checker
Hexadecimal code
ESC
VB
Parameter
<1B>16
<56>16<42>16
a,b,c,d,e,f,g
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
[Function]
A control command for barcode checker.
[Format]
<VB>a,b,c,d,e,f,g
-
Parameter
a [Mode]
0 : Disabled
1 : Readable
2 : Comparison
*1
* When "Disabled" is specified, all the subsequent parameters will not function.
b [Start Position]
10 to 20000 dots (203 dpi)
15 to 18000 dots (305 dpi)
30 to 9600 dots (609 dpi)
c [VOID print]
0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled
d [Retry Count]
0 to 10
*1
* When the "VOID print" is set to "Disabled," this parameter will not function.
e [Host Notification]
0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled
f [Specify the number of barcode]
0 : Command (the number of barcode command)
1 : Setting
*1
* The parameter functions only when the "mode" is set "Readable."
g [the number of barcode]
1 to 10: the number of barcode to read
*1
* When "Specify the number of barcode" is set to "Command," this parameter will not function.
*1 When the non-functional parameter is specified, it will be set although it will not function.
[Coding Example 1]
Mode: Disabled (all the subsequent parameters are omitted.)
<A>
<VB>0,,,,,,
<Z>
358
[Coding Example 2]
Mode: Readable, Start Position: 30, VOID print: Disabled, (Retry Count: omitted), Host Notification:
Disabled, Specify the number of barcode: Command, (the number of barcode: omitted)
<A>
<VB>1,30,0,,0,0,
<Z>
[Coding Example 3]
Mode: Readable, Start Position: 30, VOID print: Enabled, Retry Count: 3, Host Notification: Disable,
Specify the number of barcode: Setting, the number of barcode: 2
<A>
<VB>1,30,1,3,0,1,2
<Z>
[Coding Example 4]
Mode: Comparison, Start Position: 30, VOID print: Enabled, Retry Count: 3, Host Notification:
Disabled, (Specify the number of barcode: omitted), (the number of barcode: omitted)
<A>
<VB>2,30,1,3,0,,
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Each parameter can be omitted.
-
When RFID function is enabled, this command returns a command error.
-
This command is not allowed to be used with other commands (it cannot be used in the printing
item).
359
[ESC+#] Base Reference Point
Hexadecimal code
ESC
#
Parameter
<1B>16
<23>16
abbb
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
[Function]
Specify the base reference point in vertical direction.
[Format]
<#>abbb
-
Parameter
a [Moving Direction]
+: Feed Direction
-: Reverse Direction
b [Distance in dots]
Valid range: 000 to 600 (dots)
[Coding Example]
<A>
<#>+040
<Z>
#+040
Print reference position
#000
Cut reference position
#-040
Feed direction
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Initial value of the reference position is 0 dot.
-
When parameter “a” [Moving direction] = "-: Reverse Direction," do not specify 58 mm or more
in total with other offset adjustment value. If it is set to 58 mm or more, it does not stop properly.
360
Calendar Commands
[ESC+WT] Calendar Setup
Hexadecimal code
ESC
WT
Parameter
<1B>16
<57>16<54>16
aabbccddee
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
[Function]
Specifying the calendar.
[Format]
<WT>aabbccddee
-
Parameter
a
b
c
d
e
[Year] = Valid Range : 00 to 35
[Month] = Valid Range : 01 to 12
[Day] = Valid Range : 01 to 31
[Hour] = Valid Range : 00 to 23
[Minutes] = Valid Range : 00 to 59
[Coding Example] Specifying and printing out "2020.1.1 13:13”
<A>
<WT>2001011313
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
This command requires optional RTC (Real Time Clock) Kit. This command cannot be used
without RTC Kit.
-
Valid calendar setting value is from year: 2000, month: 1, day: 1, hour: 00, minutes: 00 to year:
2035, month: 12, day: 31, hour: 23, minutes: 59.
361
[ESC+WP] Calendar Arithmetic (Add)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
WP
Parameter
<1B>16
<57>16<50>16
abbb
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying addition of calendar date.
[Format]
<WP>abbb
-
Parameter
a [Specification of Year-Month-Day]
Y : Year
M : Month
D : Day
h : Time
W : Week
b [Specification of additional value for Y-M-D-h]
Valid Range of Y : 0 to 9
Valid Range of M : 00 to 99
Valid Range of D : 000 to 999
Valid Range of h : 000 to 999
Valid Range of W : 00 to 99
[Coding Example]
Specifying and printing out the date that is three months from today.
<A>
<WP>M03
<V>100<H>200
<OB><WA>DD/MM/YY
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
This command requires optional RTC (Real Time Clock) Kit. This command cannot be used
without RTC Kit.
-
This command adds specified value to specified data (Year, Month, Day, Hour and Week). It can
specify the date three months from current date.
-
When there are more than one <WP> in one item, the last one is available.
362
[ESC+WA] Calendar Print
Hexadecimal code
ESC
WA
Parameter
<1B>16
<57>16<41>16
a
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying the print of calendar.
[Format]
<WA>parameter
-
Parameter
a [Specification of print contents]
YYYY(Year) = Valid Range : 2000 to 2035
YY(Year) = Valid Range : 00 to 99
MM(Month) = Valid Range : 01 to 12
DD(Day) = Valid Range : 01 to 31
HH(Hour) = Valid Range : 00 to 11
hh(Hour) = Valid Range : 00 to 23
mm(Minutes) = Valid Range : 00 to 59
ss(Second) = Valid Range : 00 to 59
TT(AM/PM) = Valid Range : AM/PM
JJJ(Julian date) = Valid Range : 001 to 366
WW(Week) = Valid Range : 00 to 53
ww(Week) = Valid Range : 01 to 54
[Coding Example]
Specifying and printing out the date that is three months from today.
<A>
<WP>M03
<V>100<H>200
<OB><WA>DD/MM/YYYY
<V>200<H>200
<OB><WA>hh:mm:ss TT
<V>300<H>200
<OB><WA>YY JJJ WW ww
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
This command requires optional RTC (Real Time Clock) Kit. This command cannot be used
without RTC Kit.
-
When specifying QTY>2, real-time printing will be performed per label.
-
This command specification is available up to six locations within one form.
-
Up to 16 characters are available for calendar print data.
363
-
In the [Parameter] above, count the initiation of WW (Week) as [0], and ww (Week) as 1 .
WW/ww command example
Ex.1) January in 2008, The year of Jan 1 begins with Mon, Tue, Wed, and Thu.
M
T
W
T
F
S
S
WW
ww
31
1
2
3
4
5
6
wk0
wk1
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
wk1
wk2
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
wk2
wk3
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
wk3
wk4
28
29
30
31
1
2
3
wk4
wk5
◦
2007/12/31: WW (week) prints week 0. (ww (week) prints week 1.)
◦
2008/01/25: WW (week) prints week 3. (ww (week) prints week 4.)
◦
2008/01/28: WW (week) prints week 4. (ww (week) prints week 5.)
◦
2008/02/03: WW (week) prints week 4. (ww (week) prints week 5.)
Ex.2) January in 2010, the year of Jan 1 begins with Fri, Sat, and Sun.
M
T
W
T
F
S
S
WW
ww
28
29
30
31
1
2
3
wk52
wk53
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
wk 0
wk 1
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
wk 1
wk 2
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
wk 2
wk 3
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
wk 3
wk 4
◦
2010/01/01: WW (week) prints week 52. (ww (week) prints week 53.)
◦
2010/01/14: WW (week) prints week 0. (ww (week) prints week 1.)
Note: The yeas Jan 1 begins with Fri, Sat and Sun, the second week of January is set as week
0 (ww(week): week1).
-
Specify the font type for calendar printing by font command (refer to the [Valid command] below)
before this command.
-
When used in conjunction with character pitch specification, please specify it immediately before
this command.
<A>
<WP>M03
<V>100<H>200
<OB><P>10<WA>DD/MM/YYYY
<Q>2
<Z>
-
Correct calendar is not printed in following condition.
The time data will be edited firstly when the host cannot send whole print data of one item to
this product (e.g. product's buffer is full) and also received data included the calendar print
command. This product will print the calendar when receiving one item data after taking a long
time and completing editing all data, and the printed calendar is not the time of printing but the
time of editing time data.
364
[Valid Commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
<%>
Font
<XU>
<XS>
<XM>
<XB>
<XL>
<OA>
<OB>
<WB>
<WL>
<X20>
<X21>
<X22>
<X23>
<X24>
365
<U>
<S>
<M>
[ESC+WU] Expanded Calendar Print
Hexadecimal code
ESC
WU
Parameter
<1B>16
<57>16<55>16
a
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying the print of calendar.
[Format]
<WU>parameter
-
Parameter
a
[Specification of print contents]
YYYY (Year)
YY (Year)
Y (Year)
MMM (Abbreviation of month)
MM (Month)
M (Month)
DDDDDDDDD (Day)
DDD (Abbreviation of month)
DD (Date)
D (one character day code)
HH (Hour)
GG (Hour)
hh (Hour)
mm (Minute)
ss (Second)
TT (Morning/Afternoon)
JJJ (Julian Date)
WW (Week)
ww (Week)
QQ (Time)
Contol code
Valid range:
Valid range:
Valid range:
Valid range:
Valid range:
Valid range:
Valid range:
Valid range:
Valid range:
Valid range:
Valid range:
Valid range:
Valid range:
Valid range:
Valid range:
Valid range:
Valid range:
Valid range:
Valid range:
Valid range:
>Z...>Z
2000-2035
00-35
0-3
Jan-Dec
01-12
A-L
SUNDAY-SATURDAY
SUN-SAT
01-31
1-9, A-V
00-11
01-12
00-23
00-59
00-59
AM/PM
001-366
00-52
01-53
01-96 (1=15 minutes: 96=24 hours)
[Coding example 1]
Specifying and printing out the date that is three months from today.
<A>
<WP>M03
<V>100<H>200
<OB><WU>>ZDD/MM/YY hh:mm>Z
<Q>2
<Z>
[Coding Example 2]
Specifying and printing out “DATE:” and the current date.
<A>
366
<V>100<H>200
<OB><WU>DATE:>ZDD/MM/YY hh:mm>Z
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
This command requires optional RTC (Real Time Clock) Kit. Calender error will occur whenRTC
Kit is not used.
-
This command must be specified at the top of the text data part or the barcode data part.
-
When specifying QTY>2, real-time printing will be performed per label.
-
This command specification is available up to six blocks within one item.
-
Up to 16 characters are available for calendar print data.
-
In the [Parameter] above, count the initiation of WW (Week) as [0], and ww (Week) as 1. Please
refer to "WW/ww command example" to be described hereinafter for the details.
-
Specify the font type for calendar printing by font command before this command. Refer to
[Valid commands] below for the available commands.
-
Do not use font type command <OA> and <OB> when printing MMM, M, DDDDDDDDD, DDD,
and D of the parameter a. The lower case of the alphabet is not available with those fonts.
-
Use the control command >Z in a pair at before and after the parameter. When it is not used in
a pair, it will be recognized as text when specified the font command and it will be a command
error when specified the barcode command.
-
When there is return or line feed (<0D>16, <0A>16 ) in between >Z...>Z, it is not recognized as a
pair.
-
When printing >Z, put >JZ instead of >Z.
-
When calender is used as a parameter for barcode, follow the specifications of barcode. For
example, it is not possible to specify other than numeric data with GS1-128 (UCC/EAN128),
therefore MMM cannot be specified as the parameter a.
-
Refer to calender print <WA> for QQ (Time) of the parameter a.
WW/ww command example
Ex.1) January in 2008, the year of Jan 1 begins with Mon, Tue, Wed, and Thu.
M
T
W
T
F
S
S
WW
ww
31
1
2
3
4
5
6
wk0
wk1
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
wk1
wk2
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
wk2
wk3
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
wk3
wk4
28
29
30
31
1
2
3
wk4
wk5
◦
2007/12/31: WW (week) prints week 0. (ww (week) prints week 1.)
◦
2008/01/25: WW (week) prints week 3. (ww (week) prints week 4.)
◦
2008/01/28: WW (week) prints week 4. (ww (week) prints week 5.)
◦
2008/02/03: WW (week) prints week 4. (ww (week) prints week 5.)
Ex.2) January in 2010, the year of Jan 1 begins with Fri, Sat, and Sun.
367
M
T
W
T
F
S
S
WW
ww
28
29
30
31
1
2
3
wk52
wk53
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
wk 0
wk 1
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
wk 1
wk 2
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
wk 2
wk 3
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
wk 3
wk 4
◦
2010/01/01: WW (week) prints week 52. (ww (week) prints week 53.)
◦
2010/01/14: WW (week) prints week 0. (ww (week) prints week 1.)
Note: The year Jan 1 begins with Fri, Sat and Sun, the second week of January is set as week 0
(ww(week): week1).
-
Correct calendar is not printed in following condition.
The time data will be edited firstly when the host cannot send whole print data of one item to this
product (e.g. product's buffer is full) and also received data included the Expanded Calendar
Print <WU>. This product will complete editing all data and print the calendar when receiving
one item data after taking a long time in such condition. The printed calendar is not the time of
printing but the time of editing time data.
[Valid Commands]
Print position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
<%>
Font
<XU>
<XS>
<XM>
<XB>
<XL>
<U>
<S>
<M>
<WB>
<WL>
<X20>
<X21>
<X22>
<X23>
<X24>
<B>
<BC>
<BG>
<BI>
<BP>
<BF>
<BS>
<BL>
Barcode
2D Code
<OA>
<OB>
<BZ>
<D>
<D><d> <BD>
<BL><d>
<BM>
<2D50> <2D51>
368
<BT>
<BW>
Memory Card Commands
[ESC+CC] Card Slot for Use
Hexadecimal code
ESC
CC
Parameter
<1B>16
<43>16<43>16
a
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
[Function]
Specifying the slot number for use.
This product can access to the media registered to the specified slot.
[Format]
<CC>a
-
Parameter
a [Slot number]
0 : Slot 0 (Initial value: Product's memory)
1 : Slot 1 (Initial value: FROM)
[Coding Example]
<A>
<CC>1
<GI>H003003001FF000000~000000FF
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
The allocation of the slot number can be changed from the above default in the memory card
mode.
* "Product's memory": Printer memory, "FROM": Flash ROM
-
It is necessary to specify when accessing to "Product's memory" and "FROM."
-
Specifying the unused slot becomes command error.
-
When specifying slot number 0 (product’s memory), registration other than using the external
character registration command is not available.
[Notes]
-
Do not power off this product when accessing to the memory. When this product is turned off
while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
369
[ESC+FM] Memory Card Initialization
Hexadecimal code
ESC
FM
Parameter
<1B>16
<46>16<4D>16
aaaaaaaa
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying the format (initialization) of memory card.
[Format]
<FM>aaaaaaaa
-
Parameter
a [User ID] = Specifying up to 8 bytes in alphanumeric and symbols.
[Coding Example]
<A>
<CC>1
<FM>satocard
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Specify slot number registered with Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command <FM> by all
means.
-
This command <FM> is for formatting a memory card; therefore, it cannot be used in
combination with other commands.
-
Initialization takes time. Do not send any command until the initialization finishes.
-
The error occurs when specifying the slot allocated to the product's memory.
[Notes]
-
Do not power off this product when accessing to the memory. When this product is turned off
while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
370
[ESC+BJF] Memory Card Initialization
Hexadecimal code
ESC
BJF
Parameter
<1B>16
<42>16<4A>16<46>16
aaaaaaaa
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying the format (initialization) of memory card.
[Format]
<BJF>aaaaaaaa
-
Parameter
a [User ID] = Specifying up to 8 bytes in alphanumeric and symbols.
[Coding Example]
<A>
<CC>1
<BJF>satocard
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Specify slot number registered with Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command <BJF> by all
means.
-
This command <BJF> is for formatting a memory card; therefore, it cannot be used in
combination with other commands.
-
Initialization takes time. Do not send any command until the initialization finishes.
-
The error occurs when specifying the slot allocated to the product's memory.
[Notes]
-
Do not power off this product when accessing to the memory. When this product is turned off
while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
371
[ESC+FP] Memory Card Status Print
Hexadecimal code
ESC
FP
Parameter
<1B>16
<46>16<50>16
None
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set command is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set command becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set command becomes invalid.
[Function]
Printing status of memory card.
[Format]
FP
[Coding Example]
<A>
<CC>1
<FP>
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Specify slot number registered with Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command <FP> by all
means.
-
This command <FP> is for printing status of memory card; therefore, it cannot be used in
combination with other commands.
-
Status of memory card can be confirmed with a Media size of 68 mm in width and 90 mm in
length.
[Notes]
-
Do not power off this product when accessing to the memory. When this product is turned off
while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
372
[ESC+BJS] Memory Card Status Print
Hexadecimal code
ESC
BJS
Parameter
<1B>16
<42>16<4A>16<53>16
None
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Printing status of memory card.
[Format]
<BJS>
[Coding Example]
<A>
<CC>1
<BJS>
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
This command <BJS> is for printing status of memory card; therefore, it cannot be used in
combination with other commands.
-
Status of memory card can be confirmed with a Media size of 68 mm in width and 90 mm in
length.
[Notes]
-
Do not power off this product when accessing to the memory. When this product is turned off
while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
373
[ESC+&S] Form Overlay Registration
Hexadecimal code
ESC
&S
Parameter
<1B>16
<26>16<53>16
,aa(,bbbb,ccccc)
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The registered data become valid.
Valid range within items
The registered data is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items;
The registered data is valid until the next specification is
made.
[Function]
Specifying the registration of fixed print contents to a memory card.
[Format]
<&S>,aa(,bbbb,ccccc)
-
Parameter
a [Registration No.] = Valid range : 1 to 99
b [Specification of horizontal size of window]
Valid range : Refer to [Valid Range] section below (omissible).
c [Specification of vertical size of window]
Valid range : Refer to [Valid Range] section below (omissible).
[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>100<XS>MODEL
<CC>1
<&S>,1
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Specify slot No. with Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command <&S> by all means.
-
Delimit Start Code <A> and Stop Code <Z> with the format to be registered.
-
Registration of identical registration No. is invalid.
-
Both Print of Graphic <G> and Print of BMP File <GM> can be registered.
-
This command <&S> allows up to 99 registries. Note that the capacity of registry may vary
depending on the memory card to be used.
-
Data registered with this command <&S> can be cleared with Clear <*>R.
-
The error occurs when specifying unused or specifying the slot which this product is allocated.
-
If the vertical size of the window is larger than the set paper length, a command error occurs.
[Notes]
-
Do not power off this product when accessing to the memory. When this product is turned off
while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
374
[Valid Range of Window Size]
Head density
Horizontal size of the window
Vertical size of the window
Valid range (dots)
Valid range (dots)
203 dpi
50 to 832
50 to 20000
305 dpi
50 to 1248
50 to 18000
609 dpi
50 to 2496
50 to 9600
[Valid Commands]
Print
Position
<V>
<H>
Font
<XU>
<XS>
<XM>
<XB>
<XL>
<OA>
<OB>
<RD>
<$=>
<K1>
<K2>
<K3>
<K4>
<K5>
<K8>
<K9>
<KA>
<KB>
<KD>
<k1>
<k2>
<k3>
<k4>
<k5>
<k8>
<k9>
<kA>
<kB>
<kD>
<U>
<S>
<M>
<WB>
<WL>
<X20>
<X21>
<X22>
<X23>
<X24>
<B>
<BC>
<BG>
<BI>
<D>
<D><d> <BD>
<BT>
<BW>
<BL>
<BL><d>
<BM>
<2D10>
<BK>
<2D12>
<2D20>
<BV>
<2D30> <2D31>
<2D32>
<BQ>
<2D50>
<BX>
<2D51>
<2D70>
<RF>
<FC>
<FT>
Barcode
2D Code
Composite
Symbol
<EU>
Modification
<WD>
<FW>
<(>
Graphic
<G>
<GM>
<GP>
<BF>
<RM>
In general, this command is used for [Registration number] only. Specification of window height and
width will control the movement with Vertical Print Position <V> and Horizontal Print Position <H> at
the time of calling. For the movement at the time of calling, if registered area is exceeding print area,
the portion outside of print area will not be printed.
The following are the brief operation.
(1) Normal (To register)
<A>
<V>100<H>100<P>2<L>0202
<X23>0ABCD
<V>60<H>60
<FW>0808V800H400
<V>320<H>60
<FW>04H400
<CC>1
<&S>,1
<Z>
Registered image
ABCD
375
(2) When print is specified after the command <&S>
<A>
<V>100<H>100<P>2<L>0202
<X23>0ABCD
<V>60<H>60
<FW>0808V800H400
<V>320<H>60
<FW>04H400
<CC>1
<&S>,1
<V>200<H>100<OB>12345
<Z>
Anything specified prior to the
command <&S> will be registered
as form overlay.
Printing out this part
(3) When window size is specified
Label Size <A1>08000400, Window width [200], Window height [200]
<A>
<A1>08000400
<V>100<H>00<P>2<L>0202
<X23>0ABCD
<CC>1
<&S>,1,200,200
<Z>
Registering this shadowed area only.
Label feed direction
A
B
C
D
200 dot
200 dot
800 dot
400 dot
376
[ESC+&R] Form Overlay Call
Hexadecimal code
ESC
&R
Parameter
<1B>16
<26>16<52>16
,aa
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Invoking the contents in memory card with Registration of Form Overlay <&S>.
[Format]
<&R>,aa
-
Parameter
a [Registration Number] = Valid range: 1 to 99
[Coding Example]
<A>
<CC>1
<&R>,1
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Specify slot number registered with Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command <&R> by all
means.
-
This command can be combined with different registration No. and printed.
-
When registration No. is not specified, this command will be ignored.
-
If specifying unregistered No., Read/Write error will occur.
-
When registering without specifying window, Vertical Print Position <V> and Horizontal Print
Position <H> will be ignored and V1 and H1 (Start position of drawing area) will be determined.
-
When specifying and registering window, movement with <V> and <H> will be enabled.
Note that when exceeding print area, the portion outside of print area will not be printed.
-
Please note that this command cannot be used without a memory card.
-
The error occurs when specifying unused or specifying the slot which this product is allocated.
[Notes]
-
Do not power off this product when accessing to the memory. When this product is turned off
while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
[Valid Commands]
Print position
<V>
<H>
377
[ESC+YS] Format Registration
Hexadecimal code
ESC
YS
Parameter
<1B>16
<59>16<53>16
,aaa
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
[Function]
Registering print format.
[Format]
<YS>,aaa
-
Parameter
a [Format registration number]
= Valid Range : 1 to 999
[Coding Example]
<A>
<CC>1
<YS>,1
</N>,3,3
<%>0<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0101<XM>ABC
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
When registering multiple formats, Delimit Start Code <A> and Stop Code <Z> with one format.
-
Specify Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command <YS> by all means.
-
Use this command and Registration of Field </N> as a pair.
-
Attempts to re-register with registered No., error will occur, and the targeted content will be
printed.
-
The error occurs when specifying unused or specifying the slot which this product is allocated.
[Notes]
-
Do not power off this product when accessing to the memory. When this product is turned off
while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
-
The maximum registration with </N> is 99 fields. (Refer to [ESC+/N] Registration of Field for the
commands can be registered.)
-
The maximum registration with other than </N> is 50 fields. Refer to [Available registration
command] below for the commands can be registered.
378
[Points]
-
Details of Format Registration
A group of commands can be registered to a memory card (option). Once registered, it saves
time to specify the identical command group. The registration also allows a change of print data
when invoking the format. Such function is called "Format Registration."
One item consists of different command groups necessary for printing, and such groups are
called "Field." Note that multiple fields make format.
Commands for format registration:
One format consists of a pair of commands from Start Code <A> to Stop Code <Z>, and specify
Format Registration <YS> right after <A>. For <YS>, specify [Format registration number]
between 1 and 999. And then, insert Registration of Field </N> after <YS> to specify [Field
number] and [Digit number of print quantity]. After [Field number] and [Digit number of print
quantity] are entered, specify print position, character type, barcode, and so on.
[Registration Example]
Format registration number
<A>
Field number
<YS>,1
Digit number of print
</N>,1,10
Data to be registered to Field number 1
<V>10<H>50
<B>2020801234567890
</N>,2,5
Data to be registered to Field number 2
<V>100<H>50<L>0101<P>2
<XM>12345
</N>,3,6
Data to be registered to Field number 3
<V>200<H>300<L>0101<P>2
<XM>123456
<Z>
Specified by Filed number 1
Label feed direction
12345
Specified by Filed number 2
123456
Specified by Filed number 3
Invoking the registered print contents
Specify saved [Format registration number] between 1 and 999 with Format Call <YR>.
To change print data, use Print of Field </D> to specify [Field number] to be changed, and
continuously specify the changed print data. Note that the underlined parts in the [Registration
Example] are changeable.
379
Calling Example
Format registration number to invoke
<A>
Field number of print data to be changed
<YR>,1
Data to be changed
</D>,2,ABCDE
<Q>2
<Z>
Label feed direction
ABCDE
Changed data
123456
Available registration commands are as follows.
[Available registration commands]
Print Position
<V>
<H>
Font
<XU>
<XS>
<XM>
<XB>
<XL>
<OA>
<OB>
<RD>
<$=>
<K1>
<K2>
<K3>
<K4>
<K5>
<K8>
<K9>
<KA>
<KB>
<KD>
<k1>
<k2>
<k3>
<k4>
<k5>
<k8>
<k9>
<kA>
<kB>
<kD>
<U>
<S>
<M>
<WB>
<WL>
<X20>
<X21>
<X22>
<X24>
<RG>
*1
*1
<RH>
Barcode
<B>
<BC>
<BG>
<BI>
<D>
<D><d>
<BD>
<BW>
Modification
<P>
<L>
<PS>
<PR>
<%>
<FW>
<(>
<WD>
System
<A1>
<A3>
Memory Card
<&R>
</N>
<GR>
<GC>
<KC>
*1 Character code: UNICODE(UTF-16BE) is not supported.
Note
-
The operation when registering a command other than available command is not guaranteed.
380
[ESC+/N] Registration of Field
Hexadecimal code
ESC
/N
Parameter
<1B>16
<2F>16<4E>16
,aa,bb
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
[Function]
Registering items within the field of Format Registration <YS>.
[Format]
</N>,aa,bb
-
Parameter
a [Field number] = Valid Range : 1 to 99
b [Digit number of print] = Valid Range : 1 to 99
[Coding Example]
<A>
<CC>1
<YS>,1
</N>,1,3
<%>0<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0101<XM>ABC
</N>,2,5
<%>0<V>200<H>200<P>2<L>0101<OA>12345
</N>,3,8
<%>0<V>300<H>40<B>40208049123456
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Specify the value of [Field number] in ascending order.
-
Specify Vertical Print Position <V> and Horizontal Print Position <H> for each field. If not, initial
value will be set.
-
Specification of digit number when printing external character.
External code H, one external character has 4 digits; thus, three external characters make 12
digits for printing.
External code B, one external character has 2 digits; thus, three external characters make 6
digits for printing.
-
Use this command and Format Registration <YS> as a pair.
-
Due to the memory capacity limit, it may not save up to 99 registries.
-
The error occurs when specifying unused or specifying the slot which this product is allocated.
381
[Notes]
-
Do not power off this product when accessing to the memory. When this product is turned off
while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
[Designable Commands for the Change of Print]
Font
<XU>
<XS>
<XM>
<XB>
<XL>
<OA>
<OB>
<RD>
<$=>
<K1>
<K2>
<K3>
<K4>
<K5>
<K8>
<K9>
<KA>
<KB>
<KD>
<k1>
<k2>
<k3>
<k4>
<k5>
<k8>
<k9>
<kA>
<kB>
<kD>
<X20>
<X21>
<X22>
<X23>
<X24>
Modification
<P>
<L>
<PS>
<PR>
<%>
Barcode
<B>
<BC>
<BG>
<BI>
<D>
<BW>
<BL>
*1 Character code: UNICODE(UTF-16BE) is not supported.
382
<RG>
*1
<D><d>
*1
<RH>
<BD>
[ESC+YR] Format Call
Hexadecimal code
ESC
YR
Parameter
<1B>16
<59>16<52>16
,aaa
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
[Function]
Invoking and printing out the format registered with Format Registration <YS>.
[Format]
<YR>,aaa
-
Parameter
a [Format registration Number] = Valid Range : 1 to 999
[Coding Example]
<A>
<CC>1
<YR>,1
</D>,1,DEF
</D>,2,78901
</D>,3,49000238
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
This command cannot invoke multiple formats between Start Code <A> and Stop Code <Z>.
-
Use this command and Print of Field </D> as a pair.
-
The error occurs when specifying unused or specifying the slot which this product is allocated.
[Notes]
-
Do not power off this product when accessing to the memory. When this product is turned off
while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
383
[ESC+/D] Print of Field
Hexadecimal code
ESC
/D
Parameter
<1B>16
<2F>16<44>16
,aa,n...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
Valid range between items
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
[Function]
Invoking the items registered with Registration of Field and specifying data.
[Format]
</D>,aa,n...n
-
Parameter
a [Field number] = Valid Range : 1 to 99
n [Data] = Data to be changed
[Coding Example]
<A>
<CC>1
<YR>,1
</D>,1,DEF
</D>,2,78901
</D>,3,49000238
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Digit number of print is valid within the range specified with Registration of Field </N>.
-
When digit number of this command is larger than the one specified with Registration of Field </
N>, only the defined digit No. will be available for printing.
-
Use this command and Format Call <YR> as a pair.
-
The error occurs when specifying unused or specifying the slot which this product is allocated.
[Notes]
-
Do not power off this product when accessing to the memory. When this product is turned off
while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
384
[ESC+GI] Registration of Graphic
Hexadecimal code
ESC
GI
Parameter
<1B>16
<47>16<49>16
abbbcccdddn...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying the registration of graphic pattern data.
[Format]
<GI>abbbcccdddn...n
-
Parameter
a [Selection of data transfer in HEX or BIN]
H : Hex data
B : Binary data
Hex data (Divide 8 bits data into 4 bits and outputs it as hex code corresponding to ASCII)
Binary data (Output 8 bits data as one character data all at once)
b
c
d
n
[Specification of crosswise graphic area per byte] = Refer to [Specified Range] section below.
[Specification of lengthwise graphic area per byte] = Refer to [Specified Range] section below.
[Registration number] (Identification number when invoking) = Valid range : 1 to 999
[Data] = Graphic data
[Coding Example 1]
[H: HEX data] is specified for [Data specification by HEX and BIN]
[□] is registered to the 999th of the slot 1 by the below.
<A>
<CC>1
<GI>H001001999<46463831383138313831383138314646>16
<Z>
[Coding Example 2]
[B: Binary data] is specified for [Data specification by HEX and BIN]
[□] is registered to the 999th of the slot 1 by the below.
<A>
<CC>1
<GI>B001001999<FF818181818181FF>16
<Z>
385
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Specify slot number registered with Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command <GI> by all
means.
-
Specify registered data only.
-
To change the registered content, clear it with Clear <*> to re-register.
-
Graphic Call <GR> is for printing out the data registered with Registration of Graphic <GI>.
-
When data is not registered properly, print error may occur.
For details of data format, refer to Graphic Print <G>.
-
The error occurs when specifying unused or specifying the slot which this product is allocated.
[Notes]
-
Do not power off this product when accessing to the memory. When this product is turned off
while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
[Specified Range]
Head density
Maximum byte in
horizontal direction
Maximum byte in
vertical direction
203 dpi
104
400
305 dpi
156
600
609 dpi
312
999
386
[ESC+GR] Graphic Call
Hexadecimal code
ESC
GR
Parameter
<1B>16
<47>16<52>16
aaa
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Invoking and printing out the data registered with Registration of Graphic <GI>.
[Format]
<GR>aaa
-
Parameter
a [Registration Number] = Valid range: 1 to 999
[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>100
<CC>1
<GR>1
<Q>1
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Specify slot number registered with Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command <GR> by all
means.
-
Ignoring Base Reference Point <A3> and making no correction.
-
Rotation <%> and Enlargement <L> are available for the invoked graphic.
-
The error occurs when specifying unused or specifying the slot which this product is allocated.
[Notes]
-
Do not power off this product when accessing to the memory. When this product is turned off
while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
387
[ESC+GT] BMP File Registration
Hexadecimal code
ESC
GT
Parameter
<1B>16
<47>16<54>16
aaa,bbbbb,n...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying the registration of BMP file created by such as Image editing application.
[Format]
<GT>aaa,bbbbb,n...n
-
Parameter
a [Registration number]
Valid Range : 1 to 999
b [Total bytes of BMP file]
Valid Range : 1 to 99999
Specify the file size of BMP file for total bytes.
n [Data] = BMP file data
Data is sent as binary data (Outputs 8 bits as one character data all at once)
[Coding Example]
<A>
<CC>1
<GT>1,12345,<424D00~00>16
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Specify slot number registered with Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command <GT> by all
means.
-
Data is sent in binary data (Outputs 8 dots as one byte in binary all at once). In this case, file
size of BMP file becomes the total bytes, and BMP file data becomes data.
-
When [Total bytes of BMP file] is not matching the transfer data, this may become the cause of
malfunction.
-
Total bytes are the file size displayed at [Property] and such.
-
BMP file is available in Black/White mode only. In color mode, printing is not guaranteed.
Also, this command is not valid for BMP compressed file. Make sure that the file extension is set
to [BMP] before printing.
-
The error occurs when specifying unused or specifying the slot which this product is allocated.
[Notes]
-
Do not power off this product when accessing to the memory. When this product is turned off
while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
388
[ESC+GC] BMP File Call
Hexadecimal code
ESC
GC
Parameter
<1B>16
<47>16<43>16
aaa
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Invoking and printing out the data registered with Registration of BMP File <GT>.
[Format]
<GC>aaa
-
Parameter
a [Registration Number] = Valid range: 1 to 999
[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>100
<CC>1
<GC>1
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Specify slot number registered with Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command <GC> by all
means.
-
Rotation <%> and Enlargement <L> are available for the invoked data.
-
The error occurs when specifying unused or specifying the slot which this product is allocated.
[Notes]
-
Do not power off this product when accessing to the memory. When this product is turned off
while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
389
[ESC+PI] PCX File Registration
Hexadecimal code
ESC
PI
Parameter
<1B>16
<50>16<49>16
aaa,bbbbb,n...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying the registration of PCX file created by such as Image editing application.
[Format]
<PI>aaa,bbbbb,n...n
-
Parameter
a [Registration number]
Valid Range : 1 to 999
b [Total bytes of PCX file]
Valid Range : 1 to 99999
* Specify the file size of PCX file for total bytes.
n [Data] = PCX file data
* Data is sent as binary data (Outputs 8 bits as one character data all at once)
[Coding Example]
<A>
<CC>1
<PI>001,12345,n...n
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Specify slot number registered with Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command <PI> by all
means.
-
Data is sent as binary data (Outputs 8 bits as one font data all at once). Total bytes is PCX file
size and Data is PCX file data.
-
In PCX file, 128 bytes of data is for the header part and the rest of data is for the image data.
-
When [Total bytes of PCX file] is not matching the transfer data, this may become the cause of
malfunction.
-
Total bytes are the file size displayed at [Property] and such.
-
PCX file is available in Black/White mode only. In color mode, printing will not be performed due
to command error. Also, this command is not valid for PCX compressed file. Make sure that the
file extension is set to [PCX] before printing.
-
The error occurs when specifying unused or specifying the slot which this product is allocated.
[Notes]
-
Do not power off this product when accessing to the memory. When this product is turned off
while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
390
[ESC+PY] PCX File Call
Hexadecimal code
ESC
PY
Parameter
<1B>16
<50>16<59>16
aaa
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Invoking and printing out the data registered with PCX File Registration <PI>.
[Format]
<PY>aaa
-
Parameter
a [Registration Number] = Valid range: 1 to 999
[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>100
<CC>1
<PY>001
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Specify slot number registered with Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command <PY> by all
means.
-
Rotation <%> and Enlargement <L> are available for the invoked data.
-
The error occurs when specifying unused or specifying the slot which this product is allocated.
[Notes]
-
Do not power off this product when accessing to the memory. When this product is turned off
while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
391
[ESC+*] Memory Card Clear
Hexadecimal code
ESC
*
Parameter
<1B>16
<2A>16
a(,bbb)
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Clearing the entire contents in memory card (option).
[Format]
<*>a(,bbb)
-
Parameter
a [Item to be cleared]
G : SATO Graphic
(Clearing graphic registered with Registration of Graphic <GI>)
P : PCX file
(Clearing PCX file registered with Registration of PCX File <PI>)
M : BMP file
(Clearing BMP file registered with Registration of BMP File <GT>)
F : Format
(Clearing format registered with Registration of Format <YS>)
O : TrueType font
(Clearing TrueType font registered with Registration of TrueType Font <BJ>)
R : Form Overlay
(Clearing form overlay registered with Registration of Form Overlay <&S>)
b [Registration No.] = Valid range :
000 to 999 (Omissible) TrueType font
001 to 999 (Omissible) Except TrueType font
(When omitting Registration No., all the registered data will be cleared.)
[Coding Example 1]
Clearing 001 of SATO graphic
<A>
<CC>1
<*>G,001
<Z>
[Coding Example 2]
Clearing 002 of PCX file
<A>
<CC>1
<*>P,002
<Z>
392
[Coding Example 3]
Clearing Form Overlay entirely
<A>
<CC>1
<*>R
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Delimit Start Code <A> and Stop Code <Z> with this command <*> for use.
-
Specify slot number registered with Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command <*> by all
means.
[Points]
-
To clear all data of memory card, use Memory Card Initialization <BJF>.
[Precautions during use]
-
Do not power off this product when accessing to the memory. When this product is turned off
while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
393
[ESC+T1] Memory Card 16 x 16 dots External Font
Registration
Hexadecimal code
ESC
T1
Parameter
<1B>16
<54>16<31>16
abbn...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The registered data become valid.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Registering 16 x 16 dots external fonts in the memory card.
[Format]
<T1>abbn...n
-
Parameter
a [Registration data selection]
H : HEX character
B : Binary code
b [Registration font code address]
Using Kanji set <KS> command to set Japanese (0,1,2)
JIS code
H : Up to 95 registrations from "21" to "7F" is available.
B : Up to 95 registrations from 21H to 7FH is available.
Shift JIS code
H : Up to 95 registrations from "40" to "9E" is available.
B : Up to 95 registrations from 40H to 9EH is available.
Unicode
H : Up to 95 registrations from "00" to "5E" is available.
B : Up to 95 registrations from 00H to 5EH is available.
Using Kanji set <KS> command to set other than Japanese
(3 (China Simplified Chinese), 5 (China Traditional Chinese), 6 (Korean))
H : Up to 95 registrations from "21" to "7F" is available.
B : Up to 95 registrations from 21H to 7FH is available.
n [Registered external font data]
[Coding Example]
<A>
<CC>1
<T1>H2100FF00FF to 3C0000FF
<Z>
394
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Overwriting registration data is available.
-
Specify slot registered with Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command <T1> by all means.
-
The code to specify in the registration font code address needs to match the Kanji set (<KS>)
and Kanji code (<KC>).
-
When use <T1> with another registration command, it may occur error because of capacity
shortage of the memory card.
In this case, register another command in another memory card, or use a memory card having
bigger capacity.
-
Data output is as follows.
External file [16x16]
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D31
D32
16 dot
8 dot
D1
D3
D5
D7
D9
D11
D13
D15
D17
D19
D21
D23
D25
D27
D29
D31
8 dot
D2
D4
D6
D8
D10
D12
D14
D16
D18
D20
D22
D24
D26
16 dot
D28
D30
D32
When registering the external characters described above, D1 data becomes <01>16 and D2
data becomes <80>16 because D1 consists of [00000001], D2 consists of [10000000].
In the same manner, D3 is <03>16, D4 is <00>16, D5 is <3F>16, D6 is <FC>16, and the external
registration data will be <018003003FFC…..>16 up to D32.
[Notes]
-
Do not power off this product when accessing to the memory. When this product is turned off
while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
395
[ESC+T2] Memory Card 24 x 24 dots External Font
Registration
Hexadecimal code
ESC
T2
Parameter
<1B>16
<54>16<32>16
abbn...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The registered data become valid.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Registering 24 x 24 dots external fonts in the memory card.
[Format]
<T2>abbn...n
-
Parameter
a [Registration data selection]
H : HEX character
B : Binary code
b [Registration font code address]
Using Kanji set <KS> command to set Japanese (0,1,2)
JIS code
H : Up to 95 registrations from "21" to "7F" is available.
B : Up to 95 registrations from 21H to 7FH is available.
Shift JIS code
H : Up to 95 registrations from "40" to "9E" is available.
B : Up to 95 registrations from 40H to 9EH is available.
Unicode
H : Up to 95 registrations from "00" to "5E" is available.
B : Up to 95 registrations from 00H to 5EH is available.
Using Kanji set <KS> command to set other than Japanese
(3 (China Simplified Chinese), 5 (China Traditional Chinese), 6 (Korean))
H : Up to 95 registrations from "21" to "7F" is available.
B : Up to 95 registrations from 21H to 7FH is available.
n [Registered external font data]
[Coding Example]
<A>
<CC>1
<T2>H2100FF00FF to 3C0000FF
<Z>
396
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Overwriting registration data is available.
-
Specify slot registered with Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command <T2> by all means.
-
The code to specify in the registration font code address needs to match the Kanji set (<KS>)
and Kanji code (<KC>).
-
When use <T2> with another registration command, it may occur error because of capacity
shortage of the memory card. In this case, register another command in another memory card,
or use a memory card having bigger capacity.
-
Data output is as follows.
外字ファイル「24×24」
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D70
D71
D72
24 dot
8 dot
8 dot
D2
D1
D4
D7
D10
D13
D16
D19
D22
D25
D28
D31
D34
D37
D40
D43
D46
D49
D52
D55
D58
D61
D64
D67
D70
8 dot
D3
D6
D9
D12
D15
D18
D21
D24
D27
D30
D33
D36
D39
D42
D45
D48
D51
D54
D57
D60
D63
D66
D69
D72
24 dot
D71
When registering the external characters described above, D1 data becomes <00>16 and D2
data becomes <3C>16 and D3 data becomes <00>16 because D1 consists of [00000000], D2
consists of [00111100] and D3 consists of [00000000].
In the same manner, D4 is <00>16 , D5 is <3C>16 , D6 is <00>16, and the external registration
data will be <003C00003C00…..>16 up to D72.
[Notes]
-
Do not power off this product when accessing to the memory. When this product is turned off
while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
397
[ESC+K1(K2)] Horizontal Writing External Font Call
Hexadecimal code
ESC
K1(K2)
Parameter
<1B>16
<48>16<31>16
( <48>16<32>16)
an...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The registered data is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying call of external fonts registered in memory card.
[Format]
<K1>an...n
<K2>an...n
-
Parameter
a [External font registration]
H : HEX character
B : Binary code
I : HEX character letters, smoothing function
C : Binary code, smoothing function
J : HEX character letters, highlight function
D : Binary code, highlight function
K : HEX character letters, smoothing and highlight function
E : Binary character letters, smoothing and highlight function
n...n [Registration code]
Using Kanji set <KS> command to set Japanese (0,1,2)
JIS code
H, I, J, K: "9021" to "907F"
B, C, D, E: 9021H to 907FH
Shift JIS code
H, I, J, K: "F040" to "F09E"
B, C, D, E: F040H to F09EH
Unicode (UTF-16)
H, I, J, K: "E000" to "E05E"
B, C, D, E: E000H to E05EH
Unicode (UTF-8)(UTF-16 E000 to E05E expressed in UTF-8)
H, I, J, K: "EE8080" to "EE819E"
B, C, D, E: EE8080H to EE819EH
Using Kanji set <KS> command to set other than Japanese
(3 (China Simplified Chinese), 5 (China Traditional Chinese), 6 (Korean))
GB18030, BIG5, KSC5601(EUC-KR) code
H, I, J, K: "8021" to "807F"
B, C, D, E: 8021H to 807FH
Unicode (UTF-8)(UTF-16 E000 to E05E expressed in UTF-8)
H, I, J, K: "EE8080" to "EE819E"
B, C, D, E: EE8080H to EE819EH
398
[Coding Example]
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>0
<CC>1
<V>100<H>100
<K1>H9021
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Specify slot registered with Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command <K1> by all means.
-
Valid data of registration code vary according to the Kanji set command <KS>.
[Notes]
-
Do not power off this product when accessing to the memory. When this product is turned off
while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
399
[ESC+k1(k2)] Vertical Writing External Font Call
Hexadecimal code
ESC
k1(k2)
Parameter
<1B>16
<6B>16<31>16
( <6B>16<32>16)
an...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The registered data is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying call of external fonts registered in memory card.
[Format]
<k1>an...n
<k2>an...n
-
Parameter
a [External font registration]
H : HEX character
B : Binary code
I : HEX character letters, smoothing function
C : Binary code, smoothing function
J : HEX character letters, highlight function
D : Binary code, highlight function
K : HEX character letters, smoothing and highlight function
E : Binary character letters, smoothing and highlight function
b [Registration code]
Using Kanji set <KS> command to set Japanese (0,1,2)
JIS code
H, I, J, K: "9021" to "907F"
B, C, D, E: 9021H to 907FH
Shift JIS code
H, I, J, K: "F040" to "F09E"
B, C, D, E: F040H to F09EH
Unicode (UTF-16)
H, I, J, K: "E000" to "E05E"
B, C, D, E: E000H to E05EH
Unicode (UTF-8)(UTF-16 E000 to E05E expressed in UTF-8)
H, I, J, K: "EE8080" to "EE819E"
B, C, D, E: EE8080H to EE819EH
Using Kanji set <KS> command to set other than Japanese
(3 (China Simplified Chinese), 5 (China Traditional Chinese), 6 (Korean))
GB18030, BIG5, KSC5601(EUC-KR) code
H, I, J, K: "8021" to "807F"
B, C, D, E: 8021H to 807FH
Unicode (UTF-8)(UTF-16 E000 to E05E expressed in UTF-8)
H, I, J, K: "EE8080" to "EE819E"
B, C, D, E: EE8080H to EE819EH
400
[Coding Example]
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>0
<CC>1
<V>100<H>100
<k1>H9021
<Q>2
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Specify slot registered with Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command <k1> by all means.
-
Valid data of registration code vary according to the Kanji set command <KS>.
[Notes]
-
Do not power off this product when accessing to the memory. When this product is turned off
while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
401
[ESC+BJ ESC+BJD] TrueType Font Registration (Compatible
command)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
BJ
Parameter
BJD
<1B>16
<42>16<4A>16
(a...ab...b
<42>16<4A>16<44>16
c ...cdddde...e
)
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying registration of TrueType Font.
[Format]
<BJ>(a...ab...b
<BJD>c ...cdddde...e
<BJ>)
-
Parameter
a
b
c
d
e
[Font description] 40 byte font
[Date]
10 bytes date data
[Memory offset]
5 bytes memory offset (HEX)
[Number of data bytes] Valid Range = 0001 to 9999
[Font data to download]
[Coding Example]
Font= ‘abcdefghijabcdefghijabcdefghijabcdefghij’ ,Date data=29-08-2010, Memory
offset=000000022016, Number of data bytes=3001, Font data= ‘A00490020….00000000’
<A>
<CC>1
<BJ>(abcdefghijabcdefghijabcdefghijabcdefghij29-08-2010
<BJD>00000002203001A00490020.....0000000
<BJ>)
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Specify the card slot number used for Card Slot <CC> prior to this command.
[Notes]
-
Do not power off this product when accessing to the memory. When this product is turned off
while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
-
This command is for the compatibility with the old specification. Recommend the use of
[DC2]DE and <RH>.
402
[ESC+BJT] TrueType Font Call (Compatible command)
Hexadecimal code
ESC
BJT
Parameter
<1B>16
<42>16<4A>16<54>16
,aa,bb,cc,dd,ee,ffff,n...n
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Specifying TrueType Font call.
[Format]
<BJT>,aa,bb,cc,dd,ee,ffff,n...n
-
Parameter
a
b
c
d
e
f
n
[Font ID] = Valid Range : 00 to 99
[Horizontal scale factor] = Valid Range : 01 to 12
[Vertical scale factor] = Valid Range : 01 to 12
[Word Pitch] = Valid Range : 00 to 99
[Reserve] = Valid Range : 00 (Fixed)
[Reserve] = Valid Range : 0000 (Fixed)
[Data]
[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<CC>1
<BJT>,01,02,02,01,00,0004SATO
<Q>
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Specify the card slot number used for Card Slot <CC> prior to this command.
[Notes]
-
Do not power off this product when accessing to the memory. When this product is turned off
while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
-
This command is for the compatibility with the old specification. Recommend the use of
[DC2]DE and <RH>.
403
Intelligent Command
[ESC+IK] Label Feed Control
Hexadecimal code
ESC
IK
Parameter
<1B>16
<49>16<4B>16
a(,bbbb)
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is not maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Feeding forward or backward for the specified distance (unit: dot).
[Format]
<IK>a(,bbbb)
-
Parameter
a [Feed direction]
0 : Forward feed
1 : Backfeed
b [Feed length]
Valid range : Refer to [Valid Range] section below.
Only “Forward feed” (a=0) is omissible.
Feeds one label when omitting this parameter.
[Coding Example 1]
When 120 dots feeding forward the media
<A>
<IK>0,120
<Z>
Head position
(1)
Before receiving command
(2)
(3)
Command received
After receiving command
(1)
(2)
(3)
Feeds 120 dots to forward direction
When print data is received without returning to the original position with <IK>1,120, printing will start
from the current stop position.
404
[Coding Example 2]
When feeding one label
<A>
<IK>0
<Z>
Head position
Before receiving command
(1)
(2)
(2)
(3)
(3)
Command received
After receiving command
(1)
Feeds one label
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Delimit Start Code <A> and Stop Code <Z> with this command. When specifying this command
with the same item as print data, the command will be ignored.
-
When setting [Feed direction] to [1: Backfeed], length of label feed needs to be checked. If this
length is very long, it may cause overlapped prints or label may fall off the platen and result in
detection error as paper-end.
-
When omitting [Feed length] in forward feed, product motion will be similar to label feed motion
when pressing the FEED key in offline state.
-
Label feed motion with this command will be activated at the time of online.
-
When omitting [Feed length] in backfeed, label feed will not be performed due to command
error.
-
When the specified feed value is outside of valid range, printing will not be performed due to
command error.
-
Actual feed distance may be different from the set value according to the individual difference of
each product, supplies and operating environment. Recommend to adjust the feed value before
operation.
-
When setting [Thermal transfer] to [Print method], length of label backfeed needs to be under
30mm. If 30 mm or more is specified, it may result in detection error as ribbon end. And also,
avoid consecutive specification of label feed command for backfeed.
-
In tear-off, cutter and dispenser mode, do not attempt to backfeed right after tearing-off, cutting
and dispensing label.
-
Control of feed motion by external signal is not available.
-
When the sensor is disabled, <IK>0 (Forward feed) will not feed labels.
-
The valid feeding range in the backward direction is from 6 mm to 60 mm. The command error
occurs when the feeding length is out of range and the media is not fed.
-
Do not carry paper in the reverse direction when the paper is not ejected by cut-print mode.
[Valid Range]
Head density
203 dpi
Media feed direction = Forward
direction feed length (dots)
48 to 1600
405
Media feed direction = Backward
direction feed length (dots)
48 to 480
Head density
Media feed direction = Forward
direction feed length (dots)
Media feed direction = Backward
direction feed length (dots)
305 dpi
72 to 2400
72 to 720
609 dpi
144 to 4800
144 to 1440
406
XML Commands
[ESC+/Y] Register Print Template Name
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC
/Y
Parameter
<1B>16
<2F>16< 59>16
,n...n
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is invalid until the next valid setting.
Valid range between items
The set parameter is invalid until the next valid setting.
[Function]
Registering the Print Template name with the memory of this product.
[Format]
</Y>,n...n
-
Parameter
n~n [Print Template name]
= Valid range : 1 to 32 ASCII characters
[Coding Example]
<A>
<CC>1
<YS>,1
</Y>,Material Label
</X>,14,10,ProductID
<%>0<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0101<XM>
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Only first 32 characters of the print template name will be registered into the memory of this
product.
-
The character "," (HEX: 2C) is not allowed in template name registration.
-
This command must be used together with the <YS> command.
-
This command is valid in slot command <CC1> or <CC2> occasion. It will result error in other
memory slot setting.
407
[ESC+/X] Set XML Variable Name
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC
/X
Parameter
<1B>16
<2F>16< 58>16
,a,b,n...n
a=0
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Setting the XML variable field name for the format field number.
[Format]
</X>,a,b,n...n
-
Parameter
a [Field number]
= 01 - 99
b [Max field length]
= 01 - 99
n~n [Print Template name] = Up to 60 ASCII characters
[Coding Example]
Assign XML variable name ProductID to the field number 14. Maximum input field length: up to 10
characters
<A>
<CC>1
<YS>,1
</Y>,Material Label
</X>,14,10,ProductID
<%>0<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0101<XM>
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
This command should be used together with the template format registration command <YS>.
-
Please refer to valid command list from Registration of Field command </N>.
408
[ESC+/R] Remove Print Template
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC
/R
Parameter
<1B>16
<2F>16< 52>16
,a,n...n
a=0
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Clearing content of XML print template registered with the memory of this product.
[Format]
</R>,a,n...n
-
Parameter
a [Remover template]
0 : Represent by print template name
1 : Represent by print template format number
n...n [Print template name or format number]
Valid range (Template name) : 1 to 32 ASCII characters
Valid range (Format number) : 001 to 999
[Coding Example]
Clear Print Template with the template name "SATO Barcode."
<A>
<CC>1
</R>,0,SATO Barcode
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
To avoid incorrect response from this product, this command should not use in conjunction with
other commands.
-
This command is valid only when the desired template is registered inside the printer memory
initially.
-
When parameter (n...n) is not inserted or inserted wrong reference name, this </R> command
will become invalid and the command is not effected.
-
Parameter 'a' will be set as '0' if not assigned.
-
This product will return "ACK" back to host PC if operation success. Otherwise, this product will
return "NAK" to the host PC if operation fail.
409
[ESC+/S] Set Print Template Name
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC
/S
Parameter
<1B>16
<2F>16< 53>16
,aaa,n...n
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter is invalid until the next valid setting.
Valid range between items
The set parameter is invalid until the next valid setting.
[Function]
Changing the print template name that is already registered with the memory of this product.
[Format]
</S>,aaa,n...n
-
Parameter
aaa [Print template format number] = 001 - 999
n...n [Print template name] = Valid range (Template name) : 1 to 32 ASCII characters
[Coding Example]
Change Print Template with the template name "SATO Barcode."
<A>
<CC>1
</S>,001,SATO Barcode
<Z>
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
To avoid incorrect response from this product, this command should not use in conjunction with
other commands.
-
Only first 32 characters of the print template name will be registered into the memory of this
product.
-
The character "," (HEX: 2C) is not allowed in template name registration.
-
This product will return "ACK" back to host PC if operation success. Otherwise, this product will
return "NAK" to the host PC if operation fail.
-
If the parameter "aaa" is not assigned, </S> command will be ignored.
410
[ESC+/G] Get Print Template Information
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC
/G
Parameter
<1B>16
<2F>16< 47>16
,a,n...n
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is maintained.
Valid range within items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
Valid range between items
The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function]
Recalling the print templates data or print template names from the memory of this product.
[Format]
</G>,a,n...n
-
Parameter
a [Type of desired template data]
0 : Get current print template name
1 : Get all print template names
2 : Get all print templates
3 : Get standardized print template
4 : Get specific print template
n...n [Print template name]
Valid range (Template name) : 1 to 32 ASCII characters
This parameter n~n is needed when a = 4 was specified.
[Coding Example]
Recall all the registered template names from the memory of this product.
<A>
<CC>1
</G>,1
<Z>
Recall the print template with the template name “SATO Barcode”
<A>
<CC>1
</G>,4,SATO Barcode
<Z>
411
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
To avoid incorrect response from this product, this command should not use in conjunction with
other commands.
-
This command is valid only when the memory of this product has at least one registered format.
-
Print template name will be returned only when the desired template name is registered by </Y>
command together with the <YS> commands.
-
Parameter 'a' will be set as '0' if not assigned.
-
For (a=1), the character ‘, ‘ (HEX: 2C) will act as separators between each reply template
name. (Note: No separator will be used, if there is only one template name installed inside the
memory)
-
This product will return "ACK" back to host PC if operation success. Otherwise, this product will
return "NAK" to the host PC if operation fail.
-
In case the user gave same name to different formats, the </G>,4 command will recall the
template with the smaller format number.
412
Common commands for all languages
The common commands are the commands independent from the applications such as SBPL,
SZPL, SIPL, SCPL.
The common specifications of the common command for all languages will be described as follows.
-
The structure begins from [DC2]<12>16 and two characters follow it.
-
When the two characters follow [DC2] are not the common commands, nothing will be returned
and the data after that will be ignored.
-
The command to specify the data size will wait the data until the data size satisfies the specified
size and no data will be returned.
-
When initializing, turning off and updating this product, [NAK]<15>16 will be returned. However,
the reset command and the power off command and the cancel request command can be
received.
-
It runs after resuming from power-save mode when this product is in power-saving mode or
resuming from power-save mode, and returns [ACK]<06>16 or [NAK]<15>16. However, reset,
power off and cancel request commands can be received.
-
The common commands cannot be used when this product is set to the non-standard mode.
413
[DC2+PA] Printer Setting Command
Command
DC2
PA
Parameter
Hexadecimal code
<12>16
<50>16<41>16
a…a,bb,c…c,d…d,(,ee,f…f,g…g,h…h,i…i)…
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The set parameter is maintained.
Valid range
The set parameter is valid until the next specification is
made.
Printer operation in
progress
The command cannot be received during the printer
operation. ([NAK] return)
Error
Commands cannot be received even if an error is
occurring. ([NAK] return)
[Function]
Registering the printer settings.
[Format]
DC2(12H) + PA,a…a,bb,c…c,d…d,(,ee,f…f,g…g,h…h)…
Data Example)
[DC2]PA,87,CA,35,SPEED:2
LABELV:12345
LABELH:456
,SB,39,ZEROSLASH:0
SHOTAI:0
PROPORTIONAL:0
[Parameters]
Symbol
a
Parameter name
Valid range
Total number of data byte
Acquisition method
0 to 524277
Acquire up to ","
CA: Common settings
Acquire fixed twocharacters
* This is the total number of bytes after
parameter b. The delimiting comma
between parameters a and b are not
included.
b(e…)
Identifier
CB: Notification system
II: IEEE1284 settings
IR: RS-232C settings
IL: LAN settings
IU: USB settings
IW: WLAN settings
IB: Bluetooth settings
IE: EXT settings
IN: NFC settings
SB: SBPL settings
SZ: SZPL settings
414
Symbol
Parameter name
Valid range
Acquisition method
SI: SIPL settings
SD: SDPL settings
ST: STCL settings
SA: AEP settings
SE: SEPL settings
c(f…)
Data size of settings in bytes
0 to 524277
Acquire up to ","
Refer to the table of
[Setting data] below.
Data size of setting
information
* The size of setting information is equivalent
to the bytes by section from parameter d.
The delimiting comma between the sections
are not included.
d(g…)
Setting data
* Text format
* Items that need to be encrypted to perform
encryption
[Setting data format]
"Name of setting item" + ":" + "Setting data" + "Line feed(0DH, 0AH)"
h…h:i…i[CR][LF](j…j:k…k[CR][LF])…
[Setting data]
Symbol
Parameter name
Valid range
Acquisition method
h(j …)
Name of setting
item
See tables in [A list of setting
items]
Acquire up to ":"
i(k …)
Setting data
See tables in [A list of setting
items]
Acquire up to "[CR][LF]”
Data Example)
SPEED: 4
LEVEL: 5
[Return data format (normal)]
[ACK]<06>16
[Return data format (when a command error occurs)]
[NAK]<15>16
[Exception processing]
Parameter name
Exception condition
A value outside the
range is specified
The specified size and
received size are different
Total number of data byte
Command error
Command Error
Identifier
Invalid identifier (skip)
Command error
Data size of settings in bytes
Command error
Command Error
Name of setting item
Invalid setting item (skip)
415
*1 *2
*3
Parameter name
Exception condition
A value outside the
range is specified
Setting data
The specified size and
received size are different
Invalid setting data (skip)
*1 If the data size from the first identifier (bb) to the last data item does not match the data size of setting information, and the
data size calculated from the format, a command error will occur.
*2 However, nothing will be returned until receiving the number of data equals to the total number of data bytes.
*3 If the data during the receipt of the setting information data size from the beginning of the setting information data is not ",",
a command error occurs.
Terminology
Description
Command error
All items are not set. The data received after a command error is determined is
not considered as a parameter of this command.
Invalid identifier
The corresponding setting information data (data equivalent to the succeeding
setting information data size) is ignored.
Invalid item
The data of one item (data up to [CR] [LF]) is ignored.
[Supplementary information]
-
If the sum of the total data size and configuration information data size does not match, an error
will occur and they will not be set.
-
If the data size of settings and data size of actual settings do not match, an error will occur and
the value will not be set.
-
Setting for each identifier and setting item can be omitted.
-
Setting for each identifier and setting item can be in random order.
-
When re-setting a setting with same identifier, the last value that was set will be enabled.
-
If the value in setting was out of range, then the setting item will have an error and will be
skipped.
-
No malfunction will occur when a character string with the same name as the setting item was
set.
e.g.) When you set "DeviceName" as setting value for the setting item named "DeviceName."
-
Do not send this command when this product is printing. Use this command in the standby
status.
416
[Setting saving function]
This command proceeds the setting when the item name and the setting value were specified
basically. However, the problem may occur when the setting data are set in order of receiving the
data because the setting item can be omitted and set in random order. These items will be saved
firstly and set after all the received data were analyzed.
The target items and their setting process are described as follows.
Target item
[PRINTER] Time zone
[PRINTER] Date
[PRINTER] Time
[PRINTER] Main port
Setting process
The time zone must be set firstly because the time difference
calculated from the local time is necessary for setting the date and
time.
[PRINTER] Sub port
Settings of the main port and sub-port cannot be duplicated, and the
duplicated code will be ignored.
[BLUETOOTH]ISI
・ When "ISI" is smaller than "ISW," it is not set.
[BLUETOOTH]ISW
・ There is a function that when "0" is set to both "ISI" and "ISW," Bluetooth
module does not respond to the search. Regarding this function, to avoid
conflicting settings, setting it under following condition.
[BLUETOOTH]PSI
[BLUETOOTH]PSW
ISI
="0"
≠"0"
ISW
Process
="0"
Set
≠"0"
Do not set
="0"
Do not set
≠"0"
Set
・ When "PSI" is smaller than "PSW," it is not set.
[BLUETOOTH] Delete pairing
information
There are 10 paring information and they are arrayed. You cannot
delete them one by one because the deleted area is filled with next
data and the number will be inconsistent. You can delete the data
when you know all the paring information to be deleted.
[SBPL]STX
Each control code cannot be duplicated, and the duplicated code will
be ignored.
[SBPL]ETX
[SBPL]ESC
[SBPL]ENQ
[SBPL]CAN
[SBPL]NULL
[SBPL]OFFLINE
[SZPL] Command Head
[SZPL] Control head
Each control code cannot be duplicated, and the duplicated code will
be ignored.
[SZPL] Delimiter
[SDPL]SOH
[SDPL]STX
Each control code cannot be duplicated, and the duplicated code will
be ignored.
[SDPL]CR
[SDPL]CNT
[STCL] Command Head1 to 3
Each control code cannot be duplicated, and the duplicated code will
be ignored.
417
[Encryption of data]
The method for encryption shall be bit inversion plus conversion of binary to ASCII. Therefore there
will be twice as much data after encryption.
Table) Table of encryption code
Original
Encrypted
Original
Encrypted
Original
Encrypted
Character code Character code Character code Character code Character code Character code
[HEX]
(SJIS)
[HEX]
[HEX]
(SJIS)
[HEX]
[HEX]
(SJIS)
[HEX]
Space
20
df
64 66
@
40
bf
62 66
`
60
9f
39 66
!
21
de
64 65
A
41
be
62 65
a
61
9e
39 65
"
22
dd
64 64
B
42
bd
62 64
b
62
9d
39 64
#
23
dc
64 63
C
43
bc
62 63
c
63
9c
39 63
$
24
db
64 62
D
44
bb
62 62
d
64
9b
39 62
%
25
da
64 61
E
45
ba
62 61
e
65
9a
39 61
&
26
d9
64 39
F
46
b9
62 39
f
66
99
39 39
'
27
d8
64 38
G
47
b8
62 38
g
67
98
39 38
(
28
d7
64 37
H
48
b7
62 37
h
68
97
39 37
)
29
d6
64 36
I
49
b6
62 36
i
69
96
39 36
*
2A
d5
64 35
J
4A
b5
62 35
j
6A
95
39 35
+
2B
d4
64 34
K
4B
b4
62 34
k
6B
94
39 34
,
2C
d3
64 33
L
4C
b3
62 33
l
6C
93
39 33
-
2D
d2
64 32
M
4D
b2
62 32
m
6D
92
39 32
.
2E
d1
64 31
N
4E
b1
62 31
n
6E
91
39 31
/
2F
d0
64 30
O
4F
b0
62 30
o
6F
90
39 30
0
30
cf
63 66
P
50
af
61 66
p
70
8f
38 66
1
31
ce
63 65
Q
51
ae
61 65
q
71
8e
38 65
2
32
cd
63 64
R
52
ad
61 64
r
72
8d
38 64
3
33
cc
63 63
S
53
ac
61 63
s
73
8c
38 63
4
34
cb
63 62
T
54
ab
61 62
t
74
8b
38 62
5
35
ca
63 61
U
55
aa
61 61
u
75
8a
38 61
6
36
c9
63 39
V
56
a9
61 39
v
76
89
38 39
7
37
c8
63 38
W
57
a8
61 38
w
77
88
38 38
8
38
c7
63 37
X
58
a7
61 37
x
78
87
38 37
9
39
c6
63 36
Y
59
a6
61 36
y
79
86
38 36
:
3A
c5
63 35
Z
5A
a5
61 35
z
7A
85
38 35
;
3B
c4
63 34
[
5B
a4
61 34
{
7B
84
38 34
<
3C
c3
63 33
\
5C
a3
61 33
|
7C
83
38 33
=
3D
c2
63 32
]
5D
a2
61 32
}
7D
82
38 32
>
3E
c1
63 31
^
5E
a1
61 31
~
7E
81
38 31
?
3F
c0
63 30
_
5F
a0
61 30
418
[A list of setting items]
[PRINTER] section
Name of
setting item
SPEED
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
CA
"2": 2 inches/sec
203/305 dpi : 6
"3": 3 inches/sec
(Linerless: 4)
"4": 4 inches/sec
609 dpi : 4
R/W
○
Contents of
Setting item
Print speed
<CS>
"5": 5 inches/sec
"6": 6 inches/sec
"7": 7 inches/sec
"8": 8 inches/sec
"9": 9 inches/sec
"10": 10 inches/sec
"11": 11 inches/sec
"12": 12 inches/sec
"13": 13 inches/sec
"14": 14 inches/sec
203 dpi: 2-14 (Linerless: 2-6)
(Dispenser: 2-10)
305 dpi: 2-14 (Linerless: 2-6)
(Dispenser: 2-10)
609 dpi: 2-6 (Linerless: 2-6)
(Dispenser: 2-6)
LEVEL
"1": Darkness 1
5
R/W
○
"2": Darkness 2
Print darkness level
<#F>
"3": Darkness 3
"4": Darkness 4
"5": Darkness 5
"6": Darkness 6
"7": Darkness 7
"8": Darkness 8
"9": Darkness 9
"10": Darkness 10
CONCENTRATION "A"
A
R/W
○
"B"
Print darkness
<#F>
"C"
"D"
"E"
"F"
LABELV
Unit: dots
609 dpi: 9600
609 dpi: "1” to "9600"
305 dpi: 18000
305 dpi: "1” to "18000"
203 dpi: 20000
R/W
○
Vertical size of label
R/W
○
Horizontal size of
label
203 dpi: "1” to "20000"
LABELH
Unit: dots
609 dpi: 2496
609 dpi: "1” to "2496"
305 dpi: 1248
305 dpi: "1” to "1248"
203 dpi: 832
203 dpi: "1” to "832"
419
[PRINTER] section
Name of
setting item
PITCHOFFSET
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
CA
"-99" to "99" (dots)
0
R/W
○
Contents of
Setting item
Continuous Offset
adjust
<PO>
BASEV
Unit: dots
0
R/W
○
609 dpi: "-9599” to "+9599"
Offset of vertical base
reference point
<A3>
305 dpi: "-17999” to "+17999"
203 dpi: "-19999” to "+19999"
BASEH
Unit: dots
0
R/W
○
609 dpi: "-2945” to "+2495"
Offset of horizontal
base reference point
<A3>
305 dpi: "-1247” to "+1247"
203 dpi: "-831” to "+831"
PRINT_AUTO
"0": Disable
1
R/W
○
Automatic selection
of behavior mode
"0": Continuous
1
R/W
○
Print motion
"1": Tear-off
No option: 1
"2": Dispenser
Cutter: 3
"3": Cutter
Dispenser: 2
"4": Linerless
Linerless: 4
R/W
○
Dispenser motion
(backfeed motion)
"1": Enable
PRINT
"5": Cut while printing
PEEL
"0": Motion 3 (No backfeed)
1
"1": Motion 1 (Thermal head
position)
<PM>
"2": Motion 2 (Dispenser
position)
CUTTER
"0": Motion 3 (No backfeed)
1
R/W
○
"1": Motion 1 (Thermal head
position)
Cutter motion
<PM>
"2": Motion 2 (Cutter position)
NONSEPA
"2": Motion 2 (Dispenser
position)
2
R/W
○
Linerless motion
(Backfeed motion)
<PM>
TEAR_OFFSET
"-99” to "99" (dots)
0
R/W
○
Tear-off Offset adjust
<PO>
CUT_OFFSET
"-99” to "99" (dots)
0
R/W
○
Cutter Offset adjust
<PO>
DISP_OFFSET
"-99” to "99" (dots)
0
R/W
○
Dispenser Offset
adjust
<PO>
TYPE
"0": Thermal transfer
0
R/W
○
"1": Direct thermal
SENSOR
Print method
<PH>
"0": Disable sensor
1
"1": GAP
(Linerless: 0)
"2": I-MARK
R/W
○
Sensor type
<IG>
Sensor value of the
active print mode.
(Linerless: 0, 2)
(Tear-off or Dispenser or Cut
while printing: 1, 2)
420
[PRINTER] section
Name of
setting item
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
CA
Contents of
Setting item
(Continuous or cutter: 0, 1, 2)
PEND_TYPE
"0": I-MARK
0
R/W
○
Type of paper end
sensor
"1": GAP
EJECT_CUT
"0" to "5" (sec.)
0
R/W
○
Eject cut settings
MEDIA_CHECK
"0": Disable
0
R/W
○
Media check
0
R/W
○
Head check
0
R/W
○
Head check mode
"1": Enable
HEADCHECK
"0": Disable
"1": Normal range
"2": Barcode range
HEADCHECK_
MODE
"0": Check one page
"1": Specify start and end
"2": Specify number of pages
HEADCHECK_
PAGE
“1" to "999999”
1
R/W
○
Number of head
check pages
LANGUAGE
"0": English
0
R/W
○
Language settings
"1": German
"2": French
"3": Spanish
"4": Italian
"5": Portuguese (Europe)
"6": Czech
"7": Danish
"8": Dutch
"9": Finnish
"10": Greek
"11": Hungarian
"12": Norwegian
"13": Polish
"14": Romanian
"15": Russian
"16": Slovakian
"17": Swedish
"18": Turkish
"19": Chinese (Simplified)
"20": Chinese (Traditional)
"21": Korean
"22": Japanese
"23": Arabic
"24": Thai
"25": Vietnamese
"26": Farsi
"27": Indonesian
"28": Hindi
"29": Portuguese (Brazil)
"30": Bulgarian
421
[PRINTER] section
Name of
setting item
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
CA
Contents of
Setting item
TIMEZONE
Refer to the table of the
timezone.
Europe/London
R/W
○
Time zone
DATE_SET
"YYYY/MM/DD"
2013/01/01
R/W
-
Set calendar (date)
00:00:00
R/W
-
Set calendar (time)
3600
R/W
○
Power saving setting
0
R/W
○
Display Language
Icon
2
R/W
○
Buzzer volume
2
R/W
○
Power Off Sound
Y: year
M: Month
D: Date
Min: 2000/01/01 00:00:00
Max: 2035/12/31 23:59:00
TIME_SET
"HH:NN:SS"
H: Hour
N: Minute
S: Second
POWER_SAVE
0: Disable
"1" to "3600" (sec.)
* Setup in minutes.
LANGUAGE_
ICON
"0": Disable
BUZZER
"0": Buzzer off
"1": Enable
"1": Volume low
"2": Volume medium
"3": Volume large
BUZZER_
POWEROFF
"0": Buzzer off
"1": Volume low
"2": Volume medium
"3": Volume large
LCDVOLUME
“0" to "9”
7
R/W
○
LCD Brightness
ADJUSTPITCH
Unit: dots
0
R/W
-
Adjust print position
0
R/W
-
Offset adjust
0
R/W
-
Pitch and Offset
adjust
0
R/W
○
Waiting time in tearoff mode for next
data
609 dpi: "-90” to "90"
305 dpi: "-45” to "45"
203 dpi: "-30” to "30"
ADJUSTOFFSET
Unit: dots
609 dpi: "-90” to "90"
305 dpi: "-45” to "45"
203 dpi: "-30” to "30"
ADJ_
PITCHOFFSET
Unit: dots
609 dpi: "-1176” to "1176"
305 dpi: "-588” to "588"
203 dpi: "-392” to "392"
OPTIONTIME
"0", "5" to "200" (x100ms)
<TW>
AUTO_
MEASURE
"0": Disable
0
"1": Enable
422
R/W
○
Automatic
measurement of label
length
[PRINTER] section
Name of
setting item
AUTO_ONLINE
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
CA
"0": Disable
1
R/W
○
"1": Enable
FEED
"0": Disable
Contents of
Setting item
Auto online
<AO>, <LD>
0
R/W
○
Initial feed
0
R/W
○
Online feed
"1": Enable
ONLINE_FEED
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
IGNORE_CRLF
"0": Do not remove CR/LF
<LF>
0
R/W
○
"1": Remove CR/LF
BYTECOMMAND
"0": Disable
Ignore CR/LF
<CL>
0
R/W
○
"1": Enable
Remove CAN/DLE
<1B>
IMLVL_RL
"0" to "127": transmissive sensor
level (Receiving light)
64
R/W
-
Adjust reflective
sensor level
(Receiving light)
IMLVL_LE
"0" to "7": transmissive sensor
level (Light emission)
3
R/W
-
Adjust reflective
sensor level (Light
emission)
IM_SL
"0.0": Automatic setting
0.0
R/W
-
Reflective sensor
slice level
"0.1" to "3.3": Manual setting
GAPLVL_RL
"0" to "127": transmissive sensor
level (Receiving light)
64
R/W
-
Adjust transmissive
sensor level
(Receiving light)
GAPLVL_LE
"0" to "7": transmissive sensor
level (Light emission)
3
R/W
-
Adjust transmissive
sensor level (Light
emission)
GAP_SL
"0.0": Automatic setting
0.0
R/W
-
Transmissive sensor
slice level
1
R/W
○
Detect ribbon near
end
0
R/W
○
Priority setting
"0.1" to "3.3": Manual setting
RB_NEND
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
PRIORITY
"0": Prioritize command
"1": Prioritize LCD setting
PRINT_AREA
"0": Standard
* target command <#F>,
<IG>, <CS>, <A3>,
<PM>
0
R/W
○
Move printable area
"1": Left-justify
ADJUSTDARK
“0" to "99”
50
R/W
-
Adjust darkness
OP_FEED
Unit: dots
0
R/W
○
Optional feed volume
0
R/W
-
Input password
0
R/W
○
Display total number
of labels to print
0
R/W
○
HEX DUMP MODE of
Enable/Disable
609 dpi: "0" to "6120"
305 dpi: "0" to "3060"
203 dpi: "0" to "2040"
PASS_SET
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
ALL_QTY
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
HEX_DUMP_
MODE
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
423
[PRINTER] section
Name of
setting item
APP_MODE
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
Contents of
Setting item
CA
"00": AUTO
00
R
-
Application mode
SB
R
-
Application mode of
AUTO mode
1
R/W
○
Calendar check
0
R/W
○
Reprint
0
R/W
-
Install Security
"SB": SBPL
"SZ": SZPL
"SI": SIPL
"SD": SDPL
"ST": STCL
"SE": SEPL
APP_MODE_
AUTO
"00": AUTO
"SB": SBPL
"SZ": SZPL
"SI": SIPL
"SD": SDPL
"ST": STCL
"SE": SEPL
CALENDAR_
CHECK
"0": Disable
REPRINT
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
"1": Enable
INSTALL_
SECURITY
"0": Disable
"1": USB
Password control for
pkg install
"2": Always
PRINTEND_
POSITION
Unit: dots
0
R/W
○
Print End Position
1
R/W
○
Sensor type
(Continuous)
1
R/W
○
Sensor type (Tear-off)
1
R/W
○
Sensor type
(Dispenser)
1
R/W
○
Sensor type (Cutter)
0
R/W
○
Sensor type
(Linerless)
1
R/W
○
Sensor type (Cut
while printing)
0
R/W
○
Label near end
0
R/W
-
AC Power On
0
R/W
○
Unit
609 dpi: "1" to "9600"
305 dpi: "1" to "18000"
203 dpi: "1" to "20000"
SENSOR_
CONTINUOUS
"0": Disable sensor
"1": GAP
"2": I-MARK
SENSOR_
TEAROFF
"1": GAP
SENSOR_PEEL
"1": GAP
"2": I-MARK
"2": I-MARK
SENSOR_
CUTTER
"0": Disable sensor
"1": GAP
"2": I-MARK
SENSOR_
LINERLESS
"0": Disable sensor
SENSOR_
CUTPRINT
"1": GAP
LB_NEND
"0": Disable
"2": I-MARK
"2": I-MARK
"1": Enable
AC_POWERON
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
UNIT
"0": dot
424
[PRINTER] section
Name of
setting item
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
CA
Contents of
Setting item
"1": inch
"2": mm
BV_MODE
"0": Disabled
0
R/W
○
Barcode check mode
Unit: dots
203 dpi: 72
R/W
○
203 dpi: "10" to "20000"
305 dpi: 108
Barcode check start
position
305 dpi: "15" to "18000"
609 dpi: 216
0
R/W
○
Barcode printing
VOID
"1": Readable
"2": Comparison
BV_START_
POSITION
609 dpi: "30" to "9600"
BV_VOID_PRINT
"0": Disabled
"1": Enabled
BV_RETRY_
COUNT
"0" to "5” Count
0
R/W
○
Barcode check the
number of retries
BV_HOST_
NOTIFICATION
"0": Disabled
0
R/W
○
Barcode check result
host notification
BV_BARCODE_
QMETHOD
"0": Command
0
R/W
○
How to specify the
number of barcodes
BV_BARCODE_Q
"1" to "10": Barcodes per label
1
R/W
○
Number of barcodes
BV_RS232C_
READER
"0": Host
0
R/W
○
RS-232C Connection
SUPPORT_LOG_
SAVE
"0": Disabled
0
R/W
○
Saving log
MICRO_LABEL_
PRINT_MODE
"0": Disabled
0
R/W
○
Micro Label Print
Mode
MLPM_AUTO_
LABEL_LENGTH
"0": Disabled
1
R/W
○
Micro Label Print
Mode – Auto Label
Length Detection
MLPM_LABEL_
LENGTH_COUNT
"1" to "10”
3
R/W
○
Micro Label Print
Mode – Label Length
Count
MLPM_LABEL_
LENGTH
Unit: dots
203 dpi: 320
R/W
○
203 dpi: "72" to "424"
305 dpi: 480
Micro Label Print
Mode – Label Length
305 dpi: "108" to "636"
609 dpi: 960
"1": Enabled
"1": Setting
"1": Reader
"1": Enabled
"1": Enabled
"1": Enabled
609 dpi: "216" to "1272"
[COUNT] section
Name of setting item
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
Contents of Setting item
CB
PRTCLN
"0": Disable
0
R/W
○
Notification for printer cleanup
"1": Enable
PRTCLN_ITV_COUNT
"10" to "1000" (m)
400
R/W
○
Distance to display notification
for printer cleanup
PRTCLN_COUNT
"XXXX"
-
R
-
Cleaning distance
* Unit: 1/24 mm
425
[COUNT] section
Name of setting item
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
Contents of Setting item
CB
HDCHG
"0": Disable
0
R/W
○
Notification for replacing
thermal head
"1": Enable
HDCHG_ITV_COUNT
"10" to "100" (km)
100
R/W
○
Distance to display notification
for replacing thermal head
HDCHG_COUNT
"XXX"
-
R
-
Print distance of a thermal head
0
R/W
○
Notification for replacing cutter
unit
* Unit: 1/24 mm
CUTUNT
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
CUTUNT_ITV_COUNT
"10" to "1000" (k cuts)
1000
R/W
○
Distance to display notification
for replacing cutter unit
CUTUNT_COUNT
"XX"
-
R
-
Cut count
ROLLER
"0": Disable
0
R/W
○
Notification for replacing platen
roller
"1": Enable
ROLLER_ITV_COUNT
"10" to "100" (km)
100
R/W
○
Distance to display notification
for replacing platen roller
ROLLER_COUNT
"XXX"
-
R
-
Distance of the platen roller
* Unit: 1/24 mm
[IEEE1284] section
Name of setting item
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
Contents of Setting item
II
PROTOCOL
"0": Status 4 MULTI
0
R/W
○
Communication protocol (for
SBPL)
0
R/W
○
BCC check
"2": Status 5
"3": NONE
STATUS5_BCC
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
<CR>
[RS-232C] section
Name of setting item
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
Contents of Setting item
IR
BOURATE
"0": 2400 bps
6
R/W
○
Baud rate
0
R/W
○
Data bit
0
R/W
○
Parity bit
0
R/W
○
Stop bit
"1": 4800 bps
"2": 9600 bps
"3": 19200 bps
"4": 38400 bps
"5": 57600 bps
"6": 115200 bps
DATABIT
"0": 8 bit
"1": 7 bit
PARITYBIT
"0": None
"1": Odd number
"2": Even number
STOPBIT
"0": 1 bit
426
[RS-232C] section
Name of setting item
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
Contents of Setting item
IR
"1": 2 bit
CONTROL
"1": READY/BUSY
Multi
4
R/W
○
Communication protocol (for
SBPL)
0
R/W
○
BCC check
"3": XON/XCFF Multi
"4": STATUS4
"5": STATUS3
"6": STATUS5
"7": NONE
STATUS5_BCC
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
<CR>
[LAN] section
Name of setting item
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
IL
DHCPv4
"0": Disable
1
R/W
-
"1": Enable
Contents of
Setting item
DHCPv4 setting
W: LAN/WLAN both
R: Active Interface
IPv4_ADDRESS
AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD
0.0.0.0
R/W
-
Allow "0" to "255" for A-D
IPv4 address
W: LAN/WLAN both
R: Active Interface
IPv4_SUBNETMASK
AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD
255.255.255.0
R/W
-
Allow "0" to "255" for A-D
IPv4 subnet mask
W: LAN/WLAN both
R: Active Interface
IPv4_DEFGATEWAY
AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD
0.0.0.0
R/W
-
Allow "0" to "255" for A-D
IPv4 default gateway
W: LAN/WLAN both
R: Active Interface
IPv4_DNSPrimary
IPAddress
AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD
0.0.0.0
R/W
-
Allow "0" to "255" for A-D
IPv4 DNS primary
address
W: LAN/WLAN both
R: Active Interface
IPv4_DNSSecondary
IPAddress
AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD
0.0.0.0
R/W
-
Allow "0" to "255" for A-D
IPv4 DNS secondary
address
W: LAN/WLAN both
R: Active Interface
IPv6_ADDSET
"0": AUTO
3
R/W
-
IPv6 address setting
"1": DHCP
W: LAN/WLAN both
"2": Manual Setting
R: Active Interface
"3": Disable
IPv6_ADDRESS
AAAA:BBBB:CCCC:DDDD:
EEEE:FFFF:GGGG:HHHH
0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0
R/W
-
IPv4 address
W: LAN/WLAN both
Specified in the ASCII of
128bit
R: Active Interface
A to H is "0" to "FFFF"
A to H is omissible.
427
[LAN] section
Name of setting item
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
IL
IPv6_ROUTER
AAAA:BBBB:CCCC:DDDD:
EEEE:FFFF:GGGG:HHHH
0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0
R/W
-
Contents of
Setting item
IPv6 default router
W: LAN/WLAN both
Specified in the ASCII of
128bit
R: Active Interface
A to H is "0" to "FFFF"
A to H is omissible.
IPv6_PREFIX
1 to 128
64
R/W
-
IPv6 subnet prefix
W: LAN/WLAN both
R: Active Interface
IPv6_DNSPrimary
IPAddress
AAAA:BBBB:CCCC:DDDD:
EEEE:FFFF:GGGG:HHHH
0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0
R/W
-
Specified in the ASCII of
128bit
IPv6 DNS primary
address
W: LAN/WLAN both
R: Active Interface
A to H is "0" to "FFFF"
A to H is omissible.
DHCPv4_LAN
"0": Disable
1
R/W
○
DHCPv4 setting
0.0.0.0
R/W
○
IPv4 address
255.255.255.0
R/W
○
IPv4 subnet mask
0.0.0.0
R/W
○
IPv4 default gateway
0.0.0.0
R/W
○
IPv4 DNS primary
address
0.0.0.0
R/W
○
IPv4 DNS secondary
address
3
R/W
○
IPv6 address setting
0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0
R/W
○
IPv4 address
0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0
R/W
○
IPv6 default router
"1": Enable
IPv4_ADDRESS_LAN
AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD
Allow "0" to "255" for A-D
IPv4_SUBNETMASK_
LAN
AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD
IPv4_DEFGATEWAY_
LAN
AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD
IPv4_DNSPrimary
IPAddress_LAN
AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD
IPv4_DNSSecondary
IPAddress_ LAN
AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD
IPv6_ADDSET_LAN
"0": AUTO
Allow "0" to "255" for A-D
Allow "0" to "255" for A-D
Allow "0" to "255" for A-D
Allow "0" to "255" for A-D
"1": DHCP
"2": Manual Setting
"3": Disable
IPv6_ADDRESS_LAN
AAAA:BBBB:CCCC:DDDD:
EEEE:FFFF:GGGG:HHHH
Specified in the ASCII of
128bit
A to H is "0" to "FFFF"
A to H is omissible.
IPv6_ROUTER_LAN
AAAA:BBBB:CCCC:DDDD:
EEEE:FFFF:GGGG:HHHH
Specified in the ASCII of
128bit
A to H is "0" to "FFFF"
A to H is omissible.
IPv6_PREFIX_LAN
1 to 128
64
R/W
○
IPv6 subnet prefix
IPv6_DNSPrimary
IPAddress_ LAN
AAAA:BBBB:CCCC:DDDD:
EEEE:FFFF:GGGG:HHHH
0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0
R/W
○
IPv6 DNS primary
address
428
[LAN] section
Name of setting item
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
IL
Contents of
Setting item
Specified in the ASCII of
128bit
A to H is "0" to "FFFF"
A to H is omissible.
ARP_Announcement.
Additional
"0": Disable
1
R/W
○
ARP Announcement
additional
ARP_Announcement.
Periodic
"0" to "600" (sec.)
0
R/W
○
ARP Announcement
Periodic
KEEPALIVETIME
"30" to "300" (sec.)
180
R/W
○
Keep alive time
KEEPALIVECOUNT
"1" to "99" (times)
17
R/W
○
Keep alive count
SOCKET_CANCEL
"0": Normal mode
0
R/W
○
Socket compatibility
1
R/W
○
Communication
protocol (for SBPL)
0
R/W
○
Legacy Status setting
1
R/W
○
TCP connection queue
0
R/W
○
BCC check
"1": Enable
"1": Compatible mode
PROTOCOL
"0": Status 4 (Periodic)
"1": Status 4 (ENQ)
"2": Status 3
"3": Status 5
"4": NONE
LEGACY_MODE
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
TCP_CONNECTION_
QUEUE
"0": Disable
STATUS5_BCC
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
"1": Enable
<CR>
PORT1
"1" to "65535"
1024
R/W
○
Port 1
PORT2
"1" to "65535"
1025
R/W
○
Port 2
The number is set
in priority order of
Port3>Port 2>Port1
PORT3
"1" to "65535"
9100
R/W
○
Port 3
The number is set
in priority order of
Port3>Port 2>Port1
MACADDRESS
"AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:FF"
-
R
-
MAC address
SNTP_ENABLED
"0": Disable
0
R/W
○
SNTP function
0.0.0.0
R/W
○
NTP IPv4 server
address
0
R/W
○
SNTP error notification
"1": Enable
NTP_IPv4_ADD
AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD
Allow "0" to "255" for A-D
SNTP_ERROR
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
SNMP_SYSCONTACT
0-255-character string
NULL
R/W
○
Contact Information
SNMP_SYSNAME
0-255-character string
NULL
R/W
○
Equipment name
SNMP_SYSLOCATION 0-255-character string
NULL
R/W
○
Installation location
SNMP
1
R/W
○
SNMP settings
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
429
[LAN] section
Name of setting item
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
Contents of
Setting item
IL
SNMP_R_VERSION
"0": 1|2c|3
0
R/W
○
SNMP Version
SNMP_R_COMMUNITY Max. 32 digit character
_NAME
public
R/W
○
* Encrypted data
(empty string to
disable)
Read-only community
name
SNMP_R_USER_
NAME
Max. 32 digit character
rouser
R/W
○
Read-only user name
* Encrypted data
(empty string to
disable)
"0": none
none
R/W
○
Read-only security
0
R/W
○
Read-only
Authentication protocol
mypassword
R/W
○
Read-only
Authentication
password
0
R/W
○
Read-only Encryption
protocol
mypassword
R/W
○
Read-only Encryption
password
3
R/W
○
SNMP Version
SNMP_RW_COMMUNITYMax. 32 digit character
_NAME
private
R/W
○
* Encrypted data
(empty string to
disable)
Read Write community
name
SNMP_RW_USER_
NAME
Max. 32 digit character
rwuser
R/W
○
Read Write user name
* Encrypted data
(String of empty)
none
R/W
○
Read Write security
0
R/W
○
Read Write
Authentication protocol
mypassword
R/W
○
Read Write
Authentication
password
0
R/W
○
Read Write Encryption
protocol
mypassword
R/W
○
Read Write Encryption
password
0
R/W
○
Trap
"1": 1|2c
"2": 3
"3": Disable
SNMP_R_SECURITY
"1": Authentication
"2": Privacy
SNMP_R_AUTH
PROTCOL
"0": MD5
SNMP_R_AUTHPASS
String of 8 to 32 digits
"1": SHA
* Encrypted data
SNMP_R_PRIV
PROTCOL
"0": DES
SNMP_R_PRIVPASS
String of 8 to 32 digits
"1": AES
* Encrypted data
SNMP_RW_VERSION
"0": 1|2c|3
"1": 1|2c
"2": 3
"3": Disable
SNMP_RW_SECURITY "0": none
"1": Authentication
"2": Privacy
SNMP_RW_AUTH
PROTCOL
"0": MD5
"1": SHA
SNMP_RW_AUTHPASS String of 8 to 32 digits
* Encrypted data
SNMP_RW_PRIV
PROTCOL
"0": DES
"1": AES
SNMP_RW_PRIVPASS String of 8 to 32 digits
* Encrypted data
SNMP_TRAP
"0": Disable
430
[LAN] section
Name of setting item
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
IL
Contents of
Setting item
"1": Enable
SNMP_TRAP_
VERSION
"0": SNMPv1
0
R/W
○
Trap version
1
R/W
○
Trap Destinations
4
R/W
○
Trap IP Version
0.0.0.0
R/W
○
IPv4 Trap Destination1
0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0
R/W
○
IPv6 Trap Destination1
0.0.0.0
R/W
○
IPv4 Trap Destination2
0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0
R/W
○
IPv6 Trap Destination2
0.0.0.0
R/W
○
IPv4 Trap Destination3
0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0
R/W
○
IPv6 Trap Destination3
trapcom
R/W
○
Trap community name
trapuser
R/W
○
Trapuser name
"1": SNMPv2c
"2": SNMPv3
SNMP_TRAP_
DESTINATIONS
"1": Destination1
"2": Destination2
"3": Destination3
SNMP_TRAP_
IPVERSION
"4": IPv4
SNMP_TRAP_
DESTINATION1v4
AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD
SNMP_TRAP_
DESTINATION1v6
AAAA:BBBB:CCCC:DDDD:
EEEE:FFFF:GGGG:HHHH
"6": IPv6
Allow "0" to "255" for A-D
Specified in the ASCII of
128bit
A to H is "0" to "FFFF"
A to H is omissible.
SNMP_TRAP_
DESTINATION2v4
AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD
SNMP_TRAP_
DESTINATION2v6
AAAA:BBBB:CCCC:DDDD:
EEEE:FFFF:GGGG:HHHH
Allow "0" to "255" for A-D
Specified in the ASCII of
128bit
A to H is "0" to "FFFF"
A to H is omissible.
SNMP_TRAP_
DESTINATION3v4
AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD
SNMP_TRAP_
DESTINATION3v6
AAAA:BBBB:CCCC:DDDD:
EEEE:FFFF:GGGG:HHHH
Allow "0" to "255" for A-D
Specified in the ASCII of
128bit
A to H is "0" to "FFFF"
A to H is omissible.
SNMP_TRAP_
COMMUNITY
SNMP_TRAP_USER
Max. 32 digit character
* Encrypted data
Max. 32 digit character
* Encrypted data
SNMP_TRAP_
ENGINEID
Even number 10 to 64
digits
Number generated
from Unique Code
R/W
○
Trap Engine ID
SNMP_TRAP_
SECURITY
"0": none
none
R/W
○
Trap Security
0
R/W
○
Trap Authentication
protocol
"1": Authentication
"2": Privacy
SNMP_TRAP_AUTH
PROTCOL
"0": MD5
"1": SHA
431
[LAN] section
Name of setting item
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
Contents of
Setting item
IL
SNMP_TRAP_AUTH
PASS
SNMP_TRAP_PRIV
PROTCOL
String of 8 to 32 digits
mypassword
R/W
○
Trap Authentication
password
DES
R/W
○
Trap Encryption
protocol
mypassword
R/W
○
Trap Encryption
password
1
R/W
○
LPD
0
R/W
○
DNS Lookup
0
R/W
○
FTP
* Encrypted data
"0": DES
"1": AES
SNMP_TRAP_PRIVPASSString of 8 to 32 digits
* Encrypted data
LPD
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
DNSLOOKUP
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
FTP
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
FTP_TIMEOUT
"10" to "3600" (sec.)
300
R/W
○
FTP Timeout
SELECT_NETWORK
"0": Auto
0
R/W
○
LAN/WLAN Switching
"1": LAN
Please reboot in order
to make a setup reflect.
"2": WLAN
ACTIVE_NETWORK
"1": LAN
-
R
-
LAN/WLAN Switching
(Auto)
"2": WLAN
[USB] section
Name of setting item
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
Contents of Setting item
IU
PROTOCOL
"0": Status4
0
R/W
○
Communication protocol (for
SBPL)
0
R/W
○
BCC check
"1": Status5
"2": NONE
STATUS5_BCC
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
USB_SN_KIND
"0": Disable
<CR>
0
R/W
○
"1": Enable
Change USB serial number.
If enabled, the default USB
serial number is 00000000.
[WLAN] section
Name of setting item
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
IW
DHCPv4_WLAN
"0": Static
Contents of
Setting item
1
R/W
○
DHCPv4 setting
0.0.0.0
R/W
○
IPv4 address
255.255.255.0
R/W
○
IPv4 subnet mask
0.0.0.0
R/W
○
IPv4 default gateway
"1": DHCP
IPv4_ADDRESS_
WLAN
AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD
IPv4_SUBNETMASK_
WLAN
AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD
IPv4_DEFGATEWAY_
WLAN
AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD
Allow "0" to "255" for A-D
Allow "0" to "255" for A-D
Allow "0" to "255" for A-D
432
[WLAN] section
Name of setting item
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
Contents of
Setting item
IW
IPv4_DNSPrimary
IPAddress_WLAN
AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD
IPv4_DNSSecondary
IPAddress_WLAN
AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD
IPv6_ADDSET_ WLAN
"0": AUTO
0.0.0.0
R/W
○
IPv4 DNS primary
address
0.0.0.0
R/W
○
IPv4 DNS secondary
address
3
R/W
○
IPv6 address setting
0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0
R/W
○
IPv4 address
0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0
R/W
○
IPv6 default router
Allow "0" to "255" for A-D
Allow "0" to "255" for A-D
"1": DHCP
"2": Manual Setting
"3": Disable
IPv6_ADDRESS_
WLAN
AAAA:BBBB:CCCC:DDDD:
EEEE:FFFF:GGGG:HHHH
Specified in the ASCII of
128bit
A to H is "0" to "FFFF"
A to H is omissible.
IPv6_ROUTER_
WLAN
AAAA:BBBB:CCCC:DDDD:
EEEE:FFFF:GGGG:HHHH
Specified in the ASCII of
128bit
A to H is "0" to "FFFF"
A to H is omissible.
IPv6_PREFIX_ WLAN
1 to 128
64
R/W
○
IPv6 subnet prefix
IPv6_DNSPrimary
IPAddress_WLAN
AAAA:BBBB:CCCC:DDDD:
EEEE:FFFF:GGGG:HHHH
0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0
R/W
○
IPv6 DNS primary
address
1
R/W
○
Select WLAN Mode
Specified in the ASCII of
128bit
A to H is "0" to "FFFF"
A to H is omissible.
WLANMODE
"0": Infrastructure mode
"1": Ad Hoc mode
ESSID
1 to 32 digit long characters SATO_PRINTER
R/W
○
SSID
HIDEESSID
"0": Disable
1
R/W
○
Hidden SSID
6
R/W
○
Channel number
0
R/W
○
Infrastructure mode
Network security
0
R/W
○
Ad Hoc mode Network
security
0
R/W
○
WEP key
(String of empty)
W
○
WEP key 1
"1": Enable
CHANNEL
“1" to "11”
“1" to "13"
* The range follows Region.
WLANNETWORK
SECINF
"0": None
"1": WEP
"2": WPA2/WPA
"3": WPA2
"4": Dynamic WEP
WLANNETWORK
SECAD
"0": None
WEPAUTH
"0": Open System
"1": WEP
"1": Shared Key
WEPKEY1
String of 5 to 13 digits
433
[WLAN] section
Name of setting item
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
Contents of
Setting item
IW
10 or 26 digit hexadecimal
* Encrypted data
WEPKEY2
String of 5 to 13 digits
(String of empty)
W
○
WEP key 2
(String of empty)
W
○
WEP key 3
(String of empty)
W
○
WEP key 4
10 or 26 digit hexadecimal
* Encrypted data
WEPKEY3
String of 5 to 13 digits
10 or 26 digit hexadecimal
* Encrypted data
WEPKEY4
String of 5 to 13 digits
10 or 26 digit hexadecimal
* Encrypted data
WEPKEYINDEX
“1" to "4"
1
R/W
○
WEP key index
WPAAUTH
"0": Personal (PSK)
0
R/W
○
WPA authentication
(String of empty)
W
○
"1": Enterprise (802.1x)
"2": CCKM
PSK
8-63 ASCII or 64 HEX
digits
* Encrypted data
EAPMODE
"0": FAST
PSK
* WPA Auth is PSK
0
R/W
○
"1": LEAP
EAP Mode
* WPA Auth is not PSK
"2": PEAP
"3": TLS
"4": TTLS
INNER_FAST
"0": MSCHAPv2
0
R/W
○
Inner Method if EAP
Mode is FAST
0
R/W
○
Inner Method if EAP
Mode is PEAP
0
R/W
○
Inner Method if EAP
Mode is TTLS
R/W
○
EAP authentication
user name
"1": GTC
"2": TLS
INNER_PEAP
"0": MSCHAPv2
"1": GTC
"2": MD5
"3": OTP
"4": TLS
INNER_TTLS
"0": MSCHAPv2
"1": MSCHAP
"2": CHAP
"3": PAP
"4": EAP-GTC
"5": EAP-MD5
"6": EAP-MSCHAPv2
"7": EAP-OTP
"8": EAP-TLS
EAP_USERNAME
0 to 63 digit long characters NULL
434
[WLAN] section
Name of setting item
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
Contents of
Setting item
IW
EAP_PASSWORD
0 to 32 digit long characters (String of empty)
W
○
EAP authentication
password
R/W
○
Anon. Outer ID
* Encrypted data
EAP_ANON
0 to 63 digit long characters NULL
If EAP Mode is FASE,
PEAP or TTLS.
EAP_VERIFY
"0": Disable
1
R/W
○
"1": Enable
EAP_PRIVATEKEY
Verify Server
Certification
If EAP is other than
LEAP.
0 to 64 digit long characters (String of empty)
W
○
Private Key Password
R/W
○
PAC Auto Provisioning
* Encrypted data
EAP_AUTO_PAC
"0": Disable
0
"1": Enable
EAP_PAC_PASS
If EAP is FAST.
0-64 bytes
(String of empty)
W
○
* Encrypted data
PAC Password
If EAP is FAST and
Auto provisioning is off.
SignalLevel1
-85 dBm
-
R
-
Threshold for electrical
field strength 1
SignalLevel2
-74 dBm
-
R
-
Threshold for electrical
field strength 2
SignalLevel3
-64 dBm
-
R
-
Threshold for electrical
field strength 3
FWversion
x.x.x.
-
R
-
Firmware version for
WLAN module
MACADDRESS
"AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:FF"
-
R
-
MAC address
WIFI_DEVICE_ NAME
1 to 32 digit long characters SATO_PRINTER
R/W
○
Wi-Fi Direct Device
Name
[BLUETOOTH] section
Name of setting item
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
Contents of Setting item
IB
BLUETOOTH
"0": Disable
1
R/W
○
Bluetooth
1
R/W
○
Communication protocol (for
SBPL)
0
R/W
○
Authentication level
0000
R/W
○
PIN code
"1": Enable
PROTOCOL
"0": status3
"1": status4
"2": NONE
BLUELEVEL
"0": No authentication
"1": Auth. level 2-1
"2": Auth. level 2-2
"3": Auth. level 3
"4": Auth. level 4
PINCODE
0-16 digit characters
(except '"')
* Encrypted data
435
[BLUETOOTH] section
Name of setting item
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
Contents of Setting item
IB
DEVICENAME
0 to 53 digit long
characters
SATO
PRINTER
_xxxxxxxxxxxx
R/W
○
Device name (xxxxxxxxxxxx is
BD address)
ISI
"0", "12" to
"1000" (hexadecimal)
800
R/W
○
ISI
12
R/W
○
ISW
800
R/W
○
PSI
12
R/W
○
PSW
Value will be set to
Bluetooth module
after deducting 1 from
the value when odd
number is set with ISI.
ISW
"0", "11" to
"1000" (hexadecimal)
Set ISI≥ISW
PSI
"12" to
"1000" (hexadecimal)
Value will be set to
Bluetooth module
after deducting 1 from
the value when odd
number is set with PSI.
PSW
"11" to
"1000" (hexadecimal)
Set PSI≥PSW
BLUEADDRESS
"aabbccddeeff"
-
R
-
BD address
BLUEVERSION
"spp3_vX.YY"
-
R
-
Bluetooth firmware version
CRC
"0": Disable
0
R/W
○
CRC mode
0
W
-
Remove paring information1 or
not
0
W
-
Remove paring information2 or
not
0
W
-
Remove paring information3 or
not
0
W
-
Remove paring information4 or
not
0
W
-
Remove paring information5 or
not
0
W
-
Remove paring information6 or
not
0
W
-
Remove paring information7 or
not
0
W
-
Remove paring information8 or
not
0
W
-
Remove paring information9 or
not
0
W
-
Remove paring information10
or not
"1": Enable
PAIRING1
"0": Do not remove
"1": Remove
PAIRING2
"0": Do not remove
"1": Remove
PAIRING3
"0": Do not remove
"1": Remove
PAIRING4
"0": Do not remove
"1": Remove
PAIRING5
"0": Do not remove
"1": Remove
PAIRING6
"0": Do not remove
"1": Remove
PAIRING7
"0": Do not remove
"1": Remove
PAIRING8
"0": Do not remove
"1": Remove
PAIRING9
"0": Do not remove
"1": Remove
PAIRING10
"0": Do not remove
"1": Remove
436
[BLUETOOTH] section
Name of setting item
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
Contents of Setting item
IB
SPP_TIME
"0" to "10"
0
R/W
○
Time to timeout for
disconnection (SPP layer)
100
R/W
○
Time to timeout for
disconnection (LMP layer)
-
R
-
Paring information 1
-
R
-
Paring information 2
-
R
-
Paring information 3
-
R
-
Paring information 4
-
R
-
Paring information 5
-
R
-
Paring information 6
-
R
-
Paring information 7
-
R
-
Paring information 8
-
R
-
Paring information 9
-
R
-
Paring information 10
(Unit: seconds)
LMP_TIME
"0" to "999"
(Unit: Tenths of a
second)
PAIRING_INFO1
"aabbccddeeff"
(BD address only)
PAIRING_INFO2
"aabbccddeeff"
(BD address only)
PAIRING_INFO3
"aabbccddeeff"
(BD address only)
PAIRING_INFO4
"aabbccddeeff"
(BD address only)
PAIRING_INFO5
"aabbccddeeff"
(BD address only)
PAIRING_INFO6
"aabbccddeeff"
(BD address only)
PAIRING_INFO7
"aabbccddeeff"
(BD address only)
PAIRING_INFO8
"aabbccddeeff"
(BD address only)
PAIRING_INFO9
"aabbccddeeff"
(BD address only)
PAIRING_INFO10
"aabbccddeeff"
(BD address only)
[NFC] section
Name of setting item
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
Contents of Setting item
IN
IF
"0": Disable
1
R/W
○
NFC communication availability
0
R
○
Whether NFC module is
installed
-
R
-
information of the installed NFC
module
"1": Enable
ISINSTALLED
"0": not checked
"1": installed
"2": not installed
MODULE_INFO
"AAAAAAAAAAAAAA,
BBCCDDEE"
AAAAAA~A: Serial
number
BBCCDDEE:
Capability Container
BB: E1 - NFC Forum
CC: version number
ex) 11 indicates 1.1
437
[NFC] section
Name of setting item
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
Contents of Setting item
IN
DD: memory size of
the data area.
ex) EA x 8 = 1876
bytes
EE: read and write
access capability of the
data area
ex) 00 indicates r/w ok
CONFIRM
"0": none
0
R/W
○
Whether display confirmation
screen when install setting from
NFC
"1": confirm
"2": password
[EXT] section
Name of setting item
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
Contents of Setting item
IE
EXTSIG
"0": Disable
0
R/W
○
Print start signal
3
R/W
○
External signal switch
0
R/W
○
Signal for reprint
2
R/W
○
Start print signal
4
R/W
○
Signal for reprint
8
R/W
○
Paper end signal
2
R/W
○
Ribbon end signal
4
R/W
○
Machine error signal
"1": Enable
EXTMODE
"0": TYPE1
"1": TYPE2
"2": TYPE3
"3": TYPE4
EXTRETRY
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
EXTPRTSTAT
"2": 5 pins
"4": 7 pins
EXTREISUU
"2": 5 pins
"4": 7 pins
EXTPAPEREND
"8": 1 pin
"2": 3 pins
"4": 4 pins
"16": 6 pins
"64": 9 pins
"32": 10 pins
"0": Do not specify
EXTRBNEND
"8": 1 pin
"2": 3 pins
"4": 4 pins
"16": 6 pins
"64": 9 pins
"32": 10 pins
"0": Do not specify
EXTMCNERR
"8": 1 pin
"2": 3 pins
"4": 4 pins
"16": 6 pins
438
[EXT] section
Name of setting item
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
Contents of Setting item
IE
"64": 9 pins
"32": 10 pins
"0": Do not specify
EXTPRNCOMP
"8": 1 pin
16
R/W
○
Print complete signal
64
R/W
○
Offline signal
32
R/W
○
Ribbon near end signal
0
R/W
○
Dispenser completion signal
0
R/W
○
Label near end signal
0
R/W
○
Output mode of 9-pin external
signal
"2": 3 pins
"4": 4 pins
"16": 6 pins
"64": 9 pins
"32": 10 pins
"0": Do not specify
EXTOFFLINE
"8": 1 pin
"2": 3 pins
"4": 4 pins
"16": 6 pins
"64": 9 pins
"32": 10 pins
"0": Do not specify
EXTRBNNEAR
"8": 1 pin
"2": 3 pins
"4": 4 pins
"16": 6 pins
"64": 9 pins
"32": 10 pins
"0": Do not specify
EXTRDISPCOMP
"8": 1 pin
"2": 3 pins
"4": 4 pins
"16": 6 pins
"64": 9 pins
"32": 10 pins
"0": Do not specify
EXTLBLNEAR
"8": 1 pin
"2": 3 pins
"4": 4 pins
"16": 6 pins
"64": 9 pins
"32": 10 pins
"0": Do not specify
EXT_9PIN
"0": MODE1 (With or
not remaining items to
print)
"1": MODE2 (Online /
offline status)
439
[SBPL] section
Name of
setting item
ZEROSLASH
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
SB
"0": Disable
1
R/W
○
"1": Enable
SHOTAI
"1": Gothic
"0": Fixed pitch
1
R/W
○
"0": Standard code
Type face
<KG>, <KM>
1
R/W
○
"1": Proportional pitch
STDCODE
Zero slash
<LH>, <LD>
"0": Mincho
PROPORTIONAL
Contents of
Setting item
Proportional pitch
<PS>, <PR>
0
R/W
○
Protocol code
0
R/W
○
Command error
R/W
○
STX
"1": Non-standard code
CMDERR
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
STXCODE
"0" to "255"
Standard
2 (0x02)
ETXCODE
ESCCODE
"0" to "255"
"0" to "255"
3 (0x03)
Nonstandard
<LD>
123
(0x7B)
125
(0x7D)
27 (0x1B) 94 (0x5E)
R/W
○
ETX
<LD>
R/W
○
ESC
<LD>
ENQCODE
"0" to "255"
5 (0x05)
64 (0x40)
R/W
○
ENQ
<LD>
CANCODE
"0" to "255"
24 (0x18)
33 (0x21)
R/W
○
CAN
<LD>
NULLCODE
OFFLINECODE
"0" to "255"
"0" to "255"
0 (0x00)
64 (0x40)
126
(0x7E)
R/W
93 (0x5D)
R/W
○
NULL
<LD>
○
OFFLINE
<LD>
EUROCODE
KANJI
"0" to "255"
"0": JIS code
213
(0xD5)
3
213
(0xD5)
R/W
○
EURO
<LD>
R/W
○
"1": SJIS code
Kanji code
<KC>
"2": Unicode (UTF16)
"3": GB18030
"4": BIG5
"5": KSC5601(EUC-KR)
"6": Unicode (UTF8)
KNJ_MODE
"0": JIS X0208 compatible
3
R/W
○
Kanji mode
1
R/W
○
Code page
"1": JIS X0208
"2": JIS X0213
"3": GB18030
"4": BIG5
"5": KSC5601
CODE_PAGE
"0": UTF8
"1": CP858
440
[SBPL] section
Name of
setting item
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
SB
Contents of
Setting item
"2": ISO8859-1
"3": ISO8859-2
"4": ISO8859-9
"5": CP737
"6": CP855
"7": CP850
"8": CP852
"9": CP857
"10": CP866
"11": CP1250
"12": CP1251
"13": CP1252
"14": CP1253
"15": CP1254
"16": CP1257
"17": CP869
"18": JIS X0201
Orientation
"0": Portrait
0
R/W
○
Orientation
0
R/W
○
Compatible Code128
0
R/W
○
Compatibility of
Chinese characters
command
0
R/W
○
Character code
compatible at Download
Font / Log call
0
R/W
○
Compatibility of M-8400
0
R/W
○
<A3> Save/Do not save
Setting
0
R/W
○
PDF417 ECC level
fixed
"1": Landscape
"2": Inv. Portrait
"3": Inv. Landscape
CODE128(C)_Zero_
Fill
"0": Disable
KANJI_COMMAND
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
"1": Enable
CALL_FONTLOGO
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
M-8400_COMPATI
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
SAVE_A3
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
PDF417_ECCFIXED "0": Disable
"1": Enable
[SZPL] section
Name of setting item
Setting value
Initial R/W Initial
value
SZ
Contents of Setting item
PITCH_OFFSET
"-120" to "120" (dots)
0
R/W
○
Pitch offset at top of label
SHIFT_OFFSET
Unit: dots
0
R/W
○
Label shift offset
94
R/W
○
Command head
609 dpi: "-2496” to "2496"
305 dpi: "-1248” to "1248"
203 dpi: "-832” to "832"
CMD_HEAD
"0" to "255"
441
[SZPL] section
Name of setting item
Setting value
Initial R/W Initial
value
SZ
Contents of Setting item
CTR_HEAD
"0" to "255"
126
R/W
○
Control head
DELIMITER
"0" to "255"
44
R/W
○
Delimiter
DATE_FORM
"0": Normal
0
R/W
○
Date and time format
0
R/W
○
Initial setting font
0
R/W
○
Label Rotation
R/W
Initial
"1": MM/DD/YY(24 hours)
"2": MM/DD/YY(12 hours)
"3": DD/MM/YY(24 hours)
"4": DD/MM/YY(12 hours)
DEF_FONT
"0": None
"1": SATO Hebe Sans
"2": SATO Hebe Sans Arabic
"3": SATO Hebe Sans Thai
"4": SATO Hebe Sans Hindi
"5": SATO Gothic T Chinese
"6": SATO Gothic Japanese
"7": SATO Gothic S Chinese
"8": SATO Gothic Korean
"9": SATO Silver Serif
"10": SATO Mincho T Chinese
"11": SATO Mincho Japanese
"12": SATO Mincho S Chinese
"13": SATO Mincho Korean
"14": SATO Roman Arabic
"15": SATO Hebe Sans Hebrew
LABEL_ROTATION
"0": 0 degree
"1": 180 degree
[SIPL] section
Name of setting item
Setting value
Initial value
Contents of Setting item
SI
ZEROSLASH
"0": Disable
0
R/W
○
Zero slash
"1": Enable
EUROCODE
"0" to "255"
213 (0xD5)
R/W
○
EURO
CODE_PAGE
"0": 737
13 (1252)
R/W
○
Code page
"1": 850
"2": 852
"3": 855
"4": 857
"5": 858
"6": 862
"7": 864
"8": 866
"9": 869
"10": 874
"11": 1250
"12": 1251
442
[SIPL] section
Name of setting item
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
Contents of Setting item
SI
"13": 1252
"14": 1253
"15": 1254
"16": 1255
"17": 1256
"18": 1257
"19": 88591
"20": 88592
"21": 88599
"22": UTF8
PROPORTIONAL
"0": Disable
0
R/W
○
c20 proportional pitch
0
R/W
○
New font encoding
"1": Enable
FONTMODE
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
[SDPL] section
Name of setting item
CONTROL_CODE
Setting value
"0": Standard code
Initial
value
R/W
Initial
Contents of
Setting item
SD
0
R/W
○
Protocol code
"1": Alternate code 1
"2": Alternate code 2
"3": User code
SOHCODE
"0" to "255"
1 (0x01)
R/W
○
SOH
STXCODE
"0" to "255"
2 (0x02)
R/W
○
STX
CRCODE
"0" to "255"
13 (0x0D)
R/W
○
CR
CNTCODE
"0" to "255"
94 (0x5E)
R/W
○
CNTBY
LABEL_ROTATION
"0": 0 degree
0
R/W
○
Label Rotation
4 (Auto)
R/W
○
SOP Emulation
0
R/W
○
Compatibility TTF
0
R/W
○
Compatibility Graphics
0
R/W
○
Compatibility
Compression
1
R/W
○
Right-to-left printing
"1": 90 degree
"2": 180 degree
"3": 270 degree
SOP_EMULATION
“0”: Disable
"1": Prodigy Plus - 110
"2": Allegro - 220
"3": Prodigy - 250
"4" : Auto
COMPATIBLE_TTF
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
COMPATIBLE_GRAPHICS
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
COMPATIBLE_COMPRESS
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
RIGHT_TO_LEFT_PRINT
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
443
[SDPL] section
Name of setting item
RECEIVE_TIMEOUT
Setting value
"0": Disable
Initial
value
R/W
Initial
SD
Contents of
Setting item
0
R/W
○
Receive time-out
1
R/W
○
Feed on blank item
0
R/W
○
Format Attribute’s
priority
0
R/W
○
Format Attribute
0
R/W
○
Pause Mode’s priority
0
R/W
○
Pause Mode
0
R/W
○
1 Byte Codepage’s
priority
5 (850)
R/W
○
1 Byte Codepage
0
R/W
○
SDPL Measure Unit’s
priority
0
R/W
○
SDPL Measure Unit
0
R/W
○
Scalable Font Style’s
priority
0
R/W
○
Bold Style
0
R/W
○
Italic Style
0
R/W
○
Sensor’s priority
0
R/W
○
Feedback character
reply’s priority
1
R/W
○
Feedback character
reply
0
R/W
○
SOH command’s
priority
1
R/W
○
All SOH commands
"1" to "9999" (ms)
FEED_ON_BLANK
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
FORMAT_ATTRIBUTE_PRIORITIZE "0": Commands
"1": Settings
FORMAT_ATTRIBUTE
"0": XOR
"1": Transparent
"2": Opaque
"3": Inverse
PAUSE_MODE_PRIORITIZE
"0": Commands
"1": Settings
PAUSE_MODE
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
1BYTE_CODEPAGE_PRIORITIZE
"0": Commands
"1": Settings
1BYTE_CODEPAGE
"0": UTF8
"1": 8859-1
"2": 8859-2
"3": 8859-5
"4": 852
"5": 850
"6": 858
"7": 1252
UNIT_PRIORITIZE
"0": Commands
"1": Settings
UNIT
"0": inch
"1": mm
FONT_STYLE_PRIORITIZE
"0": Commands
"1": Settings
BOLD_STYLE
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
ITALIC_STYLE
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
SENSOR_PRIORITIZE
"0": Commands
"1": Settings
STATUS_REPLY_PRIORITIZE
"0": Commands
"1": Settings
STATUS_REPLY
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
SOH_COMMAND_PRIORITIZE
"0": Commands
"1": Settings
SOH_COMMAND(ALL)
“0”: Disable
444
[SDPL] section
Name of setting item
Setting value
Initial
value
R/W
Initial
Contents of
Setting item
SD
“1”: Enable
"2": CUSTOM
SOH_COMMAND(SOH-B)
"0": Disable
1
R/W
○
SOH-B commands
1
R/W
○
SOH-C commands
1
R/W
○
Other SOH commands
0
R/W
○
Module selection’s
priority
"0": A
0
R/W
○
Select modules
"1": B
(A)
"1": Enable
SOH_COMMAND(SOH-C)
“0”: Disable
“1”: Enable
SOH_COMMAND(OTHERS)
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
MODULESEL_PRIORITIZE
"0": Commands
"1": Settings
MODULESEL
"2": C
"3": D
"4": F
"5": G
"6": H
"7": I
"8": J
"9": X
"10": Y
"11": Z
[STCL] section
Name of setting item
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
Contents of Setting item
ST
CONTROL_CODE
"0": AUTO
0
R/W
○
Control Code
"1": ESC|LF|NUL
"2": 7B|7C|7D
"3": CUSTOM
CMD_HEAD1
"0" to "255"
27 (0x1B)
R/W
○
Command Head1
CMD_HEAD2
"0" to "255"
10 (0x0A)
R/W
○
Command Head2
CMD_HEAD3
"0" to "255"
0 (0x00)
R/W
○
Command Head3
EUROCODE
"0" to "255"
213 (0xD5)
R/W
○
EURO
ZEROSLASH
"0": Disable
0
R/W
1
R/W
○
Half-width symbol
0
R/W
○
Rotation
0
R/W
○
Ignore Paper Size Command
0
R/W
○
300DPI Head Compatiblity
Zero slash
"1": Enable
HALFWIDTHSYM
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
ROTATION
"0": 0°
"1": 90°
IGNOREPAPERSIZE
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
300DPI_HEAD
"0": Disable
445
[STCL] section
Name of setting item
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
Contents of Setting item
ST
"1": Enable
[AEP] section
Name of setting item
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
Contents of Setting item
SA
ENABLE
"0": Disable
0
R/W
○
AEP Enable or Disable
"1": Enable
[SEPL] section
Name of setting item
Setting value
Initial value
R/W
Initial
Contents of Setting item
SE
HOME_HORZ_OFFSET "0" to "400" (dots)
0
R/W
○
Label home position horizontal
offset
HOME_VERT_OFFSET Unit: dots
0
R/W
○
Label home position vertical
offset
1
R/W
○
Memory Device use for storing
and recalling fonts, forms and
graphics objects.
0
R/W
○
Simulates 300 dpi size and
positioning of objects on the
305 dpi printer model.
0
R/W
○
Label Rotation
609 dpi: "0" to "400"
305 dpi: "0" to "400"
203 dpi: "0" to "400"
MEMORY_DEVICE
"0": Internal RAM
"1": Internal FLASH
"2": Front USB
"3": Rear USB
SIM_300DPI_HEAD
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
LABEL_ROTATION
"0": 0 degree
"1": 180 degree
[Sequence]
Host
This product
DC2 + PA,a...a,bb,c...c,d...d,(,ee,f...f,g...g,h...h)...
ACK/NAK
446
[DC2+PB] Printer Setting Information Acquisition
Command
DC2
PB
Parameter
Hexadecimal code
<12>16
<50>16<42>16
(,aa(,b…b))+EOT(04h)
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
-
Valid range
-
Printer operation in
progress
The command can be received even during the printer
operation.
When acquiring label
sensor information
Commands are not accepted while acquiring sensor
information. ([NAK] return)
Error
The command can be received even if an error is
occurring.
[Function]
This command is used to acquire the printer information.
[Format]
[DC2]PB(,aa(,b...b))[EOT]
[Parameters]
Symbol
Parameter
name
Valid range
Remarks
a
Identifier
Refer to [Identifier] below.
When omitted, all items will be
returned.
b
Name of
setting item
Refer to [DC2 + PA] command.
Acquire up to [EOT]
[Return data format (normal)]
[STX]a...a,bb,c...c,d...d(,ee,f...f,g...g)...[ETX]
[Return data]
Symbol
a
Parameter name
Total number of data byte
* This is the total number of bytes after parameter b.
The delimiting comma between parameters a and
b, and the ETX are not included.
Valid range
Data size from the first identifier until before
[ETX]
b(e)
Identifier
Refer to [Identifier] below.
c(f)
Data size of settings in bytes
Size of the corresponding setting information
data
* The size of setting information is equivalent to the
bytes by section from parameter d. The delimiting
comma between the sections are not included.
d(g)
Setting information data
Refer to the table of [Setting information data]
below.
* Text format
447
[Identifier]
Valid range
CA: Common settings
CB: Notification system
II: IEEE1284 settings
IR: RS-232C settings
IL: LAN settings
IU: USB settings
IW: WLAN settings
IB: Bluetooth settings
IE: EXT settings
IN: NFC settings
SB: SBPL settings
SZ: SZPL Settings
SI: SIPL Settings
SD: SDPL settings
ST: STCL settings
SE: SEPL settings
[Setting information data format]
"Name of setting item" + ":" + "Setting data" + "Line feed (0DH, 0AH)"
h…h:i…i[CR][LF](j…j:k…k[CR][LF])…
[Setting information data]
Symbol
Parameter name
Valid range
h(j…)
Name of setting item
Refer to the list of setting items of [DC2+PA].
i(k…)
Setting data
Refer to the list of setting items of [DC2+PA].
Data Example)
CA,12345,SPEED:4
LEVEL:5
CONCENTRATION:A
:
[Return data format (when a command error occurs)]
[NAK]<15>16
448
[Exception processing]
Parameter name
Exception condition
A value outside the
range is specified
Identifier
Command error
Invalid receive data
Terminology
Command error
The specified size and
received size are different
Contents
The data received after a command error is determined is not considered as a
parameter of this command.
[Sequence]
Host
This product
DC2 + PB・・・[EOT]
STX + a…a,bb,c…c,d…d(,ee,f…f,g…g)… + ETX
[Supplementary information]
-
When identifiers are omitted, all data will be returned.
-
When setting item names are specified, setting information of the item which was set will be
returned.
449
[DC2+PC] Printer Device Information Acquisition
Command
DC2
PC
Parameter
Hexadecimal code
<12>16
<50>16<43>16
None
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
-
Valid range
-
Printer operation in
progress
The command can be received even during the printer
operation.
When acquiring label
sensor information
Commands are not accepted while acquiring sensor
information. ([NAK] return)
Error
The command can be received even if an error is
occurring.
[Function]
Returning the printer device information.
[Format]
[DC2]PC
[Return data format (normal)]
[STX]a...a,b...b:c...c[CR][LF](d...d:e...e[CR][LF]) ... [ETX]
[Return data]
Symbol
a
Parameter name
Valid range
Total number of data byte
* This is the total number of bytes after parameter b.
The delimiting comma between parameters a and
b, and the ETX are not included.
b(d)
Device information name
Data size from the first device information
name up to before [ETX]
Refer to the printer device information list.
* Text format
c(e)
Device information data
Refer to the printer device information list.
* Text format
Data Example)
[STX]12345,MODEL: Model name[CR][LF]FW Ver:1.0.0[CR][LF]...[CR][LF] [ETX]
[Printer device information list]
No.
1
Description
Model name
Device
information name
MODEL
Device information data
M…M
M: Model name
2
Kernel version
KERNEL Ver
R…R
R: OS release number
3
Main firmware version
MAIN FW Ver
450
V…V
No.
Description
Device
information name
Device information data
V: Version
4
Main firmware Creation date
MAIN FW Date
YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS TTT
T: Time zone
5
Printer module Boot firmware Version
MODULE BOOT FW
Ver
P…P.boot-V.V.V-S…S
P: Platform name
V: Version
S: Release = Release version
Alpha/Beta = Test version
xxxuser = Custom version
urgent = Urgent version
6
Printer module Boot firmware
Creation date
MODULE BOOT FW
Date
YY.MM.DD
7
Printer module Boot firmware Check
sum
MODULE BOOT FW
CHECKSUM
CCCC
8
Printer module Main firmware Version MODULE MAIN FW
Ver
C: Check sum
P…P.main-V.V.V-S…S
P: Platform name
V: Version
S: Release = Release version
Alpha/Beta = Test version
xxxuser = Custom version
urgent = Urgent version
9
Printer module Main firmware
Creation date
MODULE MAIN FW
Date
YY.MM.DD
10
Printer module Main firmware Check
sum
MODULE MAIN FW
CHECKSUM
CCCC
PLD version of CONT board
CONT PLD Ver
VV
11
C: Check sum
V: Version
12
PLD version and FPGA version of
interface board
INTF PLD/FPGA Ver
V1 V1 /V2 V2
V1: PLD Version
V2: FPGA Version
13
LAN MAC Address
LAN MAC
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
X: Alphanumeric
14
WLAN MAC Address
WLAN MAC
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
X: Alphanumeric
15
BD address
BD
xxxxxxxxxxxx
X: Alphanumeric
16
Head counter 1
Head Count1
Numeric value (unit: mm)
17
Head counter 2
Head Count2
Numeric value (unit: mm)
18
Head counter 3
Head Count3
Numeric value (unit: mm)
19
Life counter
Life Count
Numeric value (unit: mm)
20
Cutter counter
Cut Count
Numeric value (unit: count)
21
Dispense counter
Disp Count
Numeric value (unit: 1/24 mm)
22
Free space size in user area
MEM_FROM
Numeric value (unit: byte)
23
USB memory available size (Printer
front port connection)
MEM_USB1
Numeric value (unit: byte)
451
No.
Description
Device
information name
Device information data
24
USB memory available size (Printer
rear port connection)
MEM_USB2
Numeric value (unit: byte)
25
Number of registered counts, number
of registered bytes of SBPL form
overlay SLOT1
SBPL_FOL_SLOT1
XXXX,YYYYYYYYYY
Registration number of SBPL form
overlay SLOT1
SBPL_FOL_SLOT1_
No
26
X: Registration count
Y: Number of registered bytes
XXX (,XXX,XXX・・・)
X: Registration No., * Repeated
as many times as the registration
numbers
* If the registration count is zero, the value
is ignored.
27
28
Number of registered counts, number
of registered bytes of SBPL format
SLOT1
SBPL_FMT_SLOT1
Registration number of SBPL format
SLOT1
SBPL_FMT_SLOT1_
No
XXXX,YYYYYYYYYY
X: Registration count
Y: Number of registered bytes
XXX (,XXX,XXX・・・)
X: Registration No., * Repeated
as many times as the registration
numbers
* If the registration count is zero, the value
is ignored.
29
30
Number of registered counts, number
of registered bytes of SBPL graphic
SLOT1
SBPL_GRA_SLOT1
Registration number of SBPL graphic
SLOT1
SBPL_GRA_SLOT1_
No
XXXX,YYYYYYYYYY
X: Registration count
Y: Number of registered bytes
XXX (,XXX,XXX・・・)
X: Registration No., * Repeated
as many times as the registration
numbers
* If the registration count is zero, the value
is ignored.
31
32
Number of registered counts, number
of registered bytes of SBPL BMP file
SLOT1
SBPL_BMP_SLOT1
Registration number of SBPL BMP
file SLOT1
SBPL_BMP_SLOT1_
No
XXXX,YYYYYYYYYY
X: Registration count
Y: Number of registered bytes
XXX (,XXX,XXX・・・)
X: Registration No., * Repeated
as many times as the registration
numbers
* If the registration count is zero, the value
is ignored.
33
34
Number of registered counts, number
of registered bytes of SBPL PCX file
SLOT1
SBPL_PCX_SLOT1
Registration number of SBPL PCX
file SLOT1
SBPL_PCX_SLOT1_
No
XXXX,YYYYYYYYYY
X: Registration count
Y: Number of registered bytes
XXX (,XXX,XXX・・・)
X: Registration No., * Repeated
as many times as the registration
numbers
* If the registration count is zero, the value
is ignored.
35
Number of registered counts, number
of registered bytes of SBPL external
character SLOT1
SBPL_EXC_SLOT1
XXXX,YYYYYYYYYY
X: Registration count
452
No.
Description
Device
information name
Device information data
Y: Number of registered bytes
36
Registration number of SBPL
external character SLOT1
SBPL_EXC_SLOT1_
No
XXX (,XXX,XXX・・・)
X: Registration No., * Repeated
as many times as the registration
numbers
* If the registration count is zero, the value
is ignored.
37
38
Number of registered counts, number SBPL_TTF_SLOT1
of registered bytes of SBPL TrueType
font SLOT1
XXXX,YYYYYYYYYY
Registration number of SBPL
TrueType font SLOT1
XXX (,XXX,XXX・・・)
SBPL_TTF_SLOT1_
No
X: Registration count
Y: Number of registered bytes
X: Registration No., * Repeated
as many times as the registration
numbers
* If the registration count is zero, the value
is ignored.
39
40
Number of registered counts, number
of registered bytes of SBPL form
overlay SLOT2
SBPL_FOL_SLOT2
Registration number of SBPL form
overlay SLOT2
SBPL_FOL_SLOT2_
No
XXXX,YYYYYYYYYY
X: Registration count
Y: Number of registered bytes
XXX (,XXX,XXX・・・)
X: Registration No., * Repeated
as many times as the registration
numbers
* If the registration count is zero, the value
is ignored.
41
42
Number of registered counts, number
of registered bytes of SBPL format
SLOT2
SBPL_FMT_SLOT2
Registration number of SBPL format
SLOT2
SBPL_FMT_SLOT2_
No
XXXX,YYYYYYYYYY
X: Registration count
Y: Number of registered bytes
XXX (,XXX,XXX・・・)
X: Registration No., * Repeated
as many times as the registration
numbers
* If the registration count is zero, the value
is ignored.
43
44
Number of registered counts, number
of registered bytes of SBPL graphic
SLOT2
SBPL_GRA_SLOT2
Registration number of SBPL graphic
SLOT2
SBPL_GRA_SLOT2_
No
XXXX,YYYYYYYYYY
X: Registration count
Y: Number of registered bytes
XXX (,XXX,XXX・・・)
X: Registration No., * Repeated
as many times as the registration
numbers
* If the registration count is zero, the value
is ignored.
45
46
Number of registered counts, number
of registered bytes of SBPL BMP file
SLOT2
SBPL_BMP_SLOT2
Registration number of SBPL BMP
file SLOT2
SBPL_BMP_SLOT2_
No
XXXX,YYYYYYYYYY
X: Registration count
Y: Number of registered bytes
453
XXX (,XXX,XXX・・・)
No.
Description
Device
information name
Device information data
X: Registration No., * Repeated
as many times as the registration
numbers
* If the registration count is zero, the value
is ignored.
47
48
Number of registered counts, number
of registered bytes of SBPL PCX file
SLOT2
SBPL_PCX_SLOT2
Registration number of SBPL PCX
file SLOT2
SBPL_PCX_SLOT2_
No
XXXX,YYYYYYYYYY
X: Registration count
Y: Number of registered bytes
XXX (,XXX,XXX・・・)
X: Registration No., * Repeated
as many times as the registration
numbers
* If the registration count is zero, the value
is ignored.
49
50
Number of registered counts, number
of registered bytes of SBPL external
character SLOT2
SBPL_EXC_SLOT2
Registration number of SBPL
external character SLOT2
SBPL_EXC_SLOT2_
No
XXXX,YYYYYYYYYY
X: Registration count
Y: Number of registered bytes
XXX (,XXX,XXX・・・)
X: Registration No., * Repeated
as many times as the registration
numbers
* If the registration count is zero, the value
is ignored.
51
52
Number of registered counts, number SBPL_TTF_SLOT2
of registered bytes of SBPL TrueType
font SLOT2
XXXX,YYYYYYYYYY
Registration number of SBPL
TrueType font SLOT2
XXX (,XXX,XXX・・・)
SBPL_TTF_SLOT2_
No
X: Registration count
Y: Number of registered bytes
X: Registration No., * Repeated
as many times as the registration
numbers
* If the registration count is zero, the value
is ignored.
53
Printer Serial
PR_SN
XXXXXXXX
X: alphanumeric
[Precautions during use]
-
The printer device information update cycle must be five seconds or longer. When sending this
command in continuation, be sure to set an interval of five seconds or more.
-
When a USB memory is used, only the available space of the memory connected first is
returned even when a connection is established via the HUB.
-
It takes more than one second to create the return data immediately after the startup in order to
obtain the checksum of the module.
-
It takes more time to create the return data when there are a lot of registrations by SBPL
command. (It takes approx. 1.5 seconds to register 10000 data.)
454
[Sequence]
Host
This product
DC2 + PC
STX + a…a,b…b:c…c[CR][LF](d…d:e…e[CR][LF]) … + ETX
455
[DC2+PD] Each Sensor Information Acquisition
Command
DC2
PD
Parameter
Hexadecimal code
<12>16
<50>16<44>16
None
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
-
Valid range
-
Printer operation in
progress
The command can be received even during the printer
operation.
When acquiring label
sensor information
Commands are not accepted while acquiring sensor
information. ([NAK] return)
Error
The command can be received even if an error is
occurring.
[Function]
Acquiring the information of each sensor. The sensor information corresponds to the information
immediately after the reception of the command.
[Format]
[DC2]PD
[Return data format (normal)]
[STX]a...a,b...b:c...c,(d...d:e...e) ... [ETX]
Symbol
a
Parameter name
Total number of data byte
* This is the total number of bytes after parameter b.
The delimiting comma between parameters a and
b, and the ETX are not included.
b(d)
Sensor information name
Valid range
Data size from the first identifier until before
[ETX]
Refer to the sensor information data list.
* Text format
c(e)
Sensor information data
Refer to the sensor information data list.
* Text format
Data Example)
[STX]xx,IM:0.2/SL1.5,GAP:0.9/SL1.0...[ETX]
[Return data format (when a command error occurs)]
[NAK]<15>16
456
[Sensor information data list]
No.
1
Sensor information name
IM
Description
I-Mark sensor
Sensor information data
X.X/SLY.Y
X.X = 0.0 to 3.3: Sensor level
Y.Y = 0.0 to 3.3: Slice level
2
GAP
Gap sensor
X.X/SLY.Y
X.X = 0.0 to 3.3: Sensor level
Y.Y = 0.0 to 3.3: Slice level
3
HEAD OPEN
Head open
0: Close, 1: Open
4
CUTTER OPEN
Cutter open
0: Close, 1: Open
5
DISPENSER
Dispense sensor
0: Without label, 1: With label
6
HEAD TEMP
Head thermistor
-XX to XX: Thermistor
temperature
7
RIBBON
Ribbon slit sensor
0: Slit ON, 1: Slit OFF
8
SENSOR HIGH
High value of active sensors
X.X = 0.0 to 3.3: Sensor level
9
SENSOR LOW
Low value of active sensors
X.X = 0.0 to 3.3: Sensor level
[Supplementary information]
-
When sending this command in continuation, be sure to set a fixed interval (100 msec or more).
-
If the sensor information acquisition processing for each sensor does not finish within 100 msec,
a timeout is thought to have occurred, and [NAK] is returned. A timeout may occur during the
product operation.
-
SENSOR HIGH, SENSOR LOW is the value of the last label that passed through the sensor.
Therefore it may sometimes be different from test printing results (the value is measured with
the label before printing).
-
If the sensor type is set to NONE, the SENSOR HIGH and SENSOR LOW values return as 0.0.
[Sequence]
Host
This product
DC2 + PD
STX + a…a,b…b:c…c,(d…d:e…e) … + ETX
457
[DC2+PG] Printer Status Information Acquisition
Command
DC2
PG
Parameter
Hexadecimal code
<12>16
<50>16<47>16
None
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
-
Valid range
-
Printer operation in
progress
The command can be received even during the printer
operation.
When acquiring label
sensor information
Commands are not accepted while acquiring sensor
information. ([NAK] return)
Error
The command can be received even if an error is
occurring.
[Function]
Returning the status of this product.
[Format]
[DC2]PG
[Return data format (normal)]
[STX]a...a,b...bc,d...de,...[ETX] * There is no ", (comma)" before ETX
Symbol
a
Parameter name
Total number of data byte
* This is the total number of bytes after parameter b.
The delimiting comma between parameters a and
b, and the ETX are not included.
b(d)
Printer status information name
* Text format
c(e)
Printer status information data
Valid range
Data size from the first identifier until before
[ETX]
Refer to the printer status information data
list.
Refer to the printer status information data
list.
* Text format
Data Example)
[STX]32,PS0,RS0,RE0,PE0,EN00,BT0,Q000000[ETX]
[Printer status information data list]
No.
1
Description
Printer Status
Printer status
information name
PS
Printer status information data
0: Standby (waiting for receiving data)
1: Waiting for dispensing
2: Analyzing
3: Printing
4: Offline
5: Error
2
Receive buffer status
RS
0: Buffer available
1: Buffer near full
458
No.
Description
Printer status
information name
Printer status information data
2: Buffer full
3
Ribbon status
RE
1: Ribbon near end
* Monitoring can be performed during
printing and feeding.
2: No ribbon
The correct value cannot be acquired
when the operation has stopped.
4
Media status
0: Ribbon present
3: Direct thermal model
PE
0: Media present (including during startup)
1: Label near end
* Monitoring can be performed during
printing and feeding.
2: No media
The correct value cannot be acquired
when the operation has stopped.
5
Error No.
*1
EN
00: Online
* Not an error. Return is performed.
01: Offline
* Not an error. Return is performed.
02: Machine error
03: Memory error
04: Program error
05: Setting information error (FLASHROM error)
06: Setting information error (EE-PROM
error)
07: Download error
08: Parity error
09: Over run
10: Framing error
11: LAN timeout error
12: Buffer over
13: Head open
14: Paper end
15: Ribbon end
16: Media error
17: Sensor error
18: Printhead error
19: Cover open error
20: Memory/Card type error
21: Memory/Card read/write error
22: Memory/Card full error
23: Memory/Card no battery error
24: Ribbon saver error
25: Cutter error
26: Cutter sensor error
27: Stacker full error
28: Command error
29: Sensor error at Power-On
31: Interface card error
32: Rewinder error
33: Other error
35: Head density error
459
No.
Description
Printer status
information name
Printer status information data
36: Kanji data error
37: Calendar error
38: Item No error
39: BCC error
40: Cutter cover open error
41: Ribbon rewind non-lock error
42: Communication timeout error
43: Lid latch open error
44: No media error at Power-On
45: SD card access error
46: SD card full error
47: Head lift error
48: Head overheat error
49: SNTP time correction error
50: CRC error
51: Cutter motor error
53: Scanner reading error
54: Scanner checking error
55: Scanner connection error
56: Bluetooth Module error
57: EAP authentication error (EAP failed)
58: EAP authentication error (TimeOut)
59: Battery error
60: Low Battery error
61: Low Battery error (Charging)
62: Battery not installed error
63: Battery temperature error
64: Battery deterioration error
65: Motor temperature error
66: Inside chassis temperature error
67: Jam error
68: SIPL Field full error
69: Power off error while charging
70: WLAN module error
71: Option inconsistency error
72: Bad battery error (Caution)
73: Bad battery error (Warning)
74: Power off error
76: Barcode reader connection error
77: Barcode reading error
78: Barcode reading error (Verification
start position abnormality)
79: Barcode verification error
80: NFC Module error
81: NFC Command error
133: RTC module error
6
Battery status
BT
0: Normal
1: Battery near end
460
No.
Description
Printer status
information name
Printer status information data
2: Battery error
7
Remaining number of print
Q
000000 to 999999: 6-digit remaining
number of print
*1 Described error numbers contain errors which will never occur on this product.
[Return data format (when a command error occurs)]
[NAK]<15>16
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
In the case of power supply, the battery status is always returned as 0: Normal.
-
The media status is returned as "Media present" unless paper end has reached during printing.
-
The correct value will be returned for receive buffer, ribbon end, media status, and battery when
the error is updated.
[Sequence]
Host
This product
DC2+PG
STX + a…a,b…bc,d…de,… + ETX
461
[DC2+PH] Cancel Request
Command
DC2
PH
Parameter
Hexadecimal code
<12>16
<50>16<48>16
None
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
-
Valid range
-
Printer operation in
progress
The command can be received even during the printer
operation.
Error
The command can be received even during the printer
operation.
[Function]
Canceling print jobs and clears the entire contents of receive buffer.
[Format]
[DC2]PH
[Return data format (normal)]
[ACK]<06>16
[Return data format (when a command error occurs)]
[NAK]<15>16
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
The response data is returned after the cancel processing ends.
-
After sending the cancel request command, wait for response reception before sending the next
data.
[Sequence]
Host
This product
DC2+PH
Clear receive buffer
Clear number of
labels to print
ACK/NAK
462
[DC2+PI] Application Change
Command
DC2
PI
Parameter
Hexadecimal code
<12>16
<50>16<49>16
,aa
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
-
Valid range
-
Printer operation in
progress
The command cannot be received during the printer
operation. ([NAK] return)
When acquiring label
sensor information
Commands are not accepted while acquiring sensor
information. ([NAK] return)
Error
Commands cannot be received even if an error is
occurring. ([NAK] return)
Others
Commands cannot be received other than when the
screen is Online or Offline. ([NAK] return)
[Function]
This command is used to switch applications such as SBPL and SZPL.
[Format]
[DC2]PI,aa
[Parameter]
Symbol
aa
Parameter name
Identifier
Valid range
00: AUTO
SB: SBPL
SZ: SZPL
SI: SIPL
SD: SDPL
ST: STCL
SE: SEPL
[Return data format (normal)]
[ACK]<06>16
[Return data format (when a command error occurs)]
[NAK]<15>16
463
Acquisition method
Two characters fixed
acquisition
[Exception processing]
Parameter name
Exception condition
A value outside the
range is specified
Identifier
Command error
The specified size and
received size are different
Invalid receive data
Terminology
Contents
Command error
The data received after a command error is determined is not considered as a
parameter of this command.
Invalid receive data
The data corresponding to Byte 2 and thereafter of the identifier is ignored.
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Setting value of this product will be switched when switching the application. So, obtaining and
saving the setting of the application before switching, then switching it, and then put it back
to the original application, after that set it by previously saved settings, and it performs the
operation before switching it.
e.g.) When switching the application such as SBPL -> STCL -> SBPL
1. Obtain and save the setting value of SBPL state (obtain the setting value by AIOT,
[DC2]PB[EOT] and so on).
2. Switch the application to STCL.
3. Switch the application to SBPL.
4. Set the setting value obtained and saved in the step 1).
-
Please send this command in a state which this product is not working anything in Offline or
Online standby state waiting state.
The result of this command sent in pause status during cancellation is not guaranteed. In such
case, restart this product.
-
AUTO mode will not be available unless you reboot after switching to AUTO mode. This product
works with the application before the change until it reboots.
[Sequence]
Host
This product
DC2+PI,aa
ACK/NAK (when a command error occurs)
464
[DC2+PN] Request to Return Label Pitch Size
Command
DC2
PN
Parameter
Hexadecimal code
<12>16
<50>16<4E>16
None
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
-
Valid range
-
Printer operation in
progress
The command can be received even during the printer
operation.
During an error
The command is accepted during an error occurs.
Error
The command can be received even if an error is
occurring.
[Function]
Returning the result of label pitch measurement by each label by request from host.
[Format]
[DC2]PN
[Return data format (normal)]
[STX]a...a,bbb,cccccc[ETX]
Data Example)
[STX]10,203,002172[ETX]
Symbol
a
Parameter name
Total number of data byte
Valid range
Size of data from b to before [ETX]
* This is the total number of bytes after parameter b.
The delimiting comma between parameters a and
b, and the ETX are not included.
b
Head density
203: 203 dpi
305: 305 dpi
609: 609 dpi
c
Label pitch size (dots)
Fixed 6 digits
[Return data format (when a command error occurs)]
[NAK]<15>16
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
-
I-Mark and Gap needs to pass over the sensor twice in order to measure the length of label gap.
See below for the conditions to detect:
◦
Feed 2 labels by running <IK>0 command more than 2 times.
◦
Press FEED key on this product twice to feed 2 labels.
000000(0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30) is returned if the label pitch size for invalid sensor
is not finalized for the 1st feed right after power on, right after head open/close and after sensor
type switching.
465
-
The label length to be returned includes the gap between labels.
-
The label pitch size to be returned will show the value of last label that passes over the sensor.
Therefore label will exist in between head and sensor with a short pitch label, and it may not be
equal to the printed/ejected label’s pitch size. The minimum label length would be 70 mm.
-
This is available only when sensor is enabled. Returns "000000" when sensor is disabled.
-
If there is a missing label in the roll in using gap sensor, the valid label length and the distance
for the missing label are added together to be returned depending on sensor level.
-
The label length detected by this product includes around the same amount of tolerance as print
precision.
-
Print speed and print darkness gives little or no affect to the detected label length. However it
may vary if you change print speed depending on the sensitivity of the sensor.
-
Label length is measured once again at FEED when the sensor type is switched from LCD
menu. When you send DC2+PN command the label length before switching is returned. Then,
this product returns the unfinalized 0 dot in the first FEED, followed by the re-measured label
length at the 2nd FEED. And label length may vary depending on the characteristic of the
sensor.
[Usage example]
Get label length by feeding 2 labels
<A>
<IK>0
<Z>
Feed 1st label
<A>
<IK>0
<Z>
Feed 2nd label
Feed completed ← Label length is finalized here
DC2+PN
Request label length
Feeding necessary number of labels has been completed ← Label length is measured
by each label and then finalized
DC2+PN
Request for label length ← You can get the latest label length
The correct label length is returned if you feed twice manually and request with DC2+PN after
setting label, even without using <IK>0 command.
[Sequence]
This Product
HOST
DC2+PN
STX + a…a,bbb,cccccc + ETX
466
[DC2+DB] Initialization
Command
DC2
DB
Parameter
Hexadecimal code
<12>16
<44>16<42>16
,aa
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
-
Valid range
-
Printer operation in
progress
The command cannot be received during the printer
operation. ([NAK] return)
When acquiring label
sensor information
Commands are not accepted while acquiring sensor
information. ([NAK] return)
Error
Commands cannot be received even if an error is
occurring. ([NAK] return)
[Function]
Initializing this product settings.
[Format]
[DC2]DB,aa
[Parameter]
Symbol
a
Parameter
name
Identifier
Valid range
Initialization target
CA: Common settings initialization
[PRINTER] section
CB: Warning function initialization
[COUNT] section
II: IEEE1284 settings initialization
[IEEE1284] section
IR: RS-232C settings initialization
[RS-232C] section
IL: LAN settings initialization
[LAN] section
IU: USB settings initialization
[USB] section
IW: WLAN settings initialization
[WLAN] section
IB: Bluetooth settings initialization
[BLUETOOTH]
section
IE: EXT settings initialization
[EXT] section
IN: NFC settings initialization
[NFC] section
SB: SBPL settings initialization
[SBPL] section
SZ: SZPL settings initialization
[SZPL] section
SI: SIPL settings initialization
[SIPL] section
SD: SDPL settings initialization
[SDPL] section
ST: STCL settings initialization
[STCL] section
SA: AEP settings initialization
[AEP] section
CX: Registration information
initialization
SBPL,
SZPL,
Download
font
SIPL,
TrueType
SDPL,
467
Acquisition method
Two characters fixed
acquisition
Symbol
Parameter
name
Valid range
Initialization target
Acquisition method
STCL
Log
Image
Hex
Dump
Error
Key
Date
Head
Buffer
SBPL
BMP
Overlay
Format
PCX
Graphic
External
character
TrueType
BJD
[Return data format (normal)]
[ACK]<06>16
[Return data format (when a command error occurs)]
[NAK]<15>16
[Exception processing]
Parameter name
Exception condition
A value outside the
range is specified
Identifier
Command error
Terminology
The specified size and
received size are different
Invalid receive data
Description
Command error
Initialization is not performed. The data received after a command error is
determined is not considered as a parameter of this command.
Invalid receive data
The data corresponding to Byte 2 and thereafter is ignored.
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Refer to "[DC2+PA] Printer setting command" in this document for the items to be initialized in
each identifier.
-
If you initialize the interface settings, a response may not be returned.
468
[Sequence]
Host
This product
DC2 + DB,aa
Initialization
processing
ACK/NAK
469
[DC2+DC] Reset
Command
DC2
DC
Parameter
Hexadecimal code
<12>16
<44>16<43>16
None
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
-
Valid range
-
Printer operation in
progress
The command cannot be received during the printer
operation. ([NAK] return)
When acquiring label
sensor information
Commands are accepted while acquiring sensor
information.
Error
The command can be received even if an error is
occurring.
[Function]
Restarting this product.
[Format]
[DC2]DC
[Response (only during printing)]
[NAK]<15>16
[Sequence]
Host
This product
DC2 + DC
Power off
process
Product restart
470
[DC2+DD] Power OFF
Command
DC2
DD
Parameter
Hexadecimal code
<12>16
<44>16<44>16
None
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
-
Valid range
-
Printer operation in
progress
The command cannot be received during the printer
operation. ([NAK] return)
When acquiring label
sensor information
Commands are accepted while acquiring sensor
information.
Error
The command can be received even if an error is
occurring.
[Function]
Turning OFF this product.
[Format]
[DC2]DD
[Response (only during printing)]
[NAK]<15>16
[Sequence]
Host
This product
DC2 + DD
Power off process
↓
Power off
471
[DC2+DE] File Download
Command
DC2
DE
Parameter
Hexadecimal code
<12>16
<44>16<45>16
,aa,b,c...c,d...d,e...e
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
The file is maintained.
Valid range
-
Printer operation in
progress
The command cannot be received during the printer
operation. ([NAK] return)
When acquiring label
sensor information
Commands are not accepted while acquiring sensor
information. ([NAK] return)
Error
The command can be received even if an error is
occurring.
[Function]
Downloading the specified file.
[Format]
[DC2]DE,aa,b,c...c,d...d,e...e
[Parameters]
Symbol
a
Parameter name
Identifier
Valid range
SB: SBPL settings
SZ: SZPL settings
Acquisition method
Two characters fixed
acquisition
SI: SIPL settings
SD: SDPL settings
ST: STCL settings
CA: Common settings (when specifying other
than font logo and TrueType fonts)
b
File type
0: Font/logo
1: TrueType font
One character fixed
acquisition
2: Wireless LAN certificate (Wi-Fi Root CA)
3: Wireless LAN certificate (Wi-Fi Client
Certificate)
4: Wireless LAN certificate (Wi-Fi Private Key)
5: Wireless LAN certificate (Wi-Fi EAP_FAST
PAC_file)
6: HTTPS certificate
c
File name
Data within 255 characters including the
following character groups.
Acquire up to ","
・ Alphabet
・ Numeral
・ Hyphen ("-")
・ Underscore ("_")
・ Period (".")
d
File size
0 to 999999999 (bytes)
472
Acquire up to ","
Symbol
e
Parameter name
File data
Valid range
Acquisition method
-
Equivalent to file size
[Return data format (normal)]
[ACK]<06>16
[Return data format (when a command error occurs)]
[NAK]<15>16
[Return data format (when the same file name error occurs)]
1<31>16
[Exception processing]
Parameter name
Exception condition
A value outside the
range is specified
The specified
size and received
size are different
When the same file name
Identifier
Command error
Command error
-
File type
Command error
Command error
-
File name
Command error
-
Same file name error
File size
Command error
-
-
File data
-
Invalid receive data
-
Terminology
Description
Command error
Downloading is not performed. The data received after a command error is
determined is not considered as a parameter of this command.
Same file name error
The file is not saved.
Invalid receive data
The data exceeding the file size is ignored.
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Send this command when printing has stopped. The content of the response data is not
guaranteed even when this command is received during printing.
-
When you specify SZPL for "Parameter a: Identifier," "0: Font/logo," "1: TrueType font" settings
of "Parameter b: File type" will be ignored.
473
[Sequence]
Host
This product
DC2 + DE,aa,b,c・・・c,d・・・d,e・・・e
ACK/NAK/<31>16
474
[DC2+DF] File Name Information Acquisition
Command
DC2
DF
Parameter
Hexadecimal code
<12>16
<44>16<46>16
,aa,b
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
-
Valid range
-
Printer operation in
progress
The command cannot be received during the printer
operation. ([NAK] return)
When acquiring label
sensor information
Commands are not accepted while acquiring sensor
information. ([NAK] return)
Error
The command can be received even if an error is
occurring.
[Function]
Returning a list of file names of the specified folder.
[Format]
[DC2]DF,aa,b
[Parameters]
Symbol
a
Parameter name
Language
Valid range
Acquisition method
SB: SBPL settings
Two characters fixed
acquisition
SZ: SZPL settings
SI: SIPL settings
SD: SDPL settings
ST: STCL settings
CA: Common settings (when specifying other
than font logo and TrueType fonts)
b
File type
0: Font/logo
One character fixed
acquisition
1: TrueType font
2: Wireless LAN certificate (Wi-Fi Root CA)
3: Wireless LAN certificate (Wi-Fi Client
Certificate)
4: Wireless LAN certificate (Wi-Fi Private Key)
5: Wireless LAN certificate (Wi-Fi EAP_FAST
PAC_file)
6: HTTPS certificate
[Return data format (normal, data exists)]
[STX]a…a,b…b(,c…c)[ETX]
Data example) [STX]xxxx,SBPL_001.dfl, SBPL_002.dfl[ETX]
Symbol
a
Parameter name
Total number of data byte
Valid range
Data size from the first identifier until
before [ETX]
475
Symbol
Parameter name
Valid range
* This is the total number of bytes after parameter b. The
delimiting comma between parameters a and b, and the
ETX are not included.
b(c)
File name
[Return data format (normal, no file)]
[STX]0[ETX]
[Return data format (when a command error occurs)]
[NAK]<15>16
[Exception processing]
Parameter name
Exception condition
A value outside the
range is specified
The specified size and
received size are different
Language
Command error
Command error
File type
Command error
Invalid receive data
Conditions
Exception condition
When directory of the specified parameter does not
exist. (Condition: Never registered in the past and so
on.)
Command error
Terminology
Description
Command error
The file name list is not returned. The data received after a command error is
determined is not considered as a parameter of this command.
Invalid receive data
The subsequent data is ignored.
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Send this command when printing has stopped. The content of the response data is not
guaranteed even when this command is received during printing.
-
When you specify SZPL for "Parameter a: Language," "0: Font/logo," "1: TrueType font" settings
of "Parameter b: File type" will be ignored. So all file names registered with SZPL will return.
[Sequence]
Host
This product
DC2 + DF,aa,b
Normal: STX + a…a,b…b(,c…c)+ ETX
No data: STX + 0 + ETX
Abnormal: NAK
476
[DC2+DG] File Information Acquisition
Command
DC2
DG
Parameter
Hexadecimal code
<12>16
<44>16<47>16
,aa,b,cccccc,ddddddd
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
-
Valid range
-
Printer operation in
progress
The command cannot be received during the printer
operation. ([NAK] return)
When acquiring label
sensor information
Commands are not accepted while acquiring sensor
information. ([NAK] return)
Error
The command can be received even if an error is
occurring.
[Function]
Returning the specified file data information.
[Format]
[DC2]DG,aa,b,cccccc,ddddddd
[Parameters]
Symbol
a
Parameter name
Language
Valid range
Acquisition method
SB: SBPL settings
Two characters fixed
acquisition
SZ: SZPL settings
SI: SIPL settings
SD: SDPL settings
ST: STCL settings
b
File type
0: Font/logo
1: TrueType font
One character fixed
acquisition
c
File name size (byte)
1 to 255
Acquire up to ","
d
File name
Data including the following character groups
*1 Only the file name is
specified.
・ Alphabet
Acquired up to the file
name size
・ Numeral
・ Hyphen ("-")
・ Underscore ("_")
・ Period (".")
[Return data format (normal, data exists)]
[STX]a…a,b…b[ETX]
Symbol
a
Parameter name
Valid range
Total number of data byte
* This is the total number of bytes after parameter b.
The delimiting comma between parameters a and b,
and the ETX are not included.
477
Data size from the first identifier until before
[ETX]
Symbol
d
Parameter name
Valid range
File data
[Return data format (normal, no data)]
[STX]0[ETX]
[Return data format (when a command error occurs)]
[NAK]<15>16
[Exception processing]
Parameter name
Exception condition
A value outside the
range is specified
The specified size and received size are different
Language
Command error
Invalid receive data
File type
Command error
Command error
File name size
Command error
Excessively small: Command error, Excessively large:
Remaining data standby
File name
Command error
Excessively small: Remaining data standby, Excessively large:
Command error
Terminology
Description
Command error
The file name list is not returned. The data received after a command error is
determined is not considered as a parameter of this command.
Invalid receive data
The subsequent data is ignored.
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
When a file name is bigger than the size of the file name and still the file name is valid, it
operates and finishes normally.
-
When you specify SZPL for "Parameter a: Language," "0: Font/logo," "1: TrueType font" settings
of "Parameter b: File type" will be ignored.
[Sequence]
Host
This product
DC2 + DG,aa,b,cccccc,ddddddd
Normal: STX + aaaaa,bbb...bb,ccc...cc + ETX
No data: STX + 0 + ETX
Abnormal: NAK
478
[DC2+DH] File Deletion
Command
DC2
DH
Parameter
Hexadecimal code
<12>16
<44>16<48>16
aa,b,c(,ddddd,eeeee)
Initial value
None
Valid range and term of
command
When the power is OFF
-
Valid range
-
Printer operation in
progress
The command cannot be received during the printer
operation. ([NAK] return)
When acquiring label
sensor information
Commands are not accepted while acquiring sensor
information. ([NAK] return)
Error
The command can be received even if an error is
occurring.
[Function]
Deleting the registered files.
[Format]
[DC2]DH,aa,b,c(,ddddd,eeeee)
[Parameters]
Symbol
a
Parameter name
Language
Valid range
SB: SBPL settings
SZ: SZPL settings
Acquisition method
Two characters fixed
acquisition
SI: SIPL settings
SD: SDPL settings
ST: STCL settings
b
File type
0: Font/logo
1: TrueType font
c
Deletion type
0: File specification
One character fixed
acquisition
1: All files
One character fixed
acquisition
d
File name size (byte)
1 to 255
Acquire up to ","
e
File name
Data including the following character groups
*1 Only the file name is
specified.
・ Alphabet
Acquired up to the file
name size
・ Numeral
・ Hyphen ("-")
・ Underscore ("_")
・ Period (".")
[Return data format (normal)]
[ACK]<06>16
[Return data format (when a command error occurs)]
[NAK]<15>16
479
[Exception processing]
Parameter name
Exception condition
A value outside the
range is specified
The specified size and
received size are different
Language
Command error
Command error
File type
Command error
Command error
Deletion type
Command error
0: Command error
*1
1: Invalid receive data
File name size
Command error
File name
Command error
Command error
*1 Note that all data will be deleted even though subsequent data is not appropriate when specifying deleting all the files.
Terminology
Description
Command error
The file is not deleted. The data received after a command error is determined is
not considered as a parameter of this command.
Invalid receive data
The subsequent data is ignored.
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Do not specify the parameter d and e when the parameter c specifies 1 (delete all files). When
specified, the parameter d and e are not handled as data of this command.
-
When a file name is bigger than the size of the file name and still the file name is valid, it
operates and finishes normally.
-
When you specify SZPL for "Parameter a: Language," "0: Font/logo," "1: TrueType font" settings
of "Parameter b: File type" will be ignored. Beware that all files registered with SZPL will be
deleted if you specify "1: All files" in "Parameter c: Deletion type."
[Sequence]
Host
This product
DC2 + DH,aa,b,c(,ddddd,eeeee) + EOT
Delete
the specified file
ACK/NAK
480
Time zone list
Time zone name
UTC offset
Cover area
Africa
Africa/Addis Ababa
+03:00
Addis Ababa (Ethiopia)
Africa/Algiers
+01:00
Alger (Algeria)
Africa/Cairo
+02:00
Egypt
Africa/Cape Town
+02:00
South Africa
Africa/Casablanca
+01:00
Morocco
Africa/Khartoum
+02:00
Sudan
Africa/Lagos
+01:00
Nigeria
Africa/Tripoli
+02:00
Libya
Africa/Tunis
+01:00
Tunisia
Asia/Baghdad
+03:00
Iraq
Asia/Bangkok
+07:00
Thai
Asia/Beirut
+02:00
Lebanon
Asia/Brunei
+08:00
Brunei
Asia/Calcutta
+05:30
India
Asia/Dhaka
+06:00
Bangladesh
Asia/Dubai
+04:00
Dubai
Asia/Hong Kong
+08:00
Hong Kong
Asia/Hovd
+07:00
Ubs, Khovd (Mongol)
Asia/Irkutsk
+08:00
Irkutsk Oblast (Russia)
Asia/Jakarta
+07:00
Java, Sumatra (Indonesia)
Asia/Jerusalem
+02:00
Israel
Asia/Kabul
+04:30
Afghanistan
Asia/Karachi
+05:00
Pakistan
Asia/Krasnoyarsk
+07:00
Krasnoyarsk (Russia)
Asia/Kuala Lumpur
+08:00
Malaysia
Asia/Kuwait
+03:00
Kuwait
Asia/Magadan
+11:00
Magadan (Russia), Chishima islands
Asia/Makassar
+08:00
Borneo, Sulawesi, Bali, Lesser Sunda, West Timor
(Indonesian)
Asia/Manila
+08:00
Philippines
Asia/Novosibirsk
+07:00
Novosibirsk Novosibirsk Oblast (Russia)
Asia/Oral
+05:00
West Kazakhstan Province (Kazakhstan)
Asia/Phnom Penh
+07:00
Cambodia
Asia/Pontianak
+07:00
Borneo (Indonesia)
Asia/Rangoon
+06:30
Myanmar
Asia
481
Time zone name
UTC offset
Cover area
Asia/Riyadh
+03:00
Saudi Arabia
Asia/Saigon
+07:00
Vietnam
Asia/Seoul
+09:00
Korea
Asia/Shanghai
+08:00
Shanghai
Asia/Singapore
+08:00
Singapore
Asia/Taipei
+08:00
Taiwan
Asia/Tehran
+03:30
Iran
Asia/Tokyo
+09:00
Japan
Asia/Ulaanbaatar
+08:00
Mongol (excluding Ubs, Khovd and Bayan Ologey)
Asia/Vientiane
+07:00
Laos
Asia/Vladivostok
+10:00
Jewish Autonomous Oblast, Khabarovsk region,
maritime region
Central part of Sakha Republic (Russia)
Asia/Yakutsk
+09:00
Amurskaya oblast, Zabaykal'skiy Kray, East part of
Sakha Republic (Russia)
Asia/Yekaterinburg
+05:00
Respublika Bashkortostan, Chelyabinsk Oblast,
Khantia-Mansia, Kurgan Oblast, Orenburg Oblast,
Perm Krai, Sverdlovsk Oblast, Tyumen Oblast,
Yamalo-Nenets Autonomous Okrug (Russia)
Australia/Adelaide
+09:30
South Australia
Australia/Brisbane
+10:00
Queensland (Australia)
Australia/Canberra
+10:00
New South Wales (Australia)
Australia/Darwin
+09:30
Darwin (Australia)
Australia/Eucla
+08:45
Eucla (Australia)
Australia/Hobart
+10:00
Hobart (Australia)
Australia/Melbourne
+10:00
Melbourne (Australia)
Australia/Perth
+08:00
Perth (Australia)
Australia/Sydney
+10:00
New South Wales (Australia)
Caribbean/Havana
-05:00
Cuba
Caribbean/Kingston
-05:00
Jamaica
Caribbean/Nassau
-05:00
Bahamas
Caribbean/Port-au-Prince
-05:00
Haiti
Caribbean/San Juan
-04:00
San Juan (Argentina)
Caribbean/Santo Domingo
-04:00
Dominica
Central America/Belmopan
-06:00
Belize
Central America/Guatemala
-06:00
Guatemala
Central America/Managua
-06:00
Nicaragua
Central America/Panama
-05:00
Panama
Central America/San Jose
-06:00
Costa Rica
Central America/San Salvador
-06:00
El Salvador
Australia
Caribbean
Central America
482
Time zone name
Central America/Tegucigalpa
UTC offset
Cover area
-06:00
Honduras
Europe/Amsterdam
+01:00
Holland
Europe/Andorra
+01:00
Andorra
Europe/Astrakhan
+04:00
Astrakhan (Rissia)
Europe/Athens
+02:00
Greek
Europe/Belfast
+00:00
The United Kingdom
Europe/Belgrade
+01:00
Serbia
Europe/Berlin
+01:00
Germany
Europe/Bratislava
+01:00
Czech
Europe/Brussels
+01:00
Belgium
Europe/Bucharest
+02:00
Rumania
Europe/Budapest
+01:00
Hungary
Europe/Busingen
+01:00
Busingen (Germany)
Europe/Chisinau
+02:00
Moldova
Europe/Copenhagen
+01:00
Denmark
Europe/Dublin
+00:00
Ireland
Europe/Gibraltar
+01:00
Gibraltar (The United Kingdom)
Europe/Gothenburg
+01:00
Sweden
Europe/Guernsey
+00:00
The United Kingdom
Europe/Helsinki
+02:00
Finland
Europe/Isle Of Man
+00:00
The United Kingdom
Europe/Istanbul
+03:00
Turkey
Europe/Jersey
+00:00
The United Kingdom
Europe/Kaliningrad
+02:00
Kaliningrad (Russia)
Europe/Kiev
+02:00
Ukraine
Europe/Kirov
+03:00
Kirov (Russia)
Europe/Lisbon
+00:00
Portugal
Europe/Ljubljana
+01:00
Slovenia
Europe/London
+00:00
The United Kingdom
Europe/Luxembourg
+01:00
Luxembourg
Europe/Madrid
+01:00
Spain
Europe/Malta
+01:00
Malta
Europe/Mariehamn
+02:00
Finland
Europe/Minsk
+03:00
Belarus
Europe/Monaco
+01:00
Monaco
Europe/Moscow
+03:00
European Russia (Russia)
Europe/Nicosia
+02:00
Cyprus
Europe/Oslo
+01:00
Norway
Europe/Paris
+01:00
France
Europe/Podgorica
+01:00
Serbia
Europe
483
Time zone name
UTC offset
Cover area
Europe/Prague
+01:00
Czech
Europe/Reykjavik
+00:00
Iceland
Europe/Riga
+02:00
Latvia
Europe/Rome
+01:00
Italy
Europe/Samara
+04:00
Samara, Udmurtskaya (Russia)
Europe/San Marino
+01:00
Italy
Europe/Sarajevo
+01:00
Serbia
Europe/Saratov
+04:00
Saratov (Russia)
Europe/Simferopol
+03:00
Ukraine
Europe/Skopje
+01:00
Serbia
Europe/Sofia
+02:00
Bulgaria
Europe/Stockholm
+01:00
Sweden
Europe/Tallinn
+02:00
Estonia
Europe/Tirane
+01:00
Albania
Europe/Tiraspol
+02:00
Moldova
Europe/Torshavn
+00:00
Torshavn (Denmark)
Europe/Ulyanovsk
+04:00
Ulyanovsk (Russia)
Europe/Uzhgorod
+02:00
Ukraine
Europe/Vaduz
+01:00
Liechtenstein
Europe/Vatican
+01:00
Italy
Europe/Vienna
+01:00
Austria
Europe/Vilnius
+02:00
Lithuania
Europe/Volgograd
+03:00
Kirov, Saratov Volgograd Oblast, Astrakhan Oblast
(Russia)
Europe/Warsaw
+01:00
Poland
Europe/Zagreb
+01:00
Serbia
Europe/Zaporozhye
+02:00
Ukraine
Europe/Zurich
+01:00
Swiss
North America/Alaska
-09:00
Alaska (America)
North America/Aleutian
-10:00
Aleutian Islands (America)
North America/Arizona
-07:00
Arizona (America)
North America/Central
-06:00
Canada, America, Mexico
North America/Danmarkshavn
+00:00
Greenland (Denmark)
North America/East-Indiana
-05:00
Indiana (America)
North America/Eastern
-05:00
Canada, America, Mexico
North America/Edmonton
-07:00
Alberta (Canada)
North America/Halifax
-04:00
Nova Scotia (Canada)
North America/Hawaii
-10:00
Hawaii (America)
North America/Indiana-Starke
-06:00
Stark county (America)
North America/Ittoqqortoormiit
-01:00
Ittoqqortoormiit (Denmark)
North America
484
Time zone name
UTC offset
Cover area
North America/Mexico City
-06:00
Mexico
North America/Michigan
-05:00
Michigan (America)
North America/Montreal
-05:00
Quebec (Canada)
North America/Mountain
-07:00
Canada, America, Mexico
North America/Nuuk
-03:00
Nuuk (Denmark)
North America/Pacific
-08:00
Canada, America, Mexico
North America/Qaanaaq
-04:00
Qaanaaq (Denmark)
North America/Samoa
-11:00
Samoa
North America/St Johns
-03:30
Newfoundland, Labrador (Canada)
North America/Toronto
-05:00
Ontario (Canada)
North America/Vancouver
-08:00
British Columbia (Canada)
North America/Winnipeg
-06:00
Manitoba (Canada)
Pacific/Auckland
+12:00
New Zealand
Pacific/Port Moresby
+10:00
Papua New Guinea
South America/Asuncion
-04:00
Paraguay
South America/Bogota
-05:00
Colombia
South America/Buenos Aires
-03:00
Argentine
South America/Caracas
-04:00
Venezuela
South America/Guayaquil
-05:00
Ecuador
South America/La Paz
-04:00
Bolivia
South America/Lima
-05:00
Peru
South America/Manaus
-04:00
Amazon (Brazil)
South America/Montevideo
-03:00
Uruguay
South America/Port of Spain
-04:00
Trinidad, Tobago
South America/Santiago
-04:00
Chile
South America/Sao Paulo
-03:00
Brazil
Pacific
South America
485
Part 2 Interface Specification
Overview
Overview
This product has a build-in interface to communicate data with host and has an external signal
interface to connect the product and peripheral devices.
Followings are the types of build-in interface.
-
USB interface (USB2.0 High-speed, A type connector/B type connector)
-
LAN interface (10BASE-T/100BASE-TX Auto switch, RJ-45 connector)
-
RS-232C interface (DB9 pin (female))
-
IEEE1284 interface (Communication mode: ECP/compatible, Amphenol 36 pin)
-
External signal interface (Amphenol 14 pin)
-
Bluetooth interface (Ver.3.0+EDR Class 2)
-
NFC interface
In addition, following type of interface is available as option
-
Wireless LAN (WLAN) unit (802.11a/b/g/n)
486
Combination of interface
Interfaces can be combined as described in the following chart.
CONT PCB
KB-PCB
IF-PCB (COMBO)
Optional
PCB
USB
LAN
Bluetooth NFC
RS-232C IEEE1284 EXT
Wireless
LAN
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
△
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
CONT
PCB
USB
KB-PCB
Bluetooth ○
○
NFC
○
○
○
IF-PCB
RS-232C ○
(COMBO)
IEEE1284 ○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Optional
PCB
LAN
○
EXT
○
○
○
○
○
○
Wireless
LAN
○
△
○
○
○
○
○
○
○: Configurable, ∆: Select
[Supplementary information]
-
It is not possible to use LAN with WirelessLAN. It is possible to choose LAN or Wireless LAN
from LCD screen. Please refer to [Switching LAN and WLAN] for details.
-
Corresponding to the IEEE1284 high-speed IF board (COMBO). IF board is automatically
recognized.
487
Communication Protocol
Types of Communication Protocol and Reception Mode
The available receive mode differs depending on the combination of interface and communication
protocol.
However, the NFC communication protocol is limited to Multiple buffer mode only.
-
Multiple receive mode
Able to receive data up to reception buffer near full size during printing.
-
Bi-directional communication (Status3, Status4, Status5)
Monitors status of this product to carry out data communication.
-
No bidirectional communication (READY/BUSY)
Hardware controls data communication.
-
Please refer to each interface for the detailed description of READY/BUSY, XON/XOFF ,
status3, status4, and status5.
Following chart shows available communication protocols.
Interface
Communication protocol
Multiple buffer
LAN
Bluetooth
NFC
×
○
×
○
×
×
○
×
×
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
Without bidirectional
communication
READY/BUSY
Multiple buffer
Without bidirectional
communication
XON/XOFF
Multiple buffer
With bidirectional
communication
Status3
Multiple buffer
With bidirectional
communication
Status4
Multiple buffer
With bidirectional
communication
Status5
Multiple buffer
488
Interface
Communication protocol
LAN
Bluetooth
NFC
With bidirectional
communication
Interface
Communication
protocol
Multiple buffer
LAN
Bluetooth
NFC
Wireless LAN
(Optional)
×
×
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
○
○
×
○
○
○
×
○
○
×
×
○
Without
bidirectional
communication
READY/BUSY
Multiple buffer
Without
bidirectional
communication
XON/XOFF
Multiple buffer
With bidirectional
communication
Status3
Multiple buffer
With bidirectional
communication
Status4
Multiple buffer
With bidirectional
communication
Status5
Multiple buffer
With bidirectional
communication
○: Enable, x: Disable
489
Return status
The purpose of return status is to manage the status of this product from the host, and this product
returns the status by request command from host.
There are three types of return status format, Status3, Status4, and Status5. Each return status is
listed below.
The product returns the status after receiving request command.
Communication protocol
Command
Command name
READY/BUSY
-
-
XON/XOFF
-
-
Status3
ENQ
Status request command
CAN
Cancel request command
ENQ
Status request command
CAN
Cancel request command
DLE
Print end request command
DC1
Print start request command
SOH + ENQ
Status request command
SOH + CAN
Cancel request command
SOH + DLE
Print end request command
SOH + DC1
Print start request command
Status4
Status5
* In Status3, 4 , command is processed for ESC+ENQ and ESC+CAN and returns status, but does not process command nor
returns status for ESC+DLE and ESC+DC1.
Remarks
When you acquire return status from this product, please input transmission interval time after
sending each command to this product.
Command
ENQ (05H)
Command name
Status request
Transmission interval
time (Actual value)
5 ms or more
* 300 ms or more for Wireless
LAN
CAN (18H)
Cancel request
DLE (10H)
Print end request
DC1 (11H)
Print start request
490
500 ms or more
ENQ (Status request)
Host
Send
Write
This product
ENQ (05H)
Transmission interval
time (5ms or more)
Create status information
Send buffer
STX xxA000000・・・・ ETX
Receive
Read
STX xxA000000・・・・ ETX
CAN (Cancel request)
Host
Send
Write
This product
CAN (18H)
Cancelling
Transmission
intervals
(500ms or more)
Send buffer: ACK (06H)
ACK (06H) Product without error
NAK (15H) Error in the product
Receive
Read
ACK
The values stated above are target values for queuing time until host reads ACK from this
product. It varies by the interface type or settings, and network environment, etc.
The rough standard for transmission interval shall be 900 ms or more when you request cancel
(18H) when receive buffer is near full.
491
Return Status of Status3
The purpose of this communication protocol is to return this product condition and reply as a status
to the host by receiving three types of request commands and print command.
Following described about the details of request commands and return status.
Status Request Command
This command returns the Job ID number of received data in printing, status of this product and the
number of remaining label to Process print to the host. All "0" (HEX 30H) is returned for print quality
when the print is completed or when there is no received data. Space (HEX 20H) is returned for the
Job ID numbers when command for the designation of the job ID number <ID> is not specified.
Please do not send ENQ (Status request) while sending print data (STX <A> to <Z> ETX). Status
would not be returned properly or print would not be performed properly if ENQ is sent.
1. Command ENQ (HEX 05H)
STX (HEX 02H)
ETX (HEX 03H)
2. Return status, Format (Port1, Port2, or when Legacy Status setting for Port3 is invalid)
STX
ID number
Status
No of remaining labels
ETX
(Total: 11 bytes)
From 000000 to 999999
Set a job ID number by the command <ID>
being specified in ESC <A> to <Z>. Set the job ID number of
received data in printing when multiple received data exist.
When Legacy Status setting for Port 3 is valid
Size
SXT
ID number
Status
No of remaining labels
ETX
(Total: 15 bytes)
From 000000 to 999999
Set a job ID number by the command <ID>
being specified in ESC <A> to <Z>.Set the job ID number of
received data in printing when multiple received data exist.
3. Status list
Contents
OFFLINE
STATE
ONLINE
STATE
ASCII
HEX
NO ERROR
0
30
RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END
1
31
BUFFER NEAR FULL
2
32
RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END & BUFFER NEAR FULL
3
33
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END
5
35
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END
6
36
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & BUFFER NEAR FULL
7
37
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END
& BUFFER NEAR FULL
8
38
WAIT TO
RECEIVE
NO ERROR
A
41
RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END
B
42
BUFFER NEAR FULL
C
43
492
ASCII
Contents
PRINTING
RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END & BUFFER NEAR
FULL
D
44
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END
!
21
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & RIBBON /
LABEL NEAR END
“
22
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & BUFFER NEAR #
FULL
23
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & RIBBON /
LABEL NEAR END & BUFFER NEAR FULL
$
24
NO ERROR
G
47
RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END
H
48
BUFFER NEAR FULL
I
49
RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END & BUFFER NEAR
FULL
J
4A
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END
%
25
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & RIBBON /
LABEL NEAR END
&
26
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & BUFFER NEAR ‘
FULL
27
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & RIBBON /
LABEL NEAR END & BUFFER NEAR FULL
(
28
STANDBY
NO ERROR
M
4D
(Waiting for
dispenser/
cutter)
RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END
N
4E
BUFFER NEAR FULL
O
4F
RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END & BUFFER NEAR
FULL
P
50
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END
)
29
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & RIBBON /
LABEL NEAR END
*
2A
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & BUFFER NEAR +
FULL
2B
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & RIBBON /
LABEL NEAR END & BUFFER NEAR FULL
,
2C
S
53
T
54
U
55
V
56
-
2D
.
2E
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & BUFFER NEAR /
FULL
2F
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & RIBBON /
LABEL NEAR END & BUFFER NEAR FULL
@
40
a
61
ANALYZING / NO ERROR*1
EDITING
*1
RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END
BUFFER NEAR FULL
*1
RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END & BUFFER NEAR
*1
FULL
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END
*1
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & RIBBON /
LABEL NEAR END
ERROR
DETECTION
HEX
BUFFER OVER
*2
493
ASCII
Contents
HEX
HEAD OPEN
b
62
PAPER END
c
63
RIBBON END
d
64
MEDIA ERROR (PRINT ERROR)
e
65
SENSOR ERROR / PAPER JAM ERROR
f
66
BARCODE READ/COLLATION ERROR
f
66
BARCODE READER CONNECTION CONFIRMATION ERROR
f
66
HEAD ERROR
g
67
(UNUSED) COVER OPEN
h
68
CUTTER OPEN ERROR
h
68
(UNUSED) RIBBON CORE NON LOCK ERROR
h
68
CARD ERROR
i
69
CUTTER ERROR
j
6A
OTHER ERRORS
k
6B
(UNUSED) CUTTER SENSOR ERROR
l
6C
(UNUSED) STACKER OR REWINDER FULL WINDER FULL
m
6D
RFID TAG ERROR
o
6F
RFID PROTECT ERROR
p
70
(UNUSED) BATTERY ERROR
q
71
*1 Print quantity may not be set properly depending on timing of edit and analysis.
*2 BUFFER OVER may occur or may not occur, it depends on interface.
RS-232C: BUFFER OVER may occur.
USB, LAN, WLAN, Bluetooth, IEEE1284: BUFFER OVER may not occur.
Cancel Request Command
This command enables to cancel print jobs and to clear the entire contents of receive buffer.
The status of this product after finishing process is returned.
* When the cancel request command has been sent, wait more than 500 ms before sending the next data.
* This command shall not be used while sending other data like print data.
1. Command CAN (HEX 18H)
2. Return status list
Return status
Contents
ACK (HEX 06H)
No error in this product
NAK (HEX 15H)
Error in this product
494
Print Command
Print starts after receiving print command (STX <A> to <Z> ETX).
The status of this product after receiving command is returned.
1. Return status list (The status of this product)
RS-232C or Bluetooth interface
Return status
Contents
ACK (HEX 06H)
No error in this product
NAK (HEX 15H)
Error in this product
* In Ver1.8.0 and after, ACK is returned during Sleep and WakeUp.
* If ESC+Z is received and error occurs at the same time when this product wakes up from Sleep mode, there is a timing
to return ACK. But, this rarely occurs in operation because status is checked by ENQ.
Interface other than RS-232C and Bluetooth
Return status
None
Contents
No response is returned.
Command example of Job ID number <ID>
<A>
<ID>01
<V>100<H>100<P>2<L>0202<X20>,ABC
<Q>1
<Z>
Please refer to "Job ID Number <ID>" in this document for details.
495
Return Status of Status4
The purpose of this communication protocol is to return this product condition and reply as a status
to the host by receiving four types of request commands and print command.
Following described about the details of request commands and return status.
Status Request Command
This command returns the Job ID number of received data in printing, status of this product and the
number of remaining label to Process print to , the host. All "0" (HEX 30H) is returned for print quality
when the print is completed or when there is no received data. Space (HEX 20H) is returned for the
Job ID numbers when command for the designation of the job ID number <ID> is not specified.
Please do not send ENQ (Status request) while sending print data (STX <A> to <Z> ETX). Status
would not be returned properly or print would not be performed properly if ENQ is sent.
1. Command ENQ (HEX 05H)
2. Return status, Format
LAN, Wireless LAN
36 bytes
Legacy Status
Setting is enabled
Number of
bytes to send
4 bytes
00000020H
Number of
bytes to send
4 bytes
0000001CH
Number of
bytes to send
4 bytes
0000001CH
ENQ
1 byte
05H
STX
1 byte
02H
ENQ
1 byte
05H
STX
1 byte
02H
ID
number
2 bytes
Status
1 byte
ID number is set after it is specified by
the Job ID number command.
STX
1 byte
02H
ID
number
2 bytes
Status
1 byte
ID
number
2 bytes
Status
1 byte
Remaining
number of
label
6 bytes
Remaining JOB
number of name
label
16 bytes
6 bytes
From 000000 to
999999
ETX
1 byte
03H
JOB
name
16 bytes
ETX
1 byte
03H
LAN, Wireless LAN
32 bytes
Legacy Status for
Port9100 Disable.
Job name is set after it is
specified by job name command.
Remaining JOB
number of name
label
16 bytes
6 bytes
ETX
1 byte
03H
Other interface
than above
27 bytes
3. Return status list
Contents
OFFLINE
STATE
ASCII
HEX
NO ERROR
0
30
RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END
1
31
BUFFER NEAR FULL
2
32
RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END & BUFFER NEAR FULL
3
33
PRINT HALT (NO ERROR)
4
34
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END
5
35
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & RIBBON / LABEL
NEAR END
6
36
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & BUFFER NEAR
FULL
7
37
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & RIBBON / LABEL
NEAR END & BUFFER NEAR FULL
8
38
496
ASCII
Contents
ONLINE
STATE
WAIT TO
RECEIVE
HEX
NO ERROR
A
41
RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END
B
42
BUFFER NEAR FULL
C
43
RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END & BUFFER
NEAR FULL
D
44
PRINT HALT (NO ERROR)
E
45
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END
!
21
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END &
RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END
“
22
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END &
BUFFER NEAR FULL
#
23
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END &
RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END & BUFFER
NEAR FULL
$
24
NO ERROR
G
47
RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END
H
48
BUFFER NEAR FULL
I
49
RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END & BUFFER
NEAR FULL
J
4A
PRINT HALT (NO ERROR)
K
4B
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END
%
25
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END &
RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END
&
26
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END &
BUFFER NEAR FULL
‘
27
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END &
RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END & BUFFER
NEAR FULL
(
28
STANDBY
NO ERROR
M
4D
(Waiting for
dispenser/
cutter)
RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END
N
4E
BUFFER NEAR FULL
O
4F
RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END & BUFFER
NEAR FULL
P
50
PRINT HALT (NO ERROR)
Q
51
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END
)
29
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END &
RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END
*
2A
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END &
BUFFER NEAR FULL
+
2B
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END &
RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END & BUFFER
NEAR FULL
,
2C
S
53
T
54
U
55
PRINTING
ANALYZING / NO ERROR*1
EDITING
*1
RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END
BUFFER NEAR FULL
497
*1
ASCII
Contents
RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END & BUFFER
*1
NEAR FULL
HEX
V
56
PRINT HALT (NO ERROR)
W
57
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END
-
2D
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END &
RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END
.
2E
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END &
BUFFER NEAR FULL
/
2F
(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END &
RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END & BUFFER
NEAR FULL
@
40
b
62
c
63
RIBBON END
d
64
MEDIA ERROR (PRINT ERROR)
e
65
SENSOR ERROR / PAPER JAM ERROR
f
66
BARCODE READ/COLLATION ERROR
f
66
BARCODE READER CONNECTION CHECK ERROR
f
66
HEAD ERROR
g
67
(UNUSED) COVER OPEN
h
68
CUTTER OPEN ERROR
h
68
(UNUSED) RIBBON CORE NON LOCK ERROR
h
68
CARD ERROR
i
69
CUTTER ERROR
j
6A
OTHER ERRORS
k
6B
(UNUSED) CUTTER SENSOR ERROR
l
6C
(UNUSED) STACKER OR REWINDER FULL WINDER
FULL
m
6D
RFID TAG ERROR
o
6F
RFID PROTECT ERROR
p
70
(UNUSED) BATTERY ERROR
q
71
*1
ERROR
HEAD OPEN
DETECTION
PAPER END
*1 Print quantity may not be set properly depending on timing of edit and analysis.
*1 BUFFER OVER may occur or may not occur, it depends on interface.
RS-232C: BUFFER OVER may occur.
LAN, IEEE1284: BUFFER OVER may not occur.
Contributing factor to receive buffer near full
"Receive buffer near full" occurs when the buffer's free space goes down to 0.95 MB out of the
2.95 MB of receive buffer.
Contributing factor to cancellation of receive buffer near full
"Receive buffer near full" is cleared when the buffer's free space increased to 1.95 MB.
498
Cancel Request Command
This command enables to cancel print jobs and to clear the entire contents of receive buffer.
The status of this product after finishing process is returned.
* When the cancel request command has been sent, wait more than 500 ms before sending the next data.
* Please do not send CAN (Cancel request command) while STX <A> to <Z> ETX. CAN (Cancel request command) would
not be sent properly.
1. Command CAN (HEX 18H)
2. Return status list
Return Status
Contents
ACK (HEX 06H)
No error in this product
NAK (HEX 15H)
Error in this product
* ACK is HEX 0000000106H and NAK is HEX 0000000115H for LAN/Wireless LAN interface. On the condition that
Legacy status is enabled.
Print Command
This command (<A> to <Z>) starts the printing process.
The status of this product after receiving command is returned.
1. Return status list
RS-232C or Bluetooth interface
Return Status
Contents
ACK (HEX 06H)
No error in this product
NAK (HEX 15H)
Error in this product
* In Ver1.6.4 and after, ACK is returned during Sleep and WakeUp.
Other than RS-232C and Bluetooth interface
Return Status
None
Contents
No response is returned.
Print End Request Command
This command halts the printing process.
The status of this product after receiving command is returned.
1. Command DLE (HEX 10H)
2. Return status list
Return status
Contents
ACK (HEX 06H)
No error in this product
NAK (HEX 15H)
Error in this product
* ACK is HEX 0000000106H and NAK is HEX 0000000115H for LAN/Wireless LAN interface.
499
Please do not send DLE (Print stop request command) while STX <A> to <Z> ETX. DLE (Print
stop request command) would not be sent properly. Font data, graphic data, barcode data will
not be processed as DLE transmission (Print stop request).
Print Start Request Command
This command releases the pause mode of this product and restarts the printing process.
The status of this product after receiving command is returned.
1. Command DC1 (HEX 11H)
2. Return status list
Return status
Contents
ACK (HEX 06H)
No error in this product
NAK (HEX 15H)
Error in this product
* ACK is HEX 0000000106H and NAK is HEX 0000000115H for LAN/Wireless LAN interface.
500
Return Status of Status5
The following is functionality provided by this communication protocol.
Data Transmission Format
1. All control commands like print data, status request, cancel request are specified by adding STX
(HEX 02H) and (HEX 03H).
* It is not necessary to add STX (HEX 02H) and ETX (HEX 03H) for setting data.
2. Item No. must be added to print data.
3. BCC must be added at the end of item end (<Z>) when BCC check functionality is set to
enabled. BCC is not necessary for obtaining information like status request etc.
Use example)
◦
Print data
STX
◦
<A>
Print data
<Z>
BCC
ETX
Status request
STX SOH ENQ
00000
ETX
Item Status Obtaining Command
This command searches for the specified item number from the end of history buffer and returns the
status of target item to host.
[Command]
SOH(HEX 01H) + ENQ(HEX 05H)
[Format]
STX + SOH + ENQ + aaaaa + ETX
◦
Parameter
a [Item No.] Valid range :
00000 to 99999
*****
1. Parameter must be 5 digits.
2. Parameter [*] is [HEX 2AH].
3. Use item No. to be compatible with previous printers. Ignore Item No.
Always returns the status of final item.
[Return status format] (Legacy Status setting is valid with LAN/Wireless LAN, Other I/F)
[1]
[5]
[2]
[5]
[2]
[6]
[1]
STX
Specified
item No.
Final item
status
Processing
item No.
Processing item
status
Number of label
for processing
item
ETX
*1
*1
*2
STX(HEX 02H)
ETX(HEX 03H)
501
[Return status format] (Legacy Status setting is valid with LAN/Wireless LAN)
[4]
[1]
Size STX
[5]
[2]
[5]
[2]
[6]
[1]
Specified
item No.
Final item
status
Processing
item No.
Processing item
status
Number of label
for processing
item
ETX
*1
*1
*2
STX(HEX 02H)
ETX(HEX 03H)
Numerical number in [ ] indicates the number of bytes in use. Total 22 bytes of return status format
(Fix). Header of four bytes is added before return status when Legacy Status for Port9100 is valid
and Port3 is used.
Item No. is filled by “0.”
processing item No. will become space (20H) after printing is completed.
*1 Specified item No. is ***** (0x2A2A2A2A2A) and final item status is ** (0x2A2A) fix.
*2 The first digit shows the status of processing item and the second digit shows the error. The following is the chart showing
status of processing items.
Digit
1
Contents
ASCII
HEX
Offline
0
30
Online - Wait for receiving
1
31
Online - Printing
2
32
Online - Waiting (Wait for dispense)
3
33
Online - Analyzing / Editing
4
34
Error
5
35
Stop printing (Receiving DLE command)
6
36
* [Number of processing item to be printed] may not be set, which is
depending on the timing.
Digit
2
Contents
ASCII
HEX
NO ERROR
0
30
RIBBON NEAR END
1
31
BUFFER NEAR FULL
2
32
RIBBON NEAR END & BUFFER NEAR FULL
3
33
LABEL NEAR END
4
34
LABEL NEAR END & RIBBON NEAR END
5
35
LABEL NEAR END & BUFFER NEAR FULL
6
36
LABLE NEAR END & RIBBON NEAR END & BUFFER NEAR
FULL
7
37
MACHINE ERROR
A
41
FLASH ROM ERROR
B
42
HEAD OPEN
C
43
PAPER END
D
44
RIBBON END
E
45
SENSOR ERROR / PAPER JAM ERROR
F
46
502
Digit
Contents
ASCII
HEX
HEAD ERROR
G
47
MEMORY READ/WRITE ERROR (CARTRIDGE READ/WRITE
ERROR)
H
48
MEMORY FULL (CARTRIDGE FULL)
I
49
CUTTER ERROR
J
4A
CALENDAR ERROR
K
4B
(UNUSED) KANJI DATA ERROR (KANJI ROM EORROR)
L
4C
(UNUSED) INTERNAL REWINDER FULL
M
4D
CUTTER BRACKET OPEN ERROR
N
4E
RFID TAG ERROR
O
4F
RFID PROTECT ERROR
P
50
BCC ERROR
Q
51
(UNUSED) ITEM NO. ERROR
R
52
MEDIA ERROR (PRINT ERROR)
S
53
(UNUSED) RIBBON WINDING NON LOCK ERROR
T
54
OTHER ERRORS
U
55
(UNUSED) COVER OPEN
V
56
BARCODE READ/COLLATION ERROR
V
56
BARCODE READER CONNECTION CHECK ERROR
W
57
[Example]
STX SOH ENQ 00001 ETX
STX SOH ENQ ***** ETX
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
This command shall not be used while sending other data like print data. Status would not be
returned properly or print would not be performed properly if this command is sent while sending
print data.
-
This product returns the current status returns after receiving this command.
BCC Check Function
BCC (Block Check Code) is 1 byte of data calculated XOR of 1 send data (<A>-<Z>). BCC shall be
added to the end of data (<Z>) per item for host to send data to this product.
This product checks the validity of receiving data by calculating BCC per data item being received
and compares it with sent BCC. When those BCC are different, this product judges that receiving
data is incorrect and causes [BCC error] before printing the item then stops printing operation.
The LCD display of the item No. error
Press right soft key
Resume printing from print data with BCC error.
Send SUB command
Resume printing where it left off after canceling BCC error.
This commands able to specify whether to print data with error or cancel the
data.
503
Press left soft key
Cancel all print data then resume printing from the next item.
The following is the cancellation method of BCC error.
Calculation range of BCC)
◦
Print data
STX
<ID>00001
<A>
Print data
<Z>
BCC
ETX
Calculation range of BCC
[Supplementary Explanation]
◦
Print data is only target for BCC check. Error will not be detected for error which does not
require printing operation like registration data or printer setting command etc.
◦
Add only data, which starts from data transmission start <A> and ends at data transmission
<Z> for BCC.
◦
BCC calculates exclusive OR for data in the calculation range.
Cancel Request Command
This commands cancel all items.
[Command]
SOH(HEX 01H) + CAN(HEX 18H)
[Format]
STX + SOH + CAN + aaaaa + ETX
◦
Parameter
a [Item No.]
Valid range : 00000 to 99999
*****
▪
Parameter must be 5 digits.
▪
Parameter [*] is [HEX 2AH].
▪
Cancel all items regardless of Item No.
[Example]
STX SOH CAN 00001 ETX
STX SOH CAN ***** ETX
[Supplementary Explanation]
◦
This command shall not be used while sending other data like print data.
◦
Please note that there is no return data for this command. Host will send item acquiring
command (SOH+ENQ) so please check the result by checking the return status.
Print End Request Command
This command stops printing operation.
[Command]
SOH(HEX 01H) + DLE(HEX 10H)
504
[Format]
STX + SOH + DLE + ETX
[Example]
STX SOH DLE ETX
[Supplementary Explanation]
◦
This command shall not be used while sending other data like print data.
◦
Please note that there is no return data for this command. Host will send item acquiring
command (SOH+ENQ) so please check the result by checking the return status.
Print Start Request Command
This command cancels print operation in hold, which was stopped by print stop command (SOH
+DLE), then resume printing operation.
[Command]
SOH(HEX 01H) + DC1(HEX 11H)
[Format]
STX + SOH + DC1 + ETX
[Example]
STX SOH DC1 ETX
[Supplementary Explanation]
◦
This command shall not be used while sending other data like print data.
◦
Please note that there is no return data for this command. Host will send item acquiring
command (SOH+ENQ) so please check the result by checking the return status.
Status5 Return Error Cancellation Request Command
This command cancels Item No. error or BCC error and resume printing operation from the item with
error.
[Command]
SOH(HEX 01H) + SUB(HEX 1AH)
[Format]
STX + SOH + SUB + a + ETX
a
[Cancel]
0 :
1 :
Cancel error data
Print error data
[Example]
STX SOH SUB 0 ETX
[Supplementary Explanation]
◦
Do not include this command to print data (<A>-<Z>).
505
◦
Please note that there is no return data for this command. Host will send item acquiring
command (SOH+ENQ) so please check the result by checking the return status.
506
READY/BUSY
This communication protocol controls the reception of print data by the control of hard signal only.
Refer to RS-232C for the details.
507
XON/XOFF
This communication protocol communicates with the host to see if this product is ready to receive
data by sending "XON" (HEX 11H) or "XOFF" (HEX 13H) codes to signal line.
Refer to RS-232C for the details.
508
Status3
The purpose of this communication protocol is to control the status of this product on host and to
return status from this product with request command from host.
Please refer to "Return status of Status3" for the details of request command and return status.
Return Sequence
When LAN/Wireless LAN interface is used, please refer to "Printer Status" in “LAN/Wireless LAN”
described below.
509
Normal
HOST
This product
ENQ
*1 Responds to print command
only when RS-232C and
Bluetooth.
(Status request command)
STATUS (Remaining label=[000000] )
IDnumber=[05]
Print command ( Print Qty=100 )
IDnumber=[space]
Status=Wait for receive
ACK
(Status of printer : No error) *1
ENQ
(Status request command)
Status
ENQ
(
IDnumber=[05]
Status=Analysis, Editing
Remaining label=[000000]
)
Receive/ Analysis/Edit
Print
(Status request command)
(
Print command
ACK
Print 1st label
)
ID number=[05]
Status=Printing
Remaining label=[000100]
Apply
Print 2nd label
( IDnumber=[06]
Print Qty =50 )
Receive/Analysis/Edit
Apply
(Status of printer : No error)
Print 3rd label
ENQ
(Status request command)
Status
ENQ
(
PAPER END ERROR
)
ID number=[05]
Status=Paper end
Remaining label=[000098]
Clear the error (Press LINE key)
(Status request command)
)
Status ( Status=Printing
Remaining label=[000098]
Print 3rd label
ID number=[05]
ENQ
Apply
(Status request command)
Print 100th label
Status ( Status=Printing
)
Remaining label=[000001]
ID number=[05]
ENQ
Apply
Print 1st label
(Status request command)
Status
(
Apply
)
ID number=[05]
Status=Printing
Remaining label=[000050]
510
Cancel Request Command
HOST
This product
ENQ (Status request command)
(
Status
IDNumber=[Space]
Status=Wait for receive
Remaining label=[000000]
)
Print command ( IDPrintnumber=[12]
Qty=50 )
ACK
*1 Responds to print command only
when RS-232C and Bluetooth.
Receive/ Analysis/Edit
(Printer status: No error) *1
Print
ENQ
(
Status
CAN
500ms or more
ACK
ENQ
Print 1st label
(Status request command)
IDnumber=[12]
Status=Printing
Remaining label=[000049]
Print 3rd label
(Printer
Clear receive buffer
Clear Print Qty
status: No error)
(Status request command)
(
)
ID number=[Space]
Status=Wait for receive
Remaining label=[000000]
ID number=[13]
Print command ( Print Qty=100 )
ENQ
Print 2nd label
(Cancel request command)
Status
ACK
)
(Printer
Receive/ Analysis/Edit
status: No error)
Print
(Status request command)
Status
(
ID number=[13]
Status=Printing
Remaining label=[000100]
Print 1st label
)
Print 2nd label
CAN
NAK
PAPER END ERROR
Press the LINE key
(Cancel Request command)
(Printer
status: Error occurred)
Clear receive buffer
Clear Print Qty
500ms or more
ENQ
Status
Release error
(Press the LINE key)
(Status request command)
(
ID number=[Space]
Status=Wait for receive
Remaining label [000000]
)
Reference flow chart
Please refer to the following flow chart for creating program at host with this protocol.
511
Loop
Power ON
Print data set
Receive status?
No
Send ENQ
No
Loop
Time out?
Yes
Status Set
Time out?
Yes
Yes
1
No
Time out Set
Display status
RETURN
Display ID number
Display print Qty
Display status
Error ?
Yes
*
No
Yes
Cancel?
Offline?
No
Yes
No
Yes
Buffer near full?
No
Cancel?
Yes
Send CAN
No
Send print data
Loop
Loop
Time out?
No
Yes
Yes
Time out?
No
1
ACK?
No
Yes
* Please make sure that error in this product has been cleared by ENQ then send print data when this product detects an
error by checking status.
512
Status4
The purpose of this communication protocol is to control the status of this product on host and to
return status from this product with request command from host.
Please refer to "Return status of Status4” for the details of request command and return status.
Return Sequence
When LAN/Wireless LAN interface is used, please refer to "Printer Status" in “LAN/Wireless LAN”
described below.
513
Normal Process
Host
This product
ENQ
(Status request command)
Status
Print
command
IDnumber =[05]
Print Qty=100
Job name=[SATO]
ACK
(Status of printer: No error) *1
ENQ
(Status request command)
ENQ
(Status of printer: No error)*1
ENQ
(Status request command)
Status
ENQ
Status
Apply
Print 2nd label
Apply
ID number=[06]
Print Qty=50
Job name=[SATO]
ACK
ENQ
Print 1st label
ID number=[05]
Status=Printing
Remaining label=[000100]
Job name=[SATO]
Print
command
Status
Print
(Status request command)
Status
ENQ
Receive/Analysis/Edit
IDnumber=[05]
Status=Editing
Remaining label=[000000]
Job name=[SATO]
Status
Status
* 1 Respond to print command
only when RS-232C and
Bluetooth.
IDnumber=[Space]
Status=Wait for Receive
Remaining label=[000000]
Job name=[Space]
Print 3rd label
PAPER END
IDnumber=[05]
Status=Paper End
Remaining label=[000098]
Job name=[SATO]
Release error
(Press LINE key)
Print 3rd label
(Status request command)
ID number=[05]
Status=Printing
Remaining label=[000098]
Job name=[SATO]
(Status request command)
Print 100th label
ID number=[05]
Status=Printing
Remaining label=[000001]
Job name=[SATO]
Apply
(Status request command)
IDnumber=[06]
Status=Printing
Remaining label=[000050]
Job name=[SATO]
Print 1st label
Apply
514
Receive/Analysis/Edit
Cancel Request Command
HOST
This product
ENQ
(Status request command)
ID number=[Space]
Status=Wait for Receive
Remaining label=[000000]
Job name=[Space]
Status
Print command
IDnumber=[12]
Print Qty=50
Job name=[SATO]
ACK
(Status of printer: No error) *1
ENQ
(Status request command)
Status
IDnumber=[12]
Status=Printing
Remaining label =[000050]
Job name=[SATO]
CAN
(Cancel request command)
ACK
(Status of printer: No error)
ENQ
(Status request command)
* 1 Respond to print command
only when RS-232C and
Bluetooth.
Receive/Analysis/Edit
Print
Print 1st label
Apply
Print 2nd label
Apply
Print 3rd label
Apply
Clear receive buffer
Clear Print Qty
500 ms or more
Status
ID number=[Space]
Status=Wait for Receive
Remaining label =[000000]
Job name=[Space]
Print command
ACK
(Status of printer: No error) *1
ENQ
(Status request command)
Status
500 ms or more
ID number=[13]
Print Qty=100
Job name=[SATO]
Print
ID number=[13]
Status=Printing
Remaining label =[000100]
Job name=[SATO]
CAN
(Cancel request command)
NAK
(Status of printer: Error)
ENQ
Status
Receive/Analysis/Edit
(Status request command)
ID number=[Space]
Status=Wait for Receive
Remaining label =[000000]
Job name=[Space]
515
Print 1st label
Apply
Print 2nd label
PAPER END
Clear receive buffer
Clear Print Qty
Release error
(Press LINE key)
Status5
The purpose of this communication protocol is to monitor and to control the status of printer data on
host, and this communication protocol has variety of functionalities.
Receive mode for this communication protocol is multi buffer mode.
Receiving Buffer Control
This protocol has 2 contributing factors to detect receive buffer near full to control information like
receiving, print, cancel per item.
Contributing factor to receive buffer near full
"Receive buffer near full" occurs when the buffer's free space goes down to 0.95 MB out of the
2.95 MB of receive buffer.
Contributing factor to cancellation of receive buffer near full
"Receive buffer near full" is cleared when the buffer's free space increased to 1.95 MB.
Return sequence
Please refer to "Printer Status" described below when "LAN/Wireless LAN" interface is used.
516
Normal process
This Product
HOST
STX ESCA ESCID00001 ESC・・・ ESCZ
STX ESCA ESCID00002 ESC・・・ ESCZ
Edit
No00001
Edit
No00002
STX ESCA ESCID00003 ESC・・・ ESCZ
STX SOH ENQ00001 ETX
STX ***** ** 00001 20 000001 ETX
Print
No00001
Print
No00002
STX SOH ENQ00001 ETX
STX ***** ** 00002 20 000001 ETX
Print
No00003
517
Edit
No00003
Cancellation
本装置
ホスト
STX ESCA ESCID00001 ESC・・・ ESCZ BCC ETX
STX ESCA ESCID00002 ESC・・・ ESCZ BCC ETX
No00001
の編集
No00002
の編集
STX SOH CAN00002 ETX
No00001
の発行
キャンセル処理実行中
(約 500ms)
STX SOH ENQ***** ETX
STX ***** ** ***** ␣␣␣␣␣ 10 000000 ETX
STX ESCA ESCID00003 ESC・・・ ESCZ BCC ETX
STX SOH ENQ***** ETX
No00003
の編集
STX ***** ** 00003 20 000001 ETX
No00003
の発行
518
Error handling
This Product
HOST
STX ESCA ESCID00001 ESC・・・ESCZ BCC ETX
STX ESCA ESCID00002 ESC・・・ESCZ ETX
STX SOH ENQ00001 ETX
Edit
No00001
Edit
No00002
Print
No00001
BCC error
STX 00001 00 00001 20 000001 ETX
STX SOH ENQ***** ETX
BCC error in
No00002
(Stop operation)
* Waiting for
instruction
STX ***** ** 00002 5Q 000000 ETX
STX SOH SUB1 ETX
Print
No00002
2
519
RS-232C
Basic Specifications
This interface complies with RS-232C standard.
Various communication settings are available by the interface mode of this product.
Interface
D-sub 9pin Female
Communication Settings
Setting range in communication settings mode
Item
Configuration
Initial value
Data bit length
7, 8 (bit)
8 bit
Parity bit
NONE, ODD, EVEN
NONE
Stop bit
1, 2 (bit)
1 bit
Baud rate
2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200 (bps)
115200bps
Protocol
READY/BUSY, XON/XOFF, Status3, Status4, Status5
Status4
Refer to Communication protocol for details.
BCC check for status5
Enable / Disable
Disable
Synchronization method
Asynchronous method
Receive buffer size
2.95 MB
2.95 MB
0 MB
Near Full
Remaining 0.95 MB
Release Near
Full
Remaining 1.95 MB
Code
ASCII (7 bits) Graphic (8 bits)
Connector
Product side: DSUB9 pin (female)
Cable side: DSUB9 pin (male)
520
Cable length: Equal to or less than 5 m
Transmission format
Start
b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
b6
b7
When 7bit format is used, b8 is omitted.
Signal Level
High level: +5 to +12 V
Low level: -5 to -12 V
521
b8
Stop
READY/BUSY
This communication protocol controls the reception of print data by the control of hard signal only.
When the print data (STX <A> ~ <Z> ETX) has been sent from the host in the conditions below,
received data may not be accurate:
1) When the printer is in offline state.
2) When an error has occurred in the printer.
Connection diagram
1) DB-9P
This product
CD
1
RD
2
SD
3
ER
4
SG
5
DR
6
RS
7
CS
8
1
3
2
6
5
4
8
7
Host
CD
SD
RD
DR
SG
ER
CS
RS
I/O signal
Pin no.
Signal
name
I/O
Contents
2
RD
Input
Data transferred from the host to this product
3
SD
Output
Data transferred from this product to the host
4
ER
Output
Data device ready
5
SG
-
Signal ground
6
DR
Input
Data set ready
7
RS
Output
Transmission request
8
CS
Input
Transmission available
522
Timing chart of multiple receive
1)
Normal process
Receive buffer
near full state
Power On
Printer
Press the LINE
button
Press the
LINE button
Receive buffer
near full release
Initializing
ER
STX..ETX (1)
RD
STX..ETX (2)
STX........ETX (3)
STX........ETX (4)
RS
Printer Status
Offline
Online
Receive/Analysis/
Edit (1)
Receive/Analysis/
Edit (2)
Printing (1)
Receive/Analysis/Edit (3)
Receive/Analysis
/Edit (4)
Printing (2)
Printing (3)
Note: It is possible to send data during printing in the multiple receive mode.
2)
Error process
Printer
Head open Head close
Paper end
error Offline
Press the LINE button
Press the LINE button
ER
STX............ETX (2)
STX..........ETX (1)
RD
RS
Printer Status
Offline
Offline
Online
Receive/Analysis/Edit (1)
Online
Receive/Analysis/Edit (2)
Printing (1)
* When the paper end error occurs, open the head, set label, close the head and feed.
Note: (1) The paper end error will be released when the head is closed.
523
*
Printing (1)
Printing (2)
XON/XOFF
本通信プロトコルは、本製品がデータ受信可能状態にあるか否かを、SD線に“XON”(16進 11H)ま
たは“XOFF”(16進 13H)コードを送出することによりホストに伝えます。
ホストから受信した印字データ(STX <A>~ <Z> ETX)が保証されない条件は2つあります。
-
本製品がオフライン状態である
-
本製品でエラーが発生している
Connection diagram
1) DB-9P
This product
RD
2
SD
3
SG
5
3
2
5
Host
SD
RD
SG
* Depending on the host used, it may need to loop CS and RS (constantly maintain at “High” level) on the host side. For more
details, refer to your host computer documentation.
I/O signal
Pin no.
Signal
name
I/O
Contents
2
RD
Input
Data transferred from the host to this product
3
SD
Output
Data transferred from this product to the host
5
SG
-
Signal ground
524
Timing chart of multiple receive
1)
Normal process
Power On
Receive buffer
near full state
Printer
SD
Receive buffer
near full release
Press the
LINE button
Press the
LINE button
Initializing
500 msec
STX.ETX (2)
STX.ETX (1)
RD
Printer Status
STX.ETX (3)
STX......ETX (4)
Offline
Online
Receive/Analysis/
Edit (2)
Receive/Analysis/
Edit (1)
Receive/Analysis/
Edit (3)
Printing (1)
Receive/Analysis/Edit (4)
Printing (2)
Printing (3)
Note: This protocol performs "ON" polling at 500 ms interval from Power ON to first data receive.
2)
Error process
Head open
Head close
Press the LINE button
Paper end error
Press the LINE button
Printer
SD
RD
XON
XOF
XOF
STX..................ETX (1)
STX......ETX (2)
Offline
Printer Status
XON
XOFF
Offline
Online
Receive/Analysis/Edit (2)
Receive/Analysis/Edit (1)
Printing (1)
* When the paper end error occurs, open the head, set label, close the head and feed.
Note: (1) The paper end error will be released when the head is closed.
(2) XOFF will be sent when data is received during an error.
525
*
Printing (1)
Status5 Return
The purpose of this communication protocol is to monitor and to control the status of printer data on
host, and this communication protocol has variety of functionalities.
Receive mode for this communication protocol is multi buffer mode.
Connection diagram
1) DB-9P
This product
RD
2
SD
3
SG
5
3
2
5
Host
SD
RD
SG
* Depending on the host used, it may need to loop CS and RS (constantly maintain at “High” level) on the host side. For more
details, refer to your host computer documentation.
I/O signal
Pin no.
Signal
name
I/O
Contents
2
RD
Input
Data transferred from the host to this product
3
SD
Output
Data transferred from this product to the host
5
SG
-
Signal ground
526
Timing chart
1)
Normal process
Printer
RD
SD
Power On
STX...ETX (1)
Initializing ENQ
Status
STX...ETX
ENQ
ENQ
Status
Printer Status
ENQ
Status
Status
Status
Offline
Online
Receive/Analysis/
Edit (1)
Receive/Analysis/
Edit (1)
Receive/Analysis/
Edit (1)
Press the
LINE
b tt
Press the
LINE
b tt
STX...ETX
ENQ
Buffer near full
Buffer near full state
Printing (1)
Printing (2)
- ENQ format is STX SOH ENQ "*****" ETX. (any item No is allowed for *****)
- Avoid ENQ transmission while sending the print data (STX <A> - <Z> ETX).
This may cause return status error or print error.
2)
Cancel process
Printer
STX..ETX (2)
STX..ETX (1)
RD
100ms
SD
Status
Status
Status
Status
Online
Printer Status
ENQ Status
Editing (2)
Receive/Analysis/
Edit (1)
Printing (1)
Printing (2)
- CAN format is STX SOH "*****" ETX. (any item No is allowed for *****)
- To send the next data, wait around 500ms after sending the cancel request.
- Avoid processing cancellation during sending print data (STX <A> - <Z>ETX). This may cause the problem on cansellation or printing.
527
3)
Error process
Paper end error
Printer
RD
STX...ETX (1)
ENQ
ENQ
Status
SD
Printer Status
Head open
ENQ
ENQ
Status
Status
Head
Press the LINE
Status
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
Status
Offline
Online
Status
Status
Online
Receive/Analys
is/
Printing (1)
Printing (2)
*
* When the paper end error occurs, open the head, set label, close the head and feed.
Note:(1) The paper end error will be released when the head is closed.
4)
Pause, resume process
Printer
RD
SD
STX...ETX
EN
DLE
STX...ETX (2)
DC1
Status
ENQ
CAN
EN
Status
Status
Online
Printer Status
Receive/Analysis/
Edit (1)
100 msec
Receive/Analysis/
Edit (2)
Printing (2)
Printing (1)
The format of DLE will be STX SOH DLE ETX.
The format of DC1 will be STX SOH DC1 ETX.
528
5)
Information request command process
Printer
RD
SD
STX.ETX (1)
ENQ
Status
ENQ
Status
Printer Status
STX..ETX (2)
Get printer info
ENQ
ENQ
Printer status
Status
Status
Online
Receive/Analysis/
Edit (1)
Receive/Analysis/
Edit (2)
Printing (1)
Printing (2)
Note: Do not send status request commands during printing.
6)
BCC error process
Printer
RD
BCC error
STX ID00001.....BCC ETX (1)
Item cancel
STX ID00003.....BCC ETX (2)
STX ID00003.....BCC ETX (2)
100 ms
SD
Offline
Online
Printer Status
Receive/Analysis/
Edit (1)
Receive/Analysis/
Edit (2)
Printing (1)
Note: Do not send status request commands during printing.
529
Online
Status4
The purpose of this communication protocol is to control the status of this product on host and to
return status from this product with request command from host.
Status is returned immediately after receiving request command.
Receive mode for this communication protocol is multi buffer mode.
Connection diagram
1)DB-9P
This product
RD
2
SD
3
SG
5
Host
3
SD
2
RD
5
SG
* Depending on the host used, it may need to loop CS and RS (constantly maintain at “High” level) on the host side. For more
details, refer to your host computer documentation.
I/O signal
Pin no.
Signal
name
I/O
Contents
2
RD
Input
Data transferred from the host to this product
3
SD
Output
Data transferred from this product to the host
5
SG
-
Signal ground
530
Timing chart
1)
Normal process
Printer
Receive buffer near
full state
Power On
RD
SD
STX.ETX (2)
STX..ETX (1)
Initializing
Press the LINE
button
Status
Status
Offline
Online
Printer Status
Receive/Analysis/
Edit (1)
Press the LINE
button *1
STX.ETX (3)
Status
Status
Status
Receive buffer near
full release
Receive/Analysis/
Edit (3)
Receive/Analysis/
Edit (2)
Printing (1)
Printing (2)
Note: Avoid sending ENQ while sending the print data (STX <A> - <Z> ETX).
This may cause return status error or print error.
2)
Cancel process
Printer
RD
STX..ETX (1)
STX..ETX (2)
500 ms
SD
Status
Status
Printer Status
Status
Status
Online
Receive/Analysis/
Edit (1)
Receive/Analysis/
Edit (2)
Printing (1)
Printing (2)
Note: - To send the next data, wait more than 500 ms after sending the cancel request.
- Avoid processing cancellation during sending print data (STX <A> - <Z> ETX). This may cause the problem on canellation or printing.
531
3)
Error process
Paper end error
Printer
Head close
Press the LINE button
STX..ETX (1)
RD
SD
Head open
Status
Status
Status
Printing (1)
Status
Status
Offline
Online
Printer Status
Status
Status
Online
Printing (1)
*
* When the paper end error occurs, open the head, set label, close the head and feed.
Note: - The paper end error will be released when the head is closed.
4)
Pause, resume process
Printer
RD
SD
STX.ETX (1)
STX.ETX (2)
Status
Status
Printer Status
Online
Status
100 ms
Receive/Analysis/
Receive/Analysis/
Edit (1)
Edit (2)
Printing (1)
Printing (2)
532
5)
Information request command process
Printer
STX.ETX (1)
RD
SD
Status
Status
Printer Status
STX..ETX (2)
Get printer info
Status
Status
Printer status
Online
Receive/Analysis/
Edit (1)
Receive/Analysis/
Edit (2)
Printing (1)
Printing (2)
Note: Avoid executing the command to acquire status (e.g. printer operation status) while printing.
533
Status3 Return
The purpose of this communication protocol is to control the status of this product on host and to
return status from this product with request command from host.
Status is returned immediately after receiving request command.
Receive mode for this communication protocol is multi buffer mode.
Connection diagram
1)DB-9P
This product
RD
2
SD
3
SG
5
Host
3
SD
2
RD
5
SG
I/O signal
Pin no.
Signal
name
I/O
Contents
2
RD
Input
Data transferred from the host to this product
3
SD
Output
Data transferred from this product to the host
5
SG
-
Signal ground
534
Timing chart
1)
Normal process
Power On
Receive buffer near full state
Printer
SD
Initializing ENQ
STX.ETX (1)
Status
RD
STX.ETX (2)
ENQ
Status
ACK
Printer Status
Receive buffer near full release
ENQ
STX..ETX (3)
ENQ
Status
ACK
Status
ENQ
ACK
Receive/Analysis/Edit (3)
Receive/Analysis/Edit (2)
Printing (1)
Printing (2)
Printing (3)
Note: Avoid sending ENQ while sending the print data (STX <A> - <Z> ETX).
This may cause the problem on cancellation or printing.
2)
Cancel process
Printer
RD
SD
Printer Status
STX.ETX (1)
ENQ
Status
CAN
ENQ
Online
STX.ETX (2)
ENQ
Status
ACK
Status
Offline
Online
Receive/Analysis/
Edit (1)
Press the LINE button
Press the LINE button
ACK
Status
ENQ
Status
ACK
100 ms
Receive/Analysis/Edit (1)
Receive/Analysis/
Edit (2)
Printing (2)
Printing (1)
Note: - When the cancel request command has sent, wait more than 500 ms before sending the next data.
- Avoid processing cancellation during print data (STX <A> - <Z> ETX). This may cause problems on cancellation or printing.
535
3)
Error process
Paper end error
Printer
RD
Head open
Head close
Press the LINE button
STX..ETX (1)
SD
Offline
Online
Online
Receive/Analysis/
Edit (1)
Printing (1)
*
Printing (1)
* When the paper end error occurs, open the head, set label, close the head and feed.
Note: (1) The paper end error will be released when the head is closed.
4)
Information request command process
Printer
RD
STX.ETX (1)
STX..ETX (2)
Get printer info
SD
Status
Printer status
Online
Printer Status
Receive/Analysis/
Edit (2)
Receive/Analysis/
Edit (1)
Printing (2)
Printing (1)
Note: Do not send status request commands during printing.
536
Notes
-
Please mind the following items when using READY/BUSY control.
Make sure this product is powered when sending print data from host.
-
“Receive buffer full” error will occur if you send data larger than receive buffer size (2.95 MB)
using XON/XOFF, Status3, Status4, Status5, so make sure to send data equal to or less than
2.9 MB and send data while monitoring printer status.
-
Parity error is detected when parity error occurred after receiving ESC+A.
537
IEEE1284
Basic Specifications
This interface complies with Centronics/IEEE1284 standard.
Interface
Amphenol 36P
female
Communication Settings
1) The range of values in communication setting mode
Item
Configuration
Initial value
Protocol
Status4, Status5
StatusL
BCC check for status5
Enabled / Disabled
Disabled
Connector
Product side: Amphenol 36 pin (Female)
Cable side: Amphenol 36 pin (Male)
Cable Length
Equal to or less than 1.5 m
Signal Level
High level: +2.4 to +5.0 V
Low level: +0.0 to +0.4V
Receive Buffer Size
2.95 MB
2.95 MB
0 MB
Near Full
Remaining 0.95 MB
Release Near
Full
Remaining 1.95 MB
538
Timing Chart
In the ECP mode
In the Centronics compatible mode
T1 T2
T1 T2
DATA
STROBE
ACK
BUSY
Note 1:
0.75 μs ≦ T1
0.75 μs ≦ T2 ≦ 500 μs
0.5 μs < T3 < 1.2 μs
Send print data while the power of this product is ON.
Turn off this product when you disconnect interface cable
539
T3
Connection diagram
Following is a parallel cable connection diagram.
Use a cable complies with IEEE1284 standard.
D-SUB 25P
Amphenol 36P
(Host side)
(Printer side)
GND
GND
1
18
2
19
1
19
2
20
3
19
4
20
3
21
4
22
5
20
5
23
6
21
6
24
7
21
8
22
9
22
7
25
8
26
9
27
10
24
10
28
11
23
12
24
11
29
12
28
13
24
14
25
13
28
14
30
15
23
32
29
16
25
31
30
17
25
36
30
540
Connector pin assignment
See below for the connector pin assignment of Centronics standard (compatible mode).
When IEEE1284 standard connector is used, connection complies with IEEE1284-B type connector.
Pin no.
Signal name
Contents
Pin no.
Signal name
Contents
1
STROBE
Input
19
STROBE-RETURN
2
DATA 1
Input
20
DATA 1-RETURN
3
DATA 2
Input
21
DATA 2-RETURN
4
DATA 3
Input
22
DATA 3-RETURN
5
DATA 4
Input
23
DATA 4-RETURN
6
DATA 5
Input
24
DATA 5-RETURN
7
DATA 6
Input
25
DATA 6-RETURN
8
DATA 7
Input
26
DATA 7-RETURN
9
DATA 8
Input
27
DATA 8-RETURN
10
ACK
Output
28
ACK-RETURN
11
BUSY
Output
29
BUSY-RETURN
12
PE
Output
30
PE-RETURN
13
SELECT
Output
31
INIT
Input
14
AUTOFD
Input
32
FAULT
Output
SELECTION
Input
15
33
16
LOGIC GND
34
17
CHASSIS GND
35
18
PERIPHERAL LOGIC HIGH
Input
541
36
I/O signal
The details of each signal line for the Centronics standard (compatible mode) are as follows.
Note that each signal line complies with the IEEE1284 standard.
Pin no.
Signal name
I/O
Contents
1
STROBE
Input
Synchronization signal that requires low active pulse
to read DATA1 to DATA8
2 to 9
DATA 1~DATA 8
Input
Data entry of 8 bits parallel: DATA1 is LSB (lowest
bit) and DATA8 is MSB (highest bit).
10
ACK
Output
Low active pulse signal indicating the completion of
receive data import
11
BUSY
Output
High active signal indicating that the printer is not
ready to receive data
12
PE
Output
High active signal indicating paper shortage
13
SELECT
Output
High active signal indicating that the printer is ready
to receive data
14
AUTOFD
Input
Signal for the IEEE1284 standard
17
CHASSIS GND
18
PERIPHERAL LOGIC
HIGH
19 to 30
SIGNAL GROUND
31
INIT
Input
Low active pulse signal initializing the printer
32
FAULT
Output
Low active pulse signal indicating an error in the
printer
36
SELECTIN
Input
Signal for the IEEE1284 standard
Connecting to the chassis ground
Output
+5V voltage on the printer side
Connecting to each signal ground
542
Timing chart of multiple receive
(1) Normal process
Power On
Printer
DATA
Initializing
ESC A..ESC Z (1)
Press the
Press the
Receive buffer
Receive buffer
LINE button
LINE button
near full state
near full release
ESC A...ESC Z (2)
ESC A.. ESC Z (3)
STROBE
ACK
BUSY
SELECT
PE
FAULT
Printer Status
Online
Receive/Analysis/Edit (1)
Offline
Online
Receive/Analysis/Edit (2)
Printing (1)
Receive/Analysis/Edit (3)
Printing (2)
543
Printing (3)
(2) Process at the paper end
Head open
Head close
Press the LINE button
Paper end error
DATA
ESC A..ESC Z (1)
ESC A...ESC Z (2)
Printer
STROBE
ACK
BUSY
SELECT
PE
FAULT
Online
Receive/Analysis/Edit (1)
Printer Status
Offline
Online
Receive/Analysis/Edit (2)
Printing (1)
Printing (1)
*
*When the paper end error occurs, open the head, set label, close the head and feed.
Note: The paper end error will be released when the head is closed.
544
USB
Basic Specifications
USB interface of this product complies with USB2.0 standard.
Interface
Type B (Female part)
2
1
3
4
Communication Settings
Setting range in communication settings mode
Item
Setting value
Initial value
Protocol
Status4, Status5
Status4
BCC check for status5
Enabled, Disabled
Disabled
Change USB Serial
Enabled, Disabled
Disabled
Connector
Series B plug
Length of cable: 5m or less (Twisted Pair Shielded)
Version
USB2.0 High-speed
Receive Buffer Size
2.95 MB
2.95 MB
0 MB
Near Full
Remaining 0.95 MB
Release Near
Full
Remaining 1.95 MB
545
Connector Pin Assignment
Pin No.
Name
1
VBus
2
-Data(D-)
3
+Data(D+)
4
GND
546
LAN/Wireless LAN
Basic Specifications (LAN)
Interface
RJ45
Connector
Connector Type: RJ-45
Cable Type: For 10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX (Category 5 or upper)
Cable length: Equal to or less than 100 m
Link/Status LED
LED lights when link is established with Ethernet device or when packet is received.
LED
Color
Operation
LED1
Green
Lights at a moment after receiving packet (10 ms).
LED2
Yellow
Lights off when access point is recognized as 10BASE-T.
Lights on when access point is recognized as 100BASE-TX.
Lights on when cable is disconnected.
Protocol
Following communication protocol is configurable.
Setting item
Protocol
Setting range
Status3 return
Status4 return (Cycle response mode)
Status4 return (ENQ response mode)
Status5 Return
547
Receive buffer size
2.95 MB
2.95 MB
0 MB
Near Full
Remaining 0.95 MB
Release Near
Full
Remaining 1.95 MB
LAN settings / Display items
Following chart lists configurable and referable items.
TCP/IP-related setting
Setting item
LAN/WLAN Switching
Setting range
AUTO
Initial value
(Factory setting)
AUTO
LAN
Wi-Fi
DHCPv4 setting
Enabled
Enabled
Disabled
IPv4 Address
0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255
0.0.0.0
IPv4 Subnet mask
0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255
255.255.255.0
IPv4 Default gateway
0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255
0.0.0.0
IPv4 DNS primary address
0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255
0.0.0.0
IPv4 DNS secondary address
0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255
0.0.0.0
IPv6 address resolution
Manual
Disabled
DCHP
AUTO
Disabled
IPv6 Address
AAAA:BBBB:CCCC:DDDD:EEEE:FFFF:GGGG:HHHH ::
ASCII for 128 bits
A to H is "0" to "9", "A" to "F.”
A to H is omissible.
IPv6 Default Router
AAAA:BBBB:CCCC:DDDD:EEEE:FFFF:GGGG:HHHH ::
ASCII for 128 bits
A to H is "0" to "9", "A" to "F.”
A to H is omissible.
IPv6 Subnet prefix
1 to 128
64
IPv6 DNS primary address
AAAA:BBBB:CCCC:DDDD:EEEE:FFFF:GGGG:HHHH ::
ASCII for 128 bits
A to H is "0" to "9", "A" to "F.”
A to H is omissible.
ARP Announcement additional
Enabled
Enabled
Disabled
ARP Announcement period
"0" to "600” (sec)
548
0
Setting item
Setting range
Initial value
(Factory setting)
KEEPALIVETIME
"30" to "300” (sec)
180
KEEPALIVECOUNT
"1" to "99” (times)
17
SOCKET_CANCEL
"0": Normal mode
0
"1": Compatible mode
Communication protocol (SBPL)
Status4 (Cycle)
Status4 (ENQ)
Status4 (ENQ)
Status3
Status5
NONE
BCC check for status5
Enabled
Disabled
Disabled
TCP connection queue
Enabled
Disabled
Disabled
Port number 1
1 to 65535
*1
1024
Port number 2
1 to 65535
*1
1025
Port number 3
1 to 65535
*1
9100
SNTP functionality
Enabled
Disabled
Disabled
SNTP server IPv4 address
0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255
0.0.0.0
SNTP error notification
functionality
Enabled
Disabled
SNMP settings
Enabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
SNMP sysContact
0 to 255 of character string
SNMP sysName
0 to 255 of character string
SNMP sysLocation
0 to 255 of character string
SNMP read-only version
1|2c|3
1|2c|3
1|2c
3
Disabled
SNMP read-only community
name
Max. 32 digit character
public
SNMP read-only user name
8 to 32 digit long characters
rouser
SNMP read-only security
none
none
Authentication
Privacy (encrypted)
SNMP read-only authentication
protocol
MD5
MD5
SNMP read-only authentication
password
8 to 32 digit long characters
mypassword
Protocol for SNMP read-only
authentication encryption
DES
DES
SNMP read-only encryption
password
8 to 32 digit long characters
SHA
AES
549
mypassword
Setting item
SNMP read-write
Setting range
1|2c|3
Initial value
(Factory setting)
1|2c|3
1|2c
3
Disabled
SNMP read-write community
name
Max. 32 digit character
private
SNMP read-write user name
8 to 32 digit long characters
rwuser
SNMP read-write security
none
none
Authentication
Privacy (encrypted)
SNMP read-write authentication
protocol
MD5
MD5
SNMP read-write authentication
password
8 to 32 digit long characters
mypassword
SNMP read-write encryption
protocol
DES
DES
SNMP read-write encryption
password
8 to 32 digit long characters
mypassword
SNMP trap
Enabled
Disabled
SHA
AES
Disabled
SNMP trap version
SNMPv1
SNMPv1
SNMPv2c
SNMPv3
SNMP trap destinations
Destination1
Destination1
Destination2
Destination3
SNMP trap IP version
IPv4
IPv4
IPv6
SNMP IPv4 trap destination1
AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD
0.0.0.0
Allow "0" to "255" for A-D
Allow "0” to "255" for A-D
SNMP IPv6 trap destination1
AAAA:BBBB:CCCC:DDDD:EEEE:FFFF:GGGG:HHHH ::
ASCII for 128 bits
A to H is "0" to "FFFF"
A to H is omissible.
SNMP IPv4 trap destination2
AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD
0.0.0.0
Allow "0" to "255" for A-D
Allow "0” to "255" for A-D
SNMP IPv6 trap destination2
AAAA:BBBB:CCCC:DDDD:EEEE:FFFF:GGGG:HHHH ::
ASCII for 128 bits
A to H is "0" to "FFFF"
A to H is omissible.
SNMP IPv4 trap destination3
AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD
0.0.0.0
Allow "0" to "255" for A-D
Allow "0” to "255" for A-D
SNMP IPv6 trap destination3
AAAA:BBBB:CCCC:DDDD:EEEE:FFFF:GGGG:HHHH ::
550
Setting item
Setting range
Initial value
(Factory setting)
ASCII for 128 bits
A to H is "0" to "FFFF"
A to H is omissible.
SNMP trap community
Max. 32 digit character
trapcom
* Encrypted data
SNMP trap user name
Max. 32 digit character
trapuser
* Encrypted data
SNMP trap engine ID
SNMP trap security
Even number
10 to 64 digits
Number
generated from
Unique Code
none
none
Authentication
Privacy (encrypted)
SNMP trap authentication
protocol
MD5
MD5
SNMP trap authentication
password
String of 8 to 32 digits
SNMP trap encryption protocol
DES
SHA
mypassword
* Encrypted data
DES
AES
SNMP trap encryption password
String of 8 to 32 digits
mypassword
* Encrypted data
LPD
Enabled
Enabled
Disabled
FTP
Enabled
Disabled
Disabled
FTP Timeout
"10" to "3600” (sec)
300
[Disclaimer]
*1 Please note that port number 1-1023 is Well-known port. Please use the port on one's own responsibility.
Our company assume no responsible for any failure arising from use.
551
Basic Specifications(Wireless LAN)
Interface (Wireless LAN PCB)
Protocol
Following communication protocol is configurable.
Setting item
Protocol
Setting range
Status3 return
Return Status 4 (Cycle response mode)
Return Status 4 (ENQ response mode) (Initial value)
Status5 return
Wireless status display
Display radio field intensity with icon on screen.
Icon
Name
Description
Disconnected
Wi-Fi is enabled but is disconnected.
Wi-Fi radio field
intensity
Wi-Fi is connected. Displays intensity
(Level 4)
Display Wi-Fi information
Displays information on Wi-Fi on Information/ Wi-Fi Status. The information is updated every 10
seconds.
552
Specifications of Wi-Fi
Note
-
Please consult with your system administrator and make sure that there will be no affect on
medical devices and equipment when this product is used near the medical devices and
equipment. Refer to the operator manual for details.
Communications Standards
Comply / ac with IEEE802.11a/b/g/n
Communications Standards
Frequency band
Frequency band
IEEE802.11b
2.4 GHz
11 Mbps
IEEE802.11a
5 GHz
54 Mbps
IEEE802.11g
2.4 GHz
54 Mbps
IEEE802.11n
2.4/5 GHz
135 Mbps
Connection conditions for IEEE802.11n
MCS value 0 to 6 supported
MCS value 7 is working, but performance is not guaranteed.
Band width
Guard interval
Communication speed
MCS6
20 MHz
40 MHz
MCS7 (reference value)
800 ns
58.5 Mbps
65.0 Mbps
400 ns
65.0 Mbps
72.2 Mbps
800 ns
121.5 Mbps
135.0 Mbps
400 ns
135.0 Mbps
150.0 Mbps
Wireless LAN communication mode
Infrastructure mode
Ad Hoc mode
* IEEE802.11n works only in Infrastructure mode.
Channel for use
Connecting with I
EEE802.11b/g/n
1 to 13 channel (when it is connected with IEEE802.11b/g/n)
* Access point channel is used in Infrastructure mode.
* Channel of communication partner is used if communication partner is [Waiting to be
connected] at first in Ad Hoc mode.
553
* Setting range is 3 to 11 channel when band width of IEEE802.11n is 40 MHz
(regardless of region setting).
SSID
Set 1 to 32 of alphanumeric characters or code (available range of character is 20H to 7EH)
Wireless LAN security
Infrastructure mode
Wireless LAN security
None
WEP
WPA+WPA2
WPA2
Dynamic WEP
WEP
Open System
Shared Key
WEP Key
1 to 4
WEP Key character string
64bit: 5 ASCII / 10 hex
128bit: 13 ASCII / 26 hex
WPA+WPA2、WPA2
PSK
PSK Key 8 to 64 ASCII 64 hex
Enterprise (802.1x)
EAP Conf
CCKM
EAP
FAST
MSCHAP v2
GTC
TLS
LEAP
PEAP
MSCHAP v2
GTC
TLS
MD5
OTP
TLS
MSCHAP v2
TTLS
MSCHAP
CHAP
PAP
EAP-GTC
EAP-MD5
EAP-MSCHAP v2
EAP-OTP
EAP-TLS
Ad Hoc mode
554
None
-
WEP
Open System
Shared Key
WEP Key
1 to 4
WEP Key character string
64bit: 5 ASCII / 10 hex
128bit: 13 ASCII / 26 hex
Security (authentication method and encryption method combination)
Ad Hoc mode
Security
Authentication
None
-
WEP
Open System
Shared Key
* IEEE802.11n does not support Ad Hoc mode.
For Infrastructure mode, refer to "Wireless security" described above.
Others
◦
Supports WPS 2.0 (Wi-Fi Simple Configuration Technical Specification v2.0.0)
◦
Able to communicate with 6 devices at the maximum in Ad Hoc mode.
◦
®
Obtained CCX certificate (Ver4.0), Acquired Wi-Fi certification
◦
Supports Wi-Fi Direct
Receive buffer size
2.95 MB
2.95 MB
0 MB
Near Full
Remaining 0.95 MB
Release Near
Full
Remaining 1.95 MB
Wireless LAN setting/Display items
Following chart lists configurable and referable sections and variables.
Variable name
Setting range
Initial value [aa]
(Factory setting)
Wireless LAN operation mode
Infrastructure / Ad Hoc
Ad Hoc
SSID
1 to 32 digit long characters
Hidden SSID
Enabled, Disabled
Enabled
Channel number
1 to 13
6
*1
SATO_PRINTER
* Maximum value varies by destination.
Infrastructure mode Network
security
None / WEP / WPA2/WPA / WPA2 / Dynamic WEP
None
Ad Hoc mode Network security
WEP / None
None
555
Variable name
Setting range
Initial value [aa]
(Factory setting)
WEP key
Open System / Shared Key
Open System
WEP key 1
Encryption character string of character
NULL
WEP key 2
Encryption character string of character
NULL
WEP key 3
Encryption character string of character
NULL
WEP key 4
Encryption character string of character
NULL
WEP key index
1 to 4
1
WPA authentication
Personal (PSK) / Enterprise (802.1x) / CCKM
Personal (PSK)
PSK
8-63 ASCII or 64 HEX digits
NULL
EAP Mode
FAST / EAP / PEAP / TLS / TTLS
FAST
Inner Method if EAP Mode is
FAST
MSCHAPv2 / GTC / TLS
MSCHAPv2
Inner Method if EAP Mode is
PEAP
MSCHAPv2 / GTC / MD5 / OTP / TLS
MSCHAPv2
Inner Method if EAP Mode is
TTLS
MSCHAPv2 / MSCHAP / CHAP / PAP / EAP-GTC /
EAP-MD5 / EAP-MSCHAPv2 / EAP-OTP / EAP-TLS
MSCHAPv2
EAP authentication user name
0 to 63 characters
NULL
EAP authentication password
0 to 32 of encryption character
NULL
Anon. Outer ID
0 to 63 characters
NULL
Enabled, Disabled
Enabled
Private Key Password
0 to 64 of encryption character
NULL
PAC Auto Provisioning
Enabled, Disabled
Disabled
PAC Password
0 to 64 of encryption character
NULL
If EAP is FAST, PEAP or
TTLS.
Verify Server Certification
*1
*1
If EAP is other than LEAP.
*1 Setting range is HEX 20-7EH.
556
Software Specifications
Supported protocol: TCP/IP
Network layer: IPv4, IPv6, ICMP
Session layer: TCP, UDP
Application layer: LPR, FTP, DHCP, HTTP/HTTPS, SNMP, NTP
1. LPR, FTP and Dedicated Socket protocol of TCP/IP can be used for sending print data.
2. Status of product can be obtained by dedicated Socket protocol.
Specifications of TCP/IP
TCP/IP protocol environment has LPR and FTP for print. DHCP can be used for setting address.
Specifications of LPR
LPR protocol complies with RFC1179 and handles a list of theoretical printer names as queue name.
The queue name is "lp.”
Send sequence of data file and control file in the job does not affect on print operation when the job
is sent by LPR.
* Job deletion is not supported by LPR.
* Specifications of LPR can be used only in Status 4: ENQ response.
* Missing label or duplicated image may occur when many labels are printed by LPR due to the specifications of Windows.
* Banner page print is not supported.
* Multiple sessions cannot be established at the same time.
Specifications of FTP
FTP protocol complies with RFC959. FTP protocol handles the list of theoretical printer names as a
transfer directory, and file transfer to this directory executes print operation. Note that it is possible to
specify ASCII (A) and BINARY (I) as transfer mode, and mode varies by the client.
The directory name is "lp.”
* Multiple sessions cannot be established at the same time.
* Login users are as follows. (without password)
root
anonymous
lp
557
NTP(Network Time Protocol)
NTPで本製品内の時刻を補正します。NTP機能が有効にしたときNTPサーバーから現在時刻を取得し
本製品内の時刻を補正します。また、RTC(Real Time Clock)カレンダキット搭載時にはRTCカレ
ンダキットの時間を補正します。本機能はLANまたは無線LANインタフェースで動作します。NTPに
よる時間補正失敗時に「NTPエラー通知機能」が"有効"の場合、エラー画面を表示します。
558
Specifications of HTTP/HTTPS
This product is configurable by using Web browser.
URL is as follows (Recommended browser: Chrome)
1. Access to this product from Web browser at the following URL.
https://IP address of this product/
2. Click "Login" from WebConfig screen.
3. Login.
Username: settings
Password: 0310
Login has been completed.
559
560
Wireless LAN setting
802.1x authentication and certification
Depending on format, certification may be required or may not be required for 802.1x authentication.
When certification is required, it is necessary to import it from Web setting screen or USB memory.
Following shows the necessity of certifications, ID and password of each format for 802.1
authentication followed by the types of certifications and secret keys.
■ Items to be imported from Web setting screen and USB memory
No.
Items to be imported
Contents
1
Root certificate
File: Select a file of root certificate
2
Client certificate
Password: Enter secret password of client certificate
File: File of client certificate
3
Private Key
Password: Enter password of private key
File: Select file of private key
4
PAC file
Password: Enter password of PAC file
File: Select PAC file
■ Necessity of ID/Password, certifications of each format for 802.1x authentication
EAP format
Necessary information (○: Necessary, ×: Unnecessary)
User name Password Certification
Root
Password certificate
Client
Private Key
certificate
○
×
○
○
○
○
×
EAP-PEAP ○
○
×
○
×
×
×
EAP-LEAP
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
EAP-TTLS
○
○
×
○
×
×
×
EAP-FAST
○
○
×
×
×
×
○
EAP-TLS
561
PAC file
Socket Communication
In the socket server of TCP/IP, Port1 is used for print data reception, Port 2 is used for 2-port
connection of printer status return, and Port 3 is used for 1-port connection for both receiving print
data and printer status return.
When Port3 is used, only status return data and printer operation setting request data are returned
to host.
It is not possible to use 2 port connection and 1 port connection at the same time.
It is not possible to have few sessions connected at once to each Socket.
Besides Socket, it is possible to use LPR and FTP for sending print data. It is not allowed to
connect to print data port (Port 1 or Port 3) while LRP and/or FTP is connected due to Socket
communication.
Please do not use 2 ports connections consist of Port 2 port and Port 3 port.
1. Print by 2 port connection/Socket (Status4)
Print data Port1
Host
Return data Port2
This product
2. Print by 1 port connection/Socket (Status4)
Print data, Return data
Host
Port3
This product
3. Print by 1 port connection/Socket (Return status3, 5)
Print data, Return data
Host
Port1 or Port3
This product
4. Print with LPR and FTP
Print data LPR, FTP
Host
Return data
Port2
562
This product
Connection and Disconnection of Session
Following is the procedure for connection and disconnection of Port 1 (for print data) and Port 2 (for
status return) and Port 3 or Port 1 (for send/return port) in socket server functions.
Print data port (Port1), Status return port (Port2)
This product
Host
LISTEN
CONNECT
(Port1, Port2)
ACCEPT
CONNECT success
Print data
(Port1)
Print by product
Status request
(Port1)
Printer Status
(Port2)
Print data
(Port1)
Print by product
CLOSE
(Port1,Port2)
CONNECT end
CLOSE
LISTEN
563
Sent/Received port (Port3 or Port1)
Host
This product
LISTEN
CONNECT
(Port1 or Port3)
CONNECT
ACCEPT
success
Connect
Status request
(Port1 or Port3)
Printer Status
(Port1 or Port3)
Print data
(Port1 or Port3)
Print by product
CLOSE
(Port1 or Port3)
CONNECT end
CLOSE
LISTEN
564
TCP Connection Queue
TCP connection queue functionality allows the printer to return an acknowledgment response (ACK)
to a connection request (SYN) from another host while the printer is connected to one host.
Note: For connection with one host, this function prevents the printer from returning a forced
disconnection (RST) to the host if the printer receives the next connection request (SYN) ahead in
case a process of connection termination (FIN) is delayed by network delay.
TCP connection queue: Disabled
While connected to one host, the printer returns a forced disconnection (RST) to a connection
request (SYN) from another host.
Host2
Host1
This product
CONNECT
SYN
ACCEPT
ACK
CONNECT
SYN
Host 1 and printer
are connected
RST
FIN
CLOSE
CLOSE
FIN ACK
TCP connection queue: Enabled
While connected to one host, the printer returns an acknowledgment response (ACK) to a
connection request (SYN) from another host.
* Only 1 port connection of Status 3, 4, 5 is supported when TCP connection queue is enabled.
565
Host2
Host1
This product
CONNECT
SYN
ACCEPT
ACK
CONNECT
SYN
Host 1 and printer
are connected
ACK
FIN
CLOSE
CLOSE
FIN ACK
Host 2 and printer
are connected
CLOSE
FIN
FIN ACK
566
CLOSE
Printer Status
Status Mode
There are three types of mode for status return when using LAN interface.
Status4/Cycle response mode (2port connection or 1 port connection)
Port1 is used for print data port, Port2 is used for status return, Port3 is used for print data port
and status return.
Printer status is output at certain period (500 to 1000 ms interval). Printer Status is returned
when this product receives status request command from host.
Status4/ENQ response mode (2port connection or 1 port connection)
Port1 is used for print data port, Port2 is used for status return, Port3 is used for print data port
and status return.
Printer Status is returned when this product receives status request command from host.
Status3, Status5/ENQ response mode (1 port connection)
Port1 is used for both print data port and status return port. Port3 is used for both print data port
and status return port.
ACK is returned when this product receives print request command from host, and Printer
Status is returned when this product receives status request command from host.
When the Status3 is used, label printing using a printer driver is unavailable.
Status modes are switched by changing the setting of communication protocol and timing of Printer
Status return in communication setting mode of this product. Following chart shows the relationship
between the types of status mode, setting items of communication setting mode.
Types of status mode
Setting item of communication setting mode
Communication protocol (Flow Control)
2 ports connection
Status 4 cyclic (Status4)
Cycle response mode
2 ports connection
Status 4 ENQ (Status4 ENQ)
ENQ response mode
1 ports connection
Status 3 (Status3)
ENQ response mode
Status 5 (Status5)
Data Format of Status Return
2 ports connection (Status4 return)
Number of byte
to send 4 bytes
0000001CH
ENQ
1 byte
05H
STX
1 byte
02H
ID
number
2 bytes
Status
1 byte
Remaining
labels
6 bytes
JOB
name
16 bytes
ETX
1 byte
03H
(Total 32 bytes)
Please refer to [Return status of Status4] for the description of [Status].
567
1 port connection (Status5 return)
STX
Specified item No.
1byte
5 byte
Specified item
Currently processing Currently processing Number of currently
status
02H
item No
2 bytes
item status
5 bytes
2 bytes
ETX
processing item
03H
to be printed
1 byte
6 bytes
(Total 22bytes)
Please refer to [Return status of Status5] for the description of [Status].
1 port connection (Status3 return)
STX
1 byte
02H
ID
number
Status
2 bytes
1 byte
Remaining
labels
6 bytes
ETX
1byte
03H
(Total 11 bytes)
Please refer to [Return status of Status3] for the description of [Status].
Sequence
Status4/Cycle response mode (2 ports connection or 1 port connection)
This product returns status in the interval of 500 to 1000 ms. The latest Printer Status is
returned when this product receives status request command (ENQ:05H) from host.
This product
Host
LISTEN
CONNECT
(Port1, Port2,
or Port3)
CONNECTION
Connected
Printer status (about 500 to 1000 ms interval)
Port2 or Port3
Status request
(Port1orPort3)
(ENQ “05H”)
Latest printer status
Printer status
(Port2 or Port3)
CLOSE
(Port1, Port2,
or Port3)
CLOSE
DISCONNECTED
LISTEN
Status4/ENQ response mode (2 ports connection or 1 port connection)
The latest Printer Status is returned after this product receives status request command
(ENQ:05H) from host.
568
Host
This product
LISTEN
CONNECT
(Port1, Port2
or Port3)
CONNECT Success
ACCEPT
Connect
Status request
(Port1, Port3)
(ENQ [05h])
Latest Printer Status
Printer Status
(Port2, Port3)
CLOSE
(Port1, Port2
or Port3)
CONNECT End
CLOSE
LISTEN
Status3, Status5/ENQ response mode (1 port connection)
This product sends ACK after receiving print request command from host and sends Printer
Status after receiving status request command (ENQ:05H) from host.
Host
This product
LISTEN
CONNECT
(Port1 or Port3)
ACCEPT
CONNECTION
Connected
Status request
(Port1 or Port3)
(ENQ “05H”)
Latest printer status
Printer status
(Port1 or Port3)
CLOSE
(Port1 or Port3)
DISCONNECTED
CLOSE
LISTEN
569
Switching LAN and WLAN
This feature switches LAN and WLAN so that LAN can be used while the WLAN unit is connected.
Select the interface from Interface > Network > Interface on LCD.
There are three options to select from as below.
Item name
Description
AUTO
LAN is enabled when LAN cable is connected at printer startup. WLAN
will be enabled if the product detects that LAN cable is not connected.
LAN
Enables LAN and disables WLAN.
Wi-Fi
Enables WLAN and disables LAN.
If the settings are changed, they will be enabled after restarting this product.
It is also possible to implement from DC2 command separately from LCD.
[Restrictions]
-
The settings will automatically be switched to “AUTO” if you start up the printer after detaching
the WLAN unit with the settings set to “Wi-Fi.”
570
Firewall
Firewall function
Firewall can improve the security. It prevents an unauthorized access from external computers and
malicious programs. When firewall is enabled, only the services and ports which are allowed will be
able to access.
This firewall function uses the packet filtering setting function to control the communication in this
product. It will control communication network of this product separately for each chain (INPUT,
OUTPUT, FORWARD). As the basic policy of filtering, OUTPUT is all allowed (ACCEPT), INPUT
and FORWARD are all disallowed (DROP). The customize setting can be done in INPUT chain to
allow the communication for the necessary packet. In addition to registering services and ports, it is
also possible to specify allowed port individually. Protocol (TCP or UDP, etc.), direction (source port
or destination port) and port number are required for specify allowed port setting. For PING, ICMP
type must be specified.
Allowed services and ports setting
This below table shows the packet filtering setting for each Allowed services and port setting.
Allowed services and ports
TCP Source
Port
TCP
Destination
Port
UDP
Source Port
UDP
Destination
Port
ICMP
-
1024, 1025,
9100
-
-
-
FTP
-
20, 21
-
-
-
LPD
-
515
53
-
-
MAILC
465, 587
-
53
-
-
NTP
-
-
53, 123
-
-
443, 8883
-
53
-
-
PING
-
-
-
-
0, 8
SATO All-In-One Tool
-
9100
-
161, 19541
-
SCP
22
-
53
-
-
SNMP Agent
-
-
-
161
-
WEBC
80, 443, 8080
-
53
-
-
WebConfig
-
80, 443
-
-
-
Data Ports
*1
Online Services
*1
*1 The setting which was showed in the table is initial setting. It may be changed due to other setting.
Online services
TCP Source
Port
TCP
Destination
Port
UDP
Source Port
UDP
Destination
Port
ICMP
Disable
-
-
-
-
-
On-Demand
-
-
-
-
-
Real-Time with MQTT
443, 8883
515
53
-
-
Real-Time with MQTT over
WebSocket
443
-
53
-
-
571
Online services
Light
TCP Source
Port
443
TCP
Destination
Port
-
572
UDP
Source Port
53
UDP
Destination
Port
-
ICMP
-
Notes
Common with LAN /Wireless LAN interface
-
150 ms to 200 ms interval is required to close port then open port, if you want to open and
close print data port (Port 1), status port (Port 2) and send/received port (Port 3). Short interval
setting may cause double connection. Request for double connection occurs when [CONNECT]
request is made to Port (Port1, Port2 or Port3) in addition to the request [CONNECT (Socket
OPEN)] which has already been made to Port (Port1, Port2 or Port3). When printer receives
request for double connection, it sends response of disconnection (Socket CLOSE) to the
request.
Wireless LAN interface
-
Communication distance and transmission rate between host and this product (Wireless LAN
board) varies by operating environment due to operating conditions of Wireless LAN.
-
It is recommended to use it in Infrastructure mode on the condition that display of field intensity
of Wireless LAN is level3 or above (following chart).
-
It is likely that communication data is lost if environment of Wireless LAN is not appropriate
because Wireless LAN is portable or due to ambient conditions.
-
Please set frequency of channel for each group to every [5 channel] or more than 5 channels if
you want to place few Wireless LAN network groups next to each other.
Ex) When channel of group1 is [1], channel of group 2 shall be set to [6] channel or after.
LAN Interface
Communication may not be established if you plug in/out LAN cable while PC is connected. Do not
plug in/out LAN cable while starting up printer. When LAN cable is removed/inserted and it caused
communication loss, please turn on the power of this product again.
573
Bluetooth
Bluetooth interface of this printer complies with Bluetooth Ver. 3.0 standard.
Basic Specifications
Standard
Bluetooth Ver. 3.0+EDR Power Class 2
Communication distance
10 m (Prescribed measurement environment)
Profile for use
Serial Port Profile (SPP)
SPP defines connection of two Bluetooth supported devices by establishing virtual serial port.
Operation mode
Master/Slave mode
Security level
Level 1: No authentication
Level 2-1: PIN code authentication, Service level, No encryption
Level 2-2: PIN code authentication, Service level, Encryption
Level 3: PIN code authentication, Link level, No encryption
Level 4: Support for secure simple pairing, Service level, Encryption
Initial value: No authentication
PIN code
ASCII code in 0 to 16 digits (20H, 21H, 23H to 7EH)
Initial value: 0000
Device name
ASCII code in 0 to 53 digits (20H, 21H, 23H to 7EH)
Initial value: SATO PRINTER_xxxxxxxxxxxx (xxxxxxxxxxxx is BD address)
Power saving mode
sniff, park, hold (Operate according to host setting)
Setting of CRC (Enabled/Disabled)
Enabled, Disabled
Initial value: Disabled
574
Disconnection timeout period (SPP layer)
0 seconds (Initial value)
Disconnection timeout period (LMP layer)
60 seconds (Initial value)
Parameter
Setting item
Setting range
Protocol
Status3
Status4 (initial value)
none
Receive buffer size
2.95 MB
2.95 MB
0 MB
Near Full
Remaining 0.95 MB
Release Near
Full
Remaining 1.95 MB
Pairing
Keep link keys for 10 devices
CoD (Class of Device)
Major service class: Unspecified
Major device class: Imaging major class
Minor device class: Printer
supervision timeout
Initial value=20 seconds (Changeable from host)
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
This product operates in slave mode. Before establishing connection, specify Bluetooth Device
address (BD address) from the master.
-
Connection may not be established when master’s authentication mode, packet type, and PIN
code are different from above setting. In that case, confirm authentication level and PIN code by
[Tools] menu > [Test Print] > [Configure List] in [Settings] menu, match with master setting and
try reconnection.
-
Bluetooth interface and this product is connected by internal serial interface, and transfer speed
is 115200 bps.
-
When Bluetooth LINK is lost (e.g. out of service area), disconnects from the product after
supervision timeout period has passed.
-
When Bluetooth communication is disconnected while sending print data (STX<A> to <Z>ETX),
the received data is discarded after disconnection time-out period has passed. It is required
to resend print data (STX<A> to <Z>ETX) when time out occurs. Time out is not monitored if
disconnection time out period is set to 0.
575
-
Buffer over occurs if this product has full of receive buffer. Please send ENQ then send print
data as checking the status of receive buffer.
-
ACK/NAK is returned when CRC check result is normal and CRC check is valid.
576
Bluetooth Settings
Following items are available for Bluetooth interface setting.
Authentication level (Level1, Level2-1, Level 2-2, Level 3, Level 4)
PIN code (Alphanumeric character and codes (20H, 21H, 23H to 7EH) 1 to 16 digits)
PIN code (Personal Identification Number, Pass-key) consists of 1 to 16 codes and is an
authentication password to be used for identifying this product. This PIN code is required
for authentication level 2 to 4. When paring starts in this product after authentication with
PIN code, link key will be automatically generated. Once link key is generated, it is no longer
necessary to perform authentication with PIN code so that it is possible to establish connection
during paring without confirmation of PIN code.
Bluetooth specification Ver 3.0 module supports FastConnect. Information on pairing for 10
devices is saved under this product. When pairing is performed for 10 devices or more, this
product will delete the oldest information on paring then will save the information on paring of
new connected device. (Information on paring will not be cleared by Factory Clear.)
Communication parameter (ISI, ISW, PSI, PSW)
Bluetooth module has setting values of ISI, ISW, PSI, PSW, and the details are described in
the list below.
Setting
ISI (Inquiry Scan Interval)
Contents
ISW time interval (0,18 to 4096)
(every 0.625 ms)
ISW (Inquiry Scan Window)
Response time for search request from the host (0, 17 to 4096)
(every 0.625 ms)
PSI (Page Scan Interval)
PSW time interval (18 to 4096)
(every 0.625 ms)
PSW (Page Scan Window)
Response time for connection request from the host (17 to 4096)
(every 0.625 ms)
・ When ISI=0 and ISW=0, device search from master device can be rejected.
・ Initial values of factory clear are ISI=2048 (1.28 sec), ISW=18 (11.25 ms), PSI=2048 (1.28
sec.), and PSW=18 (11.25 ms).
・ It is prohibited to set as ISI<ISW nor PSI<PSW.
・ Normally communication parameter does not need to be changed. However it needs to be
adjusted when the radio wave signals are low.
Device name (Alphanumeric character and codes (20H, 21H, 23H to 7EH) 1 to 20 digits)
Any device name can be set and displayed on connected device to identify the product.
Note
-
Initialized communication parameter is set to Bluetooth interface as turning on the power of
this product for the first time after it was set. Do not turn off the power of this product until the
product is booted normally for reboot.
577
CRC Transmission Data
When CRC check mode is selected, transmit data format needs to be configured as follows.
STX
Commands
*1
ETX
CRC_High
CRC_Low
CRC calculation range
Item
HEX (H)
Contents
STX
02
Transmission control character to start text
Commands
-
Commands+Parameter
ETX
03
Transmission control character to end text
CRC
2 bytes
Calculate by computation method called CRCANSI. Sends High first then Low with error control
value calculated by CRC-16 (generating polynomial
16
15
2
*2
X +X +X +1 )
-
Start Code <A> and Stop Code <Z> shall be set to the command.
STX and ETX must to be set in transmission data. When this product cannot receive STX or
ETX, print operation is not executed.
-
Since it is a right shift, the actual value used for calculation will be 0xA001. Initial value is 0.
578
CRC Calculation Data
Following shows a part of CRC calculation process when sending print speed <CS> as an example.
Transmission data is STX <A> <CS>2 <Z> ETX. This will be "02 1B 41 1B 43 53 32 1B 5A 03" in
HEX, and underlined area is CRC calculation range. Generating polynomial is expressed "1010
0000 0000 0001" as binary numbers. 1B is the first object of calculation and it is expressed "0001
1011" as binary numbers. Initial value of CRC is "0."
(1) CRC = CRC XOR Object data(1B)
0000 0000 0000 0000
XOR) 0000 0000 0001 1011
CRC = 0000 0000 0001 1011
A=1
CRC = 0000 0000 0000 1101
(CRC)
(1B)
(1-2) If A=1, CRC XOR Generating
polynomial, and assign the result to
CRC.
If A=0, do nothing
0000 0000 0000 1101
XOR) 1010 0000 0000 0001
CRC = 1010 0000 0000 1100
(CRC)
(Polynomial)
(2-1) Calculate the same as (1-1), and
repeat (1-1) and (1-2) calculation seven
times. (8bits in total)
A=0
CRC = 0101 0000 0000 0110
(2-2) Calculate the same as (1-2). CRC is as
it is since A=0.
CRC = 0101 0000 0000 0110
(3-1) Calculation the same as (1-1).
A=0
CRC = 0010 1000 0000 0011
(3-2) Calculate the same as (1-2).
CRC = 0010 1000 0000 0011
(4-1) Calculation the same as (1-1).
A=1
CRC = 0001 0100 0000 0001
(4-2)Calculate the same as (1-2).
0001 0100 0000 0001
XOR) 1010 0000 0000 0001
CRC = 1011 0100 0000 0000
(5-1) Calculate the same as (1-1).
A=0
CRC = 0101 1010 0000 0000
(5-2) Calculate the same as (1-2).
CRC = 0101 1010 0000 0000
(6-1) Calculate the same as (1-1).
A=0
CRC = 0010 1101 0000 0000
(6-2) Calculate the same as (1-2).
CRC = 0010 1101 0000 0000
(7-1) Calculate the same as (1-1).
A=0
CRC = 0001 0110 1000 0000
(7-2) Calculate the same as (1-2).
CRC = 0001 0110 1000 0000
(8-1) Calculate the same as (1-1).
A=0
CRC = 0000 1011 0100 0000
(8-2) Calculate the same as (1-2).
CRC = 0000 1011 0100 0000
CRC calculation for "1B" is completed.
Repeat the same calculation of (1) for next
object data "41" until "03." In this case EC
5E.
Calculation result until 03
CRC = 1110 1100 0101 1110
(1-1) A=CRC AND "0001"
CRC= shift 1bit right of CRC
579
(CRC)
(Polynomial)
Example of Transmission Data
Following shows an example of transmission data.
Print data
STX
<A>
<X22>,SATO
<Q>0001
<Z>
ETX
71H 9CH
Following shows HEX data to be sent. CRC is shown with underline.
02 1B 41 1B 58 32 32 2C 53 41 54 4F 1B 51 30 30 30 31 1B 5A 03 71 9C
Print speed Command <CS>
STX
<A>
<CS>2
<Z>
ETX
ECH 5EH
Following shows HEX data to be sent. CRC is shown with underline.
02 1B 41 1B 43 53 32 1B 5A 03 EC 5E
580
CRC Error Display
This product checks the validity of receiving data by calculating CRC per data item being received
and compares it with sent CRC. When those CRC are different, this product judges that receiving
data is incorrect and causes [CRC error] before printing the item then stops printing operation.
There are two ways to clear CRC error as follows.
Hold down LINE key
Resumes printing from the print data with CRC error.
Hold down Cancel key
Clears print data with CRC error and resume printing from next item.
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Return status of Status3, 4 at the time of CRC error will be [Other errors].
581
Transmission Sequence
Normal End
Status4 (CRC check is enabled)
This product
Host
CONNECT
ENQ
ID number=[Space]
Status=Wait for Receive
Remaining label=[000000]
Job name=[Space]
Print command (STX to ETX CRC)
ID number=[05]
Print Qty=100
Job name=[SATO]
Receiving/Analysis/Editing
ACK
(Printer status: No error)
ENQ
(Status request command)
ID number=[05]
Status=Editing
Remaining label =[000000]
Job name=[SATO]
Status
ENQ
(Status request command)
ID number=[05]
Status=Printing
Remaining label =[000100]
Job name=[SATO]
Status
Print command (STX to ETX CRC)
Print
Print 1st label
Print 2nd label
ID number=[06]
Print Qty=50
Job name=[SATO]
ACK
(Printer status: No error)
ENQ
(Status request command)
ID number=[05]
Status=PAPER END
Remaining label=[000098]
Job name=[SATO]
Status
ENQ
Print 3rd label
ID number=[05]
Status=Printing
Remaining label=[000098]
Job name=[SATO]
Print 100th label
(Status request command)
Status
ENQ
Error release
(Press LINE key)
(Status request command)
Status
ENQ
Print 3rd label
PAPER END
ID number=[05]
Status=Printing
Remaining label=[000001]
Job name=[SATO]
(Status request command)
Status
ID number=[06]
Status=Printing
Remaining label=[000050]
Job name=[SATO]
DISCONNECT
582
Print 1st label
Receiving/Analysis/Editing
Status3 (CRC check is enabled)
This product
Host
CONNECT
EN
ID number=[Space]
Status=Wait for Receive
Remaining label=[000000]
Job name=[Space]
Print command (STX to ETX CRC)
ID number=[05]
Print Qty=100
Job name=[SATO]
Receiving/Analysis/Editing
ACK
(Printer status: No error)
ENQ
(Status request command)
ID number=[05]
Status=Editing
Remaining label =[000000]
Job name=[SATO]
Status
ENQ
Print
(Status request command)
ID number=[05]
Status=Printing
Remaining label =[000100]
Job name=[SATO]
Status
Print command (STX to ETX CRC)
Print 1st label
Print 2ndlabel
ID number=[06]
Print Qty=50
Job name=[SATO]
ACK
(Printer status: No error)
ENQ
(Status request command)
ID number=[05]
Status=PAPER END
Remaining label=[000098]
Job name=[SATO]
Status
ENQ
Status
ENQ
Print 3rd label
ID number=[05]
Status=Printing
Remaining label=[000098]
Job name=[SATO]
(Status request command)
Status
th
Print 100 label
ID number=[05]
Status=Printing
Remaining label=[000001]
Job name=[SATO]
(Status request command)
ID number=[06]
Status=Printing
Remaining label=[000050]
Job name=[SATO]
DISCONNECT
583
Receiving/Analysis/Editing
Error release
(Press the LINE button)
(Status request command)
Status
ENQ
Print 3rd label
PAPER END
Print 1st label
Status4 (CRC check is disabled)
HOST
CONNECT
This product
ENQ
(Status request command)
ID number=[Space]
Status=Wait for Receive
Remaining label=[000000]
Job name=[Space]
Status
Print command (STX to ETX)
ID number=[05]
Print Qty=100
Job name=[SATO]
ACK
ENQ
(Status request command)
ID number=[05]
Status=Editing
Remaining label=[000000]
Job name=[SATO]
Status
ENQ
Receiving/Analysis/Editing
(Printer status: No error)
(Status request command)
ID number=[05]
Status=Printing
Remaining label=[000100]
Job name=[SATO]
Status
Print command (STX to ETX)
ID number =[06]
Print Qty =50
Job name =[SATO]
(Printer status: No error)
ENQ
(Status request command)
ENQ
ID number=[05]
Status=Paper end
Remaining label=[000098]
Job name=[SATO]
(Status request command)
Print 3rd label
PAPER END
Error release
(Press LINE key)
Print 3rd label
(Status request command)
Status
ENQ
Print 2nd label
ID number=[05]
Status=Printing
Remaining label=[000098]
Job name=[SATO]
Status
ENQ
Print 1st label
Receiving/Analysis/Editing
ACK
Status
Print
ID number=[05]
Status=Printing
Remaining label=[000001]
Job name=[SATO]
Print 100th label
(Status request command)
Status
ID number =[06]
Status =Printing
Remaining label =[000050]
Job name =[SATO]
DISCONNECT
584
Print 1st label
Status3 (CRC check is disabled)
HOST
This product
CONNECT
ENQ
(Status request command)
ID number=[Space]
Status=Wait for Receive
Remaining label=[000000]
Status
Print command (STX to ETX CRC)
ID number=[05]
Print Qty=100
ACK
(Printer status: No error)
ENQ
(Status request command)
Status
ENQ
ID number=[05]
Status=Editing
Remaining label=[000000]
ID number=[05]
Status=Printing
Remaining label=[000100]
Print command (STX to ETX CRC)
ID number=[06]
Print Qty=50
(Printer status: No error)
ENQ
(Status request command)
Status
Print 2nd label
Print 3rd label
PAPEREND
Error release
(Press the LINE button)
Print 3rd label
ID number=[05]
Status=Printing
Remaining label=[000098]
(Status request command)
Print 100th label
Status
ENQ
ID number=[05]
Status=Paper end
Remaining label=[000098]
(Status request command)
Status
Print 1st label
Receiving/Analysis/Editing
ACK
ENQ
Print
(Status request command)
Status
ENQ
Receiving/Analysis/Editing
ID number =[05]
Status = Printing
Remaining label =[000001]
(Status request command)
Status
ID number =[06]
Status = Printing
Remaining label =[000050]
DISCONNECT
585
Print 1st label
In case where communication is lost while transferring print data
Note
-
The print data cannot be guaranteed if communication through Bluetooth is disconnected while
sending print data.
Make sure to turn off the power of this product, then turn on it again to retransmit the print data.
CRC check is enabled (Common in status3 and status4)
HOST
This product
CONNECT
Disconnection
or communication failure
Print command (STX to ETX CRC)
ID number=[05]
Print Qty=50
Job name=[SATO]
ENQ
×
(Status request command)
Status
Receiving/Analysis/Editing
Disconnection timeout period has passed.
ID number=[05]
Status=Wait for Receive
Remaining label=[000000]
*Clear print command that has already been received.
Print command (STX to ETX CRC)
ID number=[06]
Print Qty=50
ACK
Print
Note
-
In case where communication through Bluetooth is disconnected while transmitting print data,
print data that has already been received, will be cleared after disconnection timeout period.
CRC check is disabled (Common in status3 and status4)
HOST
This product
CONNECT
Print command (STX to ETX)
ID number=[12]
Print Qty=50
Job name=[SATO]
×
Receiving/Analysis/Editing
Disconnection
or communication failure
Note
-
The print data cannot be guaranteed if communication through Bluetooth is disconnected while
sending print data as in the figure above. Make sure to turn off the power of this product, then
turn on it again to retransmit the print data.
586
In case where communication is lost while transferring status after receiving print
data
CRC check is enabled (Common in status3 and status4)
HOST
This product
CONNECT
Print command (STX to ETX CRC)
ID number=[12]
Print Qty=50
Job name=[SATO]
X
Receiving/Analysis/Editing
ACK
Print
Disconnection
or communication failure
Note
-
When ACK is not returned after sending print data, it shall be regarded as communication failure
and sending print data has to be stopped.
-
ACK may not return when communication through Bluetooth is disconnected before this product
returns ACK.
CRC check is disabled (Common in status3 and status4)
Works the same as the previously mentioned "CRC check is enabled (Common in status3 and
status4).”
587
Abnormal end when CRC check is enabled
In the event of CRC error (Common in status3 and status4)
HOST
This product
CONNECT
Print command (STX to ETX CRC)
ID number=[05]
Print Qty=50
Job name=[SATO]
Receiving/Analysis/Editing
CRC abnormal data
* Product behavior is defined by key operation or
command. Refer to “CRC error display” for details.
Note
-
Received data is cleared and ACK/NAK is not returned when the received printer data has CRC
error.
In the event of disconnection time-out (Common in status3 and status4)
HOST
This product
CONNECT
Print command (STX to ETX CRC)
ID number=[05]
Print Qty=50
Job name=[SATO]
×
Receiving/Analysis/Editing
Disconnection
or communication failure
Disconnection timeout period has passed.
*Clear print command that has already been received.
Note
-
In case where receive data is not available in communication time-out period (10 sec) while
receiving print command, time-out occurs to clear print data that has already been received
(ACK/NAK is not returned).
588
External signal interface
Basic Specifications
External signal interface is designed to connect the printer to external peripheral devices.
External signal interface works only in pulse input mode (print by external signal input). Error signal
is output in any mode if an error occurs in the printer.
External signal setting is set in the [Interface] > [External I/O] of this product.
Connector
Amphenol 14 pin receptacle (female)
7
1
14
8
For connector, use DDK's 57 series 14-pin (57-30130 etc.) or the like.
I/O Circuit Diagram
14pin type
I/O connection example
Peripheral devices
Printer
13+5 V
8
5 to 40 V
321
R
L
Input
Iin
Output Iout
330 Ω
FGcase ground
330 Ω
2
SG ground
Signal Level
High +4.2 - 5 V: Input terminal: Iin≒0 mA, Output terminal: Iout≒0 mA
Low 0 - 0.7 V or less: Input terminal Iin≒10 mA Output terminal Iout≒50 mA
Print by External Signal
Set "ENABLE/DISABLE" in the [Interface] > [External I/O].
589
Reissuing EXT Signal
Following signal types are available in the [Interface] > [External I/O] > [Signals] > [EXT Mode].
Type
Operation
TYPE Ⅰ
Print end signal (PREND) is “High” before printing labels. The signal level
is “Low” after the completion of print. The signal level will be “High” 20 ms
later.
TYPE Ⅱ
Print end signal (PREND) is “Low” before printing labels. The signal level
is “High” after the completion of print. The signal level will be “Low” 20 ms
later.
TYPE Ⅲ
Print end signal (PREND) is "High" before printing labels. The signal
level is "Low" from the start to the end of print and will be "High" after the
completion of print.
TYPE Ⅳ
Print end signal (PREND) is "Low" before printing labels. The signal
level is "High" from the start to the end of print and will be "Low" after the
completion of print.
Reissuing EXT Signal
Set "Enable/Disable" in the [Interface] > [External I/O].
Enable: Reprint the same content
Disable: No reprint
Dispenser Completion Signal
Sets pin number for dispenser completion signal in [Interface] > [External I/O] > [Signals] > [Outputs]
settings.
When pin no. is set: Outputs dispenser completion signal when dispenser motion is completed. (Sets
signal level to Low)
When set, it works with the sequence of dispenser completion signal.
When pin number is not set: Dispenser completion signal state won’t change while waiting for
dispenser motion to complete.
Label Near End
Sets pin number for dispenser completion signal in [Interface] > [External I/O] > [Signals] > [Outputs]
settings.
When pin No. is set: Outputs label near end when detected label near end. (Sets signal level to Low)
When pin number is not set: Label near end state will not change while for label near end.
590
Connector Pin Assignment
14 pin external signal interface
Pin
no.
1
Signal name
PAPER END
Contents
Output when paper
end is detected.
Open collector
-
2
GND
SIGNAL GROUND
3
RIBBON END
4
5
6
7
Input/Output
Level
Low
Electric condition
(voltage, current (MAX))
Pressure proof 50 V
Sink current 50 mA
-
-
Output when detect Open collector
ribbon end.
Low
Pressure proof 50 V
MACHINE
ERROR
Output when Head
open, Head error
or communication
error occurs.
Open collector
Low
Print start
(PRIN)
Print one label
every time when
this signal is input.
Input
Print end
*1 *2
(PREND)
Output when this
product prints one
label.
Open collector
Re-print
(PRIN2)
Print the same
content again by
input this signal.
Input
For external power
supply
Input
-
5V
Low
Pressure proof 50V
Sink current 50 mA
Pressure proof 50V
Sink current 50mA
Low
High: Hi-impedance
Low: -15 mA<, 0 V
Low
Pressure proof 50V
Sink current 50 mA
Low
High: Hi-impedance
Low: -15 mA<, 0 V
8
EXT5V_IN
9
Offline
Output when this
product becomes
offline.
Open collector
RIBBON
NEAR END
Output when
detecting ribbon is
near end.
Open collector
11
-
-
-
-
-
12
+24V
-
-
-
2A
13
+5V
-
-
-
500 mA
14
-
-
-
-
-
-
Waiting for
Dispenser
completion
*5 *6
signal
Outputs signal
while waiting
for dispenser
completion signal.
Open collector output
Low
Pressure proof 50 V
Label near
*5
end
Output when detect Open collector output
label near end.
10
-
*3
*4
Sink current 50 mA
High
Pressure proof 50V
Sink current 50 mA
Sink current 50 mA
591
High
Pressure proof 50 V
Pin
no.
Signal name
Contents
Input/Output
Level
Electric condition
(voltage, current (MAX))
Sink current 50 mA
*1 Select TYPE I-TYPE IV for No.6 pin “PREND” output signal. For details, refer to external signal type in Basic specification.
*2 No. 6 pin ”PREND” output signal is not output when “0” is specified as number of cuts for cut unit number command in
cutter operation.
*3 When SW14 on IF board is set to 2-3, the printer operates by power supply from EXT5V_IN (No. 8 pin). When set to 1-2
side, the printer operates by internal power supply (Set to 1-2 side as shipment settings).
*4 When SW15 on IF board is set to 2-3, the no.9 pin operates as offline output. When set to 1-2 side, the printer operates as
input (Set to 2-3 as shipment settings).
*5 Output pin No. can be set for Waiting for dispenser completion and label near end from Exit Signals from settings on GUI.
Initial value: “Unspecified.”
*6 Output timing of print end signal (PREND) is changed when Wait signal for dispenser is set to valid. Please refer to "3)
Output waiting for dispenser" in next section of "I/O signal" for details.
[Notes]
-
External signal may become unstable for around 1 second after power on. Please control after 1
second.
-
Signal level changes when the conditions in the “Contents” column are met.
e.g. 1) For Pin no.1, signal level becomes Low when Paper End occurs. Then the switch is
turned on and the current flows.
e.g. 2) The print start signal for pin no.5 is when the signal is set to Low level and current flows.
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
The mapping of pin no. and signal name (contents) can be changed via Interface > External I/O
menu.
592
I/O signal
1) Input Signal
Item
Input wave form
1st label printed
Print start
Print start
(PRIN)
Reprint
(PRIN2)
Print
Print end 1
(PREND)
2
20ms
3
4
1st label printed
Reprint Without print start signal
Print start
(PRIN)
Reprint
(PRIN2)
Print
Print end 1
(PREND)
2
20ms
3
4
Reprint With reprint signal
1st Label printed
Print start
Reprint
(PRIN2)
10ms <=
Print
Print end 1
(PREND)
2
20ms
3
4
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
Keep “Low” for print start signal (PRIN) until print end signal (PREND) is output.
* (Refer to the following “Keeping print start signal (PRIN)” table.)
Make sure to output 10 ms or more for reprint signal (PRIN2).
Printer will not reprint if reprint signal cannot be detected from 10 ms and under.
-
If NULL cut specified not output print end signal (PREND).
593
[Keeping print start signal (PRIN)]
Item
Input wave form
1st label printed
TYPE1,2
Print start
(PRIN)
Reprint
(PRIN2)
Print start
Print
Print end 1
(PREND)
2
1st label printed
TYPE3,4
Print start
(PRIN)
Reprint
(PRIN2)
It is OK to set PRIN signal back to “High” for the period
between the dotted lines for TYPE 3 and 4.
Print start
Print end 3
(PREND) 4
I t em
Ti mi ng c ha r t
1st label printed
Print motion
PREND s i gna l
1
Print end 2
(PREND) 3
4
T1
T1
T1
T1 < 150ns
-
The startup and shutdown of PREND signal takes 150 ms or less. Connected devices shall emit
PRIN signal considering this time.
-
When print start signal and reprint signal is emitted at the same time, print start signal is
enabled and reprints.
-
Reprint signal will be enabled from the end of printing (QTY=0) until receiving print data. The
printer will not reprint other than that time.
594
2) Output signal
Item
Output pulse
Print 1 label
Basic Operation
Print operation
1
Print End
(PREND) 2
3
20ms
4
Paper end
Ribbon end
Machine error
Print
operation
Paper end
Head open
Head close
Paper end
1
Print End 2
(PREND) 3
4
Change label
Paper end
Ribbon end
Machine error
Ribbon end
Head open
Head close
Print operation
Ribbon end
1
Print End 2
(PREND)3
4
Paper end
Change ribbon
Ribbon end
Machine error
595
Item
Output pulse
Head open
Head close
Machine error
Print
operation
1
Print end
2
(PREND)
3
4
Paper end
Ribbon end
Machine error
Item
Output pulse
Ribbon near end/Label near end
Ribbon near end
Head open Head close
Print
Print
operation
1
Print end
2
(PREND)
3
4
Paper end
Ribbon near end
Label near end
Item
Output pulse
Head open
Head close
Print
operation
Offline
1
Print end
(PREND) 2
3
4
Paper end
Offline
596
LINE key press
3) Output waiting for dispenser
Item
Output pulse
Print 1 label
Operation 1 Backfeed after printing
Print
operation
Print end 1
(PREND)
2
3
Waiting for
dispenser
20ms
4
500ms +
Backfeed time
Print 1 label
Operation 2 backfeed before printing
-
Dispenser complete
Dispenser complete
Print operation
Print end 1
(PREND)
2
3
Waiting for
dispenser
20ms
4
Please note that Output timing of print end signal (PREND) is changed when Wait signal for
dispenser is valid.
Operation 1) Output Print End Signal after Wait label for dispenser is removed and backfeeding
of label is completed to print start position.
Operation 2) Output Print End Signal after feeding label to dispense position.
597
Timing Waveform
The input of external signal works under the conditions where colored in blue.
Pitch sensor
enabled
Operation
Continuous
printing
No pulse
input
Pulse
input
No pulse
input
Tearoff
Pulse
input
Dispenser
Sensor
input
Pulse input
No pulse
input
Cutter
No
backfeed
Backfeed
Motion 1
No
backfeed
Motion 2
Backfeed
Motion 1
No
backfeed
Motion 2
Backfeed
Motion 1
Motion 2
Pulse input
No
backfeed
Backfeed
Motion 1
Motion 2
Sensor
input
Linerless
cutter
Pulse input
1
Motion 1: Backfeed after print
Motion 2: Backfeed before print
598
Ba
ckfeed
Motion 2
Backfeed
Motion 2
1
Pitch sensor
disabled
Continuous
printing
No pulse
input
Pulse
input
No pulse
input
Cutter
No
backfeed
Backfeed
Pulse
input
No
backfeed
Backfeed
Motion 1
Motion 2
Motion 1
Motion 2
Linerless
cutter
Motion 1: Backfeed after print
Motion 2: Backfeed before print
599
Sensor
input
Backfeed
Motion 2
Pulse input
Backfeed
Motion 2
USB HOST
Basic Specifications
USB interface of this product comply with USB2.0 standard.
Interface
Type A (Female part)
Back×1ch, Front×1ch
Connector
Series A plug
Length of cable: 5 m or less (Twisted Pair Shielded)
Version
USB2.0 High-speed
Device class
Mass storage class, HID class
Purpose of use
USB memory (HEX dump, Printer setting information, Firmware (install))
600
Connector Pin Assignment
Pin no.
Name
1
VBus
2
-Data(D-)
3
+Data(D+)
4
GND
601
NFC
Basic Specifications
Interface Standard
NFC forum Type 2 Tag compliant
Communication Distance
Height from center of antenna is 0 mm: right and left ±5 mm
Height from center of antenna is +10 mm: within the range of ±10 mm to both right and left
Baud Rate of Wireless Part
106 Kbps
Communication Settings
Enable/disable setting of communication behavior
Operation Mode
Power OFF: Tag mode (Write NDEF format to NFC tag)
Power ON: Pass through mode, Bluetooth/Wi-Fi handover
Communication Disconnection Time-out
1 second
NFC Receive Buffer Capacity
Tag mode: 888 bytes (Overall NFC tag memory)
Pass through mode: 51200 bytes
* The maximum communication volume in pass through mode.
Ex) In pass through mode, communication volume at a time is 50 Kbytes or less. ("NG" is returned if
the communication volume is 50 Kbytes or more than receive data will be discarded)
602
Receive Buffer Size
2.95 MB
2.95 MB
0 MB
Near Full
Remaining 0.95 MB
Release Near
Full
Remaining 1.95 MB
[Supplementary Explanation]
-
NFC interface of this product uses NT3H1101 provided by NXP Semiconductors.
It does not support single bytes command (Status communication).
NFC Allocation on This Product
603
Tag Mode
This tag mode works when the power of this product is turned off.
It performs read/write from/to NFC tag memory (888 bytes).
Information on this product is written to NFC tag memory when the power of this product is turned off
so that device can obtain the information.
When the information on this product is written to NFC tag memory, the content of NFC tag memory
is sent to this product after turning on the power of this product.
Purpose: Printer setting, Information acquisition
Note
It is necessary to read information on device before writing to acquire information on device because
area to be used for reading and writing is the same.
Valid range of NFC tag memory is 800 bytes.
Setting information
Information on device
604
Data Format
Send Data Format
Compressed send data
Set send data after it is compressed with zip.
The maximum size of compressed send data is 800 bytes.
Received Data Format
Received data
Receive data is uncompressed text data.
605
Transmission Sequence
Normal End
Following shows the example of sequence for sending and receiving data.
Device
This product
NFC touch
Send/Receive data
Sending/Receiving
procedures
Latest data
"OK"
"OK" (0x4F 0x4B) is returned from API.
Abnormal End
"NG" is returned from API when there is communication error or tag memory error.
Device
This product
NFC touch
Send/Receive data
Sending/Receiving
procedures
"NG"
"NG" (0x4E 0x47) is returned from API.
606
Pass-through Mode
This mode works when the power of this product is turned on.
Provides communication with this product via NFC tag.
Data communication is performed in between NFC device and NFC tag. The data is zipped and
unzipped by NFC controller and is sent to this product directly (through).
Purpose: Send small SBPL data (Print), Acquisition of printer setting, value, and status.
* Small data here is about 1000 bytes (Assuming that device can hold this small data for two seconds or less due to the
operation. 8 Kbps from actual measurement). Handover mode is recommended to handle data which is larger than 1000
bytes.
Note
If you are using NFC with this product is having near full operation (2 MB or more for printer receive
buffer), please check the status of buffer (RS parameter) with DC2+PG command and control
transmission (do not send print data until buffer near full is released) because this is not bidirectional
communication.
SBPL command
NFC controller
Status, Information on device
607
Buffer: 50KB
Data Format
Sent and Received Data Format
(1)
(2)
Number of data Compressed send and received data
byte
4 bytes
(3)
CRC
2 bytes
(1) Number of data byte
Set the number of compressed send and received data byte to big endian.
(2) Compressed send and received data
Set send and received data after it is compressed with zip.
The maximum data size before compression is 51200 bytes.
(3) CRC
Set CRC of send and received data before compression. Use CRC-16-CCITT for CRC.
Please refer to "CRC-16 CCITT" to be described hereinafter for the details.
608
Transmission Sequence
Normal End
Following shows the example of sequence for sending and receiving data.
Device
This product
NFC touch
Wait for startup (transition to
online / offline screen) and
touch it.
Segmentalize data into 64
bytes for sending
Sending procedures
Final data
"OK"
Segmentalize data into 64
bytes for sending
Receiving procedures
Final data
609
Return "OK"(0x4F 0x4B).
One buzzer
When a device is moved away from this product while the device is sending data to the product
This product will discard the received data.
Device
This product
NFC touch
Segmentalize data into 64
bytes for sending
Sending procedures
"NG"
Move NFC device away
from printer
"NG"(0x4E 0x47) returns
from API.
610
Received data will be discarded.
3 buzzers.
When a device is moved away from this product while the device is receiving data from the
product
This product will discard send data.
Device
This product
NFC touch
Segmentalize data into 64
bytes for sending
Sending procedures
Final data
"OK"
Return "OK"(0x4F 0x4B).
Segmentalize data into 64
bytes for sending
One buzzer
Receiving procedures
"NG"
Move NFC device away
from printer
Send data from printer will be
discarded. No buzzer.
* Communication between printer
and NFC is disconnected, and
"NG"(0x4E 0x47)
there is communication error in
is returned from API
between NFC.
611
When CRC error occurs
This product will discard received data from this product then return "NG_CRCCHECK."
This product
Device
NFC touch
Segmentalize data into 64
bytes for sending
Sending procedures
Final data
Returns "NG_CRCCHECK"
(0x4E 0x47 0x5F 0x43 0x52 0x43
"NG_CRCCHECK"
0x43 0x0x48 0x45 0x43 0x4B).
3 buzzers
When NFC communication buffer over error occurs
This product will discard received data then return "NG_OTHER."
Device
This product
NFC touch
Segmentalize data into 64
bytes for sending
Sending procedures
Final data
"NG_OTHER"
Returns "NG_OTHER"
(0x4E 0x47 0x5F 0x4F 0x54 0x48
0x45 0x52 )
3 buzzer
612
When UNCOMPRESS error occurs
The printer discards received data and returns "NG_UNCOMPRESS(CANNOT MALLOC)" or
"NG_UNCOMPRESS(SIZE OVER)."
Device
Printer
Touch with NFC
Data is sent in 64 bytes each
Transmission
process
Last data
UNCOMPRESS error
" NG_UNCOMPRESS(CANNOT MALLOC)"
or
" NG_UNCOMPRESS(SIZE OVER)"
Returns
" NG_UNCOMPRESS(CANNOT MALLOC)"
(0x4E 0x47 0x5F 0x55 0x4E 0x43 0x4F 0x4D
0x50 0x52 0x45 0x53 0x53 0x28 0x43 0x41
0x4E 0x4E 0x4F 0x54 0x20 0x4D 0x41 0x4C
0x4C 0x4F 0x43 0x29)
or
" NG_UNCOMPRESS(SIZE OVER)"
(0x4E 0x47 0x5F 0x55 0x4E 0x43 0x4F 0x4D
0x50 0x52 0x45 0x53 0x53 0x28 0x53 0x49
0x5A 0x45 0x20 0x4F 0x56 0x45 0x52 0x29)
Beeps 3 times.
613
CRC-16-CCITT
Calculation range of CRC
Send and received data before compression is the calculation range.
CRC calculation range
Send and received data before compression
(1)
Number of
data byte
4 bytes
(2)
Compressed send and received data
Method for calculating CRC
Use CRC-16-CCITT for calculating CRC.
Polynomial: X^16+X^12+X^5+X^0
Initial value: 0xFFFF
Following page shows an example of programming.
614
(3)
CRC
2 bytes
/* CRCtable */
unsigned short CRC16Table[ 256 ] = {
0x0000, 0x1021, 0x2042, 0x3063, 0x4084, 0x50A5, 0x60C6, 0x70E7,
0x8108, 0x9129, 0xA14A, 0xB16B, 0xC18C, 0xD1AD, 0xE1CE, 0xF1EF,
0x1231, 0x0210, 0x3273, 0x2252, 0x52B5, 0x4294, 0x72F7, 0x62D6,
0x9339, 0x8318, 0xB37B, 0xA35A, 0xD3BD, 0xC39C, 0xF3FF, 0xE3DE,
0x2462, 0x3443, 0x0420, 0x1401, 0x64E6, 0x74C7, 0x44A4, 0x5485,
0xA56A, 0xB54B, 0x8528, 0x9509, 0xE5EE, 0xF5CF, 0xC5AC, 0xD58D,
0x3653, 0x2672, 0x1611, 0x0630, 0x76D7, 0x66F6, 0x5695, 0x46B4,
0xB75B, 0xA77A, 0x9719, 0x8738, 0xF7DF, 0xE7FE, 0xD79D, 0xC7BC,
0x48C4, 0x58E5, 0x6886, 0x78A7, 0x0840, 0x1861, 0x2802, 0x3823,
0xC9CC, 0xD9ED, 0xE98E, 0xF9AF, 0x8948, 0x9969, 0xA90A, 0xB92B,
0x5AF5, 0x4AD4, 0x7AB7, 0x6A96, 0x1A71, 0x0A50, 0x3A33, 0x2A12,
0xDBFD, 0xCBDC, 0xFBBF, 0xEB9E, 0x9B79, 0x8B58, 0xBB3B, 0xAB1A,
0x6CA6, 0x7C87, 0x4CE4, 0x5CC5, 0x2C22, 0x3C03, 0x0C60, 0x1C41,
0xEDAE, 0xFD8F, 0xCDEC, 0xDDCD, 0xAD2A, 0xBD0B, 0x8D68, 0x9D49,
0x7E97, 0x6EB6, 0x5ED5, 0x4EF4, 0x3E13, 0x2E32, 0x1E51, 0x0E70,
0xFF9F, 0xEFBE, 0xDFDD, 0xCFFC, 0xBF1B, 0xAF3A, 0x9F59, 0x8F78,
0x9188, 0x81A9, 0xB1CA, 0xA1EB, 0xD10C, 0xC12D, 0xF14E, 0xE16F,
0x1080, 0x00A1, 0x30C2, 0x20E3, 0x5004, 0x4025, 0x7046, 0x6067,
0x83B9, 0x9398, 0xA3FB, 0xB3DA, 0xC33D, 0xD31C, 0xE37F, 0xF35E,
0x02B1, 0x1290, 0x22F3, 0x32D2, 0x4235, 0x5214, 0x6277, 0x7256,
0xB5EA, 0xA5CB, 0x95A8, 0x8589, 0xF56E, 0xE54F, 0xD52C, 0xC50D,
0x34E2, 0x24C3, 0x14A0, 0x0481, 0x7466, 0x6447, 0x5424, 0x4405,
0xA7DB, 0xB7FA, 0x8799, 0x97B8, 0xE75F, 0xF77E, 0xC71D, 0xD73C,
0x26D3, 0x36F2, 0x0691, 0x16B0, 0x6657, 0x7676, 0x4615, 0x5634,
0xD94C, 0xC96D, 0xF90E, 0xE92F, 0x99C8, 0x89E9, 0xB98A, 0xA9AB,
0x5844, 0x4865, 0x7806, 0x6827, 0x18C0, 0x08E1, 0x3882, 0x28A3,
0xCB7D, 0xDB5C, 0xEB3F, 0xFB1E, 0x8BF9, 0x9BD8, 0xABBB, 0xBB9A,
0x4A75, 0x5A54, 0x6A37, 0x7A16, 0x0AF1, 0x1AD0, 0x2AB3, 0x3A92,
0xFD2E, 0xED0F, 0xDD6C, 0xCD4D, 0xBDAA, 0xAD8B, 0x9DE8, 0x8DC9,
0x7C26, 0x6C07, 0x5C64, 0x4C45, 0x3CA2, 0x2C83, 0x1CE0, 0x0CC1,
0xEF1F, 0xFF3E, 0xCF5D, 0xDF7C, 0xAF9B, 0xBFBA, 0x8FD9, 0x9FF8,
0x6E17, 0x7E36, 0x4E55, 0x5E74, 0x2E93, 0x3EB2, 0x0ED1, 0x1EF0,
};
/* Function to calculate CRC */
unsigned short crc16(unsigned char *buffer, unsigned int size){
unsigned short crc = 0xFFFF;
while(size--){
crc = CRC16Table[((crc>>8)^(*buffer++))&0xFF] ^ (crc<<8);
}
return crc;
}
615
Handover Mode
This mode works when the power of this product is turned on.
Read information on handover (Bluetooth, Wi-Fi connection), which is written to NFC tag memory
when the power of this product is turned off, from NFC tag memory, then connection is established
with Bluetooth or Wi-Fi based on the information.
Purpose: Send SBPL data (Print), Acquisition of printer setting, value, and status.
* Communication after connecting Handover shall be performed via Bluetooth or Wi-Fi.
Please refer to "Bluetooth" or "Wireless LAN" described before for data format and transmission.
Information on handover
Data communication
616
Notes about the Interface
Behavior after turning off this product
Please note that the data sent from host to this product will not be guaranteed after shutting down
the product.
617
Extensive contact information for worldwide SATO
operations can be found on the Internet at
www.satoworldwide.com
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising